diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/rtmt10h.htm')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/rtmt10h.htm | 13582 |
1 files changed, 13582 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/rtmt10h.htm b/old/rtmt10h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0010003 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/rtmt10h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,13582 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" /> +<title>The Roots of the Mountains</title> +</head> +<body> +<h2> +<a href="#startoftext">The Roots of the Mountains, by William Morris</a> +</h2> +<pre> +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Roots of the Mountains, by William Morris +(#14 in our series by William Morris) + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Roots of the Mountains + +Author: William Morris + +Release Date: July, 2004 [EBook #6050] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on October 24, 2002] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII +</pre> +<p><a name="startoftext"></a></p> +<p>Transcribed from the 1896 Longmans, Green, and Co. edition by David +Price, email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines3"><br /><br /><br /></div> +<h1>THE ROOTS OF THE MOUNTAINS WHEREIN IS TOLD SOMEWHAT OF THE LIVES +OF THE MEN OF BURGDALE THEIR FRIENDS THEIR NEIGHBOURS THEIR FOEMEN AND +THEIR FELLOWS IN ARMS<br />BY WILLIAM MORRIS</h1> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines3"><br /><br /><br /></div> +<p>Whiles carried o’er the iron road,<br />We hurry by some fair +abode;<br />The garden bright amidst the hay,<br />The yellow wain upon +the way,<br />The dining men, the wind that sweeps<br />Light locks +from off the sun-sweet heaps -<br />The gable grey, the hoary roof,<br />Here +now - and now so far aloof.<br />How sorely then we long to stay<br />And +midst its sweetness wear the day,<br />And ’neath its changing +shadows sit,<br />And feel ourselves a part of it.<br />Such rest, such +stay, I strove to win<br />With these same leaves that lie herein.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER I. OF BURGSTEAD AND ITS FOLK AND ITS NEIGHBOURS</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Once upon a time amidst the mountains and hills and falling streams +of a fair land there was a town or thorp in a certain valley. +This was well-nigh encompassed by a wall of sheer cliffs; toward the +East and the great mountains they drew together till they went near +to meet, and left but a narrow path on either side of a stony stream +that came rattling down into the Dale: toward the river at that end +the hills lowered somewhat, though they still ended in sheer rocks; +but up from it, and more especially on the north side, they swelled +into great shoulders of land, then dipped a little, and rose again into +the sides of huge fells clad with pine-woods, and cleft here and there +by deep ghylls: thence again they rose higher and steeper, and ever +higher till they drew dark and naked out of the woods to meet the snow-fields +and ice-rivers of the high mountains. But that was far away from +the pass by the little river into the valley; and the said river was +no drain from the snow-fields white and thick with the grinding of the +ice, but clear and bright were its waters that came from wells amidst +the bare rocky heaths.</p> +<p>The upper end of the valley, where it first began to open out from +the pass, was rugged and broken by rocks and ridges of water-borne stones, +but presently it smoothed itself into mere grassy swellings and knolls, +and at last into a fair and fertile plain swelling up into a green wave, +as it were, against the rock-wall which encompassed it on all sides +save where the river came gushing out of the strait pass at the east +end, and where at the west end it poured itself out of the Dale toward +the lowlands and the plain of the great river.</p> +<p>Now the valley was some ten miles of our measure from that place +of the rocks and the stone-ridges, to where the faces of the hills drew +somewhat anigh to the river again at the west, and then fell aback along +the edge of the great plain; like as when ye fare a-sailing past two +nesses of a river-mouth, and the main-sea lieth open before you.</p> +<p>Besides the river afore-mentioned, which men called the Weltering +Water, there were other waters in the Dale. Near the eastern pass, +entangled in the rocky ground was a deep tarn full of cold springs and +about two acres in measure, and therefrom ran a stream which fell into +the Weltering Water amidst the grassy knolls. Black seemed the +waters of that tarn which on one side washed the rocks-wall of the Dale; +ugly and aweful it seemed to men, and none knew what lay beneath its +waters save black mis-shapen trouts that few cared to bring to net or +angle: and it was called the Death-Tarn.</p> +<p>Other waters yet there were: here and there from the hills on both +sides, but especially from the south side, came trickles of water that +ran in pretty brooks down to the river; and some of these sprang bubbling +up amidst the foot-mounds of the sheer-rocks; some had cleft a rugged +and strait way through them, and came tumbling down into the Dale at +diverse heights from their faces. But on the north side about +halfway down the Dale, one stream somewhat bigger than the others, and +dealing with softer ground, had cleft for itself a wider way; and the +folk had laboured this way wider yet, till they had made them a road +running north along the west side of the stream. Sooth to say, +except for the strait pass along the river at the eastern end, and the +wider pass at the western, they had no other way (save one of which +a word anon) out of the Dale but such as mountain goats and bold cragsmen +might take; and even of these but few.</p> +<p>This midway stream was called the Wildlake, and the way along it +Wildlake’s Way, because it came to them out of the wood, which +on that north side stretched away from nigh to the lip of the valley-wall +up to the pine woods and the high fells on the east and north, and down +to the plain country on the west and south.</p> +<p>Now when the Weltering Water came out of the rocky tangle near the +pass, it was turned aside by the ground till it swung right up to the +feet of the Southern crags; then it turned and slowly bent round again +northward, and at last fairly doubled back on itself before it turned +again to run westward; so that when, after its second double, it had +come to flowing softly westward under the northern crags, it had cast +two thirds of a girdle round about a space of land a little below the +grassy knolls and tofts aforesaid; and there in that fair space between +the folds of the Weltering Water stood the Thorp whereof the tale hath +told.</p> +<p>The men thereof had widened and deepened the Weltering Water about +them, and had bridged it over to the plain meads; and athwart the throat +of the space left clear by the water they had built them a strong wall +though not very high, with a gate amidst and a tower on either side +thereof. Moreover, on the face of the cliff which was but a stone’s +throw from the gate they had made them stairs and ladders to go up by; +and on a knoll nigh the brow had built a watch-tower of stone strong +and great, lest war should come into the land from over the hills. +That tower was ancient, and therefrom the Thorp had its name and the +whole valley also; and it was called Burgstead in Burgdale.</p> +<p>So long as the Weltering Water ran straight along by the northern +cliffs after it had left Burgstead, betwixt the water and the cliffs +was a wide flat way fashioned by man’s hand. Thus was the +water again a good defence to the Thorp, for it ran slow and deep there, +and there was no other ground betwixt it and the cliffs save that road, +which was easy to bar across so that no foemen might pass without battle, +and this road was called the Portway. For a long mile the river +ran under the northern cliffs, and then turned into the midst of the +Dale, and went its way westward a broad stream winding in gentle laps +and folds here and there down to the out-gate of the Dale. But +the Portway held on still underneath the rock-wall, till the sheer-rocks +grew somewhat broken, and were cumbered with certain screes, and at +last the wayfarer came upon the break in them, and the ghyll through +which ran the Wildlake with Wildlake’s Way beside it, but the +Portway still went on all down the Dale and away to the Plain-country.</p> +<p>That road in the ghyll, which was neither wide nor smooth, the wayfarer +into the wood must follow, till it lifted itself out of the ghyll, and +left the Wildlake coming rattling down by many steps from the east; +and now the way went straight north through the woodland, ever mounting +higher, (because the whole set of the land was toward the high fells,) +but not in any cleft or ghyll. The wood itself thereabout was +thick, a blended growth of diverse kinds of trees, but most of oak and +ash; light and air enough came through their boughs to suffer the holly +and bramble and eglantine and other small wood to grow together into +thickets, which no man could pass without hewing a way. But before +it is told whereto Wildlake’s Way led, it must be said that on +the east side of the ghyll, where it first began just over the Portway, +the hill’s brow was clear of wood for a certain space, and there, +overlooking all the Dale, was the Mote-stead of the Dalesmen, marked +out by a great ring of stones, amidst of which was the mound for the +Judges and the Altar of the Gods before it. And this was the holy +place of the men of the Dale and of other folk whereof the tale shall +now tell.</p> +<p>For when Wildlake’s Way had gone some three miles from the +Mote-stead, the trees began to thin, and presently afterwards was a +clearing and the dwellings of men, built of timber as may well be thought. +These houses were neither rich nor great, nor was the folk a mighty +folk, because they were but a few, albeit body by body they were stout +carles enough. They had not affinity with the Dalesmen, and did +not wed with them, yet it is to be deemed that they were somewhat akin +to them. To be short, though they were freemen, yet as regards +the Dalesmen were they well-nigh their servants; for they were but poor +in goods, and had to lean upon them somewhat. No tillage they +had among those high trees; and of beasts nought save some flocks of +goats and a few asses. Hunters they were, and charcoal-burners, +and therein the deftest of men, and they could shoot well in the bow +withal: so they trucked their charcoal and their smoked venison and +their peltries with the Dalesmen for wheat and wine and weapons and +weed; and the Dalesmen gave them main good pennyworths, as men who had +abundance wherewith to uphold their kinsmen, though they were but far-away +kin. Stout hands had these Woodlanders and true hearts as any; +but they were few-spoken and to those that needed them not somewhat +surly of speech and grim of visage: brown-skinned they were, but light-haired; +well-eyed, with but little red in their cheeks: their women were not +very fair, for they toiled like the men, or more. They were thought +to be wiser than most men in foreseeing things to come. They were +much given to spells, and songs of wizardry, and were very mindful of +the old story-lays, wherein they were far more wordy than in their daily +speech. Much skill had they in runes, and were exceeding deft +in scoring them on treen bowls, and on staves, and door-posts and roof-beams +and standing-beds and such like things. Many a day when the snow +was drifting over their roofs, and hanging heavy on the tree-boughs, +and the wind was roaring through the trees aloft and rattling about +the close thicket, when the boughs were clattering in the wind, and +crashing down beneath the weight of the gathering freezing snow, when +all beasts and men lay close in their lairs, would they sit long hours +about the house-fire with the knife or the gouge in hand, with the timber +twixt their knees and the whetstone beside them, hearkening to some +tale of old times and the days when their banner was abroad in the world; +and they the while wheedling into growth out of the tough wood knots +and blossoms and leaves and the images of beasts and warriors and women.</p> +<p>They were called nought save the Woodland-Carles in that day, though +time had been when they had borne a nobler name: and their abode was +called Carlstead. Shortly, for all they had and all they had not, +for all they were and all they were not, they were well-beloved by their +friends and feared by their foes.</p> +<p>Now when Wildlake’s Way was gotten to Carlstead, there was +an end of it toward the north; though beyond it in a right line the +wood was thinner, because of the hewing of the Carles. But the +road itself turned west at once and went on through the wood, till some +four miles further it first thinned and then ceased altogether, the +ground going down-hill all the way: for this was the lower flank of +the first great upheaval toward the high mountains. But presently, +after the wood was ended, the land broke into swelling downs and winding +dales of no great height or depth, with a few scattered trees about +the hillsides, mostly thorns or scrubby oaks, gnarled and bent and kept +down by the western wind: here and there also were yew-trees, and whiles +the hillsides would be grown over with box-wood, but none very great; +and often juniper grew abundantly. This then was the country of +the Shepherds, who were friends both of the Dalesmen and the Woodlanders. +They dwelt not in any fenced town or thorp, but their homesteads were +scattered about as was handy for water and shelter. Nevertheless +they had their own stronghold; for amidmost of their country, on the +highest of a certain down above a bottom where a willowy stream winded, +was a great earthwork: the walls thereof were high and clean and overlapping +at the entering in, and amidst of it was a deep well of water, so that +it was a very defensible place: and thereto would they drive their flocks +and herds when war was in the land, for nought but a very great host +might win it; and this stronghold they called Greenbury.</p> +<p>These Shepherd-Folk were strong and tall like the Woodlanders, for +they were partly of the same blood, but burnt they were both ruddy and +brown: they were of more words than the Woodlanders but yet not many-worded. +They knew well all those old story-lays, (and this partly by the minstrelsy +of the Woodlanders,) but they had scant skill in wizardry, and would +send for the Woodlanders, both men and women, to do whatso they needed +therein. They were very hale and long-lived, whereas they dwelt +in clear bright air, and they mostly went light-clad even in the winter, +so strong and merry were they. They wedded with the Woodlanders +and the Dalesmen both; at least certain houses of them did so. +They grew no corn; nought but a few pot-herbs, but had their meal of +the Dalesmen; and in the summer they drave some of their milch-kine +into the Dale for the abundance of grass there; whereas their own hills +and bents and winding valleys were not plenteously watered, except here +and there as in the bottom under Greenbury. No swine they had, +and but few horses, but of sheep very many, and of the best both for +their flesh and their wool. Yet were they nought so deft craftsmen +at the loom as were the Dalesmen, and their women were not very eager +at the weaving, though they loathed not the spindle and rock. +Shortly, they were merry folk well-beloved of the Dalesmen, quick to +wrath, though it abode not long with them; not very curious in their +houses and halls, which were but little, and were decked mostly with +the handiwork of the Woodland-Carles their guests; who when they were +abiding with them, would oft stand long hours nose to beam, scoring +and nicking and hammering, answering no word spoken to them but with +aye or no, desiring nought save the endurance of the daylight. +Moreover, this shepherd-folk heeded not gay raiment over-much, but commonly +went clad in white woollen or sheep-brown weed.</p> +<p>But beyond this shepherd-folk were more downs and more, scantily +peopled, and that after a while by folk with whom they had no kinship +or affinity, and who were at whiles their foes. Yet was there +no enduring enmity between them; and ever after war and battle came +peace; and all blood-wites were duly paid and no long feud followed: +nor were the Dalesmen and the Woodlanders always in these wars, though +at whiles they were. Thus then it fared with these people.</p> +<p>But now that we have told of the folks with whom the Dalesmen had +kinship, affinity, and friendship, tell we of their chief abode, Burgstead +to wit, and of its fashion. As hath been told, it lay upon the +land made nigh into an isle by the folds of the Weltering Water towards +the uppermost end of the Dale; and it was warded by the deep water, +and by the wall aforesaid with its towers. Now the Dale at its +widest, to wit where Wildlake fell into it, was but nine furlongs over, +but at Burgstead it was far narrower; so that betwixt the wall and the +wandering stream there was but a space of fifty acres, and therein lay +Burgstead in a space of the shape of a sword-pommel: and the houses +of the kinships lay about it, amidst of gardens and orchards, but little +ordered into streets and lanes, save that a way went clean through everything +from the tower-warded gate to the bridge over the Water, which was warded +by two other towers on its hither side.</p> +<p>As to the houses, they were some bigger, some smaller, as the housemates +needed. Some were old, but not very old, save two only, and some +quite new, but of these there were not many: they were all built fairly +of stone and lime, with much fair and curious carved work of knots and +beasts and men round about the doors; or whiles a wale of such-like +work all along the house-front. For as deft as were the Woodlanders +with knife and gouge on the oaken beams, even so deft were the Dalesmen +with mallet and chisel on the face of the hewn stone; and this was a +great pastime about the Thorp. Within these houses had but a hall +and solar, with shut-beds out from the hall on one side or two, with +whatso of kitchen and buttery and out-bower men deemed handy. +Many men dwelt in each house, either kinsfolk, or such as were joined +to the kindred.</p> +<p>Near to the gate of Burgstead in that street aforesaid and facing +east was the biggest house of the Thorp; it was one of the two abovesaid +which were older than any other. Its door-posts and the lintel +of the door were carved with knots and twining stems fairer than other +houses of that stead; and on the wall beside the door carved over many +stones was an image wrought in the likeness of a man with a wide face, +which was terrible to behold, although it smiled: he bore a bent bow +in his hand with an arrow fitted to its string, and about the head of +him was a ring of rays like the beams of the sun, and at his feet was +a dragon, which had crept, as it were, from amidst of the blossomed +knots of the door-post wherewith the tail of him was yet entwined. +And this head with the ring of rays about it was wrought into the adornment +of that house, both within and without, in many other places, but on +never another house of the Dale; and it was called the House of the +Face. Thereof hath the tale much to tell hereafter, but as now +it goeth on to tell of the ways of life of the Dalesmen.</p> +<p>In Burgstead was no Mote-hall or Town-house or Church, such as we +wot of in these days; and their market-place was wheresoever any might +choose to pitch a booth: but for the most part this was done in the +wide street betwixt the gate and the bridge. As to a meeting-place, +were there any small matters between man and man, these would the Alderman +or one of the Wardens deal with, sitting in Court with the neighbours +on the wide space just outside the Gate: but if it were to do with greater +matters, such as great manslayings and blood-wites, or the making of +war or ending of it, or the choosing of the Alderman and the Wardens, +such matters must be put off to the Folk-mote, which could but be held +in the place aforesaid where was the Doom-ring and the Altar of the +Gods; and at that Folk-mote both the Shepherd-Folk and the Woodland-Carles +foregathered with the Dalesmen, and duly said their say. There +also they held their great casts and made offerings to the Gods for +the Fruitfulness of the Year, the ingathering of the increase, and in +Memory of their Forefathers. Natheless at Yule-tide also they +feasted from house to house to be glad with the rest of Midwinter, and +many a cup drank at those feasts to the memory of the fathers, and the +days when the world was wider to them, and their banners fared far afield.</p> +<p>But besides these dwellings of men in the field between the wall +and the water, there were homesteads up and down the Dale whereso men +found it easy and pleasant to dwell: their halls were built of much +the same fashion as those within the Thorp; but many had a high garth-wall +cast about them, so that they might make a stout defence in their own +houses if war came into the Dale.</p> +<p>As to their work afield; in many places the Dale was fair with growth +of trees, and especially were there long groves of sweet chestnut standing +on the grass, of the fruit whereof the folk had much gain. Also +on the south side nigh to the western end was a wood or two of yew-trees +very great and old, whence they gat them bow-staves, for the Dalesmen +also shot well in the bow. Much wheat and rye they raised in the +Dale, and especially at the nether end thereof. Apples and pears +and cherries and plums they had in plenty; of which trees, some grew +about the borders of the acres, some in the gardens of the Thorp and +the homesteads. On the slopes that had grown from the breaking +down here and there of the Northern cliffs, and which faced the South +and the Sun’s burning, were rows of goodly vines, whereof the +folk made them enough and to spare of strong wine both white and red.</p> +<p>As to their beasts; swine they had a many, but not many sheep, since +herein they trusted to their trucking with their friends the Shepherds; +they had horses, and yet but a few, for they were stout in going afoot; +and, had they a journey to make with women big with babes, or with children +or outworn elders, they would yoke their oxen to their wains, and go +fair and softly whither they would. But the said oxen and all +their neat were exceeding big and fair, far other than the little beasts +of the Shepherd-Folk; they were either dun of colour, or white with +black horns (and those very great) and black tail-tufts and ear-tips. +Asses they had, and mules for the paths of the mountains to the east; +geese and hens enough, and dogs not a few, great hounds stronger than +wolves, sharp-nosed, long-jawed, dun of colour, shag-haired.</p> +<p>As to their wares; they were very deft weavers of wool and flax, +and made a shift to dye the thrums in fair colours; since both woad +and madder came to them good cheap by means of the merchants of the +plain country, and of greening weeds was abundance at hand. Good +smiths they were in all the metals: they washed somewhat of gold out +of the sands of the Weltering Water, and copper and tin they fetched +from the rocks of the eastern mountains; but of silver they saw little, +and iron they must buy of the merchants of the plain, who came to them +twice in the year, to wit in the spring and the late autumn just before +the snows. Their wares they bought with wool spun and in the fleece, +and fine cloth, and skins of wine and young neat both steers and heifers, +and wrought copper bowls, and gold and copper by weight, for they had +no stamped money. And they guested these merchants well, for they +loved them, because of the tales they told them of the Plain and its +cities, and the manslayings therein, and the fall of Kings and Dukes, +and the uprising of Captains.</p> +<p>Thus then lived this folk in much plenty and ease of life, though +not delicately nor desiring things out of measure. They wrought +with their hands and wearied themselves; and they rested from their +toil and feasted and were merry: to-morrow was not a burden to them, +nor yesterday a thing which they would fain forget: life shamed them +not, nor did death make them afraid.</p> +<p>As for the Dale wherein they dwelt, it was indeed most fair and lovely, +and they deemed it the Blessing of the Earth, and they trod its flowery +grass beside its rippled streams amidst its green tree-boughs proudly +and joyfully with goodly bodies and merry hearts.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER II. OF FACE-OF-GOD AND HIS KINDRED</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Tells the tale, that on an evening of late autumn when the weather +was fair, calm, and sunny, there came a man out of the wood hard by +the Mote-stead aforesaid, who sat him down at the roots of the Speech-mound, +casting down before him a roe-buck which he had just slain in the wood. +He was a young man of three and twenty summers; he was so clad that +he had on him a sheep-brown kirtle and leggings of like stuff bound +about with white leather thongs; he bore a short-sword in his girdle +and a little axe withal; the sword with fair wrought gilded hilts and +a dew-shoe of like fashion to its sheath. He had his quiver at +his back and bare in his hand his bow unstrung. He was tall and +strong, very fair of fashion both of limbs and face, white-skinned, +but for the sun’s tanning, and ruddy-cheeked: his beard was little +and fine, his hair yellow and curling, cut somewhat close, but for its +length so plenteous, and so thick, that none could fail to note it. +He had no hat nor hood upon his head, nought but a fillet of golden +beads.</p> +<p>As he sat down he glanced at the dale below him with a well-pleased +look, and then cast his eyes down to the grass at his feet, as though +to hold a little longer all unchanged the image of the fair place he +had just seen. The sun was low in the heavens, and his slant beams +fell yellow all up the dale, gilding the chestnut groves grown dusk +and grey with autumn, and the black masses of the elm-boughs, and gleaming +back here and there from the pools of the Weltering Water. Down +in the midmost meadows the long-horned dun kine were moving slowly as +they fed along the edges of the stream, and a dog was bounding about +with exceeding swiftness here and there among them. At a sharply +curved bight of the river the man could see a little vermilion flame +flickering about, and above it a thin blue veil of smoke hanging in +the air, and clinging to the boughs of the willows anear; about it were +a dozen menfolk clear to see, some sitting, some standing, some walking +to and fro, but all in company together: four of were brown-clad and +short-skirted like himself, and from above the hand of one came a flash +of light as the sun smote upon the steel of his spear. The others +were long-skirted and clad gayer, and amongst them were red and blue +and green and white garments, and they were clear to be seen for women. +Just as the young man looked up again, those of them who were sitting +down rose up, and those that were strolling drew nigh, and they joined +hands together, and fell to dancing on the grass, and the dog and another +one with him came up to the dancers and raced about and betwixt them; +and so clear to see were they all and so little, being far away, that +they looked like dainty well-wrought puppets.</p> +<p>The young man sat smiling at it for a little, and then rose up and +shouldered his venison, and went down into Wildlake’s Way, and +presently was fairly in the Dale and striding along the Portway beside +the northern cliffs, whose greyness was gilded yet by the last rays +of the sun, though in a minute or two it would go under the western +rim. He went fast and cheerily, murmuring to himself snatches +of old songs; none overtook him on the road, but he overtook divers +folk going alone or in company toward Burgstead; swains and old men, +mothers and maidens coming from the field and the acre, or going from +house to house; and one or two he met but not many. All these +greeted him kindly, and he them again; but he stayed not to speak with +any, but went as one in haste.</p> +<p>It was dusk by then he passed under the gate of Burgstead; he went +straight thence to the door of the House of the Face, and entered as +one who is at home, and need go no further, nor abide a bidding.</p> +<p>The hall he came into straight out of the open air was long and somewhat +narrow and not right high; it was well-nigh dark now within, but since +he knew where to look, he could see by the flicker that leapt up now +and then from the smouldering brands of the hearth amidmost the hall +under the luffer, that there were but three men therein, and belike +they were even they whom he looked to find there, and for their part +they looked for his coming, and knew his step.</p> +<p>He set down his venison on the floor, and cried out in a cheery voice: +‘Ho, Kettel! Are all men gone without doors to sleep so +near the winter-tide, that the Hall is as dark as a cave? Hither +to me! Or art thou also sleeping?’</p> +<p>A voice came from the further side of the hearth: ‘Yea, lord, +asleep I am, and have been, and dreaming; and in my dream I dealt with +the flesh-pots and the cake-board, and thou shalt see my dream come +true presently to thy gain.’</p> +<p>Quoth another voice: ‘Kettel hath had out that share of his +dream already belike, if the saw sayeth sooth about cooks. All +ye have been away, so belike he hath done as Rafe’s dog when Rafe +ran away from the slain buck.’</p> +<p>He laughed therewith, and Kettel with him, and a third voice joined +the laughter. The young man also laughed and said: ‘Here +I bring the venison which my kinsman desired; but as ye see I have brought +it over-late: but take it, Kettel. When cometh my father from +the stithy?’</p> +<p>Quoth Kettel: ‘My lord hath been hard at it shaping the Yule-tide +sword, and doth not lightly leave such work, as ye wot, but he will +be here presently, for he has sent to bid us dight for supper straightway.’</p> +<p>Said the young man: ‘Where are there lords in the dale, Kettel, +or hast thou made some thyself, that thou must be always throwing them +in my teeth?’</p> +<p>‘Son of the Alderman,’ said Kettel, ‘ye call me +Kettel, which is no name of mine, so why should I not call thee lord, +which is no dignity of thine, since it goes well over my tongue from +old use and wont? But here comes my mate of the kettle, and the +women and lads. Sit down by the hearth away from their hurry, +and I will fetch thee the hand-water.’</p> +<p>The young man sat down, and Kettel took up the venison and went his +ways toward the door at the lower end of the hall; but ere he reached +it it opened, and a noisy crowd entered of men, women, boys, and dogs, +some bearing great wax candles, some bowls and cups and dishes and trenchers, +and some the boards for the meal.</p> +<p>The young man sat quiet smiling and winking his eyes at the sudden +flood of light let into the dark place; he took in without looking at +this or the other thing the aspect of his Fathers’ House, so long +familiar to him; yet to-night he had a pleasure in it above his wont, +and in all the stir of the household; for the thought of the wood wherein +he had wandered all day yet hung heavy upon him. Came one of the +girls and cast fresh brands on the smouldering fire and stirred it into +a blaze, and the wax candles were set up on the daïs, so that between +them and the mew-quickened fire every corner of the hall was bright. +As aforesaid it was long and narrow, over-arched with stone and not +right high, the windows high up under the springing of the roof-arch +and all on the side toward the street; over against them were the arches +of the shut-beds of the housemates. The walls were bare that evening, +but folk were wont to hang up hallings of woven pictures thereon when +feasts and high-days were toward; and all along the walls were the tenter-hooks +for that purpose, and divers weapons and tools were hanging from them +here and there. About the daïs behind the thwart-table were +now stuck for adornment leavy boughs of oak now just beginning to turn +with the first frosts. High up on the gable wall above the tenter-hooks +for the hangings were carven fair imagery and knots and twining stems; +for there in the hewn atone was set forth that same image with the rayed +head that was on the outside wall, and he was smiting the dragon and +slaying him; but here inside the house all this was stained in fair +and lively colours, and the sun-like rays round the head of the image +were of beaten gold. At the lower end of the hall were two doors +going into the butteries, and kitchen, and other out-bowers; and above +these doors was a loft upborne by stone pillars, which loft was the +sleeping chamber of the goodman of the house; but the outward door was +halfway between the said loft and the hearth of the hall.</p> +<p>So the young man took the shoes from his feet and then sat watching +the women and lads arraying the boards, till Kettel came again to him +with an old woman bearing the ewer and basin, who washed his feet and +poured the water over his hands, and gave him the towel with fair-broidered +ends to dry them withal.</p> +<p>Scarce had he made an end of this ere through the outer door came +in three men and a young woman with them; the foremost of these was +a man younger by some two years than the first-comer, but so like him +that none might misdoubt that he was his brother; the next was an old +man with a long white beard, but hale and upright; and lastly came a +man of middle-age, who led the young woman by the hand. He was +taller than the first of the young men, though the other who entered +with him outwent him in height; a stark carle he was, broad across the +shoulders, thin in the flank, long-armed and big-handed; very noble +and well-fashioned of countenance, with a straight nose and grey eyes +underneath a broad brow: his hair grown somewhat scanty was done about +with a fillet of golden beads like the young men his sons. For +indeed this was their father, and the master of the House.</p> +<p>His name was Iron-face, for he was the deftest of weapon-smiths, +and he was the Alderman of the Dalesmen, and well-beloved of them; his +kindred was deemed the noblest of the Dale, and long had they dwelt +in the House of the Face. But of his sons the youngest, the new-comer, +was named Hall-face, and his brother the elder Face-of-god; which name +was of old use amongst the kindred, and many great men and stout warriors +had borne it aforetime: and this young man, in great love had he been +gotten, and in much hope had he been reared, and therefore had he been +named after the best of the kindred. But his mother, who was hight +the Jewel, and had been a very fair woman, was dead now, and Iron-face +lacked a wife.</p> +<p>Face-of-god was well-beloved of his kindred and of all the Folk of +the Dale, and he had gotten a to-name, and was called Gold-mane because +of the abundance and fairness of his hair.</p> +<p>As for the young woman that was led in by Iron-face, she was the +betrothed of Face-of-god, and her name was the Bride. She looked +with such eyes of love on him when she saw him in the hall, as though +she had never seen him before but once, nor loved him but since yesterday; +though in truth they had grown up together and had seen each other most +days of the year for many years. She was of the kindred with whom +the chiefs and great men of the Face mostly wedded, which was indeed +far away kindred of them. She was a fair woman and strong: not +easily daunted amidst perils she was hardy and handy and light-foot: +she could swim as well as any, and could shoot well in the bow, and +wield sword and spear: yet was she kind and compassionate, and of great +courtesy, and the very dogs and kine trusted in her and loved her. +Her hair was dark red of hue, long and fine and plenteous, her eyes +great and brown, her brow broad and very fair, her lips fine and red: +her cheek not ruddy, yet nowise sallow, but clear and bright: tall she +was and of excellent fashion, but well-knit and well-measured rather +than slender and wavering as the willow-bough. Her voice was sweet +and soft, her words few, but exceeding dear to the listener. In +short, she was a woman born to be the ransom of her Folk.</p> +<p>Now as to the names which the menfolk of the Face bore, and they +an ancient kindred, a kindred of chieftains, it has been said that in +times past their image of the God of the Earth had over his treen face +a mask of beaten gold fashioned to the shape of the image; and that +when the Alderman of the Folk died, he to wit who served the God and +bore on his arm the gold-ring between the people and the altar, this +visor or face of God was laid over the face of him who had been in a +manner his priest, and therewith he was borne to mound; and the new +Alderman and priest had it in charge to fashion a new visor for the +God; and whereas for long this great kindred had been chieftains of +the people, they had been, and were all so named, that the word Face +was ever a part of their names.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER III. THEY TALK OF DIVERS MATTERS IN THE HALL</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now Face-of-god, who is also called Gold-mane, rose up to meet the +new-comers, and each of them greeted him kindly, and the Bride kissed +him on the cheek, and he her in likewise; and he looked kindly on her, +and took her hand, and went on up the hall to the daïs, following +his father and the old man; as for him, he was of the kindred of the +House, and was foster-father of Iron-face and of his sons both; and +his name was Stone-face: a stark warrior had he been when he was young, +and even now he could do a man’s work in the battlefield, and +his understanding was as good as that of a man in his prime. So +went these and four others up on to the daïs and sat down before +the thwart-table looking down the hall, for the meat was now on the +board; and of the others there were some fifty men and women who were +deemed to be of the kindred and sat at the endlong tables.</p> +<p>So then the Alderman stood up and made the sign of the Hammer over +the meat, the token of his craft and of his God. Then they fell +to with good hearts, for there was enough and to spare of meat and drink. +There was bread and flesh (though not Gold-mane’s venison), and +leeks and roasted chestnuts of the grove, and red-cheeked apples of +the garth, and honey enough of that year’s gathering, and medlars +sharp and mellow: moreover, good wine of the western bents went up and +down the hall in great gilded copper bowls and in mazers girt and lipped +with gold.</p> +<p>But when they were full of meat, and had drunken somewhat, they fell +to speech, and Iron-face spake aloud to his son, who had but been speaking +softly to the Bride as one playmate to the other: but the Alderman said: +‘Scarce are the wood-deer grown, kinsman, when I must needs eat +sheep’s flesh on a Thursday, though my son has lain abroad in +the woods all night to hunt for me.’</p> +<p>And therewith he smiled in the young man’s face; but Gold-mane +reddened and said: ‘So is it, kinsman, I can hit what I can see; +but not what is hidden.’</p> +<p>Iron-face laughed and said: ‘Hast thou been to the Woodland-Carles? +are their women fairer than our cousins?’</p> +<p>Face-of-god took up the Bride’s hand in his and kissed it and +laid it to his cheek; and then turned to his father and said: ‘Nay, +father, I saw not the Wood-carles, nor went to their abode; and on no +day do I lust after their women. Moreover, I brought home a roebuck +of the fattest; but I was over-late for Kettel, and the flesh was ready +for the board by then I came.’</p> +<p>‘Well, son,’ quoth Iron-face, for he was merry, ‘a +roebuck is but a little deer for such big men as are thou and I. +But I rede thee take the Bride along with thee the next time; and she +shall seek whilest thou sleepest, and hit when thou missest.’</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god smiled, but he frowned somewhat also, and he said: +‘Well were that, indeed! But if ye must needs drag a true +tale out of me: that roebuck I shot at the very edge of the wood nigh +to the Mote-stead as I was coming home: harts had I seen in the wood +and its lawns, and boars, and bucks, and loosed not at them: for indeed +when I awoke in the morning in that wood-lawn ye wot of, I wandered +up and down with my bow unbent. So it was that I fared as if I +were seeking something, I know not what, that should fill up something +lacking to me, I know not what. Thus I felt in myself even so +long as I was underneath the black boughs, and there was none beside +me and before me, and none to turn aback to: but when I came out again +into the sunshine, and I saw the fair dale, and the happy abode lying +before me, and folk abroad in the meads merry in the eventide; then +was I full fain of it, and loathed the wood as an empty thing that had +nought to give me; and lo you! all that I had been longing for in the +wood, was it not in this House and ready to my hand? - and that is good +meseemeth.’</p> +<p>Therewith he drank of the cup which the Bride put into his hand after +she had kissed the rim, but when he had set it down again he spake once +more:</p> +<p>‘And yet now I am sitting honoured and well-beloved in the +House of my Fathers, with the holy hearth sparkling and gleaming down +there before me; and she that shall bear my children sitting soft and +kind by my side, and the bold lads I shall one day lead in battle drinking +out of my very cup: now it seems to me that amidst all this, the dark +cold wood, wherein abide but the beasts and the Foes of the Gods, is +bidding me to it and drawing me thither. Narrow is the Dale and +the World is wide; I would it were dawn and daylight, that I might be +afoot again.’</p> +<p>And he half rose up from his place. But his father bent his +brow on him and said: ‘Kinsman, thou hast a long tongue for a +half-trained whelp: nor see I whitherward thy mind is wandering, but +if it be on the road of a lad’s desire to go further and fare +worse. Hearken then, I will offer thee somewhat! Soon shall +the West-country merchants be here with their winter truck. How +sayest thou? hast thou a mind to fare back with them, and look on the +Plain and its Cities, and take and give with the strangers? To +whom indeed thou shalt be nothing save a purse with a few lumps of gold +in it, or maybe a spear in the stranger’s band on the stricken +field, or a bow on the wall of an alien city. This is a craft +which thou mayst well learn, since thou shalt be a chieftain; a craft +good to learn, however grievous it be in the learning. And I myself +have been there; for in my youth I desired sore to look on the world +beyond the mountains; so I went, and I filled my belly with the fruit +of my own desires, and a bitter meat was that; but now that it has passed +through me, and I yet alive, belike I am more of a grown man for having +endured its gripe. Even so may it well be with thee, son; so go +if thou wilt; and thou shalt go with my blessing, and with gold and +wares and wain and spearmen.’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Face-of-god, ‘I thank thee, for it +is well offered; but I will not go, for I have no lust for the Plain +and its Cities; I love the Dale well, and all that is round about it; +therein will I live and die.’</p> +<p>Therewith he fell a-musing; and the Bride looked at him anxiously, +but spake not. Sooth to say her heart was sinking, as though she +foreboded some new thing, which should thrust itself into their merry +life.</p> +<p>But the old man Stone-face took up the word and said:</p> +<p>‘Son Gold-mane, it behoveth me to speak, since belike I know +the wild-wood better than most, and have done for these three-score +and ten years; to my cost. Now I perceive that thou longest for +the wood and the innermost of it; and wot ye what? This longing +will at whiles entangle the sons of our chieftains, though this Alderman +that now is hath been free therefrom, which is well for him. For, +time was this longing came over me, and I went whither it led me: overlong +it were to tell of all that befell me because of it, and how my heart +bled thereby. So sorry were the tidings that came of it, that +now meseemeth my heart should be of stone and not my face, had it not +been for the love wherewith I have loved the sons of the kindred. +Therefore, son, it were not ill if ye went west away with the merchants +this winter, and learned the dealings of the cities, and brought us +back tales thereof.’</p> +<p>But Gold-mane cried out somewhat angrily, ‘I tell thee, foster-father, +that I have no mind for the cities and their men and their fools and +their whores and their runagates. But as for the wood and its +wonders, I have done with it, save for hunting there along with others +of the Folk. So let thy mind be at ease; and for the rest, I will +do what the Alderman commandeth, and whatso my father craveth of me.’</p> +<p>‘And that is well, son,’ said Stone-face, ‘if what +ye say come to pass, as sore I misdoubt me it will not. But well +it were, well it were! For such things are in the wood, yea and +before ye come to its innermost, as may well try the stoutest heart. +Therein are Kobbolds, and Wights that love not men, things unto whom +the grief of men is as the sound of the fiddle-bow unto us. And +there abide the ghosts of those that may not rest; and there wander +the dwarfs and the mountain-dwellers, the dealers in marvels, the givers +of gifts that destroy Houses; the forgers of the curse that clingeth +and the murder that flitteth to and fro. There moreover are the +lairs of Wights in the shapes of women, that draw a young man’s +heart out of his body, and fill up the empty place with desire never +to be satisfied, that they may mock him therewith and waste his manhood +and destroy him. Nor say I much of the strong-thieves that dwell +there, since thou art a valiant sword; or of them who have been made +Wolves of the Holy Places; or of the Murder-Carles, the remnants and +off-scourings of wicked and wretched Folks - men who think as much of +the life of a man as of the life of a fly. Yet happiest is the +man whom they shall tear in pieces, than he who shall live burdened +by the curse of the Foes of the Gods.’</p> +<p>The housemaster looked on his son as the old carle spake, and a cloud +gathered on his face a while; and when Stone-face had made an end he +spake:</p> +<p>‘This is long and evil talk for the end of a merry day, O fosterer! +Wilt thou not drink a draught, O Redesman, and then stand up and set +thy fiddle-bow a-dancing, and cause it draw some fair words after it? +For my cousin’s face hath grown sadder than a young maid’s +should be, and my son’s eyes gleam with thoughts that are far +away from us and abroad in the wild-wood seeking marvels.’</p> +<p>Then arose a man of middle-age from the top of the endlong bench +on the east side of the hall: a man tall, thin and scant-haired, with +a nose like an eagle’s neb: he reached out his hand for the bowl, +and when they had given to him he handled it, and raised it aloft and +cried:</p> +<p>‘Here I drink a double health to Face-of-god and the Bride, +and the love that lieth between them, and the love betwixt them twain +and us.’</p> +<p>He drank therewith, and the wine went up and down the hall, and all +men drank, both carles and queens, with shouting and great joy. +Then Redesman put down the cup (for it had come into his hands again), +and reached his hand to the wall behind him, and took down his fiddle +hanging there in its case, and drew it out and fell to tuning it, while +the hall grew silent to hearken: then he handled the bow and laid it +on the strings till they wailed and chuckled sweetly, and when the song +was well awake and stirring briskly, then he lifted up his voice and +sang:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p><i>The Minstrel saith:</i></p> +<p>‘O why on this morning, ye maids, are ye tripping<br /> Aloof +from the meadows yet fresh with the dew,<br />Where under the west wind +the river is lipping<br /> The fragrance of mint, the +white blooms and the blue?</p> +<p>For rough is the Portway where panting ye wander;<br /> On +your feet and your gown-hems the dust lieth dun;<br />Come trip through +the grass and the meadow-sweet yonder,<br /> And forget +neath the willows the sword of the sun.</p> +<p><i>The Maidens answer:</i></p> +<p>Though fair are the moon-daisies down by the river,<br /> And +soft is the grass and the white clover sweet;<br />Though twixt us and +the rock-wall the hot glare doth quiver,<br /> And +the dust of the wheel-way is dun on our feet;</p> +<p>Yet here on the way shall we walk on this morning<br /> Though +the sun burneth here, and sweet, cool is the mead;<br />For here when +in old days the Burg gave its warning,<br /> Stood +stark under weapons the doughty of deed.</p> +<p>Here came on the aliens their proud words a-crying,<br /> And +here on our threshold they stumbled and fell;<br />Here silent at even +the steel-clad were lying,<br /> And here were our +mothers the story to tell.</p> +<p>Here then on the morn of the eve of the wedding<br /> We +pray to the Mighty that we too may bear<br />Such war-walls for warding +of orchard and steading,<br /> That the new days be +merry as old days were dear.’</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Therewith he made an end, and shouts and glad cries arose all about +the hall; and an old man arose and cried: ‘A cup to the memory +of the Mighty of the Day of the Warding of the Ways.’ For +you must know this song told of a custom of the Folk, held in memory +of a time of bygone battle, wherein they had overthrown a great host +of aliens on the Portway betwixt the river and the cliffs, two furlongs +from the gate of Burgstead. So now two weeks before Midsummer +those maidens who were presently to be wedded went early in the morning +to that place clad in very fair raiment, swords girt to their sides +and spears in their hands, and abode there on the highway from morn +till even as though they were a guard to it. And they made merry +there, singing songs and telling tales of times past: and at the sunsetting +their grooms came to fetch them away to the Feast of the Eve of the +Wedding.</p> +<p>While the song was a-singing Face-of-god took the Bride’s hand +in his and caressed it, and was soft and blithe with her; and she reddened +and trembled for pleasure, and called to mind wedding feasts that had +been, and fair brides that she had seen thereat, and she forgot her +fears and her heart was at peace again.</p> +<p>And Iron-face looked well-pleased on the two from time to time, and +smiled, but forbore words to them.</p> +<p>But up and down the hall men talked with one another about things +long ago betid: for their hearts were high and they desired deeds; but +in that fair Dale so happy were the years from day to day that there +was but little to tell of. So deepened the night and waned, and +Gold-mane and the Bride still talked sweetly together, and at whiles +kindly to the others; and by seeming he had clean forgotten the wood +and its wonders.</p> +<p>Then at last the Alderman called for the cup of good-night, and men +drank thereof and went their ways to bed.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER IV. FACE-OF-GOD FARETH TO THE WOOD AGAIN</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>When it was the earliest morning and dawn was but just beginning, +Face-of-god awoke and rose up from his bed, and came forth into the +hall naked in his shirt, and stood by the hearth, wherein the piled-up +embers were yet red, and looked about and could see nothing stirring +in the dimness: then he fetched water and washed the night-tide off +him, and clad himself in haste, and was even as he was yesterday, save +that he left his bow and quiver in their place and took instead a short +casting-spear; moreover he took a leathern scrip and went therewith +to the buttery, and set therein bread and flesh and a little gilded +beaker; and all this he did with but little noise; for he would not +be questioned, lest he should have to answer himself as well as others.</p> +<p>Thus he went quietly out of doors, for the door was but latched, +since no bolts or bars or locks were used in Burgstead, and through +the town-gate, which stood open, save when rumours of war were about. +He turned his face straight towards Wildlake’s Way, walking briskly, +but at whiles looking back over his shoulder toward the East to note +what way was made by the dawning, and how the sky lightened above the +mountain passes.</p> +<p>By then he was come to the place where the Maiden Ward was held in +the summer the dawn was so far forward that all things had their due +colours, and were clear to see in the shadowless day. It was a +bright morning, with an easterly air stirring that drave away the haze +and dried the meadows, which had otherwise been rimy; for it was cold. +Gold-mane lingered on the place a little, and his eyes fell on the road, +as dusty yet as in Redesman’s song; for the autumn had been very +dry, and the strip of green that edged the outside of the way was worn +and dusty also. On the edge of it, half in the dusty road, half +on the worn grass, was a long twine of briony red-berried and black-leaved; +and right in the midst of the road were two twigs of great-leaved sturdy +pollard oak, as though they had been thrown aside there yesterday by +women or children a-sporting; and the deep white dust yet held the marks +of feet, some bare, some shod, crossing each other here and there. +Face-of-god smiled as he passed on, as a man with a happy thought; for +his mind showed him a picture of the Bride as she would be leading the +Maiden Ward next summer, and singing first among the singers, and he +saw her as clearly as he had often seen her verily, and before him was +the fashion of her hands and all her body, and the little mark on her +right wrist, and the place where her arm whitened, because the sleeve +guarded it against the sun, which had long been pleasant unto him, and +the little hollow in her chin, and the lock of red-brown hair waving +in the wind above her brow, and shining in the sun as brightly as the +Alderman’s cunningest work of golden wire. Soft and sweet +seemed that picture, till he almost seemed to hear her sweet voice calling +to him, and desire of her so took hold of the youth, that it stirred +him up to go swiftlier as he strode on, the day brightening behind him.</p> +<p>Now was it nigh sunrise, and he began to meet folk on the way, though +not many; since for most their way lay afield, and not towards the Burg. +The first was a Woodlander, tall and gaunt, striding beside his ass, +whose panniers were laden with charcoal. The carle’s daughter, +a little maiden of seven winters, riding on the ass’s back betwixt +the panniers, and prattling to herself in the cold morning; for she +was pleased with the clear light in the east, and the smooth wide turf +of the meadows, as one who had not often been far from the shadow of +the heavy trees of the wood, and their dark wall round about the clearing +where they dwelt. Face-of-god gave the twain the sele of the day +in merry fashion as he passed them by, and the sober dark-faced man +nodded to him but spake no word, and the child stayed her prattle to +watch him as he went by.</p> +<p>Then came the sound of the rattle of wheels, and, as he doubled an +angle of the rock-wall, he came upon a wain drawn by four dun kine, +wherein lay a young woman all muffled up against the cold with furs +and cloths; beside the yoke-beasts went her man, a well-knit trim-faced +Dalesman clad bravely in holiday raiment, girt with a goodly sword, +bearing a bright steel helm on his head, in his hand a long spear with +a gay red and white shaft done about with copper bands. He looked +merry and proud of his wain-load, and the woman was smiling kindly on +him from out of her scarlet and fur; but now she turned a weary happy +face on Gold-mane, for they knew him, as did all men of the Dale.</p> +<p>So he stopped when they met, for the goodman had already stayed his +slow beasts, and the goodwife had risen a little on her cushions to +greet him, yet slowly and but a little, for she was great with child, +and not far from her time. That knew Gold-mane well, and what +was toward, and why the goodman wore his fine clothes, and why the wain +was decked with oak-boughs and the yoke-beasts with their best gilded +bells and copper-adorned harness. For it was a custom with many +of the kindreds that the goodwife should fare to her father’s +house to lie in with her first babe, and the day of her coming home +was made a great feast in the house. So then Face-of-god cried +out: ‘Hail to thee, O Warcliff! Shrewd is the wind this +morning, and thou dost well to heed it carefully, this thine orchard, +this thy garden, this thy fair apple-tree! To a good hall thou +wendest, and the Wine of Increase shall be sweet there this even.’</p> +<p>Then smiled Warcliff all across his face, and the goodwife hung her +head and reddened. Said the goodman: ‘Wilt thou not be with +us, son of the Alderman, as surely thy father shall be?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Face-of-god, ‘though I were fain of +it: my own matters carry me away.’</p> +<p>‘What matters?’ said Warcliff; ‘perchance thou +art for the cities this autumn?’</p> +<p>Face-of-god answered somewhat stiffly: ‘Nay, I am not;’ +and then more kindly, and smiling, ‘All roads lead not down to +the Plain, friend.’</p> +<p>‘What road then farest thou away from us?’ said the goodwife.</p> +<p>‘The way of my will,’ he answered.</p> +<p>‘And what way is that?’ said she; ‘take heed, lest +I get a longing to know. For then must thou needs tell me, or +deal with the carle there beside thee.’</p> +<p>‘Nay, goodwife,’ said Face-of-god, ‘let not that +longing take thee; for on that matter I am even as wise as thou. +Now good speed to thee and to the new-comer!’</p> +<p>Therewith he went close up to the wain, and reached out his hand +to her, and she gave him hers and he kissed it, and so went his ways +smiling kindly on them. Then the carle cried to his kine, and +they bent down their heads to the yoke; and presently, as he walked +on, he heard the rumble of the wain mingling with the tinkling of their +bells, which in a little while became measured and musical, and sounded +above the creaking of the axles and the rattle of the gear and the roll +of the great wheels over the road: and so it grew thinner and thinner +till it all died away behind him.</p> +<p>He was now come to where the river turned away from the sheer rock-wall, +which was not so high there as in most other places, as there had been +in old time long screes from the cliff, which had now grown together, +with the waxing of herbs and the washing down of the earth on to them, +and made a steady slope or low hill going down riverward. Over +this the road lifted itself above the level of the meadows, keeping +a little way from the cliffs, while on the other side its bank was somewhat +broken and steep here and there. As Face-of-god came up to one +of these broken places, the sun rose over the eastern pass, and the +meadows grew golden with its long beams. He lingered, and looked +back under his hand, and as he did so heard the voices and laughter +of women coming up from the slope below him, and presently a young woman +came struggling up the broken bank with hand and knee, and cast herself +down on the roadside turf laughing and panting. She was a long-limbed +light-made woman, dark-faced and black-haired: amidst her laughter she +looked up and saw Gold-mane, who had stopped at once when he saw her; +she held out her hands to him, and said lightly, though her face flushed +withal:</p> +<p>‘Come hither, thou, and help the others to climb the bank; +for they are beaten in the race, and now must they do after my will; +that was the forfeit.’</p> +<p>He went up to her, and took her hands and kissed them, as was the +custom of the Dale, and said:</p> +<p>‘Hail to thee, Long-coat! who be they, and whither away this +morning early?’</p> +<p>She looked hard at him, and fondly belike, as she answered slowly: +‘They be the two maidens of my father’s house, whom thou +knowest; and our errand, all three of us, is to Burgstead, the Feast +of the Wine of Increase which shall be drunk this even.’</p> +<p>As she spake came another woman half up the bank, to whom went Face-of-god, +and, taking her hands, drew her up while she laughed merrily in his +face: he saluted her as he had Long-coat, and then with a laugh turned +about to wait for the third; who came indeed, but after a little while, +for she had abided, hearing their voices. Her also Gold-mane drew +up, and kissed her hands, and she lay on the grass by Long-coat, but +the second maiden stood up beside the young man. She was white-skinned +and golden-haired, a very fair damsel, whereas the last-comer was but +comely, as were well-nigh all the women of the Dale.</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god, looking on the three: ‘How comes it, maidens, +that ye are but in your kirtles this sharp autumn morning? or where +have ye left your gowns or your cloaks?’</p> +<p>For indeed they were clad but in close-fitting blue kirtles of fine +wool, embroidered about the hems with gold and coloured threads.</p> +<p>The last-comer laughed and said: ‘What ails thee, Gold-mane, +to be so careful of us, as if thou wert our mother or our nurse? +Yet if thou must needs know, there hang our gowns on the thorn-bush +down yonder; for we have been running a match and a forfeit; to wit, +that she who was last on the highway should go down again and bring +them up all three; and now that is my day’s work: but since thou +art here, Alderman’s son, thou shalt go down instead of me and +fetch them up.’</p> +<p>But he laughed merrily and outright, and said: ‘That will I +not, for there be but twenty-four hours in the day, and what between +eating and drinking and talking to fair maidens, I have enough to do +in every one of them. Wasteful are ye women, and simple is your +forfeit. Now will I, who am the Alderman’s son, give forth +a doom, and will ordain that one of you fetch up the gowns yourselves, +and that Long-coat be the one; for she is the fleetest-footed and ablest +thereto. Will ye take my doom? for later on I shall not be wiser.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said the fair woman, ‘not because thou art +the Alderman’s son, but because thou art the fairest man of the +Dale, and mayst bid us poor souls what thou wilt.’</p> +<p>Face-of-god reddened at her words, and the speaker and the last-comer +laughed; but Long-coat held her peace: she cast one very sober look +on him, and then ran lightly down the bent; he drew near the edge of +it, and watched her going; for her light-foot slimness was fair to look +on: and he noted that when she was nigh the thorn-bush whereon hung +the bright-broidered gowns, and deemed belike that she was not seen, +she kissed both her hands where he had kissed them erst.</p> +<p>Thereat he drew aback and turned away shyly, scarce looking at the +other twain, who smiled on him with somewhat jeering looks; but he bade +them farewell and departed speedily; and if they spoke, it was but softly, +for he heard their voices no more.</p> +<p>He went on under the sunlight which was now gilding the outstanding +stones of the cliffs, and still his mind was set upon the Bride; and +his meeting with the mother of the yet unborn baby, and with the three +women with their freshness and fairness, did somehow turn his thought +the more upon her, since she was the woman who was to be his amongst +all women, for she was far fairer than any one of them; and through +all manner of life and through all kinds of deeds would he be with her, +and know more of her fairness and kindness than any other could: and +him-seemed he could see pictures of her and of him amidst all these +deeds and ways.</p> +<p>Now he went very swiftly; for he was eager, though he knew not for +what, and he thought but little of the things on which his eyes fell. +He met none else on the road till he was come to Wildlake’s Way, +though he saw folk enough down in the meadows; he was soon amidst the +first of the trees, and without making any stay set his face east and +somewhat north, that is, toward the slopes that led to the great mountains. +He said to himself aloud, as he wended the wood: ‘Strange! yestereven +I thought much of the wood, and I set my mind on not going thither, +and this morning I thought nothing of it, and here am I amidst its trees, +and wending towards its innermost.’</p> +<p>His way was easy at first, because the wood for a little space was +all of beech, so that there was no undergrowth, and he went lightly +betwixt the tall grey and smooth boles; albeit his heart was nought +so gay as it was in the dale amidst the sunshine. After a while +the beech-wood grew thinner, and at last gave out altogether, and he +came into a space of rough broken ground with nought but a few scrubby +oaks and thorn-bushes growing thereon here and there. The sun +was high in the heavens now, and shone brightly down on the waste, though +there were a few white clouds high up above him. The rabbits scuttled +out of the grass before him; here and there he turned aside from a stone +on which lay coiled an adder sunning itself; now and again both hart +and hind bounded away from before him, or a sounder of wild swine ran +grunting away toward closer covert. But nought did he see but +the common sights and sounds of the woodland; nor did he look for aught +else, for he knew this part of the woodland indifferent well.</p> +<p>He held on over this treeless waste for an hour or more, when the +ground began to be less rugged, and he came upon trees again, but thinly +scattered, oak and ash and hornbeam not right great, with thickets of +holly and blackthorn between them. The set of the ground was still +steadily up to the east and north-east, and he followed it as one who +wendeth an assured way. At last before him seemed to rise a wall +of trees and thicket; but when he drew near to it, lo! an opening in +a certain place, and a little path as if men were wont to thread the +tangle of the wood thereby; though hitherto he had noted no slot of +men, nor any sign of them, since he had plunged into the deep of the +beech-wood. He took the path as one who needs must, and went his +ways as it led. In sooth it was well-nigh blind, but he was a +deft woodsman, and by means of it skirted many a close thicket that +had otherwise stayed him. So on he went, and though the boughs +were close enough overhead, and the sun came through but in flecks, +he judged that it was growing towards noon, and he wotted well that +he was growing aweary. For he had been long afoot, and the more +part of the time on a rough way, or breasting a slope which was at whiles +steep enough.</p> +<p>At last the track led him skirting about an exceeding close thicket +into a small clearing, through which ran a little woodland rill amidst +rushes and dead leaves: there was a low mound near the eastern side +of this wood-lawn, as though there had been once a dwelling of man there, +but no other sign or slot of man was there.</p> +<p>So Face-of-god made stay in that place, casting himself down beside +the rill to rest him and eat and drink somewhat. Whatever thoughts +had been with him through the wood (and they been many) concerning his +House and his name, and his father, and the journey he might make to +the cities of the Westland, and what was to befall him when he was wedded, +and what war or trouble should be on his hands - all this was now mingled +together and confused by this rest amidst his weariness. He laid +down his scrip, and drew his meat from it and ate what he would, and +dipping his gilded beaker into the brook, drank water smacking of the +damp musty savour of the woodland; and then his head sank back on a +little mound in the short turf, and he fell asleep at once. A +long dream he had in short space; and therein were blent his thoughts +of the morning with the deeds of yesterday; and other matters long forgotten +in his waking hours came back to his slumber in unordered confusion: +all which made up for him pictures clear, but of little meaning, save +that, as oft befalls in dreams, whatever he was a-doing he felt himself +belated.</p> +<p>When he awoke, smiling at something strange in his gone-by dream, +he looked up to the heavens, thinking to see signs of the even at hand, +for he seemed to have been dreaming so long. The sky was thinly +overcast by now, but by his wonted woodcraft he knew the whereabouts +of the sun, and that it was scant an hour after noon. He sat there +till he was wholly awake, and then drank once more of the woodland water; +and he said to himself, but out loud, for he was fain of the sound of +a man’s voice, though it were but his own:</p> +<p>‘What is mine errand hither? Whither wend I? What +shall I have done to-morrow that I have hitherto left undone? +Or what manner of man shall I be then other than I am now?’</p> +<p>Yet though he said the words he failed to think the thought, or it +left him in a moment of time, and he thought but of the Bride and her +kindness. Yet that abode with him but a moment, and again he saw +himself and those two women on the highway edge, and Long-coat lingering +on the slope below, kissing his kisses on her hands; and he was sorry +that she desired him over-much, for she was a fair woman and a friendly. +But all that also flowed from him at once, and he had no thought in +him but that he also desired something that he lacked: and this was +a burden to him, and he rose up frowning, and said to himself, ‘Am +I become a mere sport of dreams, whether I sleep or wake? I will +go backward - or forward, but will think no more.’</p> +<p>Then he ordered his gear again, and took the path onward and upward +toward the Great Mountains; and the track was even fainter than before +for a while, so that he had to seek his way diligently.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER V. FACE-OF-GOD FALLS IN WITH MENFOLK ON THE MOUNTAIN</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now he plodded on steadily, and for a long time the forest changed +but little, and of wild things he saw only a few of those that love +the closest covert. The ground still went up and up, though at +whiles were hollows, and steeper bents out of them again, and the half-blind +path or slot still led past the close thickets and fallen trees, and +he made way without let or hindrance. At last once more the wood +began to thin, and the trees themselves to be smaller and gnarled and +ill-grown: therewithal the day was waning, and the sky was quite clear +again as the afternoon grew into a fair autumn evening.</p> +<p>Now the trees failed altogether, and the slope grown steeper was +covered with heather and ling; and looking up, he saw before him quite +near by seeming in the clear even (though indeed they were yet far away) +the snowy peaks flushed with the sinking sun against the frosty dark-grey +eastern sky; and below them the dark rock-mountains, and below these +again, and nigh to him indeed, the fells covered with pine-woods and +looking like a wall to the heaths he trod.</p> +<p>He stayed a little while and turned his head to look at the way whereby +he had come; but that way a swell of the oak-forest hid everything but +the wood itself, making a wall behind him as the pine-wood made a wall +before. There came across him then a sharp memory of the boding +words which Stone-face had spoken last night, and he felt as if he were +now indeed within the trap. But presently he laughed and said: +‘I am a fool: this comes of being alone in the dark wood and the +dismal waste, after the merry faces of the Dale had swept away my foolish +musings of yesterday and the day before. Lo! here I stand, a man +of the Face, sword and axe by my side; if death come, it can but come +once; and if I fear not death, what shall make me afraid? The +Gods hate me not, and will not hurt me; and they are not ugly, but beauteous.’</p> +<p>Therewith he strode on again, and soon came to a place where the +ground sank into a shallow valley and the ling gave place to grass for +a while, and there were tall old pines scattered about, and betwixt +them grey rocks; this he passed through, climbing a steep bent out of +it, and the pines were all about him now, though growing wide apart, +till at last he came to where they thickened into a wood, not very close, +wherethrough he went merrily, singing to himself and swinging his spear. +He was soon through this wood, and came on to a wide well-grassed wood-lawn, +hedged by the wood aforesaid on three sides, but sloping up slowly toward +the black wall of the thicker pine-wood on the fourth side, and about +half a furlong overthwart and endlong. The sun had set while he +was in the last wood, but it was still broad daylight on the wood-lawn, +and as he stood there he was ware of a house under the pine-wood on +the other side, built long and low, much like the houses of the Woodland-Carles, +but rougher fashioned and of unhewn trees. He gazed on it, and +said aloud to himself as his wont was:</p> +<p>‘Marvellous! here is a dwelling of man, scarce a day’s +journey from Burgstead; yet have I never heard tell of it: may happen +some of the Woodland-Carles have built it, and are on some errand of +hunting peltries up in the mountains, or maybe are seeking copper and +tin among the rocks. Well, at least let us go see what manner +of men dwell there, and if they are minded for a guest to-night; for +fain were I of a bed beneath a roof, and of a board with strong meat +and drink on it.’</p> +<p>Therewith he set forward, not heeding much that the wood he had passed +through was hard on his left hand; but he had gone but twenty paces +when he saw a red thing at the edge of the wood, and then a glitter, +and a spear came whistling forth, and smote his own spear so hard close +to the steel that it flew out of his hand; then came a great shout, +and a man clad in a scarlet kirtle ran forth on him. Face-of-god +had his axe in his hand in a twinkling, and ran at once to meet his +foe; but the man had the hill on his side as he rushed on with a short-sword +in his hand. Axe and sword clashed together for a moment of time, +and then both the men rolled over on the grass together, and Face-of-god +as he fell deemed that he heard the shrill cry of a woman. Now +Face-of-god found that he was the nethermost, for if he was strong, +yet was his foe stronger; the axe had flown out of his hand also, while +the strange man still kept a hold of his short-sword; and presently, +though he still struggled all he could, he saw the man draw back his +hand to smite with the said sword; and at that nick of time the foeman’s +knee was on his breast, his left hand was doubled back behind him, and +his right wrist was gripped hard in the stranger’s left hand. +Even therewith his ears, sharpened by the coming death, heard the sound +of footsteps and fluttering raiment drawing near; something dark came +between him and the sky; there was the sound of a great stroke, and +the big man loosened his grip and fell off him to one side.</p> +<p>Face-of-god leapt up and ran to his axe and got hold of it; but turning +round found himself face to face with a tall woman holding in her hand +a stout staff like the limb of a tree. She was calm and smiling, +though forsooth it was she who had stricken the stroke and stayed the +sword from his throat. His hand and axe dropped down to his side +when he saw what it was that faced him, and that the woman was young +and fair; so he spake to her and said:</p> +<p>‘What aileth, maiden? is this man thy foe? doth he oppress +thee? shall I slay him?’</p> +<p>She laughed and said: ‘Thou art open-handed in thy proffers: +he might have asked the like concerning thee but a minute ago.’</p> +<p>‘Yea, yea,’ said Gold-mane, laughing also, ‘but +he asked it not of thee.’</p> +<p>‘That is sooth,’ she said, ‘but since thou hast +asked me, I will tell thee that if thou slay him it will be my harm +as well as his; and in my country a man that taketh a gift is not wont +to break the giver’s head with it straightway. The man is +my brother, O stranger, and presently, if thou wilt, thou mayst be eating +at the same board with him. Or if thou wilt, thou mayst go thy +ways unhurt into the wood. But I had liefer of the twain that +thou wert in our house to-night; for thou hast a wrong against us.’</p> +<p>Her voice was sweet and clear, and she spake the last words kindly, +and drew somewhat nigher to Gold-mane. Therewithal the smitten +man sat up, and put his hand to his head, and quoth he:</p> +<p>‘Angry is my sister! good it is to wear the helm abroad when +she shaketh the nut-trees.’</p> +<p><i>‘</i> Nay,’ said she, ‘it is thy luck that thou +wert bare-headed, else had I been forced to smite thee on the face. +Thou churl, since when hath it been our wont to thrust knives into a +guest, who is come of great kin, a man of gentle heart and fair face? +Come hither and handsel him self-doom for thy fool’s onset!’</p> +<p>The man rose to his feet and said: ‘Well, sister, least said, +soonest mended. A clout on the head is worse than a woman’s +chiding; but since ye have given me one, ye may forbear the other.’</p> +<p>Therewith he drew near to them. He was a very big-made man, +most stalwarth, with dark red hair and a thin pointed beard; his nose +was straight and fine, his eyes grey and well-opened, but somewhat fierce +withal. Yet was he in nowise evil-looking; he seemed some thirty +summers old. He was clad in a short scarlet kirtle, a goodly garment, +with a hood of like web pulled off his head on to his shoulders: he +bore a great gold ring on his left arm, and a collar of gold came down +on to his breast from under his hood.</p> +<p>As for the woman, she was clad in a long white linen smock, and over +it a short gown of dark blue woollen, and she had skin shoes on her +feet.</p> +<p>Now the man came up to Face-of-god, and took his hand and said: ‘I +deemed thee a foe, and I may not have over-many foes alive: but it seems +that thou art to be a friend, and that is well and better; so herewith +I handsel thee self-doom in the matter of the onslaught.’</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god laughed and said: ‘The doom is soon given +forth; against the tumble on the grass I set the clout on the head; +there is nought left over to pay to any man’s son.’</p> +<p>Said the scarlet-clad man: ‘Belike by thine eyes thou art a +true man, and wilt not bewray me. Now is there no foeman here, +but rather maybe a friend both now and in time to come.’ +Therewith he cast his arms about Face-of-god and kissed him. But +Face-of-god turned about to the woman and said: ‘Is the peace +wholly made?’</p> +<p>She shook her head and said soberly: ‘Nay, thou art too fair +for a woman to kiss.’</p> +<p>He flushed red, as his wont was when a woman praised him; yet was +his heart full of pleasure and well-liking. But she laid her hand +on his shoulder and said: ‘Now is it for thee to choose betwixt +the wild-wood and the hall, and whether thou wilt be a guest or a wayfarer +this night.’</p> +<p>As she touched him there took hold of him a sweetness of pleasure +he had never felt erst, and he answered: ‘I will be thy guest +and not thy stranger.’</p> +<p>‘Come then,’ she said, and took his hand in hers, so +that he scarce felt the earth under his feet, as they went all three +together toward the house in the gathering dusk, while eastward where +the peaks of the great mountains dipped was a light that told of the +rising of the moon.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER VI. OF FACE-OF-GOD AND THOSE MOUNTAIN-DWELLERS</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>A yard or two from the threshold Gold-mane hung back a moment, entangled +in some such misgiving as a man is wont to feel when he is just about +to do some new deed, but is not yet deep in the story; his new friends +noted that, for they smiled each in their own way, and the woman drew +her hand away from his. Face-of-god held out his still as though +to take hers again, and therewithal he changed countenance and said +as though he had stayed but to ask that question:</p> +<p>‘Tell me thy name, tall man; and thou, fair woman, tell me +thine; for how can we talk together else?’</p> +<p>The man laughed outright and said: ‘The young chieftain thinks +that this house also should be his! Nay, young man, I know what +is in thy thought, be not ashamed that thou art wary; and be assured! +We shall hurt thee no more than thou hast been hurt. Now as to +my name; the name that was born with me is gone: the name that was given +me hath been taken from me: now I belike must give myself a name, and +that shall be Wild-wearer; but it may be that thou thyself shalt one +day give me another, and call me Guest.’</p> +<p>His sister gazed at him solemnly as he spoke, and Face-of-god beholding +her the while, deemed that her beauty grew and grew till she seemed +as aweful as a Goddess; and into his mind it came that this over-strong +man and over-lovely woman were nought mortal, and they withal dealing +with him as father and mother deal with a wayward child: then for a +moment his heart failed him, and he longed for the peace of Burgdale, +and even the lonely wood. But therewith she turned to him and +let her hand come into his again, and looked kindly on him and said: +‘And as for me, call me the Friend; the name is good and will +serve for many things.’</p> +<p>He looked down from her face and his eyes lighted on her hand, and +when he noted even amid the evening dusk how fair and lovely it was +fashioned, and yet as though it were deft in the crafts that the daughters +of menfolk use, his fear departed, and the pleasure of his longing filled +his heart, and he drew her hand to him to kiss it; but she held it back. +Then he said: ‘It is the custom of the Dale to all women.’</p> +<p>So she let him kiss her hand, heeding the kiss nothing, and said +soberly:</p> +<p>‘Then art thou of Burgdale, and if it were lawful to guess, +I would say that thy name is Face-of-god, of the House of the Face.’</p> +<p>‘Even so it is,’ said he, ‘but in the Dale those +that love me do mostly call me Gold-mane.’</p> +<p>‘It is well named,’ she said, ‘and seldom wilt +thou be called otherwise, for thou wilt be well-beloved. But come +in now, Gold-mane, for night is at hand, and here have we meat and lodging +such as an hungry and weary man may take; though we be broken people, +dwellers in the waste.’</p> +<p>Therewith she led him gently over the threshold into the hall, and +it seemed to him as if she were the fairest and the noblest of all the +Queens of ancient story.</p> +<p>When he was in the house he looked and saw that, rough as it was +without it lacked not fairness within. The floor was of hard-trodden +earth strewn with pine-twigs, and with here and there brown bearskins +laid on it: there was a standing table near the upper end athwart the +hall, and a days beyond that, but no endlong table. Gold-mane +looked to the shut-beds, and saw that they were large and fair, though +there were but a few of them; and at the lower end was a loft for a +sleeping chamber dight very fairly with broidered cloths. The +hangings on the walls, though they left some places bare which were +hung with fresh boughs, were fairer than any he had ever seen, so that +he deemed that they must come from far countries and the City of Cities: +therein were images wrought of warriors and fair women of old time and +their dealings with the Gods and the Giants, and Wondrous wights; and +he deemed that this was the story of some great kindred, and that their +token and the sign of their banner must needs be the Wood-wolf, for +everywhere was it wrought in these pictured webs. Perforce he +looked long and earnestly at these fair things, for the hall was not +dark yet, because the brands on the hearth were flaming their last, +and when Wild-wearer beheld him so gazing, he stood up and looked too +for a moment, and then smote his right hand on the hilt of his sword, +and turned away and strode up and down the hall as one in angry thought.</p> +<p>But the woman, even the Friend, bestirred herself for the service +of the guest, and brought water for his hands and feet, and when she +had washed him, bore him the wine of Welcome and drank to him and bade +him drink; and he all the while was shamefaced; for it was to him as +if one of the Ladies of the Heavenly Burg were doing him service. +Then she went away by a door at the lower end of the hall, and Wild-wearer +came and sat down by Gold-mane, and fell a-talking with him about the +ways of the Dalesmen, and their garths, and the pastures and growths +thereof; and what temper the carles themselves were of; which were good +men, which were ill, which was loved and which scorned; no otherwise +than if he had been the goodman of some neighbouring dale; and Gold-mane +told him whatso he knew, for he saw no harm therein.</p> +<p>After a while the outer door opened, and there came in a woman of +some five-and-twenty winters, trimly and strongly built; short-skirted +she was and clad as a hunter, with a bow in her hand and a quiver at +her back: she unslung a pouch, which she emptied at Wild-wearer’s +feet of a leash of hares and two brace of mountain grouse; of Face-of-god +she took but little heed.</p> +<p>Said Wild-wearer: ‘This is good for to-morrow, not for to-day; +the meat is well-nigh on the board.’</p> +<p>Then Gold-mane smiled, for he called to mind his home-coming of yesterday. +But the woman said:</p> +<p>‘The fault is not mine; she told me of the coming guest but +three hours agone.’</p> +<p>‘Ay?’ said Wild-wearer, ‘she looked for a guest +then?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, certes,’ said the woman, ‘else why went I +forth this afternoon, as wearied as I was with yesterday?’</p> +<p>‘Well, well,’ said Wild-wearer, ‘get to thy due +work or go play; I meddle not with meat! and for thee all jests are +as bitter earnest.’</p> +<p>‘And with thee, chief,’ she said, ‘it is no otherwise; +surely I am made on thy model.’</p> +<p>‘Thy tongue is longer, friend,’ said he; ‘now tarry +if thou wilt, and if the supper’s service craveth thee not.’</p> +<p>She turned away with one keen look at Face-of-god, and departed through +the door at the lower end of the hall.</p> +<p>By this time the hall was dusk, for there were no candles there, +and the hearth-fire was but smouldering. Wild-wearer sat silent +and musing now, and Face-of-god spake not, for he was deep in wild and +happy dreams. At last the lower door opened and the fair woman +came into the hall with a torch in either hand, after whom came the +huntress, now clad in a dark blue kirtle, and an old woman yet straight +and hale; and these twain bore in the victuals and the table-gear. +Then the three fell to dighting the board, and when it was all ready, +and Gold-mane and Wild-wearer were set down to it, and with them the +fair woman and the huntress, the old woman threw good store of fresh +brands on the hearth, so that the light shone into every corner; and +even therewith the outer door opened, and four more men entered, whereof +one was old, but big and stalwarth, the other three young: they were +all clad roughly in sheep-brown weed, but had helms upon their heads +and spears in their hands and great swords girt to their sides; and +they seemed doughty men and ready for battle. One of the young +men cast down by the door the carcass of a big-horned mountain sheep, +and then they all trooped off to the out-bower by the lower door, and +came back presently fairly clad and without their weapons. Wild-wearer +nodded to them kindly, and they sat at table paying no more heed to +Face-of-god than to cast him a nod for salutation.</p> +<p>Then said the old woman to them: ‘Well, lads, have ye been +doing or sleeping?’</p> +<p>‘Sleeping, mother,’ said one of the young men, ‘as +was but due after last night was, and to-morrow shall be.’</p> +<p>Said the huntress: ‘Hold thy peace, Wood-wise, and let thy +tongue help thy teeth to deal with thy meat; for this is not the talking +hour.’</p> +<p>‘Nay, Bow-may,’ said another of the swains, ‘since +here is a new man, now is the time to talk to him.’</p> +<p>Said the huntress: ‘’Tis thine hands that talk best, +Wood-wont; it is not they that shall bring thee to shame.’</p> +<p>Spake the third: ‘What have we to do with shame here, far away +from dooms and doomers, and elders, and wardens, and guarded castles? +If the new man listeth to speak, let him speak; or to fight, then let +him; it shall ever be man to man.’</p> +<p>Then spake the old woman: ‘Son Wood-wicked, hold thy peace, +and forget the steel that ever eggeth thee on to draw.’</p> +<p>Therewith she set the last matters on the board, while the three +swains sat and eyed Gold-mane somewhat fiercely, now that words had +stirred them, and he had sat there saying nothing, as one who was better +than they, and contemned them; but now spake Wild-wearer:</p> +<p>‘Whoso hungreth let him eat! Whoso would slumber, let +him to bed. But he who would bicker, it must needs be with me. +Here is a man of the Dale, who hath sought the wood in peace, and hath +found us. His hand is ready and his heart is guileless: if ye +fear him, run away to the wood, and come back when he is gone; but none +shall mock him while I sit by: now, lads, be merry and blithe with the +guest.’</p> +<p>Then the young men greeted Gold-mane, and the old man said: ‘Art +thou of Burgstead? then wilt thou be of the House of the Face, and thy +name will be Face-of-god; for that man is called the fairest of the +Dale, and there shall be none fairer than thou.’</p> +<p>Face-of-god laughed and said: ‘There be but few mirrors in +Burgdale, and I have no mind to journey west to the cities to see what +manner of man I be: that were ill husbandry. But now I have heard +the names of the three swains, tell me thy name, father!’</p> +<p>Spake the huntress: ‘This is my father’s brother, and +his name is Wood-father; or ye shall call him so: and I am called Bow-may +because I shoot well in the bow: and this old carline is my eme’s +wife, and now belike my mother, if I need one. But thou, fair-faced +Dalesman, little dost thou need a mirror in the Dale so long as women +abide there; for their faces shall be instead of mirrors to tell thee +whether thou be fair and lovely.’</p> +<p>Thereat they all laughed and fell to their victual, which was abundant, +of wood-venison and mountain-fowl, but of bread was no great plenty; +wine lacked not, and that of the best; and Gold-mane noted that the +cups and the apparel of the horns and mazers were not of gold nor gilded +copper, but of silver; and he marvelled thereat, for in the Dale silver +was rare.</p> +<p>So they ate and drank, and Gold-mane looked ever on the Friend, and +spake much with her, and he deemed her friendly indeed, and she seemed +most pleased when he spoke best, and led him on to do so. Wild-wearer +was but of few words, and those somewhat harsh; yet was he as a man +striving to be courteous and blithe; but of the others Bow-may was the +greatest speaker.</p> +<p>Wild-wearer called healths to the Sun, and the Moon, and the Hosts +of Heaven; to the Gods of the Earth; to the Woodwights; and to the Guest. +Other healths also he called, the meaning of which was dark to Gold-mane; +to wit, the Jaws of the Wolf; the Silver Arm; the Red Hand; the Golden +Bushel; and the Ragged Sword. But when he asked the Friend concerning +these names what they might signify, she shook her head and answered +not.</p> +<p>At last Wild-wearer cried out: ‘Now, lads, the night weareth +and the guest is weary: therefore whoso of you hath in him any minstrelsy, +now let him make it, for later on it shall be over-late.’</p> +<p>Then arose Wood-wont and went to his shut-bed and groped therein, +and took from out of it a fiddle in its case; and he opened the case +and drew from it a very goodly fiddle, and he stood on the floor amidst +of the hall and Bow-may his cousin with him; and he laid his bow on +the fiddle and woke up song in it, and when it was well awake she fell +a-singing, and he to answering her song, and at the last all they of +the house sang together; and this is the meaning of the words which +they sang:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p><i>She singeth.</i></p> +<p>Now is the rain upon the day,<br /> And every water’s +wide;<br />Why busk ye then to wear the way,<br /> And +whither will ye ride?</p> +<p><i>He singeth.</i></p> +<p>Our kine are on the eyot still,<br /> The eddies +lap them round;<br />All dykes the wind-worn waters fill,<br /> And +waneth grass and ground.</p> +<p><i>She singeth.</i></p> +<p>O ride ye to the river’s brim<br /> In war-weed +fair to see?<br />Or winter waters will ye swim<br /> In +hauberks to the knee?</p> +<p><i>He singeth.</i></p> +<p>Wild is the day, and dim with rain,<br /> Our sheep +are warded ill;<br />The wood-wolves gather for the plain,<br /> Their +ravening maws to fill.</p> +<p><i>She singeth.</i></p> +<p>Nay, what is this, and what have ye,<br /> A hunter’s +band, to bear<br />The Banner of our Battle-glee<br /> The +skulking wolves to scare?</p> +<p><i>He singeth.</i></p> +<p>O women, when we wend our ways<br /> To deal with +death and dread,<br />The Banner of our Fathers’ Days<br /> Must +flap the wind o’erhead.</p> +<p><i>She singeth.</i></p> +<p>Ah, for the maidens that ye leave!<br /> Who now +shall save the hay?<br />What grooms shall kiss our lips at eve,<br /> When +June hath mastered May?</p> +<p><i>He singeth.</i></p> +<p>The wheat is won, the seed is sown,<br /> Here toileth +many a maid,<br />And ere the hay knee-deep hath grown<br /> Your +grooms the grass shall wade.</p> +<p><i>They sing all together.</i></p> +<p>Then fair befall the mountain-side<br /> Whereon +the play shall be!<br />And fair befall the summer-tide<br /> That +whoso lives shall see.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Face-of-god thought the song goodly, but to the others it was well +known. Then said Wood-father:</p> +<p>‘O foster-son, thy foster-brother hath sung well for a wood +abider; but we are deeming that his singing shall be but as a starling +to a throstle matched against thy new-come guest. Therefore, Dalesman, +sing us a song of the Dale, and if ye will, let it be of gardens and +pleasant houses of stone, and fair damsels therein, and swains with +them who toil not over-much for a scant livelihood, as do they of the +waste, whose heads may not be seen in the Holy Places.’</p> +<p>Said Gold-mane: ‘Father, it is ill to set the words of a lonely +man afar from his kin against the song that cometh from the heart of +a noble house; yet may I not gainsay thee, but will sing to thee what +I may call to mind, and it is called the Song of the Ford.’</p> +<p>Therewith he sang in a sweet and clear voice: and this is the meaning +of his words:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>In hay-tide, through the day new-born,<br /> Across +the meads we come;<br />Our hauberks brush the blossomed corn<br /> A +furlong short of home.</p> +<p>Ere yet the gables we behold<br /> Forth flasheth +the red sun,<br />And smites our fallow helms and cold<br /> Though +all the fight be done.</p> +<p>In this last mend of mowing-grass<br /> Sweet doth +the clover smell,<br />Crushed neath our feet red with the pass<br /> Where +hell was blent with hell.</p> +<p>And now the willowy stream is nigh,<br /> Down wend +we to the ford;<br />No shafts across its fishes fly,<br /> Nor +flasheth there a sword.</p> +<p>But lo! what gleameth on the bank<br /> Across the +water wan,<br />As when our blood the mouse-ear drank<br /> And +red the river ran?</p> +<p>Nay, hasten to the ripple clear,<br /> Look at the +grass beyond!<br />Lo ye the dainty band and dear<br /> Of +maidens fair and fond!</p> +<p>Lo how they needs must take the stream!<br /> The +water hides their feet;<br />On fair kind arms the gold doth gleam,<br /> And +midst the ford we meet.</p> +<p>Up through the garden two and two,<br /> And on +the flowers we drip;<br />Their wet feet kiss the morning dew<br /> As +lip lies close to lip.</p> +<p>Here now we sing; here now we stay:<br /> By these +grey walls we tell<br />The love that lived from out the fray,<br /> The +love that fought and fell.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>When he was done they all said that he had sung well, and that the +song was sweet. Yet did Wild-wearer smile somewhat; and Bow-may +said outright: ‘Soft is the song, and hath been made by lads and +minstrels rather than by warriors.’</p> +<p>‘Nay, kinswoman,’ said Wood-father, ‘thou art hard +to please; the guest is kind, and hath given us that I asked for, and +I give him all thanks therefor.’</p> +<p>Face-of-god smiled, but he heeded little what they said, for as he +sang he had noted that the Friend looked kindly on him; and he thought +he saw that once or twice she put out her hand as if to touch him, but +drew it back again each time. She spake after a little and said:</p> +<p>‘Here now hath been a stream of song running betwixt the Mountain +and the Dale even as doth a river; and this is good to come between +our dreams of what hath been and what shall be.’ Then she +turned to Gold-mane, and said to him scarce loud enough for all to hear:</p> +<p>‘Herewith I bid thee good-night, O Dalesman; and this other +word I have to thee: heed not what befalleth in the night, but sleep +thy best, for nought shall be to thy scathe. And when thou wakest +in the morning, if we are yet here, it is well; but if we are not, then +abide us no long while, but break thy fast on the victual thou wilt +find upon the board, and so depart and go thy ways home. And yet +thou mayst look to it to see us again before thou diest.’</p> +<p>Therewith she held out her hand to him, and he took it and kissed +it; and she went to her chamber-aloft at the lower end of the hall. +And when she was gone, once more he had a deeming of her that she was +of the kindred of the Gods. At her departure him-seemed that the +hall grew dull and small and smoky, and the night seemed long to him +and doubtful the coming of the day.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER VII. FACE-OF-GOD TALKETH WITH THE FRIEND ON THE MOUNTAIN</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>So now went all men to bed; and Face-to-god’s shut-bed was +over against the outer door and toward the lower end of the hall, and +on the panel about it hung the weapons and shields of men. Fair +was that chamber and roomy, and the man was weary despite his eagerness, +so that he went to sleep as soon as his head touched the pillow; but +within a while (he deemed about two hours after midnight) he was awaked +by the clattering of the weapons against the panel, and the sound of +men’s hands taking them down; and when he was fully awake, he +heard withal men going up and down the house as if on errands: but he +called to mind what the Friend had said to him, and he did not so much +as turn himself toward the hall; for he said: ‘Belike these men +are outlaws and Wolves of the Holy Places, yet by seeming they are good +fellows and nought churlish, nor have I to do with taking up the feud +against them. I will abide the morning. Yet meseemeth that +she drew me hither: for what cause?’</p> +<p>Therewith he fell asleep again, and dreamed no more. But when +he awoke the sun was shining broad upon the hall-floor, and he sat up +and listened, but could hear no sound save the moaning of the wind in +the pine-boughs and the chatter of the starlings about the gables of +the house; and the place seemed so exceeding lonely to him that he was +in a manner feared by that loneliness.</p> +<p>Then he arose and clad himself, and went forth into the hall and +gazed about him, and at first he deemed indeed that there was no one +therein. But at last he looked and beheld the upper gable and +there underneath a most goodly hanging was the glorious shape of a woman +sitting on a bench covered over with a cloth of gold and silver; and +he looked and looked to see if the woman might stir, and if she were +alive, and she turned her head toward him, and lo it was the Friend; +and his heart rose to his mouth for wonder and fear and desire. +For now he doubted whether the other folk were aught save shows and +shadows, and she the Goddess who had fashioned them out of nothing for +his bewilderment, presently to return to nothing.</p> +<p>Yet whatever he might fear or doubt, he went up the hall towards +her till he was quite nigh to her, and there he stood silent, wondering +at her beauty and desiring her kindness.</p> +<p>Grey-eyed she was like her brother; but her hair the colour of red +wheat: her lips full and red, her chin round, her nose fine and straight. +Her hands and all her body fashioned exceeding sweetly and delicately; +yet not as if she were an image of which the like might be found if +the craftsman were but deft enough to make a perfect thing, but in such +a way that there was none like to her for those that had eyes to behold +her as she was; and none could ever be made like to her, even by such +a master-craftsman as could fashion a body without a blemish.</p> +<p>She was clad in a white smock, whose hems were broidered with gold +wire and precious gems of the Mountains, and over that a gown woven +of gold and silver: scarce hath the world such another. On her +head was a fillet of gold and gems, and there were wondrous gold rings +on her arms: her feet lay bare on the dark grey wolf-skin that was stretched +before her.</p> +<p>She smiled kindly upon his solemn and troubled face, and her voice +sounded strangely familiar to him coming from all that loveliness, as +she said: ‘Hail, Face-of-god! here am I left alone, although I +deemed last night that I should be gone with the others. Therefore +am I fain to show myself to thee in fairer array than yesternight; for +though we dwell in the wild-wood, from the solace of folk, yet are we +not of thralls’ blood. But come now, I bid thee break thy +fast and talk with me a little while; and then shalt thou depart in +peace.’</p> +<p>Spake Face-of-god, and his voice trembled as he spake: ‘What +art thou? Last night I deemed at whiles once and again that thou +wert of the Gods; and now that I behold thee thus, and it is broad daylight, +and of those others is no more to be seen than if they had never lived, +I cannot but deem that it is even so, and that thou comest from the +City that shall never perish. Now if thou be a goddess, I have +nought to pray thee, save to slay me speedily if thou hast a mind for +my death. But if thou art a woman - ’</p> +<p>She broke in: ‘Gold-mane, stay thy prayer and hold thy peace +for this time, lest thou repent when repentance availeth not. +And this I say because I am none of the Gods nor akin to them, save +far off through the generations, as art thou also, and all men of goodly +kindred. Now I bid thee eat thy meat, since ’tis ill talking +betwixt a full man and a fasting; and I have dight it myself with mine +own hands; for Bow-may and the Wood-mother went away with the rest three +hours before dawn. Come sit and eat as thou hast a hardy heart; +as forsooth thou shouldest do if I were a very goddess. Take heed, +friend, lest I take thee for some damsel of the lower Dale arrayed in +Earl’s garments.’</p> +<p>She laughed therewith, and leaned toward him and put forth her hand +to him, and he took it and caressed it; and the exceeding beauty of +her body and of the raiment which was as it were a part of her and her +loveliness, made her laughter and her friendly words strange to him, +as if one did not belong to the other; as in a dream it might be. +Nevertheless he did as she bade him, and sat at the board and ate, while +she leaned forward on the arm of her chair and spake to him in friendly +wise. And he wondered as she spake that she knew so much of him +and his: and he kept saying to himself: ‘She drew me hither; wherefore +did she so?’</p> +<p>But she said: ‘Gold-mane, how fareth thy father the Alderman? +is he as good a wright as ever?’</p> +<p>He told her: Yea, that ever was his hammer on the iron, the copper, +and the gold, and that no wright in the Dale was as deft as he.</p> +<p>Said she: ‘Would he not have had thee seek to the Cities, to +see the ways of the outer world?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said he.</p> +<p>She said: ‘Thou wert wise to naysay that offer; thou shalt +have enough to do in the Dale and round about it in twelve months’ +time.’</p> +<p>‘Art thou foresighted?’ said he.</p> +<p>‘Folk have called me so,’ she said, ‘but I wot +not. But thy brother Hall-face, how fareth he?’</p> +<p>‘Well;’ said he, ‘to my deeming he is the Sword +of our House, and the Warrior of the Dale, if the days were ready for +him.’</p> +<p>‘And Stone-face, that stark ancient,’ she said, ‘doth +he still love the Folk of the Dale, and hate all other folks?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ he said, ‘I know not that, but I know that +he loveth as, and above all me and my father.’</p> +<p>Again she spake: ‘How fareth the Bride, the fair maid to whom +thou art affianced?’</p> +<p>As she spake, it was to him as if his heart was stricken cold; but +he put a force upon himself, and neither reddened nor whitened, nor +changed countenance in any way; so he answered:</p> +<p>‘She was well the eve of yesterday.’ Then he remembered +what she was, and her beauty and valour, and he constrained himself +to say: ‘Each day she groweth fairer; there is no man’s +son and no daughter of woman that does not love her; yea, the very beasts +of field and fold love her.’</p> +<p>The Friend looked at him steadily and spake no word, but a red flush +mounted to her cheeks and brow and changed her face; and he marvelled +thereat; for still he misdoubted that she was a Goddess. But it +passed away in a moment, and she smiled and said:</p> +<p>‘Guest, thou seemest to wonder that I know concerning thee +and the Dale and thy kindred. But now shalt thou wot that I have +been in the Dale once and again, and my brother oftener still; and that +I have seen thee before yesterday.’</p> +<p>‘That is marvellous,’ quoth he, ‘for sure am I +that I have not seen thee.’</p> +<p>‘Yet thou hast seen me,’ she said; ‘yet not altogether +as I am now;’ and therewith she smiled on him friendly.</p> +<p>‘How is this?’ said he; ‘art thou a skin-changer?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, in a fashion,’ she said. ‘Hearken! +dost thou perchance remember a day of last summer when there was a market +holden in Burgstead; and there stood in the way over against the House +of the Face a tall old carle who was trucking deer-skins for diverse +gear; and with him was a queen, tall and dark-skinned, somewhat well-liking, +her hair bound up in a white coif so that none of it could be seen; +by the token that she had a large stone of mountain blue set in silver +stuck in the said coif?’</p> +<p>As she spoke she set her hand to her bosom and drew something from +it, and held forth her hand to Gold-mane, and lo amidst the palm the +great blue stone set in silver.</p> +<p>‘Wondrous as a dream is this,’ said Face-of-god, ‘for +these twain I remember well, and what followed.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘I will tell thee that. There came a man of +the Shepherd-Folk, drunk or foolish, or both, who began to chaffer with +the big carle; but ever on the queen were his eyes set, and presently +he put forth his hand to her to clip her, whereon the big carle hove +up his fist and smote him, so that he fell to earth noseling. +Then ran the folk together to hale off the stranger and help the shepherd, +and it was like that the stranger should be mishandled. Then there +thrust through the press a young man with yellow hair and grey eyes, +who cried out, “Fellows, let be! The stranger had the right +of it; this is no matter to make a quarrel or a court case of. +Let the market go on! This man and maid are true folk.” +So when the folk heard the young man and his bidding, they forebore +and let the carle and the queen be, and the shepherd went his ways little +hurt. Now then, who was this young man?’</p> +<p>Quoth Gold-mane: ‘It was even I, and meseemeth it was no great +deed to do.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, ‘and the big carle was my brother, +and the tall queen, it was myself.’</p> +<p>‘How then,’ said he, ‘for she was as dark-skinned +as a dwarf, and thou so bright and fair?’</p> +<p>She said: ‘Well, if the woods are good for nothing else, yet +are they good for the growing of herbs, and I know the craft of simpling; +and with one of these herbs had I stained my skin and my brother’s +also. And it showed the darker beneath the white coif.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said he, ‘but why must ye needs fare in +feigned shapes? Ye would have been welcome guests in the Dale +howsoever ye had come.’</p> +<p>‘I may not tell thee hereof as now,’ said she.</p> +<p>Said Gold-mane: ‘Yet thou mayst belike tell me wherefore was +that thy brother desired to slay me yesterday, if he knew me, who I +was.’</p> +<p>‘Gold-mane,’ she said, ‘thou art not slain, so +little story need be made of that: for the rest, belike he knew thee +not at that moment. So it falls with us, that we look to see foes +rather than friends in the wild-woods. Many uncouth things are +therein. Moreover, I must tell thee of my brother that whiles +he is as the stalled bull late let loose, and nothing is good to him +save battle and onset; and then is he blind and knows not friend from +foe.’ Said Face-of-god: ‘Thou hast asked of me and +mine; wilt thou not tell me of thee and thine?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ she said, ‘not as now; thou must betake +thee to the way. Whither wert thou wending when thou happenedst +upon us?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘I know not; I was seeking something, but I knew not +what - meseemeth that now I have found it.’</p> +<p>‘Art thou for the great mountains seeking gems?’ she +said. ‘Yet go not thither to-day: for who knoweth what thou +shalt meet there that shall be thy foe?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘Nay, nay; I have nought to do but to abide here as +long as I may, looking upon thee and hearkening to thy voice.’</p> +<p>Her eyes were upon his, but yet she did not seem to see him, and +for a while she answered not; and still he wondered that mere words +should come from so fair a thing; for whether she moved foot, or hand, +or knee, or turned this way or that, each time she stirred it was a +caress to his very heart.</p> +<p>He spake again: ‘May I not abide here a while? What scathe +may be in that?’</p> +<p>‘It is not so,’ she said; ‘thou must depart, and +that straightway: lo, there lieth thy spear which the Wood-mother hath +brought in from the waste. Take thy gear to thee and wend thy +ways. Have patience! I will lead thee to the place where +we first met and there give thee farewell.’</p> +<p>Therewith she arose and he also perforce, and when they came to the +doorway she stepped across the threshold and then turned back and gave +him her hand and so led him forth, the sun flashing back from her golden +raiment. Together they went over the short grey grass of that +hillside till they came to the place where he had arisen from that wrestle +with her brother. There she stayed him and said:</p> +<p>‘This is the place; here must we part.’</p> +<p>But his heart failed him and he faltered in his speech as he said:</p> +<p>‘When shall I see thee again? Wilt thou slay me if I +seek to thee hither once more?’</p> +<p>‘Hearken,’ she said, ‘autumn is now a-dying into +winter: let winter and its snows go past: nor seek to me hither; for +me thou should’st not find, but thy death thou mightest well fall +in with; and I would not that thou shouldest die. When winter +is gone, and spring is on the land, if thou hast not forgotten us thou +shalt meet us again. Yet shalt thou go further than this Woodland +Hall. In Shadowy Vale shalt thou seek to me then, and there will +I talk with thee.’</p> +<p>‘And where,’ said he, ‘is Shadowy Vale? for thereof +have I never heard tell.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘The token when it cometh to thee shall show thee +thereof and the way thither. Art thou a babbler, Gold-mane?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘I have won no prize for babbling hitherto.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘If thou listest to babble concerning what hath befallen +thee on the Mountain, so do, and repent it once only, that is, thy life +long.’</p> +<p>‘Why should I say any word thereof?’ said he. ‘Dost +thou not know the sweetness of such a tale untold?’</p> +<p>He spake as one who is somewhat wrathful, and she answered humbly +and kindly:</p> +<p>‘Well is that. Bide thou the token that shall lead thee +to Shadowy Vale. Farewell now.’</p> +<p>She drew her hand from his, and turned and went her ways swiftly +to the house: he could not choose but gaze on her as she went glittering-bright +and fair in that grey place of the mountains, till the dark doorway +swallowed up her beauty. Then he turned away and took the path +through the pine-woods, muttering to himself as he went:</p> +<p>‘What thing have I done now that hitherto I had not done? +What manner of man am I to-day other than the man I was yesterday?’</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER VIII. FACE-OF-GOD COMETH HOME AGAIN TO BURGSTEAD</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Face-of-God went back through the wood by the way he had come, paying +little heed to the things about him. For whatever he thought of +strayed not one whit from the image of the Fair Woman of the Mountain-side.</p> +<p>He went through the wood swiftlier than yesterday, and made no stay +for noon or aught else, nor did he linger on the road when he was come +into the Dale, either to speak to any or to note what they did. +So he came to the House of the Face about dusk, and found no man within +the hall either carle or queen. So he cried out on the folk, and +there came in a damsel of the house, whom he greeted kindly and she +him again. He bade her bring the washing-water, and she did so +and washed his feet and his hands. She was a fair maid enough, +as were most in the Dale, but he heeded her little; and when she was +done he kissed not her cheek for her pains, as his wont was, but let +her go her ways unthanked. But he went to his shut-bed and opened +his chest, and drew fair raiment from it, and did off his wood-gear, +and did on him a goodly scarlet kirtle fairly broidered, and a collar +with gems of price therein, and other braveries. And when he was +so attired he came out into the hall, and there was old Stone-face standing +by the hearth, which was blazing brightly with fresh brands, so that +things were clear to see.</p> +<p>Stone-face noted Gold-mane’s gay raiment, for he was not wont +to wear such attire, save on the feasts and high days when he behoved +to. So the old man smiled and said:</p> +<p>‘Welcome back from the Wood! But what is it? Hast +thou been wedded there, or who hath made thee Earl and King?’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Foster-father, sooth it is that I have been +to the wood, but there have I seen nought of manfolk worse than myself. +Now as to my raiment, needs must I keep it from the moth. And +I am weary withal, and this kirtle is light and easy to me. Moreover, +I look to see the Bride here again, and I would pleasure her with the +sight of gay raiment upon me.’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Stone-face, ‘hast thou not seen some +woman in the wood arrayed like the image of a God? and hath she not +bidden thee thus to worship her to-night? For I know that such +wights be in the wood, and that such is their wont.’</p> +<p>Said Gold-mane: ‘I worship nought save the Gods and the Fathers. +Nor saw I in the wood any such as thou sayest.’</p> +<p>Therewith Stone-face shook his head; but after a while he said:</p> +<p>‘Art thou for the wood to-morrow?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Gold-mane angrily, knitting his brows.</p> +<p>‘The morrow of to-morrow,’ said Stone-face, ‘is +the day when we look to see the Westland merchants: after all, wilt +thou not go hence with them when they wend their ways back before the +first snows fall?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said he, ‘I have no mind to it, fosterer; +cease egging me on hereto.’</p> +<p>Then Stone-face shook his head again, and looked on him long, and +muttered: ‘To the wood wilt thou go to-morrow or next day; or +some day when doomed is thine undoing.’</p> +<p>Therewith entered the service and torches, and presently after came +the Alderman with Hall-face; and Iron-face greeted his son and said +to him: ‘Thou hast not hit the time to do on thy gay raiment, +for the Bride will not be here to-night; she bideth still at the Feast +at the Apple-tree House: or wilt thou be there, son?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Face-of-god, ‘I am over-weary. +And as for my raiment, it is well; it is for thine honour and the honour +of the name.’</p> +<p>So to table they went, and Iron-face asked his son of his ways again, +and whether he was quite fixed in his mind not to go down to the Plain +and the Cities: ‘For,’ said he, ‘the morrow of to-morrow +shall the merchants be here, and this were great news for them if the +son of the Alderman should be their faring-fellow back.’</p> +<p>But Face-of-god answered without any haste or heat: ‘Nay, father, +it may not be: fear not, thou shalt see that I have a good will to work +and live in the Dale.’</p> +<p>And in good sooth, though he was a young man and loved mirth and +the ways of his own will, he was a stalwarth workman, and few could +mow a match with him in the hay-month and win it; or fell trees as certainly +and swiftly, or drive as straight and clean a furrow through the stiff +land of the lower Dale; and in other matters also was he deft and sturdy.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER IX. THOSE BRETHREN FARE TO THE YEWWOOD WITH THE BRIDE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Next morning Face-of-god dight himself for work, and took his axe; +for his brother Hall-face had bidden him go down with him to the Yew-wood +and cut timber there, since he of all men knew where to go straight +to the sticks that would quarter best for bow-staves; whereas the Alderman +had the right of hewing in that wood. So they went forth, those +brethren, from the House of the Face, but when they were gotten to the +gate, who should be there but the Bride awaiting them, and she with +an ass duly saddled for bearing the yew-sticks. Because Hall-face +had told her that he and belike Gold-mane were going to hew in the wood, +and she thought it good to be of the company, as oft had befallen erst. +When they met she greeted Face-of-god and kissed him as her wont was; +and he looked upon her and saw how fair she was, and how kind and friendly +were her eyes that beheld him, and how her whole face was eager for +him as their lips parted. Then his heart failed him, when he knew +that he no longer desired her as she did him, and he said within himself:</p> +<p>‘Would that she had been of our nighest kindred! Would +that I had had a sister and that this were she!’</p> +<p>So the three went along the highway down the Dale, and Hall-face +and the Bride talked merrily together and laughed, for she was happy, +since she knew that Gold-mane had been to the wood and was back safe +and much as he had been before. So indeed it seemed of him; for +though at first he was moody and of few words, yet presently he cursed +himself for a mar-sport, and so fell into the talk, and enforced himself +to be merry; and soon he was so indeed; for he thought: ‘She drew +me thither: she hath a deed for me to do. I shall do the deed +and have my reward. Soon will the spring-tide be here, and I shall +be a young man yet when it comes.’</p> +<p>So came they to the place where he had met the three maidens yesterday; +there they also turned from the highway; and as they went down the bent, +Gold-mane could not but turn his eyes on the beauty of the Bride and +the lovely ways of her body: but presently he remembered all that had +betid, and turned away again as one who is noting what it behoves him +not to note. And he said to himself: ‘Where art thou, Gold-mane? +Whose art thou? Yea, even if that had been but a dream that I +have dreamed, yet would that this fair woman were my sister!’</p> +<p>So came they to the Yew-wood, and the brethren fell to work, and +the Bride with them, for she was deft with the axe and strong withal. +But at midday they rested on the green slope without the Yew-wood; and +they ate bread and flesh and onions and apples, and drank red wine of +the Dale. And while they were resting after their meat, the Bride +sang to them, and her song was a lay of time past; and here ye have +somewhat of it:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>’Tis over the hill and over the dale<br /> Men +ride from the city fast and far,<br />If they may have a soothfast tale,<br /> True +tidings of the host of war.</p> +<p>And first they hap on men-at-arms,<br /> All clad +in steel from head to foot:<br />Now tell true tale of the new-come +harms,<br /> And the gathered hosts of the mountain-root.</p> +<p>Fair sirs, from murder-carles we flee,<br /> Whose +fashion is as the mountain-trolls’;<br />No man can tell how many +they be,<br /> And the voice of their host as the thunder +rolls.</p> +<p>They were weary men at the ending of day,<br /> But +they spurred nor stayed for longer word.<br />Now ye, O merchants, whither +away?<br /> What do ye there with the helm and the +sword?</p> +<p>O we must fight for life and gear,<br /> For our +beasts are spent and our wains are stayed,<br />And the host of the +Mountain-men draws near,<br /> That maketh all the +world afraid.</p> +<p>They left the chapmen on the hill,<br /> And through +the eve and through the night<br />They rode to have true tidings still,<br /> And +were there on the way when the dawn was bright.</p> +<p>O damsels fair, what do ye then<br /> To loiter +thus upon the way,<br />And have no fear of the Mountain-men,<br /> The +host of the carles that strip and slay?</p> +<p>O riders weary with the road,<br /> Come eat and +drink on the grass hereby!<br />And lay you down in a fair abode<br /> Till +the midday sun is broad and high;</p> +<p>Then unto you shall we come aback,<br /> And lead +you forth to the Mountain-men,<br />To note their plenty and their lack,<br /> And +have true tidings there and then.</p> +<p>’Tis over the hill and over the dale<br /> They +ride from the mountain fast and far;<br />And now have they learned +a soothfast tale,<br /> True tidings of the host of +war.</p> +<p>It was summer-tide and the Month of Hay,<br /> And +men and maids must fare afield;<br />But we saw the place were the bow-staves +lay,<br /> And the hall was hung with spear and shield.</p> +<p>When the moon was high we drank in the hall,<br /> And +they drank to the guests and were kind and blithe,<br />And they said: +Come back when the chestnuts fall,<br /> And the wine-carts +wend across the hythe.</p> +<p>Come oft and o’er again, they said;<br /> Wander +your ways; but we abide<br />For all the world in the little stead;<br /> For +wise are we, though the world be wide.</p> +<p>Yea, come in arms if ye will, they said;<br /> And +despite your host shall we abide<br />For life or death in the little +stead;<br /> For wise are we, though the world be wide.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>So she made an end and looked at the fairness of the dale spreading +wide before her, and a robin came nigh from out of a thorn-bush and +sung his song also, the sweet herald of coming winter; and the lapwings +wheeled about, black and white, above the meadow by the river, sending +forth their wheedling pipe as they hung above the soft turf.</p> +<p>She felt the brothers near her, and knew their friendliness from +of old, and she was happy; nor had she looked closer at Gold-mane would +she have noted any change in him belike; for the meat and the good wine, +and the fair sunny time, and the Bride’s sweet voice, and the +ancient song softened his heart while it fed the desire therein.</p> +<p>So in a while they arose from their rest and did what was left them +of their work, and so went back to Burgstead through the fair afternoon; +by seeming all three in all content. But yet Gold-mane, as from +time to time he looked upon the Bride, kept saying to himself: ‘O +if she had been but my sister! sweet had the kinship been!’</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER X. NEW TIDINGS IN THE DALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>It was three days thereafter that Gold-mane, leading an ass, went +along the highway to fetch home certain fleeces which were needed for +the house from a stead a little west of Wildlake; but he had gone scant +half a mile ere he fell in with a throng of folk going to Burgstead. +They were of the Shepherds; they had weapons with them, and some were +clad in coats of fence. They went along making a great noise, +for they were all talking each to each at the same time, and seemed +very hot and eager about some matter. When they saw Gold-mane +anigh, they stopped, and the throng opened as if to let him into their +midmost; so he mingled with them, and they stood in a ring about him +and an old man more ill-favoured than it was the wont of the Dalesmen +to be.</p> +<p>For he was long, stooping, gaunt and spindle-shanked, his hands big +and crippled with gout: his cheeks were red after an old man’s +fashion, covered with a crimson network like a pippin; his lips thin +and not well hiding his few teeth; his nose long like a snipe’s +neb. In short, a shame and a laughing-stock to the Folk, and a +man whom the kindreds had in small esteem, and that for good reasons.</p> +<p>Face-of-god knew him at once for a notable close-fist and starve-all +fool of the Shepherds; and his name was now become Penny-thumb the Lean, +whatever it might once have been.</p> +<p>So Face-of-god greeted all men, and they him again; and he said: +‘What aileth you, neighbours? Your weapons, are bare, but +I see not that they be bloody. What is it, goodman Penny-thumb?’</p> +<p>Penny-thumb did but groan for all answer; but a stout carle who stood +by with a broad grin on his face answered and said:</p> +<p>‘Face-of-god, evil tidings be abroad; the strong-thieves of +the wood are astir; and some deem that the wood-wights be helping them.’</p> +<p>‘Yea, and what is the deed they have done?’ said Gold-mane.</p> +<p>Said the carle: ‘Thou knowest Penny-thumb’s abode?’</p> +<p>‘Yea surely,’ said Face-of-god; ‘fair are the water-meadows +about it; great gain of cheese can be gotten thence.’</p> +<p>‘Hast thou been within the house?’ said the carle.</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Gold-mane.</p> +<p>Then spake Penny-thumb: ‘Within is scant gear: we gather for +others to scatter; we make meat for others’ mouths.’</p> +<p>The carle laughed: ‘Sooth is that,’ said he, ‘that +there is little gear therein now; for the strong-thieves have voided +both hall and bower and byre.’</p> +<p>‘And when was that?’ said Face-of-god.</p> +<p>‘The night before last night,’ said the carle, ‘the +door was smitten on, and when none answered it was broken down.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ quoth Penny-thumb, ‘a host entered, and +they in arms.’</p> +<p>‘No host was within,’ said the carle, ‘nought but +Penny-thumb and his sister and his sister’s son, and three carles +that work for him; and one of them, Rusty to wit, was the worst man +of the hill-country. These then the host whereof the goodman telleth +bound, but without doing them any scathe; and they ransacked the house, +and took away much gear; yet left some.’</p> +<p>‘Thou liest,’ said Penny-thumb; ‘they took little +and left none.’</p> +<p>Thereat all men laughed, for this seemed to them good game, and another +man said: ‘Well, neighbour Penny-thumb, if it was so little, thou +hast done unneighbourly in giving us such a heap of trouble about it.’</p> +<p>And they laughed again, but the first carle said: ‘True it +is, goodman, that thou wert exceeding eager to raise the hue and cry +after that little when we happed upon thee and thy housemates bound +in your chairs yesterday morning. Well, Alderman’s son, +short is the tale to tell: we could not fail to follow the gear, and +the slot led us into the wood, and ill is the going there for us shepherds, +who are used to the bare downs, save Rusty, who was a good woodsman +and lifted the slot for us; so he outwent us all, and ran out of sight +of us, so presently we came upon him dead-slain, with the manslayer’s +spear in his breast. What then could we do but turn back again, +for now was the wood blind now Rusty was dead, and we knew not whither +to follow the fray; and the man himself was but little loss: so back +we turned, and told goodman Penny-thumb of all this, for we had left +him alone in his hall lamenting his gear; so we bided to-day’s +morn, and have come out now, with our neighbour and the spear, and the +dead corpse of Rusty. Stand aside, neighbours, and let the Alderman’s +son see it.’</p> +<p>They did so, and there was the corpse of a thin-faced tall wiry man, +somewhat foxy of aspect, lying on a hand-bier covered with black cloth.</p> +<p>‘Yea, Face-of-god,’ said the carle, ‘he is not +good to see now he is dead, yet alive was he worser: but, look you, +though the man was no good man, yet was he of our people, and the feud +is with us; so we would see the Alderman, and do him to wit of the tidings, +that he may call the neighbours together to seek a blood-wite for Rusty +and atonement for the ransacking. Or what sayest thou?’</p> +<p>‘Have ye the spear that ye found in Rusty?’ quoth Gold-mane.</p> +<p>‘Yea verily,’ said the carle. ‘Hither with +it, neighbours; give it to the Alderman’s son.’</p> +<p>So the spear came into his hand, and he looked at it and said:</p> +<p>‘This is no spear of the smiths’ work of the Dale, as +my father will tell you. We take but little keep of the forging +of spearheads here, so that they be well-tempered and made so as to +ride well on the shaft; but this head, daintily is it wrought, the blood-trench +as clean and trim as though it were an Earl’s sword. See +you withal this inlaying of runes on the steel? It is done with +no tin or copper, but with very silver; and these bands about the shaft +be of silver also. It is a fair weapon, and the owner hath a loss +of it greater than his gain in the slaying of Rusty; and he will have +left it in the wound so that he might be known hereafter, and that he +might be said not to have murdered Rusty but to have slain him. +Or how think ye?’</p> +<p>They all said that this seemed like to be; but that if the man who +had slain Rusty were one of the ransackers they might have a blood-wite +of him, if they could find him. Gold-mane said that so it was, +and therewithal he gave the shepherds good-speed and went on his way.</p> +<p>But they came to Burgstead and found the Alderman, and in due time +was a Court held, and a finding uttered, and outlawry given forth for +the manslaying and the ransacking against certain men unknown. +As for the spear, it was laid up in the House of the Face.</p> +<p>But Face-of-god pondered these matters in his mind, for such ransackings +there had been none of in late years; and he said to himself that his +friends of the Mountain must have other folk, of which the Dalesmen +knew nought, whose gear they could lift, or how could they live in that +place. And he marvelled that they should risk drawing the Dalesmen’s +wrath upon them; whereas they of the Dale were strong men not easily +daunted, albeit peaceable enough if not stirred to wrath. For +in good sooth he had no doubt concerning that spear, whose it was and +whence it came: for that very weapon had been leaning against the panel +of his shut-bed the night he slept on the Mountain, and all the other +spears that he saw there were more or less of the same fashion, and +adorned with silver.</p> +<p>Albeit all that he knew, and all that he thought of, he kept in his +own heart and said nothing of it.</p> +<p>So wore the autumn into early winter; and the Westland merchants +came in due time, and departed without Face-of-god, though his father +made him that offer one last time. He went to and fro about his +work in the Dale, and seemed to most men’s eyes nought changed +from what he had been. But the Bride noted that he saw her less +often than his wont was, and abode with her a lesser space when he met +her; and she could not think what this might mean; nor had she heart +to ask him thereof, though she was sorry and grieved, but rather withdrew +her company from him somewhat; and when she perceived that he noted +it not, and made no question of it, then was she the sorrier.</p> +<p>But the first winter-snow came on with a great storm of wind from +the north-east, so that no man stirred abroad who was not compelled +thereto, and those who went abroad risked life and limb thereby. +Next morning all was calm again, and the snow was deep, but it did not +endure long, for the wind shifted to the southwest and the thaw came, +and three days after, when folk could fare easily again up and down +the Dale, came tidings to Burgstead and the Alderman from the Lower +Dale, how a house called Greentofts had been ransacked there, and none +knew by whom. Now the goodman of Greentofts was little loved of +the neighbours: he was grasping and overbearing, and had often cowed +others out of their due: he was very cross-grained, both at home and +abroad: his wife had fled from his hand, neither did his sons find it +good to abide with him: therewithal he was wealthy of goods, a strong +man and a deft man-at-arms. When his sons and his wife departed +from him, and none other of the Dalesmen cared to abide with him, he +went down into the Plain, and got thence men to be with him for hire, +men who were not well seen to in their own land. These to the +number of twelve abode with him, and did his bidding whenso it pleased +them. Two more had he had who had been slain by good men of the +Dale for their masterful ways; and no blood-wite had been paid for them, +because of their ill-doings, though they had not been made outlaws. +This man of Greentofts was called Harts-bane after his father, who was +a great hunter.</p> +<p>Now the full tidings of the ransacking were these: The storm began +two hours before sunset, and an hour thereafter, when it was quite dark, +for without none could see because the wind was at its height and the +drift of the snow was hard and full, the hall-door flew open; and at +first men thought it had been the wind, until they saw in the dimness +(for all lights but the fire on the hearth had been quenched) certain +things tumbling in which at first they deemed were wolves; but when +they took swords and staves against them, lo they were met by swords +and axes, and they saw that the seeming wolves were men with wolf-skins +drawn over them. So the new-comers cowed them that they threw +down their weapons, and were bound in their places; but when they were +bound, and had had time to note who the ransackers were, they saw that +there were but six of them all told, who had cowed and bound Harts-bane +and his twelve masterful men; and this they deemed a great shaming to +them, as might well be.</p> +<p>So then the stead was ransacked, and those wolves took away what +they would, and went their ways through the fierce storm, and none could +tell whether they had lived or died in it; but at least neither the +men nor their prey were seen again; nor did they leave any slot, for +next morning the snow lay deep over everything.</p> +<p>No doubt had Gold-mane but that these ransackers were his friends +of the Mountain; but he held his peace, abiding till the winter should +be over.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XI. MEN MAKE OATH AT BURGSTEAD ON THE HOLY BOAR</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>A week after the ransacking at Greentofts the snow and the winter +came on in earnest, and all the Dale lay in snow, and men went on skids +when they fared up and down the Dale or on the Mountain.</p> +<p>All was now tidingless till Yule over, and in Burgstead was there +feasting and joyance enough; and especially at the House of the Face +was high-tide holden, and the Alderman and his sons and Stone-face and +all the kindred and all their men sat in glorious attire within the +hall; and many others were there of the best of the kindreds of Burgstead +who had been bidden.</p> +<p>Face-of-god sat between his father and Stone-face; and he looked +up and down the tables and the hall and saw not the Bride, and his heart +misgave him because she was not there, and he wondered what had befallen +and if she were sick of sorrow.</p> +<p>But Iron-face beheld him how he gazed about, and he laughed; for +he was exceeding merry that night and fared as a young man. Then +he said to his son: ‘Whom seekest thou, son? is there someone +lacking?’</p> +<p>Face-of-god reddened as one who lies unused to it, and said:</p> +<p>‘Yea, kinsman, so it is that I was seeking the Bride my kinswoman.’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Iron-face, ‘call her not kinswoman: +therein is ill-luck, lest it seem that thou art to wed one too nigh +thine own blood. Call her the Bride only: to thee and to me the +name is good. Well, son, desirest thou sorely to see her?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, yea, surely,’ said Face-of-god; but his eyes went +all about the hall still, as though his mind strayed from the place +and that home of his.</p> +<p>Said Iron-face: ‘Have patience, son, thou shalt see her anon, +and that in such guise as shall please thee.’</p> +<p>Therewithal came the maidens with the ewers of wine, and they filled +all horns and beakers, and then stood by the endlong tables on either +side laughing and talking with the carles and the older women; and the +hall was a fair sight to see, for the many candles burned bright and +the fire on the hearth flared up, and those maids were clad in fair +raiment, and there was none of them but was comely, and some were fair, +and some very fair: the walls also were hung with goodly pictured cloths, +and the image of the God of the Face looked down smiling terribly from +the gable-end above the high-seat.</p> +<p>Thus as they sat they heard the sound of a horn winded close outside +the hall door, and the door was smitten on. Then rose Iron-face +smiling merrily, and cried out:</p> +<p>‘Enter ye, whether ye be friends or foes: for if ye be foemen, +yet shall ye keep the holy peace of Yule, unless ye be the foes of all +kindreds and nations, and then shall we slay you.’</p> +<p>Thereat some who knew what was toward laughed; but Gold-mane, who +had been away from Burgstead some days past, marvelled and knit his +brows, and let his right hand fall on his sword-hilt. For this +folk, who were of merry ways, were wont to deal diversely with the Yule-tide +customs in the manner of shows; and he knew not that this was one of +them.</p> +<p>Now was the Outer door thrown open, and there entered seven men, +whereof two were all-armed in bright war-gear, and two bore slug-horns, +and two bore up somewhat on a dish covered over with a piece of rich +cloth, and the seventh stood before them all wrapped up in a dark fur +mantle.</p> +<p>Thus they stood a moment; and when he saw their number, back to Gold-mane’s +heart came the thought of those folk on the Mountain: for indeed he +was somewhat out of himself for doubt and longing, else would he have +deemed that all this was but a Yule-tide play.</p> +<p>Now the men with the slug-horns set them to their mouths and blew +a long blast; while the first of the new-comers set hand to the clasps +of the fur cloak and let it fall to the ground, and lo! a woman exceeding +beauteous, clad in glistering raiment of gold and fine web; her hair +wreathed with bay, and in her hand a naked sword with goodly-wrought +golden hilt and polished blue-gleaming blade.</p> +<p>Face-of-god started up in his sear, and stared like a man new-wakened +from a strange dream: because for one moment he deemed verily that it +was the Woman of the Mountain arrayed as he had last seen her, and he +cried aloud ‘The Friend, the Friend!’</p> +<p>His father brake out into loud laughter thereat, and clapped his +son on the shoulder and said: ‘Yea, yea, lad, thou mayst well +say the Friend; for this is thine old playmate whom thou hast been looking +round the hall for, arrayed this eve in such fashion as is meet for +her goodliness and her worthiness. Yea, this is the Friend indeed!’</p> +<p>Then waxed Face-of-god as red as blood for shame, and he sat him +down in his place again: for now he wotted what was toward, and saw +that this fair woman was the Bride.</p> +<p>But Stone-face from the other side looked keenly on him.</p> +<p>Then blew the horns again, and the Bride stepped daintily up the +hall, and the sweet odour of her raiment went from her about the fire-warmed +dwelling, and her beauty moved all hearts with love. So stood +she at the high-table; and those two who bore the burden set it down +thereon and drew off the covering, and lo! there was the Holy Boar of +Yule on which men were wont to make oath of deeds that they would do +in the coming year, according to the custom of their forefathers. +Then the Bride laid the goodly sword beside the dish, and then went +round the table and sat down betwixt Face-of-god and Stone-face, and +turned kindly to Gold-mane, and was glad; for now was his fair face +as its wont was to be. He in turn smiled upon her, for she was +fair and kind and his fellow for many a day.</p> +<p>Now the men-at-arms stood each side the Boar, and out from them on +each side stood the two hornsmen: then these blew up again, whereon +the Alderman stood up and cried:</p> +<p>‘Ye sons of the brave who have any deed that ye may be desirous +of doing, come up, come lay your hand on the sword, and the point of +the sword to the Holy Beast, and swear the oath that lieth on your hearts.’</p> +<p>Therewith he sat down, and there strode a man up the hall, strong-built +and sturdy, but short of stature; black-haired, red-bearded, and ruddy-faced: +and he stood on the daïs, and took up the sword and laid its point +on the Boar, and said:</p> +<p>‘I am Bristler, son of Brightling, a man of the Shepherds. +Here by the Holy Boar I swear to follow up the ransackers of Penny-thumb +and the slayers of Rusty. And I take this feud upon me, although +they be no good men, because I am of the kin and it falleth to me, since +others forbear; and when the Court was hallowed hereon I was away out +of the Dale and the Downs. So help me the Warrior, and the God +of the Earth.’</p> +<p>Then the Alderman nodded his head to him kindly, and reached him +out a cup of wine, and as he drank there went up a rumour of praise +from the hall; and men said that his oath was manly and that he was +like to keep it; for he was a good man-at-arms and a stout heart.</p> +<p>Then came up three men of the Shepherds and two of the Dale and swore +to help Bristler in his feud, and men thought it well sworn.</p> +<p>After that came a braggart, a man very gay of his raiment, and swore +with many words that if he lived the year through he would be a captain +over the men of the Plain, and would come back again with many gifts +for his friends in the Dale. This men deemed foolishly sworn, +for they knew the man; so they jeered at him and laughed as he went +back to his place ashamed.</p> +<p>Then swore three others oaths not hard to be kept, and men laughed +and were merry.</p> +<p>At last uprose the Alderman, and said: ‘Kinsmen, and good fellows, +good days and peaceable are in the Dale as now; and of such days little +is the story, and little it availeth to swear a deed of derring-do: +yet three things I swear by this Beast; and first to gainsay no man’s +asking if I may perform it; and next to set right above law and mercy +above custom; and lastly, if the days change and war cometh to us or +we go to meet it, I will be no backwarder in the onset than three fathoms +behind the foremost. So help me the Warrior, and the God of the +Face and the Holy Earth!’</p> +<p>Therewith he sat down, and all men shouted for joy of him, and said +that it was most like that he would keep his oath.</p> +<p>Last of all uprose Face-of-god and took up the sword and looked at +it; and so bright was the blade that he saw in it the image of the golden +braveries which the Bride bore, and even some broken image of her face. +Then he handled the hilt and laid the point on the Boar, and cried:</p> +<p>‘Hereby I swear to wed the fairest woman of the Earth before +the year is worn to an end; and that whether the Dalesmen gainsay me +or the men beyond the Dale. So help me the Warrior, and the God +of the Face and the Holy Earth!’</p> +<p>Therewith he sat down; and once more men shouted for the love of +him and of the Bride, and they said he had sworn well and like a chieftain.</p> +<p>But the Bride noted him that neither were his eyes nor his voice +like to their wont as he swore, for she knew him well; and thereat was +she ill at ease, for now whatever was new in him was to her a threat +of evil to come.</p> +<p>Stone-face also noted him, and he knew the young man better than +all others save the Bride, and he saw withal that she was ill-pleased, +and he said to himself: ‘I will speak to my fosterling to-morrow +if I may find him alone.’</p> +<p>So came the swearing to an end, and they fell to on their meat and +feasted on the Boar of Atonement after they had duly given the Gods +their due share, and the wine went about the hall and men were merry +till they drank the parting cup and fared to rest in the shut-beds, +and whereso else they might in the Hall and the House, for there were +many men there.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XII. STONE-FACE TELLETH CONCERNING THE WOOD-WIGHTS</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Early on the morrow Gold-mane arose and clad himself and went out-a-doors +and over the trodden snow on to the bridge over the Weltering Water, +and there betook himself into one of the coins of safety built over +the up-stream piles; there he leaned against the wall and turned his +face to the Thorp, and fell to pondering on his case. And first +he thought about his oath, and how that he had sworn to wed the Mountain +Woman, although his kindred and her kindred should gainsay him, yea +and herself also. Great seemed that oath to him, yet at that moment +he wished he had made it greater, and made all the kindred, yea and +the Bride herself, sure of the meaning of the words of it: and he deemed +himself a dastard that he had not done so. Then he looked round +him and beheld the winter, and he fell into mere longing that the spring +were come and the token from the Mountain. Things seemed too hard +for him to deal with, and he between a mighty folk and two wayward women; +and he went nigh to wish that he had taken his father’s offer +and gone down to the Cities; and even had he met his bane: well were +that! And, as young folk will, he set to work making a picture +of his deeds there, had he been there. He showed himself the stricken +fight in the plain, and the press, and the struggle, and the breaking +of the serried band, and himself amidst the ring of foemen doing most +valiantly, and falling there at last, his shield o’er-heavy with +the weight of foemen’s spears for a man to uphold it. Then +the victory of his folk and the lamentation and praise over the slain +man of the Mountain Dales, and the burial of the valiant warrior, the +praising weeping folk meeting him at the City-gate, laid stark and cold +in his arms on the gold-hung garlanded bier.</p> +<p>There ended his dream, and he laughed aloud and said: ‘I am +a fool! All this were good and sweet if I should see it myself; +and forsooth that is how I am thinking of it, as if I still alive should +see myself dead and famous!’</p> +<p>Then he turned a little and looked at the houses of the Thorp lying +dark about the snowy ways under the starlit heavens of the winter morning: +dark they were indeed and grey, save where here and there the half-burned +Yule-fire reddened the windows of a hall, or where, as in one place, +the candle of some early waker shone white in a chamber window. +There was scarce a man astir, he deemed, and no sound reached him save +the crowing of the cocks muffled by their houses, and a faint sound +of beasts in the byres.</p> +<p>Thus he stood a while, his thoughts wandering now, till presently +he heard footsteps coming his way down the street and turned toward +them, and lo it was the old man Stone-face. He had seen Gold-mane +go out, and had risen and followed him that he might talk with him apart. +Gold-mane greeted him kindly, though, sooth to say, he was but half +content to see him; since he doubted, what was verily the case, that +his foster-father would give him many words, counselling him to refrain +from going to the wood, and this was loathsome to him; but he spake +and said:</p> +<p>‘Meseems, father, that the eastern sky is brightening toward +dawn.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ quoth Stone-face.</p> +<p>‘It will be light in an hour,’ said Face-of-god.</p> +<p>‘Even so,’ said Stone-face.</p> +<p>‘And a fair day for the morrow of Yule,’ said the swain.</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Stone-face, ‘and what wilt thou do +with the fair day? Wilt thou to the wood?’</p> +<p>‘Maybe, father,’ said Gold-mane; ‘Hall-face and +some of the swains are talking of elks up the fells which may be trapped +in the drifts, and if they go a-hunting them, I may go in their company.’</p> +<p>‘Ah, son,’ quoth Stone-face, ‘thou wilt look to +see other kind of beasts than elks. Things may ye fall in with +there who may not be impounded in the snow like to elks, but can go +light-foot on the top of the soft drift from one place to another.’</p> +<p>Said Gold-mane: ‘Father, fear me not; I shall either refrain +me from the wood, or if I go, I shall go to hunt the wood-deer with +other hunters. But since thou hast come to me, tell me more about +the wood, for thy tales thereof are fair.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Stone-face, ‘fair tales of foul things, +as oft it befalleth in the world. Hearken now! if thou deemest +that what thou seekest shall come readier to thine hand because of the +winter and the snow, thou errest. For the wights that waylay the +bodies and souls of the mighty in the wild-wood heed such matters nothing; +yea and at Yule-tide are they most abroad, and most armed for the fray. +Even such an one have I seen time agone, when the snow was deep and +the wind was rough; and it was in the likeness of a woman clad in such +raiment as the Bride bore last night, and she trod the snow light-foot +in thin raiment where it would scarce bear the skids of a deft snow-runner. +Even so she stood before me; the icy wind blew her raiment round about +her, and drifted the hair from her garlanded head toward me, and she +as fair and fresh as in the midsummer days. Up the fell she fared, +sweetest of all things to look on, and beckoned on me to follow; on +me, the Warrior, the Stout-heart; and I followed, and between us grief +was born; but I it was that fostered that child and not she. Always +when she would be, was she merry and lovely; and even so is she now, +for she is of those that be long-lived. And I wot that thou hast +seen even such an one!’</p> +<p>‘Tell me more of thy tales, foster-father,’ said Gold-mane, +‘and fear not for me!’</p> +<p>‘Ah, son,’ he said, ‘mayst thou have no such tales +to tell to those that shall be young when thou art old. Yet hearken! +We sat in the hall together and there was no third; and methought that +the birds sang and the flowers bloomed, and sweet was their savour, +though it was midwinter. A rose-wreath was on her head; grapes +were on the board, and fair unwrinkled summer apples on the day that +we feasted together. When was the feast? sayst thou. Long +ago. What was the hall, thou sayest, wherein ye feasted? +I know not if it were on the earth or under it, or if we rode the clouds +that even. But on the morrow what was there but the stark wood +and the drift of the snow, and the iron wind howling through the branches, +and a lonely man, a wanderer rising from the ground. A wanderer +through the wood and up the fell, and up the high mountain, and up and +up to the edges of the ice-river and the green caves of the ice-hills. +A wanderer in spring, in summer, autumn and winter, with an empty heart +and a burning never-satisfied desire; who hath seen in the uncouth places +many an evil unmanly shape, many a foul hag and changing ugly semblance; +who hath suffered hunger and thirst and wounding and fever, and hath +seen many things, but hath never again seen that fair woman, or that +lovely feast-hall.</p> +<p>‘All praise and honour to the House of the Face, and the bounteous +valiant men thereof! and the like praise and honour to the fair women +whom they wed of the valiant and goodly House of the Steer!’</p> +<p>‘Even so say I,’ quoth Gold-mane calmly; ‘but now +wend we aback to the House, for it is morning indeed, and folk will +be stirring there.’</p> +<p>So they turned from the bridge together; and Stone-face was kind +and fatherly, and was telling his foster-son many wise things concerning +the life of a chieftain, and the giving-out of dooms and the gathering +for battle; to all which talk Face-of-god seemed to hearken gladly, +but indeed hearkened not at all; for verily his eyes were beholding +that snowy waste, and the fair woman upon it; even such an one as Stone-face +had told of.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XIII. THEY FARE TO THE HUNTING OF THE ELK</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>When they came into the Hall, the hearth-fire had been quickened, +and the sleepers on the floor had been wakened, and all folk were astir. +So the old man sat down by the hearth while Gold-mane busied himself +in fetching wood and water, and in sweeping out the Hall, and other +such works of the early morning. In a little while Hall-face and +the other young men and warriors were afoot duly clad, and the Alderman +came from his chamber and greeted all men kindly. Soon meat was +set upon the boards, and men broke their fast; and day dawned while +they were about it, and ere it was all done the sun rose clear and golden, +so that all men knew that the day would be fair, for the frost seemed +hard and enduring.</p> +<p>Then the eager young men and the hunters, and those who knew the +mountain best drew together about the hearth, and fell to talking of +the hunting of the elk; and there were three there who knew both the +woods and also the fells right up to the ice-rivers better than any +other; and these said that they who were fain of the hunting of the +elk would have no likelier time than that day for a year to come. +Short was the rede betwixt them, for they said they would go to the +work at once and make the most of the short winter daylight. So +they went each to his place, and some outside that House to their fathers’ +houses to fetch each man his gear. Face-of-god for his part went +to his shut-bed, and stood by his chest, and opened it, and drew out +of it a fine hauberk of ring-mail which his father had made for him: +for though Face-of-god was a deft wright, he was not by a long way so +deft as his father, who was the deftest of all men of that time and +country; so that the alien merchants would give him what he would for +his hauberks and helms, whenso he would chaffer with them, which was +but seldom. So Face-of-god did on this hauberk over his kirtle, +and over it he cast his foul-weather weed, so that none might see it: +he girt a strong war-sword to his side, cast his quiver over his shoulder, +and took his bow in his hand, although he had little lust to shoot elks +that day, even as Stone-face had said; therewithal he took his skids, +and went forth of the hall to the gate of the Burg; whereto gathered +the whole company of twenty-three, and Gold-mane the twenty-fourth. +And each man there had his skids and his bow and quiver, and whatso +other weapon, as short-sword, or wood-knife, or axe, seemed good to +him.</p> +<p>So they went out-a-gates, and clomb the stairway in the cliff which +led to the ancient watch-tower: for it was on the lower slopes of the +fells which lay near to the Weltering Water that they looked to find +the elks, and this was the nighest road thereto. When they had +gotten to the top they lost no time, but went their ways nearly due +east, making way easily where there were but scattered trees close to +the lip of the sheer cliffs.</p> +<p>They went merrily on their skids over the close-lying snow, and were +soon up on the great shoulders of the fells that went up from the bank +of the Weltering Water: at noon they came into a little dale wherein +were a few trees, and there they abided to eat their meat, and were +very merry, making for themselves tables and benches of the drifted +snow, and piling it up to windward as a defence against the wind, which +had now arisen, little but bitter from the south-east; so that some, +and they the wisest, began to look for foul weather: wherefore they +tarried the shorter while in the said dale or hollow.</p> +<p>But they were scarcely on their way again before the aforesaid south-east +wind began to grow bigger, and at last blew a gale, and brought up with +it a drift of fine snow, through which they yet made their way, but +slowly, till the drift grew so thick that they could not see each other +five paces apart.</p> +<p>Then perforce they made stay, and gathered together under a bent +which by good luck they happened upon, where they were sheltered from +the worst of the drift. There they abode, till in less than an +hour’s space the drift abated and the wind fell, and in a little +while after it was quite clear, with the sun shining brightly and the +young waxing moon white and high up in the heavens; and the frost was +harder than ever.</p> +<p>This seemed good to them; but now that they could see each other’s +faces they fell to telling over their company, and there was none missing +save Face-of-god. They were somewhat dismayed thereat, but knew +not what to do, and they deemed he might not be far off, either a little +behind or a little ahead; and Hall-face said:</p> +<p>‘There is no need to make this to-do about my brother; he can +take good care of himself; neither does a warrior of the Face die because +of a little cold and frost and snow-drift. Withal Gold-mane is +a wilful man, and of late days hath been wilful beyond his wont; let +us now find the elks.’</p> +<p>So they went on their ways hoping to fall in with him again. +No long story need be made of their hunting, for not very far from where +they had taken shelter they came upon the elks, many of them, impounded +in the drifts, pretty much where the deft hunters looked to find them. +There then was battle between the elks and the men, till the beasts +were all slain and only one man hurt: then they made them sleighs from +wood which they found in the hollows thereby, and they laid the carcasses +thereon, and so turned their faces homeward, dragging their prey with +them. But they met not Face-of-god either there or on the way +home; and Hall-face said: ‘Maybe Gold-mane will lie on the fell +to-night; and I would I were with him; for adventures oft befall such +folk when they abide in the wilds.’</p> +<p>Now it was late at night by then they reached Burgstead, so laden +as they were with the dead beasts; but they heeded the night little, +for the moon was well-nigh as bright as day for them. But when +they came to the gate of the Thorp, there were assembled the goodmen +and swains to meet them with torches and wine in their honour. +There also was Gold-mane come back before them, yea for these two hours; +and he stood clad in his holiday raiment and smiled on them.</p> +<p>Then was there some jeering at him that he was come back empty-handed +from the hunting, and that he was not able to abide the wind and the +drift; but he laughed thereat, for all this was but game and play, since +men knew him for a keen hunter and a stout woodsman; and they had deemed +it a heavy loss of him if he had been cast away, as some feared he had +been: and his brother Hall-face embraced him and kissed him, and said +to him: ‘Now the next time that thou farest to the wood will I +be with thee foot to foot, and never leave thee, and then meseemeth +I shall wot of the tale that hath befallen thee, and belike it shall +be no sorry one.’</p> +<p>Face-of-god laughed and answered but little, and they all betook +them to the House of the Face and held high feast therein, for as late +as the night was, in honour of this Hunting of the Elk.</p> +<p>No man cared to question Face-of-god closely as to how or where he +had strayed from the hunt; for he had told his own tale at once as soon +as he came home, to wit, that his right-foot skid-strap had broken, +and even while he stopped to mend it came on that drift and weather; +and that he could not move from that place without losing his way, and +that when it had cleared he knew not whither they had gone because the +snow had covered their slot. So he deemed it not unlike that they +had gone back, and that he might come up with one or two on the way, +and that in any case he wotted well that they could look after themselves; +so he turned back, not going very swiftly. All this seemed like +enough, and a little matter except to jest about, so no man made any +question concerning it: only old Stone-face said to himself:</p> +<p>‘Now were I fain to have a true tale out of him, but it is +little likely that anything shall come of my much questioning; and it +is ill forcing a young man to tell lies.’</p> +<p>So he held his peace, and the feast went on merrily and blithely.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XIV. CONCERNING FACE-OF-GOD AND THE MOUNTAIN</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>But it must be told of Gold-mane that what had befallen him was in +this wise. His skid-strap brake in good sooth, and he stayed to +mend it; but when he had done what was needful, he looked up and saw +no man nigh, what for the drift, and that they had gone on somewhat; +so he rose to his feet, and without more delay, instead of keeping on +toward the elk-ground and the way his face had been set, he turned himself +north-and-by-east, and went his ways swiftly towards that aírt, +because he deemed that it might lead him to the Mountain-hall where +he had guested. He abode not for the storm to clear, but swept +off through the thick of it; and indeed the wind was somewhat at his +back, so that he went the swiftlier. But when the drift was gotten +to its very worst, he sheltered himself for a little in a hollow behind +a thorn-bush he stumbled upon. As soon as it began to abate he +went on again, and at last when it was quite clear, and the sun shone +out, he found himself on a long slope of the fells covered deep with +smooth white snow, and at the higher end a great crag rising bare fifty +feet above the snow, and more rocks, but none so great, and broken ground +as he judged (the snow being deep) about it on the hither side; and +on the further, three great pine-trees all bent down and mingled together +by their load of snow.</p> +<p>Thitherward he made, as a man might, seeing nothing else to note +before him; but he had not made many strides when forth from behind +the crag by the pine-trees came a man; and at first Face-of-god thought +it might be one of his hunting-fellows gone astray, and he hailed him +in a loud voice, but as he looked he saw the sun flash back from a bright +helm on the new-comer’s head; albeit he kept on his way till there +was but a space of two hundred yards between them; when lo! the helm-bearer +notched a shaft to his bent bow and loosed at Face-of-god, and the arrow +came whistling and passed six inches by his right ear. Then Face-of-god +stopped perplexed with his case; for he was on the deep snow in his +skids, with his bow unbent, and he knew not how to bend it speedily. +He was loth to turn his back and flee, and indeed he scarce deemed that +it would help him. Meanwhile of his tarrying the archer loosed +again at him, and this time the shaft flew close to his left ear. +Then Face-of-god thought to cast himself down into the snow, but he +was ashamed; till there came a third shaft which flew over his head +amidmost and close to it. ‘Good shooting on the Mountain!’ +muttered he; ‘the next shaft will be amidst my breast, and who +knows whether the Alderman’s handiwork will keep it out.’</p> +<p>So he cried aloud: ‘Thou shootest well, brother; but art thou +a foe? If thou art, I have a sword by my side, and so hast thou; +come hither to me, and let us fight it out friendly if we must needs +fight.’</p> +<p>A laugh came down the wind to him clear but somewhat shrill, and +the archer came swiftly towards him on his skids with no weapon in his +hand save his bow; so that Face-of-god did not draw his sword, but stood +wondering.</p> +<p>As they drew nearer he beheld the face of the new-comer, and deemed +that he had seen it before; and soon, for all that it was hooded close +by the ill-weather raiment, he perceived it to be the face of Bow-may, +ruddy and smiling.</p> +<p>She laughed out loud again, as she stopped herself within three feet +of him, and said:</p> +<p>‘Yea, friend Yellow-hair, we heard of the elks and looked to +see thee hereabouts, and I knew thee at once when I came out from behind +the crag and saw thee stand bewildered.’</p> +<p>Said Gold-mane: ‘Hail to thee, Bow-may! and glad am I to see +thee. But thou liest in saying that thou knewest me; else why +didst thou shoot those three shafts at me? Surely thou art not +so quick as that with all thy friends: these be sharp greetings of you +Mountain-folk.’</p> +<p>‘Thou lad with the sweet mouth,’ she said, ‘I like +to see thee and hear thee talk, but now must I hasten thy departure; +so stand we here no longer. Let us get down into the wood where +we can do off our skids and sit down, and then will I tell thee the +tidings. Come on!’</p> +<p>And she caught his hand in hers, and they went speedily down the +slopes toward the great oak-wood, the wind whistling past their ears.</p> +<p>‘Whither are we going?’ said he.</p> +<p>Said she: ‘I am to show thee the way back home, which thou +wilt not know surely amidst this snow. Come, no words! thou shalt +not have my tale from me till we are in the wood: so the sooner we are +there the sooner shalt thou be pleased.’</p> +<p>So Face-of-god held his peace, and they went on swiftly side by side. +But it was not Bow-may’s wont to be silent for long, so presently +she said:</p> +<p>‘Thou art good so do as I bid thee; but see thou, sweet playmate, +for all thou art a chieftain’s son, thou wert but feather-brained +to ask me why I shot at thee. I shoot at thee! that were a fine +tale to tell her this even! Or dost thou think that I could shoot +at a big man on the snow at two hundred paces and miss him three times? +Unless I aimed to miss.’</p> +<p>‘Yea, Bow-may,’ said he, ‘art thou so deft a Bow-may? +Thou shalt be in my company whenso I fare to battle.’</p> +<p>‘Indeed,’ she said, ‘therein thou sayest but the +bare truth: nowhere else shall I be, and thou shalt find my bow no worse +than a good shield.’</p> +<p>He laughed somewhat lightly; but she looked on him soberly and said: +‘Laugh in that fashion on the day of battle, and we shall be well +content with thee!’</p> +<p>So on they sped very swiftly, for their way was mostly down hill, +so that they were soon amongst the outskirting trees of the wood, and +presently after reached the edge of the thicket, beyond which the ground +was but thinly covered with snow.</p> +<p>There they took off their skids, and went into the thick wood and +sat down under a hornbeam tree; and ere Gold-mane could open his mouth +to speak Bow-may began and said:</p> +<p>‘Well it was that I fell in with thee, Dalesman, else had there +been murders of men to tell of; but ever she ordereth all things wisely, +though unwisely hast thou done to seek to her. Hearken! dost thou +think that thou hast done well that thou hast me here with my tale? +Well, hadst thou busied thyself with the slaying of elks, or with sitting +quietly at home, yet shouldest thou have heard my tale, and thou shouldest +have seen me in Burgstead in a day or two to tell thee concerning the +flitting of the token. And ill it is that I have missed it, for +fain had I been to behold the House of the Face, and to have seen thee +sitting there in thy dignity amidst the kindred of chieftains.’</p> +<p>And she sighed therewith. But he said: ‘Hold up thine +heart, Bow-may! On the word of a true man that shall befall thee +one day. But come, playmate, give me thy tale!’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, ‘I must now tell thee in the wild-wood +what else I had told thee in the Hall. Hearken closely, for this +is the message:</p> +<p>‘<i>Seek not to me again till thou hast the token; else assuredly +wilt thou be slain, and I shall be sorry for many a day. Thereof +as now I may not tell thee more. Now as to the token: When March +is worn two weeks fail not to go to and fro on the place of the Maiden +Ward for an hour before sunrise every day till thou hear tidings</i>.’</p> +<p>‘Now,’ quoth Bow-may, ‘hast thou hearkened and +understood?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said he.</p> +<p>She said: ‘Then tell me the words of my message concerning +the token.’ And he did so word for word. Then she +said:</p> +<p>‘It is well, there is no more to say. Now must I lead +thee till thou knowest the wood; and then mayst thou get on to the smooth +snow again, and so home merrily. Yet, thou grey-eyed fellow, I +will have my pay of thee before I do that last work.’</p> +<p>Therewith she turned about to him and took his head between her hands, +and kissed him well favouredly both cheeks and mouth; and she laughed, +albeit the tears stood in her eyes as she said: ‘Now smelleth +the wood sweeter, and summer will come back again. And even thus +will I do once more when we stand side by side in battle array.’</p> +<p>He smiled kindly on her and nodded as they both rose up from the +earth: she had taken off her foul-weather gloves while they spake, and +he kissed her hand, which was shapely of fashion albeit somewhat brown, +and hard of palm, and he said in friendly wise:</p> +<p>‘Thou art a merry faring-fellow, Bow-may, and belike shalt +be withal a true fighting-fellow. Come now, thou shalt be my sister +and I thy brother, in despite of those three shafts across the snow.’</p> +<p>He laughed therewith; she laughed not, but seemed glad, and said +soberly:</p> +<p>‘Yea, I may well be thy sister; for belike I also am of the +people of the Gods, who have come into these Dales by many far ways. +I am of the House of the Ragged Sword of the Kindred of the Wolf. +Come, brother, let us toward Wildlake’s Way.’</p> +<p>Therewith she went before him and led through the thicket as by an +assured and wonted path, and he followed hard at heel; but his thought +went from her for a while; for those words of brother and sister that +he had spoken called to his mind the Bride, and their kindness of little +children, and the days when they seemed to have nought to do but to +make the sun brighter, and the flowers fairer, and the grass greener, +and the birds happier each for the other; and a hard and evil thing +it seemed to him that now he should be making all these things nought +and dreary to her, now when he had become a man and deeds lay before +him. Yet again was he solaced by what Bow-may had said concerning +battle to come; for he deemed that she must have had this from the Friend’s +foreseeing; and he longed sore for deeds to do, wherein all these things +might be cleared up and washen clean as it were.</p> +<p>So passed they through the wood a long way, and it was getting dark +therein, and Gold-mane said:</p> +<p>‘Hold now, Bow-may, for I am at home here.’</p> +<p>She looked around and said: ‘Yea, so it is: I was thinking +of many things. Farewell and live merrily till March comes and +the token!’</p> +<p>Therewith she turned and went her ways and was soon out of sight, +and he went lightly through the wood, and then on skids over the hard +snow along the Dale’s edge till he was come to the watch-tower, +when the moon was bright in heaven.</p> +<p>Thus was he at Burgstead and the House of the Face betimes, and before +the hunters were gotten back.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XV. MURDER AMONGST THE FOLK OF THE WOODLANDERS</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>So wore away midwinter tidingless. Stone-face spake no more +to Face-of-god about the wood and its wights, when he saw that the young +man had come back hale and merry, seemed not to crave over-much to go +back thither. As for the Bride, she was sad, and more than misdoubted +all; but dauntless as she was in matters that try men’s hardihood, +she yet lacked heart to ask of Face-of-god what had befallen him since +the autumn-tide, or where he was with her. So she put a force +upon herself not to look sad or craving when she was in his company, +as full oft she was; for he rather sought her than shunned her. +For when he saw her thus, he deemed things were changing with her as +they had changed with him, and he bethought him of what he had spoken +to Bow-may, and deemed that even so he might speak with the Bride when +the time came, and that she would not be grieved beyond measure, and +all would be well.</p> +<p>Now came on the thaw, and the snow went, and the grass grew all up +and down the Dale, and all waters were big. And about this time +arose rumours of strange men in the wood, uncouth, vile, and murderous, +and many of the feebler sort were made timorous thereby.</p> +<p>But a little before March was born came new tidings from the Woodlanders; +to wit: There came on a time to the house of a woodland carle, a worthy +goodman well renowned of all, two wayfarers in the first watch of the +night; and these men said that they were wending down to the Plain from +a far-away dale, Rose-dale to wit, which all men had heard of, and that +they had strayed from the way and were exceeding weary, and they craved +a meal’s meat and lodging for the night.</p> +<p>This the goodman might nowise gainsay, and he saw no harm in it, +wherefore he bade them abide and be merry.</p> +<p>These men, said they who told the tidings, were outlanders, and no +man had seen any like them before: they were armed, and bore short bows +made of horn, and round targets, and coats-of-fence done over with horn +scales; they had crooked swords girt to their sides, and axes of steel +forged all in one piece, right good weapons. They were clad in +scarlet and had much silver on their raiment and about their weapons, +and great rings of the same on their arms; and all this silver seemed +brand-new.</p> +<p>Now the Woodland Carle gave them of such things as he had, and was +kind and blithe to them: there were in his house besides himself five +men of his sons and kindred, and his wife and three daughters and two +other maids. So they feasted after the Woodlanders’ fashion, +and went to bed a little before midnight. Two hours after, the +carle awoke and heard a little stir, and he looked and saw the guests +on their feet amidst the hall clad in all their war-gear; and they had +betwixt them his two youngest daughters, maids of fifteen and twelve +winters, and had bound their hands and done clouts over their mouths, +so that they might not cry out; and they were just at point to carry +them off. Thereat the goodman, naked as he was, caught up his +sword and made at these murder-carles, and or ever they were ware of +him he had hewn down one and turned to face the other, who smote at +him with his steel axe and gave him a great wound on the shoulder, and +therewithal fled out at the open door and forth into the wood.</p> +<p>The Woodlander made no stay to raise the cry (there was no need, +for the hall was astir now from end to end, and men getting to their +weapons), but ran out after the felon even as he was; and, in spite +of his grievous hurt, overran him no long way from the house before +he had gotten into the thicket. But the man was nimble and strong, +and the goodman unsteady from his wound, and by then the others of the +household came up with the hue and cry he had gotten two more sore wounds +and was just making an end of throttling the felon with his bare hands. +So he fell into their arms fainting from weakness, and for all they +could do he died in two hours’ time from that axe-wound in his +shoulder, and another on the side of the head, and a knife-thrust in +his side; and he was a man of sixty winters.</p> +<p>But the stranger he had slain outright; and the one whom he had smitten +in the hall died before the dawn, thrusting all help aside, and making +no sound of speech.</p> +<p>When these tidings came to Burgstead they seemed great to men, and +to Gold-mane more than all. So he and many others took their weapons +and fared up to Wildlake’s Way, and so came to the Woodland Carles. +But the Woodlanders had borne out the carcasses of those felons and +laid them on the green before Wood-grey’s door (for that was the +name of the dead goodman), and they were saying that they would not +bury such accursed folk, but would bear them a little way so that they +should not be vexed with the stink of them, and cast them into the thicket +for the wolf and the wild-cat and the stoat to deal with; and they should +lie there, weapons and silver and all; and they deemed it base to strip +such wretches, for who would wear their raiment or bear their weapons +after them.</p> +<p>There was a great ring of folk round about them when they of Burgstead +drew near, and they shouted for joy to see their neighbours, and made +way before them. Then the Dalesmen cursed these murderers who +had slain so good a man, and they all praised his manliness, whereas +he ran out into the night naked and wounded after his foe, and had fallen +like his folk of old time.</p> +<p>It was a bright spring afternoon in that clearing of the Wood, and +they looked at the two dead men closely; and Gold-mane, who had been +somewhat silent and moody till then, became merry and wordy; for he +beheld the men and saw that they were utterly strange to him: they were +short of stature, crooked-legged, long-armed, very strong for their +size: with small blue eyes, snubbed-nosed, wide-mouthed, thin-lipped, +very swarthy of skin, exceeding foul of favour. He and all others +wondered who they were, and whence they came, for never had they seen +their like; and the Woodlanders, who often guested outlanders strayed +from the way of divers kindreds and nations, said also that none such +had they ever seen. But Stone-face, who stood by Gold-mane, shook +his head and quoth he:</p> +<p>‘The Wild-wood holdeth many marvels, and these be of them: +the spawn of evil wights quickeneth therein, and at other whiles it +melteth away again like the snow; so may it be with these carcasses.’</p> +<p>And some of the older folk of the Woodlanders who stood by hearkened +what he said, and deemed his words wise, for they remembered their ancient +lore and many a tale of old time.</p> +<p>Thereafter they of Burgstead went into Wood-grey’s hall, or +as many of them as might, for it was but a poor place and not right +great. There they saw the goodman laid on the daïs in all +his war-gear, under the last tie-beam of his hall, whereon was carved +amidst much goodly work of knots and flowers and twining stems the image +of the Wolf of the Waste, his jaws open and gaping: the wife and daughters +of the goodman and other women of the folk stood about the bier singing +some old song in a low voice, and some sobbing therewithal, for the +man was much beloved: and much people of the Woodlanders was in the +hall, and it was somewhat dusk within.</p> +<p>So the Burgstead men greeted that folk kindly and humbly, and again +they fell to praising the dead man, saying how his deed should long +be remembered in the Dale and wide about; and they called him a fearless +man and of great worth. And the women hearkened, and ceased their +crooning and their sobbing, and stood up proudly and raised their heads +with gleaming eyes; and as the words of the Burgstead men ended, they +lifted up their voices and sang loudly and clearly, standing together +in a row, ten of them, on the daïs of that poor hall, facing the +gable and the wolf-adorned tie-beam, heeding nought as they sang what +was about or behind them.</p> +<p>And this is some of what they sang:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Why sit ye bare in the spinning-room?<br />Why weave ye naked at +the loom?</p> +<p>Bare and white as the moon we be,<br />That the Earth and the drifting +night may see.</p> +<p>Now what is the worst of all your work?<br />What curse amidst the +web shall lurk?</p> +<p>The worst of the work our hands shall win<br />Is wrack and ruin +round the kin.</p> +<p>Shall the woollen yarn and the flaxen thread<br />Be gear for living +men or dead?</p> +<p>The woollen yarn and the flaxen thread<br />Shall flare ’twixt +living men and dead.</p> +<p>O what is the ending of your day?<br />When shall ye rise and wend +away?</p> +<p>Our day shall end to-morrow morn,<br />When we hear the voice of +the battle-horn.</p> +<p>Where first shall eyes of men behold<br />This weaving of the moonlight +cold?</p> +<p>There where the alien host abides<br />The gathering on the Mountain-sides.</p> +<p>How long aloft shall the fair web fly<br />When the bows are bent +and the spears draw nigh?</p> +<p>From eve to morn and morn till eve<br />Aloft shall fly the work +we weave.</p> +<p>What then is this, the web ye win?<br />What wood-beast waxeth stark +therein?</p> +<p>We weave the Wolf and the gift of war<br />From the men that were +to the men that are.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>So sang they: and much were all men moved at their singing, and there +was none but called to mind the old days of the Fathers, and the years +when their banner went wide in the world.</p> +<p>But the Woodlanders feasted them of Burgstead what they might, and +then went the Dalesmen back to their houses; but on the morrow’s +morrow they fared thither again, and Wood-grey was laid in mound amidst +a great assemblage of the Folk.</p> +<p>Many men said that there was no doubt that those two felons were +of the company of those who had ransacked the steads of Penny-thumb +and Harts-bane; and so at first deemed Bristler the son of Brightling: +but after a while, when he had had time to think of it, he changed his +mind; for he said that such men as these would have slain first and +ransacked afterwards: and some who loved neither Penny-thumb nor Harts-bane +said that they would not have been at the pains to choose for ransacking +the two worst men about the Dale, whose loss was no loss to any but +themselves.</p> +<p>As for Gold-mane he knew not what to think, except that his friends +of the Mountain had had nought to do with it.</p> +<p>So wore the days awhile.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XVI. THE BRIDE SPEAKETH WITH FACE-OF-GOD</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>February had died into March, and March was now twelve days old, +on a fair and sunny day an hour before noon; and Face-of-god was in +a meadow a scant mile down the Dale from Burgstead. He had been +driving a bull into a goodman’s byre nearby, and had had to spend +toil and patience both in getting him out of the fields and into the +byre; for the beast was hot with the spring days and the new grass. +So now he was resting himself in happy mood in an exceeding pleasant +place, a little meadow to wit, on one side whereof was a great orchard +or grove of sweet chestnuts, which went right up to the feet of the +Southern Cliffs: across the meadow ran a clear brook towards the Weltering +Water, free from big stones, in some places dammed up for the flooding +of the deep pasture-meadow, and with the grass growing on its lips down +to the very water. There was a low bank just outside the chestnut +trees, as if someone had raised a dyke about them when they were young, +which had been trodden low and spreading through the lapse of years +by the faring of many men and beasts. The primroses bloomed thick +upon it now, and here and there along it was a low blackthorn bush in +full blossom; from the mid-meadow and right down to the lip of the brook +was the grass well nigh hidden by the blossoms of the meadow-saffron, +with daffodils sprinkled about amongst them, and in the trees and bushes +the birds, and chiefly the blackbirds, were singing their loudest.</p> +<p>There sat Face-of-god on the bank resting after his toil, and happy +was his mood; since in two days’ wearing he should be pacing the +Maiden Ward awaiting the token that was to lead him to Shadowy Vale; +so he sat calling to mind the Friend as he had last seen her, and striving +as it were to set her image standing on the flowery grass before him, +till all the beauty of the meadow seemed bare and empty to him without +her. Then it fell into his mind that this had been a beloved trysting-place +betwixt him and the Bride, and that often when they were little would +they come to gather chestnuts in the grove, and thereafter sit and prattle +on the old dyke; or in spring when the season was warm would they go +barefoot into the brook, seeking its treasures of troutlets and flowers +and clean-washed agate pebbles. Yea, and time not long ago had +they met here to talk as lovers, and sat on that very bank in all the +kindness of good days without a blemish, and both he and she had loved +the place well for its wealth of blossoms and deep grass and goodly +trees and clear running stream.</p> +<p>As he thought of all this, and how often there he had praised to +himself her beauty, which he scarce dared praise to her, he frowned +and slowly rose to his feet, and turned toward the chestnut-grove, as +though he would go thence that way; but or ever he stepped down from +the dyke he turned about again, and even therewith, like the very image +and ghost of his thought, lo! the Bride herself coming up from out the +brook and wending toward him, her wet naked feet gleaming in the sun +as they trod down the tender meadow-saffron and brushed past the tufts +of daffodils. He stood staring at her discomforted, for on that +day he had much to think of that seemed happy to him, and he deemed +that she would now question him, and his mind pondered divers ways of +answering her, and none seemed good to him. She drew near and +let her skirts fall over her feet, and came to him, her gown hem dragging +over the flowers: then she stood straight up before him and greeted +him, but reached not forth her hand to him nor touched him. Her +face was paler that its wont, and her voice trembled as she spake to +him and said:</p> +<p>‘Face-of-god, I would ask thee a gift.’</p> +<p>‘All gifts,’ he said, ‘that thou mayest ask, and +I may give, lie open to thee.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘If I be alive when the time comes this gift thou +mayst well give me.’</p> +<p>‘Sweet kinswoman,’ said he, ‘tell me what it is +that thou wouldest have of me.’ And he was ill-at-ease as +he waited for her answer.</p> +<p>She said: ‘Ah, kinsman, kinsman! Woe on the day that +maketh kinship accursed to me because thou desirest it!’</p> +<p>He held his peace and was exceeding sorry; and she said:</p> +<p>‘This is the gift that I ask of thee, that in the days to come +when thou art wedded, thou wilt give me the second man-child whom thou +begettest.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘This shalt thou have, and would that I might give +thee much more. Would that we were little children together other +again, as when we played here in other days.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘I would have a token of thee that thou shalt show +to the God, and swear on it to give me the gift. For the times +change.’</p> +<p>‘What token wilt thou have?’ said he.</p> +<p>She said: ‘When next thou farest to the Wood, thou shalt bring +me back, it maybe a flower from the bank ye sit upon, or a splinter +from the daïs of the hall wherein ye feast, or maybe a ring or +some matter that the strangers are wont to wear. That shall be +the token.’</p> +<p>She spoke slowly, hanging her head adown, but she lifted it presently +and looked into his face and said:</p> +<p>‘Woe’s me, woe’s me, Gold-mane! How evil +is this day, when bewailing me I may not bewail thee also! For +I know that thine heart is glad. All through the winter have I +kept this hidden in my heart, and durst not speak to thee. But +now the spring-tide hath driven me to it. Let summer come, and +who shall say?’</p> +<p>Great was his grief, and his shame kept him silent, and he had no +word to say; and again she said:</p> +<p>‘Tell me, Gold-mane, when goest thou thither?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘I know not surely, may happen in two days, may happen +in ten. Why askest thou?’</p> +<p>‘O friend!’ she said, ‘is it a new thing that I +should ask thee whither thou goest and whence thou comest, and the times +of thy coming and going. Farewell to-day! Forget not the +token. Woe’s me, that I may not kiss thy fair face!’</p> +<p>She spread her arms abroad and lifted up her face as one who waileth, +but no sound came from her lips; then she turned about and went away +as she had come.</p> +<p>But as for him he stood there after she was gone in all confusion, +as if he were undone: for he felt his manhood lessened that he should +thus and so sorely have hurt a friend, and in a manner against his will. +And yet he was somewhat wroth with her, that she had come upon him so +suddenly, and spoken to him with such mastery, and in so few words, +and he with none to make answer to her, and that she had so marred his +pleasure and his hope of that fair day. Then he sat him down again +on the flowery bank, and little by little his heart softened, and he +once more called to mind many a time when they had been there before, +and the plays and the games they had had together there when they were +little. And he bethought him of the days that were long to him +then, and now seemed short to him, and as if they were all grown together +into one story, and that a sweet one. Then his breast heaved with +a sob, and the tears rose to his eyes and burned and stung him, and +he fell a-weeping for that sweet tale, and wept as he had wept once +before on that old dyke when there had been some child’s quarrel +between them, and she had gone away and left him.</p> +<p>Then after a while he ceased his weeping, and looked about him lest +anyone might be coming, and then he arose and went to and fro in the +chestnut-grove for a good while, and afterwards went his ways from that +meadow, saying to himself: ‘Yet remaineth to me the morrow of +to-morrow, and that is the first of the days of the watching for the +token.’</p> +<p>But all that day he was slow to meet the eyes of men; and in the +hall that eve he was silent and moody; for from time to time it came +over him that some of his manhood had departed from him.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XVII. THE TOKEN COMETH FROM THE MOUNTAIN</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>The next day wore away tidingless; and the day after Face-of-god +arose betimes; for it was the first day of his watch, and he was at +the Maiden Ward before the time appointed on a very fair and bright +morning, and he went to and fro on that place, and had no tidings. +So he came away somewhat cast down, and said within himself: ‘Is +it but a lie and a mocking when all is said?’</p> +<p>On the morrow he went thither again, and the morn was wild and stormy +with drift of rain, and low clouds hurrying over the earth, though for +the sunrise they lifted a little in the east, and the sun came up over +the passes, amidst the red and angry rack of clouds. This morn +also gave him no tidings of the token, and he was wroth and perturbed +in spirit: but towards evening he said:</p> +<p>‘It is well: ten days she gave me, so that she might be able +to send without fail on one of them; she will not fail me.’</p> +<p>So again on the morrow he was there betimes, and the morn was windy +as on the day before, but the clouds higher and of better promise for +the day. Face-of-god walked to and fro on the Maiden Ward, and +as he turned toward Burgstead for the tenth time, he heard, as he deemed, +a bow-string twang afar off, and even therewith came a shaft flying +heavily like a winged bird, which smote a great standing stone on the +other side of the way, where of old some chieftain had been buried, +and fell to earth at its foot. He went up to it and handled it, +and saw that there was a piece of thin parchment wrapped about it, which +indeed he was eager to unwrap at once, but forebore; because he was +on the highway, and people were already astir, and even then passed +by him a goodman of the Dale with a man of his going afield together, +and they gave him the sele of the day. So he went along the highway +a little till he came to a place where was a footbridge over into the +meadow. He crossed thereby and went swiftly till he reached a +rising ground grown over with hazel-trees; there he sat down among the +rabbit-holes, the primrose and wild-garlic blooming about him, and three +blackbirds answering one another from the edges of the coppice. +Straightway when he had looked and seen none coming he broke the threads +that were wound about the scroll and the arrow, and unrolled the parchment; +and there was writing thereon in black ink of small letters, but very +fair, and this is what he read therein:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p><i>Come thou to the Mountain Hall by the path which thou knowest +of, on the morrow of the day whereon thou readest this. Rise betimes +and come armed, for there are other men than we in the wood; to whom +thy death should be a gain. When thou art come to the Hall, thou +shalt find no man therein; but a great hound only, tied to a bench nigh +the daïs. Call him by his name, Sure-foot to wit, and give +him to eat from the meat upon the board, and give him water to drink. +If the day is then far spent, as it is like to be, abide thou with the +hound in the hall through the night, and eat of what thou shalt find +there; but see that the hound fares not abroad till the morrow’s +morn: then lead him out and bring him to the north-east corner of the +Hall, and he shall lift the slot for thee that leadeth to the Shadowy +Yale. Follow him and all good go with thee.</i></p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Now when he had read this, earth seemed fair indeed about him, and +he scarce knew whither to turn or what to do to make the most of his +joy. He presently went back to Burgstead and into the House of +the Face, where all men were astir now, and the day was clearing. +He hid the shaft under his kirtle, for he would not that any should +see it; so he went to his shut-bed and laid it up in his chest, wherein +he kept his chiefest treasures; but the writing on the scroll he set +in his bosom and so hid it. He went joyfully and proudly, as one +who knoweth more tidings and better than those around him. But +Stone-face beheld him, and said ‘Foster-son, thou art happy. +Is it that the spring-tide is in thy blood, and maketh thee blithe with +all things, or hast thou some new tidings? Nay, I would not have +an answer out of thee; but here is good rede: when next thou goest into +the wood, it were nought so ill for thee to have a valiant old carle +by thy side; one that loveth thee, and would die for thee if need were; +one who might watch when thou wert seeking. Or else beware! for +there are evil things abroad in the Wood, and moreover the brethren +of those two felons who were slain at Carlstead.’</p> +<p>Then Gold-mane constrained himself to answer the old carle softly; +and he thanked him kindly for his offer, and said that so it should +be before long. So the talk between them fell, and Stone-face +went away somewhat well-pleased.</p> +<p>And now was Face-of-god become wary; and he would not draw men’s +eyes and speech on him; so he went afield with Hall-face to deal with +the lambs and the ewes, and did like other men. No less wary was +he in the hall that even, and neither spake much nor little; and when +his father spake to him concerning the Bride, and made game of him as +a somewhat sluggish groom, he did not change countenance, but answered +lightly what came to hand.</p> +<p>On the morrow ere the earliest dawn he was afoot, and he clad himself +and did on his hauberk, his father’s work, which was fine-wrought +and a stout defence, and reached down to his knees; and over that he +did on a goodly green kirtle well embroidered: he girt his war-sword +to his side, and it was the work of his father’s father, and a +very good sword: its name was Dale-warden. He did a good helm +on his head, and slung a targe at his back, and took two spears in his +hand, short but strong-shafted and well-steeled. Thus arrayed +he left Burgstead before the dawn, and came to Wildlake’s Way +and betook him to the Woodland. He made no stop or stay on the +path, but ate his meat standing by an oak-tree close by the half-blind +track. When he came to the little wood-lawn, where was the toft +of the ancient house, he looked all round about him, for he deemed that +a likely place for those ugly wood-wights to set on him; but nought +befell him, though he stooped and drank of the woodland rill warily +enough. So he passed on; and there were other places also where +he fared warily, because they seemed like to hold lurking felons; though +forsooth the whole wood might well serve their turn. But no evil +befell him, and at last, when it yet lacked an hour to sunset, he came +to the wood-lawn where Wild-wearer had made his onset that other eve.</p> +<p>He went straight up to the house, his heart beating, and he scarce +believing but that he should find the Friend abiding him there: but +when he pushed the door it gave way before him at once, and he entered +and found no man therein, and the walls stripped bare and no shield +or weapon hanging on the panels. But the hound he saw tied to +a bench nigh the daïs, and the bristles on the beast’s neck +arose, and he snarled on Face-of-god, and strained on his leathern leash. +Then Face-of-god went up to him and called him by his name, Sure-foot, +and gave him his hand to lick, and he brought him water, and fed him +with flesh from the meat on the board; so the beast became friendly +and wagged his tail and whined and slobbered his hand.</p> +<p>Then he went all about the house, and saw and heard no living thing +therein save the mice in the panels and Sure-foot. So he came +back to the daïs, and sat him down at the board and ate his fill, +and thought concerning his case. And it came into his mind that +the Woman of the Mountain had some deed for him to do which would try +his manliness and exalt his fame; and his heart rose high and he was +glad, and he saw himself sitting beside her on the daïs of a very +fair hall beloved and honoured of all the folk, and none had aught to +say against him or owed him any grudge. Thus he pleased himself +in thinking of the good days to come, sitting there till the hall grew +dusk and dark and the night-wind moaned about it.</p> +<p>Then after a while he arose and raked together the brands on the +hearth, and made light in the hall and looked to the door. And +he found there were bolts and bars thereto, so he shot the bolts and +drew the bars into their places and made all as sure as might be. +Then he brought Sure-foot down from the daïs, and tied him up so +that he might lie down athwart the door, and then lay down his hauberk +with his naked sword ready to his hand, and slept long while.</p> +<p>When he awoke it was darker than when he had lain him for the moon +had set; yet he deemed that the day was at point of breaking. +So he fetched water and washed the night off him, and saw a little glimmer +of the dawn. Then he ate somewhat of the meat on the board, and +did on his helm and his other gear, and unbarred the door, and led Sure-foot +without, and brought him to the north-east corner of the house, and +in a little while he lifted the slot and they departed, the man and +the hound, just as broke dawn from over the mountains.</p> +<p>Sure-foot led right into the heart of the pine-wood, and it was dark +enough therein, with nought but a feeble glimmer for some while, and +long was the way therethrough; but in two hours’ space was there +something of a break, and they came to the shore of a dark deep tarn +on whose windless and green waters the daylight shone fully. The +hound skirted the water, and led on unchecked till the trees began to +grow smaller and the air colder for all that the sun was higher; for +they had been going up and up all the way.</p> +<p>So at last after a six hours’ journey they came clean out of +the pine-wood, and before them lay the black wilderness of the bare +mountains, and beyond them, looking quite near now, the great ice-peaks, +the wall of the world. It was but an hour short of noon by this +time, and the high sun shone down on a barren boggy moss which lay betwixt +them and the rocky waste. Sure-foot made no stay, but threaded +the ways that went betwixt the quagmires, and in another hour led Face-of-god +into a winding valley blinded by great rocks, and everywhere stony and +rough, with a trickle of water running amidst of it. The hound +fared on up the dale to where the water was bridged by a great fallen +stone, and so over it and up a steep bent on the further side, on to +a marvellously rough mountain-neck, whiles mere black sand cumbered +with scattered rocks and stones, whiles beset with mires grown over +with the cottony mire-grass; here and there a little scanty grass growing; +otherwhere nought but dwarf willow ever dying ever growing, mingled +with moss or red-blossomed sengreen; and all blending together into +mere desolation.</p> +<p>Few living things they saw there; up on the neck a few sheep were +grazing the scanty grass, but there was none to tend them; yet Face-of-god +deemed the sight of them good, for there must be men anigh who owned +them. For the rest, the whimbrel laughed across the mires; high +up in heaven a great eagle was hanging; once and again a grey fox leapt +up before them, and the heath-fowl whirred up from under Face-of-god’s +feet. A raven who was sitting croaking on a rock in that first +dale stirred uneasily on his perch as he saw them, and when they were +passed flapped his wings and flew after them croaking still.</p> +<p>Now they fared over that neck somewhat east, making but slow way +because the ground was so broken and rocky; and in another hour’s +space Sure-foot led down-hill due east to where the stony neck sank +into another desolate miry heath still falling toward the east, but +whose further side was walled by a rampart of crags cleft at their tops +into marvellous-shapes, coal-black, ungrassed and unmossed. Thitherward +the hound led straight, and Gold-mane followed wondering: as he drew +near them he saw that they were not very high, the tallest peak scant +fifty feet from the face of the heath.</p> +<p>They made their way through the scattered rocks at the foot of these +crags, till, just where the rock-wall seemed the closest, the way through +the stones turned into a path going through it skew-wise; and it was +now so clear a path that belike it had been bettered by men’s +hands. Down thereby Face-of-god followed the hound, deeming that +he was come to the gates of the Shadowy Vale, and the path went down +steeply and swiftly. But when he had gone down a while, the rocks +on his right hand sank lower for a space, so that he could look over +and see what lay beneath.</p> +<p>There lay below him a long narrow vale quite plain at the bottom, +walled on the further side as on the hither by sheer rocks of black +stone. The plain was grown over with grass, but he could see no +tree therein: a deep river, dark and green, ran through the vale, sometimes +through its midmost, sometimes lapping the further rock-wall: and he +thought indeed that on many a day in the year the sun would never shine +on that valley.</p> +<p>Thus much he saw, and then the rocks rose again and shut it from +his sight; and at last they drew so close together over head that he +was in a way going through a cave with little daylight coming from above, +and in the end he was in a cave indeed and mere darkness: but with the +last feeble glimmer of light he thought he saw carved on a smooth space +of the living rock at his left hand the image of a wolf.</p> +<p>This cave lasted but a little way, and soon the hound and the man +were going once more between sheer black rocks, and the path grew steeper +yet and was cut into steps. At last there was a sharp turn, and +they stood on the top of a long stony scree, down which Sure-foot bounded +eagerly, giving tongue as he went; but Face-of-god stood still and looked, +for now the whole Dale lay open before him.</p> +<p>That river ran from north to south, and at the south end the cliffs +drew so close to it that looking thence no outgate could be seen; but +at the north end there was as it were a dreary street of rocks, the +river flowing amidmost and leaving little foothold on either side, somewhat +as it was with the pass leading from the mountains into Burgdale.</p> +<p>Amidmost of the Dale a little toward the north end he saw a doom-ring +of black stones, and hard by it an ancient hall builded of the same +black stone both wall and roof, and thitherward was Sure-foot now running. +Face-of-god looked up and down the Dale and could see no break in the +wall of sheer rock: toward the southern end he saw a few booths and +cots built roughly of stone and thatched with turf; thereabout he saw +a few folk moving about, the most of whom seemed to be women and children; +there were some sheep and lambs near these cots, and a herd of fifty +or so of somewhat goodly mountain-kine were feeding higher up the valley. +He could look down into the river from where he stood, and he saw that +it ran between rocky banks going straight down from the face of the +meadow, which was rather high above the water, so that it seemed little +likely that the water should rise over its banks, either in summer or +winter; and in summer was it like to be highest, because the vale was +so near to the high mountains and their snows.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XVIII. FACE-OF-GOD TALKETH WITH THE FRIEND IN SHADOWY +VALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>It was now about two hours after noon, and a broad band of sunlight +lay upon the grass of the vale below Gold-mane’s feet; he went +lightly down the scree, and strode forward over the level grass toward +the Doom-ring, his helm and war-gear glittering bright in the sun. +He must needs go through the Doom-ring to come to the Hall, and as he +stepped out from behind the last of the big upright-stones, he saw a +woman standing on the threshold of the Hall-door, which was but some +score of paces from him, and knew her at once for the Friend.</p> +<p>She was clad like himself in a green kirtle gaily embroidered and +fitting close to her body, and had no gown or cloak over it; she had +a golden fillet on her head beset with blue mountain stones, and her +hair hung loose behind her.</p> +<p>Her beauty was so exceeding, and so far beyond all memory of her +that his mind had held, that once more fear of her fell upon Face-of-god, +and he stood still with beating heart till she should speak to him. +But she came forward swiftly with both her hands held out, smiling and +happy-faced, and looking very kindly on him, and she took his hands +and said to him:</p> +<p>‘Now welcome, Gold-mane, welcome, Face-of-god! and twice welcome +art thou and threefold. Lo! this is the day that thou asked for: +art thou happy in it?’</p> +<p>He lifted her hands to his lips and kissed them timorously, but said +nought; and therewithal Sure-foot came running forth from the Hall, +and fell to bounding round about them, barking noisily after the manner +of dogs who have met their masters again; and still she held his hands +and beheld him kindly. Then she called the hound to her, and patted +him on the neck and quieted him, and then turned to Face-of-god and +laughed happily and said:</p> +<p>‘I do not bid thee hold thy peace; yet thou sayest nought. +Is well with thee?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ he said, ‘and more than well.’</p> +<p>‘Thou seemest to me a goodly warrior,’ she said; ‘hast +thou met any foemen yesterday or this morning?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said he, ‘none hindered me; thou hast made +the ways easy to me.’</p> +<p>She said soberly, ‘Such as I might do, I did. But we +may not wield everything, for our foes are many, and I feared for thee. +But come thou into our house, which is ours, and far more ours than +the booth before the pine-wood.’</p> +<p>She took his hand again and led him toward the door, but Face-of-god +looked up, and above the lintel he saw carved on the dark stone that +image of the Wolf, even as he had seen it carved on Wood-grey’s +tie-beam; and therewith such thoughts came into his mind that he stopped +to look, pressing the Friend’s hand hard as though bidding her +note it. The stone wherein the image was carved was darker than +the other building stones, and might be called black; the jaws of the +wood-beast were open and gaping, and had been painted with cinnabar, +but wind and weather had worn away the most of the colour.</p> +<p>Spake the Friend: ‘So it is: thou beholdest the token of the +God and Father of out Fathers, that telleth the tale of so many days, +that the days which now pass by us be to them but as the drop in the +sea of waters. Thou beholdest the sign of our sorrow, the memory +of our wrong; yet is it also the token of our hope. Maybe it shall +lead thee far.’</p> +<p>‘Whither?’ said he. But she answered not a great +while, and he looked at her as she stood a-gazing on the image, and +saw how the tears stole out of her eyes and ran adown her cheeks. +Then again came the thought to him of Wood-grey’s hall, and the +women of the kindred standing before the Wolf and singing of him; and +though there was little comeliness in them and she was so exceeding +beauteous, he could not but deem that they were akin to her.</p> +<p>But after a while she wiped the tears from her face and turned to +him and said: ‘My friend, the Wolf shall lead thee no-whither +but where I also shall be, whatsoever peril or grief may beset the road +or lurk at the ending thereof. Thou shalt be no thrall, to labour +while I look on.’</p> +<p>His heart swelled within him as she spoke, and he was at point to +beseech her love that moment; but now her face had grown gay and bright +again, and she said while he was gathering words to speak withal:</p> +<p>‘Come in, Gold-mane, come into our house; for I have many things +to say to thee. And moreover thou art so hushed, and so fearsome +in thy mail, that I think thou yet deemest me to be a Wight of the Waste, +such as Stone-face thy Fosterer told thee tales of, and forewarned thee. +So would I eat before thee, and sign the meat with the sign of the Earth-god’s +Hammer, to show thee that he is in error concerning me, and that I am +a very woman flesh and fell, as my kindred were before me.’</p> +<p>He laughed and was exceeding glad, and said: ‘Tell me now, +kind friend, dost thou deem that Stone-face’s tales are mere mockery +of his dreams, and that he is beguiled by empty semblances or less? +Or are there such Wights in the Waste.’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ she said, ‘the man is a true man; and of +these things are there many ancient tales which we may not doubt. +Yet so it is that such wights have I never yet seen, nor aught to scare +me save evil men: belike it is that I have been over-much busied in +dealing with sorrow and ruin to look after them: or it may be that they +feared me and the wrath-breeding grief of the kindred.’</p> +<p>He looked at her earnestly, and the wisdom of her heart seemed to +enter into his; but she said: ‘It is of men we must talk, and +of me and thee. Come with me, my friend.’</p> +<p>And she stepped lightly over the threshold and drew him in. +The Hall was stern and grim and somewhat dusky, for its windows were +but small: it was all of stone, both walls and roof. There was +no timber-work therein save the benches and chairs, a little about the +doors at the lower end that led to the buttery and out-bowers; and this +seemed to have been wrought of late years; yea, the chairs against the +gable on the daïs were of stone built into the wall, adorned with +carving somewhat sparingly, the image of the Wolf being done over the +midmost of them. He looked up and down the Hall, and deemed it +some seventy feet over all from end to end; and he could see in the +dimness those same goodly hangings on the wall which he had seen in +the woodland booth.</p> +<p>She led him up to the daïs, and stood there leaning up against +the arm of one of those stone seats silent for a while; then she turned +and looked at him, and said:</p> +<p>‘Yea, thou lookest a goodly warrior; yet am I glad that thou +camest hither without battle. Tell me, Gold-mane,’ she said, +taking one of his spears from his hand, ‘art thou deft with the +spear?’</p> +<p>‘I have been called so,’ said he.</p> +<p>She looked at him sweetly and said: ‘Canst thou show me the +feat of spear-throwing in this Hall, or shall we wend outside presently +that I may see thee throw?’</p> +<p>‘The Hall sufficeth,’ he said. ‘Shall I set +this steel in the lintel of the buttery door yonder?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, if thou canst,’ she said.</p> +<p>He smiled and took the spear from her, and poised it and shook it +till it quivered again, then suddenly drew back his arm and cast, and +the shaft sped whistling down the dim hall, and smote the aforesaid +door-lintel and stuck there quivering: then he sprang down from the +daïs, and ran down the hall, and put forth his hand and pulled +it forth from the wood, and was on the daïs again in a trice, and +cast again, and the second time set the spear in the same place, and +then took his other spear from the board and cast it, and there stood +the two staves in the wood side by side; then he went soberly down the +hall and drew them both out of the wood and came back to her, while +she stood watching him, her cheek flushed, her lips a little parted.</p> +<p>She said: ‘Good spear-casting, forsooth! and far above what +our folk can do, who be no great throwers of the spear.’</p> +<p>Gold-mane laughed: ‘Sooth is that,’ said he, ‘or +hardly were I here to teach thee spear-throwing.’</p> +<p>‘Wilt thou <i>never</i> be paid for that simple onslaught?’ +she said.</p> +<p>‘Have I been paid then?’ said he.</p> +<p>She reddened, for she remembered her word to him on the mountain; +and he put his hand on her shoulder and kissed her cheek, but timorously; +nor did she withstand him or shrink aback, but said soberly:</p> +<p>‘Good indeed is thy spear-throwing, and meseems my brother +will love thee when he hath seen thee strike a stroke or two in wrath. +But, fair warrior, there be no foemen here: so get thee to the lower +end of the Hall, and in the bower beyond shalt thou find fresh water; +there wash the waste from off thee, and do off thine helm and hauberk, +and come back speedily and eat with me; for I hunger, and so dost thou.’</p> +<p>He did as she bade him, and came back presently bearing in his hand +both helm and hauberk, and he looked light-limbed and trim and lissome, +an exceeding goodly man.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XIX. THE FAIR WOMAN TELLETH FACE-OF-GOD OF HER KINDRED</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>When he came back to the daïs he saw that there was meat upon +the board, and the Friend said to him:</p> +<p>‘Now art thou Gold-mane indeed: but come now, sit by me and +eat, though the Wood-woman giveth thee but a sorry banquet, O guest; +but from the Dale it is, and we be too far now from the dwellings of +men to have delicate meat on the board, though to-night when they come +back thy cheer shall be better. Yet even then thou shalt have +no such dainties as Stone-face hath imagined for thee at the hands of +the Wood-wight.’</p> +<p>She laughed therewith, and he no less; and in sooth the meat was +but simple, of curds and new cheese, meat of the herdsmen. But +Face-of-god said gaily: ‘Sweet it shall be to me; good is all +that the Friend giveth.’</p> +<p>Then she raised her hand and made the sign of the Hammer over the +board, and looked up at him and said:</p> +<p>‘Hath the Earth-god changed my face, Gold-mane, to what I verily +am?’</p> +<p>He held his face close to hers and looked into it, and him-seemed +it was as pure as the waters of a mountain lake, and as fine and well-wrought +every deal of it as when his father had wrought in his stithy many days +and fashioned a small piece of great mastery. He was ashamed to +kiss her again, but he said to himself, ‘This is the fairest woman +of the world, whom I have sworn to wed this year.’ Then +he spake aloud and said:</p> +<p>‘I see the face of the Friend, and it will not change to me.’</p> +<p>Again she reddened a little, and the happy look in her face seemed +to grow yet sweeter, and he was bewildered with longing and delight.</p> +<p>But she stood up and went to an ambrye in the wall and brought forth +a horn shod and lipped with silver of ancient fashion, and she poured +wine into it and held it forth and said:</p> +<p>‘O guest from the Dale, I pledge thee! and when thou hast drunk +to me in turn we will talk of weighty matters. For indeed I bear +hopes in my hands too heavy for the daughters of men to bear; and thou +art a chieftain’s son, and mayst well help me to bear them; so +let us talk simply and without guile, as folk that trust one another.’</p> +<p>So she drank and held out the horn to him, and he took the horn and +her hand both, and he kissed her hand and said:</p> +<p>‘Here in this Hall I drink to the Sons of the Wolf, whosoever +they be.’ Therewith he drank and he said: ‘Simply +and guilelessly indeed will I talk with thee; for I am weary of lies, +and for thy sake have I told a many.’</p> +<p>‘Thou shalt tell no more,’ she said; ‘and as for +the health thou hast drunk, it is good, and shall profit thee. +Now sit we here in these ancient seats and let us talk.’</p> +<p>So they sat them down while the sun was westering in the March afternoon, +and she said:</p> +<p>‘Tell me first what tidings have been in the Dale.’</p> +<p>So he told her of the ransackings and of the murder at Carlstead.</p> +<p>She said: ‘These tidings have we heard before, and some deal +of them we know better than ye do, or can; for we were the ransackers +of Penny-thumb and Harts-bane. Thereof will I say more presently. +What other tidings hast thou to tell of? What oaths were sworn +upon the Boar last Yule?’</p> +<p>So he told her of the oath of Bristler the son of Brightling. +She smiled and said: ‘He shall keep his oath, and yet redden no +blade.’</p> +<p>Then he told of his father’s oath, and she said:</p> +<p>‘It is good; but even so would he do and no oath sworn. +All men may trust Iron-face. And thou, my friend, what oath didst +thou swear?’</p> +<p>His face grew somewhat troubled as he said: ‘I swore to wed +the fairest woman in the world, though the Dalesmen gainsaid me, and +they beyond the Dale.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, ‘and there is no need to ask thee +whom thou didst mean by thy “fairest woman,” for I have +seen that thou deemest me fair enough. My friend, maybe thy kindred +will be against it, and the kindred of the Bride; and it might be that +my kindred would have gainsaid it if things were not as they are. +But though all men gainsay it, yet will not I. It is meet and +right that we twain wed.’</p> +<p>She spake very soberly and quietly, but when she had spoken there +was nothing in his heart but joy and gladness: yet shame of her loveliness +refrained him, and he cast down his eyes before hers. Then she +said in a kind voice:</p> +<p>‘I know thee, how glad thou art of this word of mine, because +thou lookest on me with eyes of love, and thinkest of me as better than +I am; though I am no ill woman and no beguiler. But this is not +all that I have to say to thee, though it be much; for there are more +folk in the world than thou and I only. But I told thee this first, +that thou mightest trust me in all things. So, my friend, if thou +canst, refrain thy joy and thy longing a little, and hearken to what +concerneth thee and me, and thy people and mine.’</p> +<p>‘Fair woman and sweet friend,’ he said, ‘thou knowest +of a gladness which is hard to bear if one must lay it aside for a while; +and of a longing which is hard to refrain if it mingle with another +longing - knowest thou not?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, ‘I know it.’</p> +<p>‘Yet,’ said Face-of-god, ‘I will forbear as thou +biddest me. Tell me, then, what were the felons who were slain +at Carlstead? Knowest thou of them?’</p> +<p>‘Over well,’ she said, ‘they are our foes this +many a year; and since we met last autumn they have become foes of you +Dalesmen also. Soon shall ye have tidings of them; and it was +against them that I bade thee arm yesterday.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Is it against them that thou wouldst have +us do battle along with thy folk?’</p> +<p>‘So it is,’ she said; ‘no other foemen have we. +And now, Gold-mane, thou art become a friend of the Wolf, and shalt +before long be of affinity with our House; that other day thou didst +ask me to tell thee of me and mine, and now will I do according to thine +asking. Short shall my tale be; because maybe thou shalt hear +it told again, and in goodly wise, before thine whole folk.</p> +<p>‘As thou wottest we be now outlaws and Wolves’ Heads; +and whiles we lift the gear of men, but ever if we may of ill men and +not of good; there is no worthy goodman of the Dale from whom we would +take one hoof, or a skin of wine, or a cake of wax.</p> +<p>‘Wherefore are we outlaws? Because we have been driven +from our own, and we bore away our lives and our weapons, and little +else; and for our lands, thou seest this Vale in the howling wilderness +and how narrow and poor it is, though it hath been the nurse of warriors +in time past.</p> +<p>‘Hearken! Time long ago came the kindred of the Wolf +to these Mountains of the World; and they were in a pass in the stony +maze and the utter wilderness of the Mountains, and the foe was behind +them in numbers not to be borne up against. And so it befell that +the pass forked, and there were two ways before our Folk; and one part +of them would take the way to the north and the other the way to the +south; and they could not agree which way the whole Folk should take. +So they sundered into two companies, and one took one way and one another. +Now as to those who fared by the southern road, we knew not what befell +them, nor for long and long had we any tale of them.</p> +<p>‘But we who took the northern road, we happened on this Vale +amidst the wilderness, and we were weary of fleeing from the over-mastering +foe; and the dale seemed enough, and a refuge, and a place to dwell +in, and no man was there before us, and few were like to find it, and +we were but a few. So we dwelt here in this Vale for as wild as +it is, the place where the sun shineth never in the winter, and scant +is the summer sunshine therein. Here we raised a Doom-ring and +builded us a Hall, wherein thou now sittest beside me, O friend, and +we dwelt here many seasons.</p> +<p>‘We had a few sheep in the wilderness, and a few neat fed down +the grass of the Vale; and we found gems and copper in the rocks about +us wherewith at whiles to chaffer with the aliens, and fish we drew +from our river the Shivering Flood. Also it is not to be hidden +that in those days we did not spare to lift the goods of men; yea, whiles +would our warriors fare down unto the edges of the Plain and lie in +wait there till the time served, and then drive the spoil from under +the very walls of the Cities. Our men were not little-hearted, +nor did our women lament the death of warriors over-much, for they were +there to bear more warriors to the Folk.</p> +<p>‘But the seasons passed, and the Folk multiplied in Shadowy +Vale, and livelihood seemed like to fail them, and needs must they seek +wider lands. So by ways which thou wilt one day wot of, we came +into a valley that lieth north-west of Shadowy Vale: a land like thine +of Burgdale, or better; wide it was, plenteous of grass and trees, well +watered, full of all things that man can desire.</p> +<p>‘Were there men before us in this Dale? sayest thou. +Yea, but not very many, and they feeble in battle, weak of heart, though +strong of body. These, when they saw the Sons of the Wolf with +weapons in their hands, felt themselves puny before us, and their hearts +failed them; and they came to us with gifts, and offered to share the +Dale between them and us, for they said there was enough for both folks. +So we took their offer and became their friends; and some of our Houses +wedded wives of the strangers, and gave them their women to wife. +Therein they did amiss; for the blended Folk as the generations passed +became softer than our blood, and many were untrusty and greedy and +tyrannous, and the days of the whoredom fell upon us, and when we deemed +ourselves the mightiest then were we the nearest to our fall. +But the House whereof I am would never wed with these Westlanders, and +other Houses there were who had affinity with us who chiefly wedded +with us of the Wolf, and their fathers had come with ours into that +fruitful Dale; and these were called the Red Hand, and the Silver Arm, +and the Golden Bushel, and the Ragged Sword. Thou hast heard those +names once before, friend?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ he said, and as he spoke the picture of that other +day came back to him, and he called to mind all that he had said, and +his happiness of that hour seemed the more and the sweeter for that +memory.</p> +<p>She went on: ‘Fair and goodly is that Dale as mine own eyes +have seen, and plentiful of all things, and up in its mountains to the +east are caves and pits whence silver is digged abundantly; therefore +is the Dale called Silver-dale. Hast thou heard thereof, my friend?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Face-of-god, ‘though I have marvelled +whence ye gat such foison of silver.’</p> +<p>He looked on her and marvelled, for now she seemed as if it were +another woman: her eyes were gleaming bright, her lips were parted; +there was a bright red flush on the pommels of her two cheeks as she +spake again and said:</p> +<p>‘Happy lived the Folk in Silver-dale for many and many winters +and summers: the seasons were good and no lack was there: little sickness +there was and less war, and all seemed better than well. It is +strange that ye Dalesmen have not heard of Silver-dale.’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said he, ‘but I have not; of Rose-dale have +I heard, as a land very far away: but no further do we know of toward +that aírt. Lieth Silver-dale anywhere nigh to Rose-dale?’</p> +<p>She said: ‘It is the next dale to it, yet is it a far journey +betwixt the two, for the ice-sea pusheth a horn in betwixt them; and +even below the ice the mountain-neck is passable to none save a bold +crag-climber, and to him only bearing his life in his hands. But, +my friend, I am but lingering over my tale, because it grieveth me sore +to have to tell it. Hearken then! In the days when I had +seen but ten summers, and my brother was a very young man, but exceeding +strong, and as beautiful as thou art now, war fell on us without rumour +or warning; for there swarmed into Silver-dale, though not by the ways +whereby we had entered it, a host of aliens, short of stature, crooked +of limb, foul of aspect, but fierce warriors and armed full well: they +were men having no country to go back to, though they had no women or +children with them, as we had when we were young in these lands, but +used all women whom they took as their beastly lust bade them, making +them their thralls if they slew them not. Soon we found that these +foemen asked no more of us than all we had, and therewithal our lives +to be cast away or used for their service as beasts of burden or pleasure. +There then we gathered our fighting-men and withstood them; and if we +had been all of the kindreds of the Wolf and the fruit of the wives +of warriors, we should have driven back these felons and saved the Dale, +though it maybe more than half ruined: but the most part of us were +of that mingled blood, or of the generations of the Dalesmen whom we +had conquered long ago, and stout as they were of body their hearts +failed them, and they gave themselves up to the aliens to be as their +oxen and asses.</p> +<p>‘Why make a long tale of it? We who were left, and could +brook death but not thraldom, fought it out together, women as well +as men, till the sweetness of life and a happy chance for escape bid +us flee, vanquished but free men. For at the end of three days’ +fight we had been driven up to the easternmost end of the Dale, and +up anigh to the jaws of the pass whereby the Folk had first come into +Silver-dale, and we had those with us who knew every cranny of that +way, while to strangers who knew it not it was utterly impassable; night +was coming on also, and even those murder-carles were weary with slaying; +and, moreover, on this last day, when they saw that they had won all, +they were fighting to keep, and not to slay, and a few stubborn carles +and queens, of what use would they be, or where was the gain of risking +life to win them?</p> +<p>‘So they forbore us, and night came on moonless and dark; and +it was the early spring season, when the days are not yet long, and +so by night and cloud we fled away, and back again to Shadowy Vale.</p> +<p>‘Forsooth, we were but a few; for when we were gotten into +this Vale, this strip of grass and water in the wilderness, and had +told up our company, we were but two hundred and thirty and five of +men and women and children. For there were an hundred and thirty +and three grown men of all ages, and of women grown seventy and five, +and one score and seven children, whereof I was one; for, as thou mayst +deem, it was easier for grown men with weapons in their hands to escape +from that slaughter than for women and children.</p> +<p>‘There sat we in yonder Doom-ring and took counsel, and to +some it seemed good that we should all dwell together in Shadowy Vale, +and beset the skirts of the foemen till the days should better; but +others deemed that there was little avail therein; and there was a mighty +man of the kindred, Stone-wolf by name, a man of middle-age, and he +said, that late in life had he tasted of war, and though the banquet +was made bitter with defeat, yet did the meat seem wholesome to him. +“Come down with me to the Cities of the Plain,” said he, +“all you who are stout warriors; and leave we here the old men +and the swains and the women and children. Hateful are the folk +there, and full of malice, but soft withal and dastardly. Let +us go down thither and make ourselves strong amongst them, and sell +our valour for their wealth till we come to rule them, and they make +us their kings, and we establish the Folk of the Wolf amongst the aliens; +then will we come back hither and bring away that which we have left.”</p> +<p>‘So he spake, and the more part of the warriors yea said his +rede, and they went with him to the Westland, and amongst these was +my brother Folk-might (for that is his name in the kindred). And +I sorrowed at his departure, for he had borne me thither out of the +flames and the clash of swords and the press of battle, and to me had +he ever been kind and loving, albeit he hath had the Words of hard and +froward used on him full oft.</p> +<p>‘So in this Vale abode we that were left, and the seasons passed; +some of the elders died, and some of the children also; but more children +were born, for amongst us were men and women to whom it was lawful to +wed with each other. Even with this scanty remnant was left some +of the life of the kindred of old days; and after we had been here but +a little while, the young men, yea and the old also, and even some of +the women, would steal through passes that we, and we only, knew of, +and would fall upon the Aliens in Silver-dale as occasion served, and +lift their goods both live and dead; and this became both a craft and +a pastime amongst us. Nor may I hide that we sometimes went lifting +otherwhere; for in the summer and autumn we would fare west a little +and abide in the woods the season through, and hunt the deer thereof, +and whiles would we drive the spoil from the scattered folk not far +from your Shepherd-Folk; but with the Shepherds themselves and with +you Dalesmen we meddled not.</p> +<p>‘Now that little wood-lawn with the toft of an ancient dwelling +in it, wherein, saith Bow-may, thou didst once rest, was one of our +summer abodes; and later on we built the hall under the pine-wood that +thou knowest.</p> +<p>‘Thus then grew up our young men; and our maids were little +softer; e’en such as Bow-may is (and kind is she withal), and +it seemed in very sooth as if the Spirit of the Wolf was with us, and +the roughness of the Waste made us fierce; and law we had not and heeded +not, though love was amongst us.’</p> +<p>She stopped awhile and fell a-musing, and her face softened, and +she turned to him with that sweet happy look upon it and said:</p> +<p>‘Desolate and dreary is the Dale, thou deemest, friend; and +yet for me I love it and its dark-green water, and it is to me as if +the Fathers of the kindred visit it and hold converse with us; and there +I grew up when I was little, before I knew what a woman was, and strange +communings had I with the wilderness. Friend, when we are wedded, +and thou art a great chieftain, as thou wilt be, I shall ask of thee +the boon to suffer me to abide here at whiles that I may remember the +days when I was little and the love of the kindred waxed in me.’</p> +<p>‘This is but a little thing to ask,’ said Face-of-god; +‘I would thou hadst asked me more.’</p> +<p>‘Fear not,’ she said, ‘I shall ask thee for much +and many things; and some of them belike thou shalt deny me.’</p> +<p>He shook his head; but she smiled in his face and said:</p> +<p>‘Yea, so it is, friend; but hearken. The seasons passed, +and six years wore, and I was grown a tall slim maiden, fleet of foot +and able to endure toil enough, though I never bore weapons, nor have +done. So on a fair even of midsummer when we were together, the +most of us, round about this Hall and the Doom-ring, we saw a tall man +in bright war-gear come forth into the Dale by the path that thou camest, +and then another and another till there were two score and seven men-at-arms +standing on the grass below the scree yonder; by that time had we gotten +some weapons in our hands, and we stood together to meet the new-comers, +but they drew no sword and notched no shaft, but came towards us laughing +and joyous, and lo! it was my brother Folk-might and his men, those +that were left of them, come back to us from the Westland.</p> +<p>‘Glad indeed was I to behold him; and for him when he had taken +me in his arms and looked up and down the Dale, he cried out: ‘In +many fair places and many rich dwellings have I been; but this is the +hour that I have looked for.’</p> +<p>‘Now when we asked him concerning Stone-wolf and the others +who were missing (for ten tens of stalwarth men had fared to the Westland), +he swept out his hand toward the west and said with a solemn face: “There +they lie, and grass groweth over their bones, and we who have come aback, +and ye who have abided, these are now the children of the Wolf: there +are no more now on the earth.”</p> +<p>‘Let be! It was a fair even and high was the feast in +the Hall that night, and sweet was the converse with our folk come back. +A glad man was my brother Folk-might when he heard that for years past +we had been lifting the gear of men, and chiefly of the Aliens in Silver-dale: +and he himself was become learned in war and a deft leader of men.</p> +<p>‘So the days passed and the seasons, and we lived on as we +might; but with Folk-might’s return there began to grow up in +all our hearts what had long been flourishing in mine, and that was +the hope of one day winning back our own again, and dying amidst the +dear groves of Silver-dale. Within these years we had increased +somewhat in number; for if we had lost those warriors in the Westland, +and some old men who had died in the Dale, yet our children had grown +up (I have now seen twenty and one summers) and more were growing up. +Moreover, after the first year, from the time when we began to fall +upon the Dusky Men of Silver-dale, from time to time they who went on +such adventures set free such thralls of our blood as they could fall +in with and whom they could trust in, and they dwelt (and yet dwell) +with us in the Dale: first and last we have taken in three score and +twelve of such men, and a score of women-thralls withal.</p> +<p>‘Now during these seasons, and not very long ago, after I was +a woman grown, the thought came to me, and to Folk-might also, that +there were kindreds of the people dwelling anear us whom we might so +deal with that they should become our friends and brothers in arms, +and that through them we might win back Silver-dale.</p> +<p>‘Of Rose-dale we wotted already that the Folk were nought of +our blood, feeble in the field, cowed by the Dusky Men, and at last +made thralls to them; so nought was to do there. But Folk-might +went to and fro to gather tidings: at whiles I with him, at whiles one +or more of Wood-father’s children, who with their father and mother +and Bow-may have abided in the Vale ever since the Great Undoing.</p> +<p>‘Soon he fell in with thy Folk, and first of all with the Woodlanders, +and that was a joy to him; for wot ye what? He got to know that +these men were the children of those of our Folk who had sundered from +us in the mountain passes time long and long ago; and he loved them, +for he saw that they were hardy and trusty, and warriors at heart.</p> +<p>‘Then he went amongst the Shepherd-Folk, and he deemed them +good men easily stirred, and deemed that they might soon be won to friendship; +and he knew that they were mostly come from the Houses of the Woodlanders, +so that they also were of the kindred.</p> +<p>‘And last he came into Burgdale, and found there a merry and +happy Folk, little wont to war, but stout-hearted, and nowise puny either +of body or soul; he went there often and learned much about them, and +deemed that they would not be hard to win to fellowship. And he +found that the House of the Face was the chiefest house there; and that +the Alderman and his sons were well beloved of all the folk, and that +they were the men to be won first, since through them should all others +be won. I also went to Burgstead with him twice, as I told thee +erst; and I saw thee, and I deemed that thou wouldest lightly become +our friend; and it came into my mind that I myself might wed thee, and +that the House of the Face thereby might have affinity thenceforth with +the Children of the Wolf.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘Why didst thou deem thus of me, O friend?’</p> +<p>She laughed and said: ‘Dost thou long to hear me say the words +when thou knowest my thought well? So be it. I saw thee +both young and fair; and I knew thee to be the son of a noble, worthy, +guileless man and of a beauteous woman of great wits and good rede. +And I found thee to be kind and open-handed and simple like thy father, +and like thy mother wiser than thou thyself knew of thyself; and that +thou wert desirous of deeds and fain of women.’</p> +<p>She was silent for a while, and he also: then he said: ‘Didst +thou draw me to the woods and to thee?’</p> +<p>She reddened and said: ‘I am no spell-wife: but true it is +that Wood-mother made a waxen image of thee, and thrust through the +heart thereof the pin of my girdle-buckle, and stroked it every morning +with an oak-bough over which she had sung spells. But dost thou +not remember, Gold-mane, how that one day last Hay-month, as ye were +resting in the meadows in the cool of the evening, there came to you +a minstrel that played to you on the fiddle, and therewith sang a song +that melted all your hearts, and that this song told of the Wild-wood, +and what was therein of desire and peril and beguiling and death, and +love unto Death itself? Dost thou remember, friend?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ he said, ‘and how when the minstrel was +done Stone-face fell to telling us more tales yet of the woodland, and +the minstrel sang again and yet again, till his tales had entered into +my very heart.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, ‘and that minstrel was Wood-wont; +and I sent him to sing to thee and thine, deeming that if thou didst +hearken, thou would’st seek the woodland and happen upon us.’</p> +<p>He laughed and said: ‘Thou didst not doubt but that if we met, +thou mightest do with me as thou wouldest?’</p> +<p>‘So it is,’ she said, ‘that I doubted it little.’</p> +<p>‘Therein wert thou wise,’ said Face-of-god; ‘but +now that we are talking without guile to each other, mightest thou tell +me wherefore it was that Folk-might made that onslaught upon me? +For certain it is that he was minded to slay me.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘It was sooth what I told thee, that whiles he groweth +so battle-eager that whatso edge-tool he beareth must needs come out +of the scabbard; but there was more in it than that, which I could not +tell thee erst. Two days before thy coming he had been down to +Burgstead in the guise of an old carle such as thou sawest him with +me in the market-place. There was he guested in your Hall, and +once more saw thee and the Bride together; and he saw the eyes of love +wherewith she looked on thee (for so much he told me), and deemed that +thou didst take her love but lightly. And he himself looked on +her with such love (and this he told me not) that he deemed nought good +enough for her, and would have had thee give thyself up wholly to her; +for my brother is a generous man, my friend. So when I told him +on the morn of that day whereon we met that we looked to see thee that +eve (for indeed I am somewhat foreseeing), he said: “Look thou, +Sun-beam, if he cometh, it is not unlike that I shall drive a spear +through him.” “Wherefore?” said I; “can +he serve our turn when he is dead?” Said he: “I care +little. Mine own turn will I serve. Thou sayest <i>Wherefore</i>? +I tell thee this stripling beguileth to her torment the fairest woman +that is in the world - such an one as is meet to be the mother of chieftains, +and to stand by warriors in their day of peril. I have seen her; +and thus have I seen her.” Then said I: “Greatly forsooth +shalt thou pleasure her by slaying him!” And he answered: +“I shall pleasure myself. And one day she shall thank me, +when she taketh my hand in hers and we go together to the Bride-bed.” +Therewith came over me a clear foresight of the hours to come, and I +said to him: “Yea, Folk-might, cast the spear and draw the sword; +but him thou shalt not slay: and thou shalt one day see him standing +with us before the shafts of the Dusky Men.” So I spake; +but he looked fiercely at me, and departed and shunned me all that day, +and by good hap I was hard at hand when thou drewest nigh our abode. +Nay, Gold-mane, what would’st thou with thy sword? Why art +thou so red and wrathful? Would’st thou fight with my brother +because he loveth thy friend, thine old playmate, thy kinswoman, and +thinketh pity of her sorrow?’</p> +<p>He said, with knit brow and gleaming eyes: ‘Would the man take +her away from me perforce?’</p> +<p>‘My friend,’ she said, ‘thou art not yet so wise +as not to be a fool at whiles. Is it not so that she herself hath +taken herself from thee, since she hath come to know that thou hast +given thyself to another? Hath she noted nought of thee this winter +and spring? Is she well pleased with the ways of thee?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘Thou hast spoken simply with me, and I will do no +less with thee. It was but four days agone that she did me to +wit that she knew of me how I sought my love on the Mountain; and she +put me to sore shame, and afterwards I wept for her sorrow.’</p> +<p>Therewith he told her all that the Bride had said to him, as he well +might, for he had forgotten no word of it.</p> +<p>Then said the Friend: ‘She shall have the token that she craveth, +and it is I that shall give it to her.’</p> +<p>Therewith she took from her finger a ring wherein was set a very +fair changeful mountain-stone, and gave it to him, and said:</p> +<p>‘Thou shalt give her this and tell her whence thou hadst it; +and tell her that I bid her remember that To-morrow is a new day.’</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XX. THOSE TWO TOGETHER HOLD THE RING OF THE EARTH-GOD</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>And now they fell silent both of them, and sat hearkening the sounds +of the Dale, from the whistle of the plover down by the water-side to +the far-off voices of the children and maidens about the kine in the +lower meadows. At last Gold-mane took up the word and said:</p> +<p>‘Sweet friend, tell me the uttermost of what thou would’st +have of me. Is it not that I should stand by thee and thine in +the Folk-mote of the Dalesmen, and speak for you when ye pray us for +help against your foemen; and then again that I do my best when ye and +we are arrayed for battle against the Dusky Men? This is easy +to do, and great is the reward thou offerest me.’</p> +<p>‘I look for this service of thee,’ she said, ‘and +none other.’</p> +<p>‘And when I go down to the battle,’ said he, ‘shalt +thou be sorry for our sundering?’</p> +<p>She said: ‘There shall be no sundering; I shall wend with thee.’</p> +<p>Said he: ‘And if I were slain in the battle, would’st +thou lament me?’</p> +<p>‘Thou shalt not be slain,’ she said.</p> +<p>Again was there silence betwixt them, till at last he said:</p> +<p>‘This then is why thou didst draw me to thee in the Wild-wood?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said she.</p> +<p>Again for a while no word was spoken, and Face-of-god looked on her +till she cast her eyes down before him.</p> +<p>Then at last he spake, and the colour came and went in his face as +he said: ‘Tell me thy name what it is.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘I am called the Sun-beam.’</p> +<p>Then he said, and his voice trembled therewith: ‘O Sun-beam, +I have been seeking pleasant and cunning words, and can find none such. +But tell me this if thou wilt: dost thou desire me as I desire thee? +or is it that thou wilt suffer me to wed thee and bed thee at last as +mere payment for the help that I shall give to thee and thine? +Nay, doubt it not that I will take the payment, if this is what thou +wilt give me and nought else. Yet tell me.’</p> +<p>Her face grew troubled, and she said:</p> +<p>‘Gold-mane, maybe that thou hast now asked me one question +too many; for this is no fair game to be played between us. For +thee, as I deem, there are this day but two people in the world, and +that is thou and I, and the earth is for us two alone. But, my +friend, though I have seen but twenty and one summers, it is nowise +so with me, and to me there are many in the world; and chiefly the Folk +of the Wolf, amidst whose very heart I have grown up. Moreover, +I can think of her whom I have supplanted, the Bride to wit; and I know +her, and how bitter and empty her days shall be for a while, and how +vain all our redes for her shall seem to her. Yea, I know her +sorrow, and see it and grieve for it: so canst not thou, unless thou +verily see her before thee, her face unhappy, and her voice changed +and hard. Well, I will tell thee what thou askest. When +I drew thee to me on the Mountain I thought but of the friendship and +brotherhood to be knitted up between our two Folks, nor did I anywise +desire thy love of a young man. But when I saw thee on the heath +and in the Hall that day, it pleased me to think that a man so fair +and chieftain-like should one day lie by my side; and again when I saw +that the love of me had taken hold of thee, I would not have thee grieved +because of me, but would have thee happy. And now what shall I +say? - I know not; I cannot tell. Yet am I the Friend, as erst +I called myself.</p> +<p>‘And, Gold-mane, I have seen hitherto but the outward show +and image of thee, and though that be goodly, how would it be if thou +didst shame me with little-heartedness and evil deeds? Let me +see thee in the Folk-mote and the battle, and then may I answer thee.’</p> +<p>Then she held her peace, and he answered nothing; and she turned +her face from him and said:</p> +<p>‘Out on it! have I beguiled myself as well as thee? These +are but empty words I have been saying. If thou wilt drag the +truth out of me, this is the very truth: that to-day is happy to me +as it is to thee, and that I have longed sore for its coming. +O Gold-mane, O speech-friend, if thou wert to pray me or command me +that I lie in thine arms to-night, I should know not how to gainsay +thee. Yet I beseech thee to forbear, lest thy death and mine come +of it. And why should we die, O friend, when we are so young, +and the world lies so fair before us, and the happy days are at hand +when the Children of the Wolf and the kindreds of the Dale shall deliver +the Folk, and all days shall be good and all years?’</p> +<p>They had both risen up as she spake, and now he put forth his hands +to her and took her in his arms, wondering the while, as he drew her +to him, how much slenderer and smaller and weaker she seemed in his +embrace than he had thought of her; and when their lips met, he felt +that she kissed him as he her. Then he held her by the shoulders +at arms’ length from him, and beheld her face how her eyes were +closed and her lips quivering. But before him, in a moment of +time, passed a picture of the life to be in the fair Dale, and all she +would give him there, and the days good and lovely from morn to eve +and eve to morn; and though in that moment it was hard for him to speak, +at last he spoke in a voice hoarse at first, and said:</p> +<p>‘Thou sayest sooth, O friend; we will not die, but live; I +will not drag our deaths upon us both, nor put a sword in the hands +of Folk-might, who loves me not.’</p> +<p>Then he kissed her on the brow and said: ‘Now shalt thou take +me by the hand and lead me forth from the Hall. For the day is +waxing old, and here meseemeth in this dim hall there are words crossing +in the air about us - words spoken in days long ago, and tales of old +time, that keep egging me on to do my will and die, because that is +all that the world hath for a valiant man; and to such words I would +not hearken, for in this hour I have no will to die, nor can I think +of death.’</p> +<p>She took his hand and led him forth without more words, and they +went hand in hand and paced slowly round the Doom-ring, the light air +breathing upon them till their faces were as calm and quiet as their +wont was, and hers especially as bright and happy as when he had first +seen her that day.</p> +<p>The sun was sinking now, and only sent one golden ray into the valley +through a cleft in the western rock-wall, but the sky overhead was bright +and clear; from the meadows came the sound of the lowing of kine and +the voices of children a-sporting, and it seemed to Gold-mane that they +were drawing nigher, both the children and the kine, and somewhat he +begrudged it that he should not be alone with the Friend.</p> +<p>Now when they had made half the circuit of the Doom-ring, the Sun-beam +stopped him, and then led him through the Ring of Stones, and brought +him up to the altar which was amidst of it; and the altar was a great +black stone hewn smooth and clean, and with the image of the Wolf carven +on the front thereof; and on its face lay the gold ring which the priest +or captain of the Folk bore on his arm between the God and the people +at all folk-motes.</p> +<p>So she said: ‘This is the altar of the God of Earth, and often +hath it been reddened by mighty men; and thereon lieth the Ring of the +Sons of the Wolf; and now it were well that we swore troth on that ring +before my brother cometh; for now will he soon be here.’</p> +<p>Then Gold-mane took the Ring and thrust his right hand through it, +and took her right hand in his; so that the Ring lay on both their hands, +and therewith he spake aloud:</p> +<p>‘I am Face-of-god of the House of the Face, and I do thee to +wit, O God of the Earth, that I pledge my troth to this woman, the Sun-beam +of the Kindred of the Wolf, to beget my offspring on her, and to live +with her, and to die with her: so help me, thou God of the Earth, and +the Warrior and the God of the Face!’</p> +<p>Then spake the Sun-beam: ‘I, the Sun-beam of the Children of +the Wolf, pledge my troth to Face-of-god to lie in his bed and to bear +his children and none other’s, and to be his speech-friend till +I die: so help me the Wolf and the Warrior and the God of the Earth!’</p> +<p>Then they laid the Ring on the altar again, and they kissed each +other long and sweetly, and then turned away from the altar and departed +from the Doom-ring, going hand in hand together down the meadow, and +as they went, the noise of the kine and the children grew nearer and +nearer, and presently came the whole company of them round a ness of +the rock-wall; there were some thirty little lads and lasses driving +on the milch-kine, with half a score of older maids and grown women, +one of whom was Bow-may, who was lightly and scantily clad, as one who +heeds not the weather, or deems all months midsummer.</p> +<p>The children came running up merrily when they saw the Sun-beam, +but stopped short shyly when they noted the tall fair stranger with +her. They were all strong and sturdy children, and some very fair, +but brown with the weather, if not with the sun. Bow-may came +up to Gold-mane and took his hand and greeted him kindly and said:</p> +<p>‘So here thou art at last in Shadowy Vale; and I hope that +thou art content therewith, and as happy as I would wish thee to be. +Well, this is the first time; and when thou comest the second time it +may well be that the world shall be growing better.’</p> +<p>She held the distaff which she bore in her hand (for she had been +spinning) as if it were a spear; her limbs were goodly and shapely, +and she trod the thick grass of the Vale with a kind of wary firmness, +as though foemen might be lurking nearby. The Sun-beam smiled +upon her kindly and said:</p> +<p>‘That shall not fail to be, Bow-may: ye have won a new friend +to-day. But tell me, when dost thou look to see the men here, +for I was down by the water when they went away yesterday?’</p> +<p>‘They shall come into the Dale a little after sunset,’ +said Bow-may.</p> +<p>‘Shall I abide them, my friend?’ said Gold-mane, turning +to the Sun-beam.</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said; ‘for what else art thou come hither? +or art thou so pressed to depart from us? Last time we met thou +wert not so hasty to sunder.’</p> +<p>They smiled on each other; and Bow-may looked on them and laughed +outright; then a flush showed in her cheeks through the tan of them, +and she turned toward the children and the other women who were busied +about the milking of the kine.</p> +<p>But those two sat down together on a bank amidst the plain meadow, +facing the river and the eastern rock-wall, and the Sun-beam said:</p> +<p>‘I am fain to speak to thee and to see thine eyes watching +me while I speak; and now, my friend, I will tell thee something unasked +which has to do with what e’en now thou didst ask me; for I would +have thee trust me wholly, and know me for what I am. Time was +I schemed and planned for this day of betrothal; but now I tell thee +it has become no longer needful for bringing to pass our fellowship +in arms with thy people. Yea yesterday, ere he went on a hunt, +whereof he shall tell thee, Folk-might was against it, in words at least; +and yet as one who would have it done if he might have no part in it. +So, in good sooth, this hand that lieth in thine is the hand of a wilful +woman, who desireth a man, and would keep him for her speech-friend. +Now art thou fond and happy; yet bear in mind that there are deeds to +be done, and the troth we have just plighted must be paid for. +So hearken, I bid thee. Dost thou care to know why the wheedling +of thee is no longer needful to us?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘A little while ago I should have said, Yea, If thy +lips say the words. But now, O friend, it seemeth as if thine +heart were already become a part of mine, and I feel as if the chieftain +were growing up in me and the longing for deeds: so I say, Tell me, +for I were fain to hear what toucheth the welfare of thy Folk and their +fellowship with my Folk; for on that also have I set my heart?’</p> +<p>She said gravely and with solemn eyes:</p> +<p>‘What thou sayest is good: full glad am I that I have not plighted +my troth to a mere goodly lad, but rather to a chieftain and a warrior. +Now then hearken! Since I saw thee first in the autumn this hath +happened, that the Dusky Men, increasing both in numbers and insolence, +have it in their hearts to win more than Silver-dale, and it is years +since they have fallen upon Rose-dale and conquered it, rather by murder +than by battle, and made all men thralls there, for feeble were the +Folk thereof; and doubt it not but that they will look into Burgdale +before long. They are already abroad in the woods, and were it +not for the fear of the Wolf they would be thicker therein, and faring +wider; for we have slain many of them, coming upon them unawares; and +they know not where we dwell, nor who we be: so they fear to spread +about over-much and pry into unknown places lest the Wolf howl on them. +Yet beware! for they will gather in numbers that we may not meet, and +then will they swarm into the Dale; and if ye would live your happy +life that ye love so well, ye must now fight for it; and in that battle +must ye needs join yourselves to us, that we may help each other. +Herein have ye nought to choose, for now with you it is no longer a +thing to talk of whether ye will help certain strangers and guests and +thereby win some gain to yourselves, but whether ye have the hearts +to fight for yourselves, and the wits to be the fellows of tall men +and stout warriors who have pledged their lives to win or die for it.’</p> +<p>She was silent a little and then turned and looked fondly on Face-of-god +and said:</p> +<p>‘Therefore, Gold-mane, we need thee no longer; for thou must +needs fight in our battle. I have no longer aught to do to wheedle +thee to love me. Yet if thou wilt love me, then am I a glad woman.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘Thou wottest well that thou hast all my love, neither +will I fail thee in the battle. I am not little-hearted, though +I would have given myself to thee for no reward.’</p> +<p>‘It is well,’ said the Sun-beam; ‘nought is undone +by that which I have done. Moreover, it is good that we have plighted +troth to-day. For Folk-might will presently hear thereof, and +he must needs abide the thing which is done. Hearken! he cometh.’</p> +<p>For as she spoke there came a glad cry from the women and children, +and those two stood up and turned toward the west and beheld the warriors +of the Wolf coming down into the Dale by the way that Gold-mane had +come.</p> +<p>‘Come,’ said the Sun-beam, ‘here are your brethren +in arms, let us go greet them; they will rejoice in thee.’</p> +<p>So they went thither, and there stood eighty and seven men on the +grass below the scree and Folk-might their captain; and besides some +valiant women, and a few carles who were on watch on the waste, and +a half score who had been left in the Dale, these were all the warriors +of the Wolf. They were clad in no holiday raiment, not even Folk-might, +but were in sheep-brown gear of the coarsest, like to husbandmen late +come from the plough, but armed well and goodly.</p> +<p>But when the twain drew near, the men clashed their spears on their +shields, and cried out for joy of them, for they all knew what Face-of-god’s +presence there betokened of fellowship with the kindreds; but Folk-might +came forward and took Face-of-god’s hand and greeted him and said:</p> +<p>‘Hail, son of the Alderman! Here hast thou come into +the ancient abode of chieftains and warriors, and belike deeds await +thee also.’</p> +<p>Yet his brow was knitted as he said these words, and he spake slowly, +as one that constraineth himself; but presently his face cleared somewhat +and he said:</p> +<p>‘Dalesman, it behoveth thy people to bestir them if ye would +live and see good days. Hath my sister told thee what is toward? +Or what sayest thou?’</p> +<p>‘Hail to thee, son of the Wolf!’ said Face-of-god. +‘Thy sister hath told me all; and even if these Dusky Felons were +not our foe-men also, yet could I have my way, we should have given +thee all help, and should have brought back peace and good days to thy +folk.’</p> +<p>Then Folk-might flushed red and spake, as he cast out his hand towards +the warriors and up and down toward the Dale:</p> +<p>‘These be my folk, and these only: and as to peace, only those +of us know of it who are old men. Yet is it well; and if we and +ye together be strong enough to bring back good days to the feeble men +whom the Dusky Ones torment in Silver-dale it shall be better yet.’</p> +<p>Then he turned about to his sister, and looked keenly into her eyes +till she reddened, and took her hand and looked at the wrist and said:</p> +<p>‘O sister, see I not the mark on thy wrist of the Ring of the +God of the Earth? Have not oaths been sworn since yesterday?’</p> +<p>‘True it is,’ she said, ‘that this man and I have +plighted troth together at the altar of the Doom-ring.’</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘Thou wilt have thy will, and I may not amend +it.’ Therewith he turned about to Face-of-god and said:</p> +<p>‘Thou must look to it to keep this oath, whatever other one +thou hast failed in.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god somewhat wrathfully: ‘I shall keep it, whether +thou biddest me to keep it or break it.’</p> +<p>‘That is well,’ said Folk-might, ‘and then for +all that hath gone before thou mayest in a manner pay, if thou art dauntless +before the foe.’</p> +<p>‘I look to be no blencher in the battle,’ said Face-of-god; +‘that is not the fashion of our kindred, whosoever may be before +us. Yea, and even were it thy blade, O mighty warrior of the Wolf, +I would do my best to meet it in manly fashion.’</p> +<p>As he spake he half drew forth Dale-warden from his sheath, looking +steadily into the eyes of Folk-might; and the Sun-beam looked upon him +happily. But Folk-might laughed and said:</p> +<p>‘Thy sword is good, and I deem that thine heart will not fail +thee; but it is by my side and not in face of me that thou shalt redden +the good blade: I see not the day when we twain shall hew at each other.’</p> +<p>Then in a while he spake again:</p> +<p>‘Thou must pardon us if our words are rough; for we have stood +in rough places, where we had to speak both short and loud, whereas +there was much to do. But now will we twain talk of matters that +concern chieftains who are going on a hard adventure. And ye women, +do ye dight the Hall for the evening feast, which shall be the feast +of the troth-plight for you twain. This indeed we owe thee, O +guest; for little shall be thine heritage which thou shalt have with +my sister, over and above that thy sword winneth for thee.’</p> +<p>But the Sun-beam said: ‘Hast thou any to-night?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ he said; ‘Spear-god, how many was it?’</p> +<p>There came forward a tall man bearing an axe in his right hand, and +carrying over his shoulder by his left hand a bundle of silver arm-rings +just such as Gold-mane had seen on the felons who were slain by Wood-grey’s +house. The carle cast them on the ground and then knelt down and +fell to telling them over; and then looked up and said: ‘Twelve +yesterday in the wood where the battle was going on; and this morning +seven by the tarn in the pine-wood and six near this eastern edge of +the wood: one score and five all told. But, Folk-might, they are +coming nigh to Shadowy Vale.’</p> +<p>‘Sooth is that,’ said Folk-might; ‘but it shall +be looked to. Come now apart with me, Face-of-god.’</p> +<p>So the others went their ways toward the Hall, while Folk-might led +the Burgdaler to a sheltered nook under the sheer rocks, and there they +sat down to talk, and Folk-might asked Gold-mane closely of the muster +of the Dalesmen and the Shepherds and the Woodland Caries, and he was +well pleased when Face-of-god told him of how many could march to a +stricken field, and of their archery, and of their weapons and their +goodness.</p> +<p>All this took some time in the telling, and now night was coming +on apace, and Folk-might said:</p> +<p>‘Now will it be time to go to the Hall; but keep in thy mind +that these Dusky Men will overrun you unless ye deal with them betimes. +These are of the kind that ye must cast fear into their hearts by falling +on them; for if ye abide till they fall upon you, they are like the +winter wolves that swarm on and on, how many soever ye slay. And +this above all things shall help you, that we shall bring you whereas +ye shall fall on them unawares and destroy them as boys do with a wasp’s +nest. Yet shall many a mother’s son bite the dust.</p> +<p>‘Is it not so that in four weeks’ time is your spring-feast +and market at Burgstead, and thereafter the great Folk-mote?’</p> +<p>‘So it is,’ said Gold-mane.</p> +<p>‘Thither shall I come then,’ said Folk-might, ‘and +give myself out for the slayer of Rusty and the ransacker of Harts-bane +and Penny-thumb; and therefor shall I offer good blood-wite and theft-wite; +and thy father shall take that; for he is a just man. Then shall +I tell my tale. Yet it may be thou shalt see us before if battle +betide. And now fair befall this new year; for soon shall the +scabbards be empty and the white swords be dancing in the air, and spears +and axes shall be the growth of this spring-tide.’</p> +<p>And he leaped up from his seat and walked to and fro before Gold-mane, +and now was it grown quite dark. Then Folk-might turned to Face-of-god +and said:</p> +<p>‘Come, guest, the windows of the Hall are yellow; let us to +the feast. To-morrow shalt thou get thee to the beginning of this +work. I hope of thee that thou art a good sword; else have I done +a folly and my sister a worse one. But now forget that, and feast.’</p> +<p>Gold-mane arose, not very well at ease, for the man seemed overbearing; +yet how might he fall upon the Sun-beam’s kindred, and the captain +of these new brethren in arms? So he spake not. But Folk-might +said to him:</p> +<p>‘Yet I would not have thee forget that I was wroth with thee +when I saw thee to-day; and had it not been for the coming battle I +had drawn sword upon thee.’</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god’s wrath was stirred, and he said:</p> +<p>‘There is yet time for that! but why art thou wroth with me? +And I shall tell thee that there is little manliness in thy chiding. +For how may I fight with thee, thou the brother of my plighted speech-friend +and my captain in this battle?’</p> +<p>‘Therein thou sayest sooth,’ said Folk-might; ‘but +hard it was to see you two standing together; and thou canst not give +the Bride to me as I give my sister to thee. For I have seen her, +and I have seen her looking at thee; and I know that she will not have +it so.’</p> +<p>Then they went on together toward the Hall, and Face-of-god was silent +and somewhat troubled; and as they drew near to the Hall, Folk-might +spake again:</p> +<p>‘Yet time may amend it; and if not, there is the battle, and +maybe the end. Now be we merry!’</p> +<p>So they went into the Hall together, and there was the Sun-beam gloriously +arrayed, as erst in the woodland bower, and Face-of-god sat on the daïs +beside her, and the uttermost sweetness of desire entered into his soul +as he noted her eyes and her mouth, that were grown so kind to him, +and her hand that strayed toward his.</p> +<p>The Hall was full of folk, and all those warriors were there with +Wood-father and his sons, and Wood-mother, and Bow-may and many other +women; and Gold-mane looked down the Hall and deemed that he had never +seen such stalwarth bodies of men, or so bold and meet for battle: as +for the women he had seen fairer in Burgdale, but these were fair of +their own fashion, shapely and well-knit, and strong-armed and large-limbed, +yet sweet-voiced and gentle withal. Nay, the very lads of fifteen +winters or so, whereof a few were there, seemed bold and bright-eyed +and keen of wit, and it seemed like that if the warriors fared afield +these would be with them.</p> +<p>So wore the feast; and Folk-might as aforetime amongst the healths +called on men to drink to the Jaws of the Wolf, and the Red Hand, and +the Silver Arm, and the Golden Bushel, and the Ragged Sword. But +now had Face-of-god no need to ask what these meant, since he knew that +they were the names of the kindreds of the Wolf. They drank also +to the troth-plight and to those twain, and shouted aloud over the health +and clashed their weapons: and Gold-mane wondered what echo of that +shout would reach to Burgstead.</p> +<p>Then sang men songs of old time, and amongst them Wood-wont stood +with his fiddle amidst the Hall and Bow-may beside him, and they sang +in turn to it sweetly and clearly; and this is some of what they sang:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p><i>She singeth.</i></p> +<p>Wild is the waste and long leagues over;<br /> Whither +then wend ye spear and sword,<br />Where nought shall see your helms +but the plover,<br /> Far and far from the dear Dale’s +sward?</p> +<p><i>He singeth.</i></p> +<p>Many a league shall we wend together<br /> With +helm and spear and bended bow.<br />Hark! how the wind blows up for +weather:<br /> Dark shall the night be whither we go.</p> +<p>Dark shall the night be round the byre,<br /> And +dark as we drive the brindled kine;<br />Dark and dark round the beacon-fire,<br /> Dark +down in the pass round our wavering line.</p> +<p>Turn on thy path, O fair-foot maiden,<br /> And +come our ways by the pathless road;<br />Look how the clouds hang low +and laden<br /> Over the walls of the old abode!</p> +<p><i>She singeth.</i></p> +<p>Bare are my feet for the rough waste’s wending,<br /> Wild +is the wind, and my kirtle’s thin;<br />Faint shall I be ere the +long way’s ending<br /> Drops down to the Dale +and the grief therein.</p> +<p><i>He singeth.</i></p> +<p>Do on the brogues of the wild-wood rover,<br /> Do +on the byrnies’ ring-close mail;<br />Take thou the staff that +the barbs hang over,<br /> O’er the wind and +the waste and the way to prevail.</p> +<p>Come, for how from thee shall I sunder?<br /> Come, +that a tale may arise in the land;<br />Come, that the night may be +held for a wonder,<br /> When the Wolf was led by a +maiden’s hand!</p> +<p><i>She singeth.</i></p> +<p>Now will I fare as ye are faring,<br /> And wend +no way but the way ye wend;<br />And bear but the burdens ye are bearing,<br /> And +end the day as ye shall end.</p> +<p>And many an eve when the clouds are drifting<br /> Down +through the Dale till they dim the roof,<br />Shall they tell in the +Hall of the Maiden’s Lifting,<br /> And how we +drave the spoil aloof.</p> +<p><i>They sing together.</i></p> +<p>Over the moss through the wind and the weather,<br /> Through +the morn and the eve and the death of the day,<br />Wend we man and +maid together,<br /> For out of the waste is born the +fray.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Then the Sun-beam spake to Gold-mane softly, and told him how this +song was made by a minstrel concerning a foray in the early days of +their first abode in Shadowy Vale, and how in good sooth a maiden led +the fray and was the captain of the warriors:</p> +<p>‘Erst,’ she said, ‘this was counted as a wonder; +but now we are so few that it is no wonder though the women will do +whatsoever they may.’</p> +<p>So they talked, and Gold-mane was very happy; but ere the good-night +cup was drunk, Folk-might spake to Face-of-god and said:</p> +<p>‘It were well that ye rose betimes in the morning: but thou +shalt not go back by the way thou camest. Wood-wise and another +shall go with thee, and show thee a way across the necks and the heaths, +which is rough enough as far as toil goes, but where thy life shall +be safer; and thereby shalt thou hit the ghyll of the Weltering Water, +and so come down safely into Burgdale. Now that we are friends +and fellows, it is no hurt for thee to know the shortest way to Shadowy +Vale. What thou shalt tell concerning us in Burgdale I leave the +tale thereof to thee; yet belike thou wilt not tell everything till +I come to Burgstead at the spring market-tide. Now must I presently +to bed; for before daylight to-morrow must I be following the hunt along +with two score good men of ours.’</p> +<p>‘What beast is afield then?’ said Gold-mane.</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘The beasts that beset our lives, the Dusky +Men. In these days we have learned how to find companies of them; +and forsooth every week they draw nigher to this Dale; and some day +they should happen upon us if we were not to look to it, and then would +there be a murder great and grim; therefore we scour the heaths round +about, and the skirts of the woodland, and we fall upon these felons +in divers guises, so that they may not know us for the same men; whiles +are we clad in homespun, as to-day, and seem like to field-working carles; +whiles in scarlet and gold, like knights of the Westland; whiles in +wolf-skins; whiles in white glittering gear, like the Wights of the +Waste: and in all guises these felons, for all their fierce hearts, +fear us, and flee from us, and we follow and slay them, and so minish +their numbers somewhat against the great day of battle.’</p> +<p>‘Tell me,’ said Gold-mane; ‘when we fall upon Silver-dale +shall their thralls, the old Dale-dwellers, fight for them or for us?’</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘The Dusky Men will not dare to put weapons +into the hands of their thralls. Nay, the thralls shall help us; +for though they have but small stomach for the fight, yet joyfully when +the fight is over shall they cut their masters’ throats.’</p> +<p>‘How is it with these thralls?’ said Gold-mane. +‘I have never seen a thrall.’</p> +<p>‘But I,’ said Folk-might, ‘have seen a many down +in the Cities. And there were thralls who were the tyrants of +thralls, and held the whip over them; and of the others there were some +who were not very hardly entreated. But with these it is otherwise, +and they all bear grievous pains daily; for the Dusky Men are as hogs +in a garden of lilies. Whatsoever is fair there have they defiled +and deflowered, and they wallow in our fair halls as swine strayed from +the dunghill. No delight in life, no sweet days do they have for +themselves, and they begrudge the delight of others therein. Therefore +their thralls know no rest or solace; their reward of toil is many stripes, +and the healing of their stripes grievous toil. To many have they +appointed to dig and mine in the silver-yielding cliffs, and of all +the tasks is that the sorest, and there do stripes abound the most. +Such thralls art thou happy not to behold till thou hast set them free; +as we shall do.’</p> +<p>‘Tell me again,’ said Face-of-god; ‘Is there no +mixed folk between these Dusky Men and the Dalesmen, since they have +no women of their own, but lie with the women of the Dale? Moreover, +do not the poor folk of the Dale beget and bear children, so that there +are thralls born of thralls?’</p> +<p>‘Wisely thou askest this,’ said Folk-might, ‘but +thereof shall I tell thee, that when a Dusky Carle mingles with a woman +of the Dale, the child which she beareth shall oftenest favour his race +and not hers; or else shall it be witless, a fool natural. But +as for the children of these poor thralls; yea, the masters cause them +to breed if so their masterships will, and when the children are born, +they keep them or slay them as they will, as they would with whelps +or calves. To be short, year by year these vile wretches grow +fiercer and more beastly, and their thralls more hapless and down-trodden; +and now at last is come the time either to do or to die, as ye men of +Burgdale shall speedily find out. But now must I go sleep if I +am to be where I look to be at sunrise to-morrow.’</p> +<p>Therewith he called for the sleeping-cup, and it was drunk, and all +men fared to bed. But the Sun-beam took Gold-mane’s hand +ere they parted, and said:</p> +<p>‘I shall arise betimes on the morrow; so I say not farewell +to-night; yea, and after to-morrow it shall not be long ere we meet +again.’</p> +<p>So Gold-mane lay down in that ancient hall, and it seemed to him +ere he slept as if his own kindred were slipping away from him and he +were becoming a child of the Wolf. ‘And yet,’ said +he to himself, ‘I am become a man; for my Friend, now she no longer +telleth me to do or forbear, and I tremble. Nay, rather she is +fain to take the word from me; and this great warrior and ripe man, +he talketh with me as if I were a chieftain meet for converse with chieftains. +Even so it is and shall be.’</p> +<p>And soon thereafter he fell asleep in the Hall in Shadowy Vale.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXI. FACE-OF-GOD LOOKETH ON THE DUSKY MEN</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>When he awoke again he saw a man standing over him, and knew him +for Wood-wise: he was clad in his war-gear, and had his quiver at his +back and his bow in his hand, for Wood-father’s children were +all good bowmen, though not so sure as Bow-may. He spake to Face-of-god:</p> +<p>‘Dawn is in the sky, Dalesman; there is yet time for thee to +wash the night off of thee in our bath of the Shivering Flood and to +put thy mouth to the milk-bowl; but time for nought else: for I and +Bow-may are appointed thy fellows for the road, and it were well that +we were back home speedily.’</p> +<p>So Face-of-god leapt up and went forth from the Hall, and Wood-wise +led to where was a pool in the river with steps cut down to it in the +rocky bank.</p> +<p>‘This,’ said Wood-wise, ‘is the Carle’s Bath; +but the Queen’s is lower down, where the water is wider and shallower +below the little mid-dale force.’</p> +<p>So Gold-mane stripped off his raiment and leapt into the ice-cold +pool; and they had brought his weapons and war-gear with them; so when +he came out he clad and armed himself for the road, and then turned +with Wood-wise toward the outgate of the Dale; and soon they saw two +men coming from lower down the water in such wise that they would presently +cross their path, and as yet it was little more than twilight, so that +they saw not at first who they were, but as they drew nearer they knew +them for the Sun-beam and Bow-may. The Sun-beam was clad but in +her white linen smock and blue gown as he had first seen her, her hair +was wet and dripping with the river, her face fresh and rosy: she carried +in her two hands a great bowl of milk, and stepped delicately, lest +she should spill it. But Bow-may was clad in her war-gear with +helm and byrny, and a quiver at her back, and a bended bow in her hand. +So they greeted each other kindly, and the Sun-beam gave the bowl to +Face-of-god and said:</p> +<p>‘Drink, guest, for thou hast a long and thirsty road before +thee.’</p> +<p>So Face-of-god drank, and gave her the bowl back again, and she smiled +on him and drank, and the others after her till the bowl was empty: +then Bow-may put her hand on Wood-wise’s shoulder, and they led +on toward the outgate, while those twain followed them hand in hand. +But the Sun-beam said:</p> +<p>‘This then is the new day I spoke of, and lo! it bringeth our +sundering with it; yet shall it be no longer than a day when all is +said, and new days shall follow after. And now, my friend, I shall +see thee no later than the April market; for doubt not that I shall +go thither with Folk-might, whether he will or not. Also as I +led thee out of the house when we last met, so shall I lead thee out +of the Dale to-day, and I will go with thee a little way on the waste; +and therefore am I shod this morning, as thou seest, for the ways on +the waste are rough. And now I bid thee have courage while my +hand holdeth thine. For afterwards I need not bid thee anything; +for thou wilt have enough to do when thou comest to thy Folk, and must +needs think more of warriors then than of maidens.’</p> +<p>He looked at her and longed for her, but said soberly: ‘Thou +art kind, O friend, and thinkest kindly of me ever. But methinks +it were not well done for thee to wend with me over a deal of the waste, +and come back by thyself alone, when ye have so many foemen nearby.’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ she said, ‘they be nought so near as that +yet, and I wot that Folk-might hath gone forth toward the north-west, +where he looketh to fall in with a company of the foemen. His +battle shall be a guard unto us.’</p> +<p>‘I pray thee turn back at the top of the outgate,’ said +he, ‘and be not venturesome. Thou wottest that the pitcher +is not broken the first time it goeth to the well, nor maybe the twentieth, +but at last it cometh not back.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘Nevertheless I shall have my will herein. +And it is but a little way I will wend with thee.’</p> +<p>Therewith were they come to the scree, and talk fell down between +them as they clomb it; but when they were in the darksome passage of +the rocks, and could scarce see one another, Face-of-god said:</p> +<p>‘Where then is another outgate from the Dale? Is it not +up the water?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, ‘and there is none other: at the +lower end the rocks rise sheer from out the water, and a little further +down is a great force thundering betwixt them; so that by no boat or +raft may ye come out of the Dale. But the outgate up the water +is called the Road of War, as this is named the Path of Peace. +But now are all ways ways of war.’</p> +<p>‘There is peace in my heart,’ said Gold-mane.</p> +<p>She answered not for a while, but pressed his hand, and he felt her +breath on his cheek; and even therewithal they came out of the dark, +and Gold-mane saw that her cheek was flushed; and now she spake:</p> +<p>‘One thing would I say to thee, my friend. Thou hast +seen me amongst men of war, amongst outlaws who seek violence; thou +hast heard me bid my brother to count the slain, and I shrinking not; +thou knowest (for I have told thee) how I have schemed and schemed for +victorious battle. Yet I would not have thee think of me as a +Chooser of the Slain, a warrior maiden, or as of one who hath no joy +save in the battle whereto she biddeth others. O friend, the many +peaceful hours that I have had on the grass down yonder, sitting with +my rock and spindle in hand, the children round about my knees hearkening +to some old story so well remembered by me! or the milking of the kine +in the dewy summer even, when all was still but for the voice of the +water and the cries of the happy children, and there round about me +were the dear and beauteous maidens with whom I had grown up, happy +amidst all our troubles, since their life was free and they knew no +guile. In such times my heart was at peace indeed, and it seemed +to me as if we had won all we needed; as if war and turmoil were over, +after they had brought about peace and good days for our little folk.</p> +<p>‘And as for the days that be, are they not as that rugged pass, +full of bitter winds and the voice of hurrying waters, that leadeth +yonder to Silver-dale, as thou hast divined? and there is nought good +in it save that the breath of life is therein, and that it leadeth to +pleasant places and the peace and plenty of the fair dale.’</p> +<p>‘Sweet friend,’ he said, ‘what thou sayest is better +than well: for time shall be, if we come alive out of this pass of battle +and bitter strife, when I shall lead thee into Burgdale to dwell there. +And thou wottest of our people that there is little strife and grudging +amongst them, and that they are merry, and fair to look on, both men +and women; and no man there lacketh what the earth may give us, and +it is a saying amongst us that there may a man have that which he desireth +save the sun and moon in his hands to play with: and of this gladness, +which is made up of many little matters, what story may be told? +Yet amongst it shall I live and thou with me; and ill indeed it were +if it wearied thee and thou wert ever longing for some day of victorious +strife, and to behold me coming back from battle high-raised on the +shields of men and crowned with bay; if thine ears must ever be tickled +with the talk of men and their songs concerning my warrior deeds. +For thus it shall not be. When I drive the herds it shall be at +the neighbours’ bidding whereso they will; not necks of men shall +I smite, but the stalks of the tall wheat, and the boles of the timber-trees +which the woodreeve hath marked for felling; the stilts of the plough +rather than the hilts of the sword shall harden my hands; my shafts +shall be for the deer, and my spears for the wood-boar, till war and +sorrow fall upon us, and I fight for the ceasing of war and trouble. +And though I be called a chief and of the blood of chiefs, yet shall +I not be masterful to the goodman of the Dale, but rather to my hound; +for my chieftainship shall be that I shall be well beloved and trusted, +and that no man shall grudge against me. Canst thou learn to love +such a life, which to me seemeth lovely? And thou? of whom I say +that thou art as if thou wert come down from the golden chairs of the +Burg of the Gods.’</p> +<p>They were well-nigh out of the steep path by now, and the daylight +was bright about them; there she stayed her feet a moment and turned +to him and said:</p> +<p>‘All this should I love even now, if the grief of our Folk +were but healed, and hereafter shall I learn yet more of thy well-beloved +face.’</p> +<p>Therewith she laid her face to his and kissed him fondly, and put +his hand to her side and held it there, saying: ‘Soon shall we +be one in body and in soul.’</p> +<p>And he laughed with joy and pride of life, and took her hand and +led her on again, and said:</p> +<p>‘Yet feel the cold rings of my hauberk, my friend; look at +the spears that cumber my hand, and at Dale-warden hanging by my side. +Thou shalt yet see me as the Slain’s Chooser would see her speech-friend; +for there is much to do ere we win wheat-harvest in Burgdale.’</p> +<p>Therewith they stepped together on to the level ground of the waste, +and saw Bow-may sitting on a stone hard by, and Wood-wise standing beside +her bending his bow. Bow-may smiled on Gold-mane and rose up, +and they all went on together, turning so that they went nearly alongside +the wall of the Vale, but westering a little; then the Sun-beam said:</p> +<p>‘Many a time have I trodden this heath alongside our rock-wall; +for if ye wend a little further as our faces are turned, ye come to +the crags over the place where the Shivering Flood goeth out of Shadowy +Vale. There when ye have clomb a little may’st thou stand +on the edge of the rock-wall, and look down and behold the Flood swirling +and eddying in the black gorge of the rocks, and see presently the reek +of the force go up, and hear the thunder of the waters as they pour +over it: and all this about us now is as the garden of our house - is +it not so, Bow-may?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said she, ‘and there are goodly cluster-berries +to be gotten hereabout in the autumn; many a time have the Sun-beam +and I reddened our lips with them. Yet is it best to be wary when +war is abroad and hot withal.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said the Sun-beam, ‘and all this place comes +into the story of our House: lo! Gold-mane, two score paces before +us a little on our right hand those five grey stones. They are +called the Rocks of the Elders: for there in the first days of our abiding +in Shadowy Vale the Elders were wont to come together to talk privily +upon our matters.’</p> +<p>Face-of-god looked thither as she spoke, but therewith saw Bow-may, +who went on the left hand of the Sun-beam, as Face-of-god on her right +hand, notch a shaft on her bent bow, and Wood-wise, who was on his right +hand, saw it also and did the like, and therewithal Face-of-god got +his target on to his arm, and even as he did so Bow-may cried out suddenly:</p> +<p>‘Yea, yea! Cast thyself on to the ground, Sun-beam! +Gold-mane, targe and spear, targe and spear! For I see steel gleaming +yonder out from behind the Elders’ Rocks.’</p> +<p>Scarce were the words out of her mouth ere three shafts came flying, +and the bow-strings twanged. Gold-mane felt that one smote his +helm and glanced from it. Therewithal he saw the Sun-beam fall +to earth, though he knew not if she had but cast herself down as Bow-may +bade. Bow-may’s string twanged at once, and a yell came +from the foemen: but Wood-wise loosed not, but set his hand to his mouth +and gave a loud wild cry - Ha! ha! ha! ha! How-ow-ow! - ending +in a long and exceeding great whoop like nought but the wolf’s +howl. Now Gold-mane thinking swiftly, in a moment of time, as +war-meet men do, judged that if the Sun-beam were hurt (and she had +made no cry), it were yet wiser to fall on the foe before turning to +tend her, or else all might be lost; so he rushed forward spear in hand +and target on arm, and saw, as he opened up the flank of the Elders’ +Rocks, six men, whereof one leaned aback on the rock with Bow-may’s +shaft in his shoulder, and two others were just in act of loosing at +him. In a moment, as he rushed at them, one shaft went whistling +by him, and the other glanced from off his target; he cast a spear as +he bounded on, and saw it smite one of the shooters full in the naked +face, and saw the blood spout out and change his face and the man roll +over, and then in another moment four men were hewing at him with their +short steel axes. He thrust out his target against them, and then +let the weight of his body come on his other spear, and drave it through +the second shooter’s throat, and even therewith was smitten on +the helm so hard that, though the Alderman’s work held out, he +fell to his knees, holding his target over his head and striving to +draw forth Dale-warden; in that nick of time a shaft whistled close +by his ear, and as he rose to his feet again he saw his foeman rolling +over and over, clutching at the ling with both hands. Then rang +out again the terrible wolf-whoop from Wood-wise’s mouth, and +both he and Bow-may loosed a shaft, for the two other foes had turned +their backs and were fleeing fast. Again Bow-may hit the clout, +and the Dusky Man fell dead at once, but Wood-wise’s arrow flew +over the felon’s shoulder as he ran. Then in a trice was +Gold-mane bounding after him like the hare just roused from her form; +for it came into his head that these felons had beheld them coming up +out of the Vale, and that if even this one man escaped, he would bring +his company down upon the Vale-dwellers.</p> +<p>Strong and light-foot as any was Face-of-god, and though he was cumbered +with his hauberk, yet was Iron-face’s handiwork far lighter than +the war-coat of the Dusky Man, and the race was soon over. The +felon turned breathless to meet Gold-mane, who drave his target against +him and cast him to earth, and as he strove to rise smote off his head +at one stroke; for Dale-warden was a good sword and the Dalesman as +fierce of mood as might be. There he let the felon lie, and, turning, +walked back swiftly toward the Elders’ Rocks, and found there +Wood-wise and the dead foemen, for the carle had slain the wounded, +and he was now drawing the silver arm-rings off the slain men; for all +these Dusky Felons bore silver arm-rings. But Bow-may was walking +towards the Sun-beam, and thitherward followed Gold-mane speedily.</p> +<p>He found her sitting on a tussock of grass close by where she had +fallen, her face pale, her eyes eager and gleaming; she looked up at +him as he drew nigher and said:</p> +<p>‘Friend, art thou hurt?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ he said, ‘and thou? Thou art pale.’</p> +<p>‘I am not hurt,’ she said. Then she smiled and +said again:</p> +<p>‘Did I not tell thee that I am no warrior like Bow-may here? +Such deeds make maidens pale.’</p> +<p>Said Bow-may: ‘If ye will have the truth, Gold-mane, she is +not wont to grow pale when battle is nigh her. Look you, she hath +had the gift of a new delight, and findeth it sweeter and softer than +she had any thought of; and now hath she feared lest it should be taken +from her.’</p> +<p>‘Bow-may saith but the sooth,’ said the Sun-beam simply, +‘and kind it is of her to say it. I saw thee, Bow-may, and +good was thy shooting, and I love thee for it.’</p> +<p>Said Bow-may: ‘I never shoot otherwise than well. But +those idle shooters of the Dusky Ones, whereabouts nigh to thee went +their shafts?’</p> +<p>Said the Sun-beam: ‘One just lifted the hair by my left ear, +and that was not so ill-aimed; as for the other, it pierced my raiment +by my right knee, and pinned me to the earth, so that I tottered and +fell, and my gown and smock are grievously wounded, both of them.’</p> +<p>And she took the folds of the garments in her hands to show the rents +therein; and her colour was come again, and she was glad.</p> +<p>‘What were best to do now?’ she said.</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Let us tarry a little; for some of thy carles +shall surely come up from the Vale: because they will have heard Wood-wise’s +whoop, since the wind sets that way.’</p> +<p>‘Yea, they will come,’ said the Sun-beam.</p> +<p>‘Good is that,’ said Face-of-god; ‘for they shall +take the dead felons and cast them where they be not seen if perchance +any more stray hereby. For if they wind them, they may well happen +on the path down to the Vale. Also, my friend, it were well if +thou wert to bid a good few of the carles that are in the Vale to keep +watch and ward about here, lest there be more foemen wandering about +the waste.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘Thou art wise in war, Gold-mane; I will do as thou +biddest me. But soothly this is a perilous thing that the Dusky +Men are gotten so close to the Vale.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘This will Folk-might look to when he cometh +home; and it is most like that he will deem it good to fall on them +somewhere a good way aloof, so as to draw them off from wandering over +the waste. Also I will do my best to busy them when I am home +in Burgdale.’</p> +<p>Therewith came up Wood-wise, and fell to talk with them; and his +mind it was that these foemen were but a band of strayers, and had had +no inkling of Shadowy Vale till they had heard them talking together +as they came up the path from the Vale, and that then they had made +that ambush behind the Elders’ Rocks, so that they might slay +the men, and then bear off the woman. He said withal that it would +be best to carry their corpses further on, so that they might be cast +over the cliffs into the fierce stream of the Shivering Flood.</p> +<p>Amidst this talk came up men from the Vale, a score of them, well +armed; and they ran to meet the wayfarers; and when they heard what +had befallen, they rejoiced exceedingly, and were above all glad that +Face-of-god had shown himself doughty and deft; and they deemed his +rede wise, to set a watch thereabouts till Folk-might came home, and +said that they would do even so.</p> +<p>Then spake the Sun-beam and said:</p> +<p>‘Now must ye wayfarers depart; for the road is but rough, and +the day not over-long.’</p> +<p>Then she turned to Face-of-god and put her hand on his shoulder, +and brought her face close to his and spake to him softly:</p> +<p>‘Doth this second parting seem at all strange to thee, and +that I am now so familiar to thee, I whom thou didst once deem to be +a very goddess? And now thou hast seen me redden before thine +eyes because of thee; and thou hast seen me grow pale with fear because +of thee; and thou hast felt my caresses which I might not refrain; even +as if I were altogether such a maiden as ye warriors hang about for +a nine days’ wonder, and then all is over save an aching heart +- wilt thou do so with me? Tell me, have I not belittled myself +before thee as if I asked thee to scorn me? For thus desire dealeth +both with maid and man.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘In all this there is but one thing for me to say, +and that is that I love thee; and surely none the less, but rather the +more, because thou lovest me, and art of my kind, and mayest share in +my deeds and think well of them. Now is my heart full of joy, +and one thing only weigheth on it; and that is that my kinswoman the +Bride begrudgeth our love together. For this is the thing that +of all things most misliketh me, that any should bear a grudge against +me.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘Forget not the token, and my message to her.’</p> +<p>‘I will not forget it,’ said he. ‘And now +I bid thee to kiss me even before all these that are looking on; for +there is nought to belittle us therein, since we be troth-plight.’</p> +<p>And indeed those folk stood all round about them gazing on them, +but a little aloof, that they might not hear their words if they were +minded to talk privily. For they had long loved the Sun-beam, +and now the love of Face-of-god had begun to spring up in their hearts.</p> +<p>So the twain embraced and kissed one another, and made no haste thereover; +and those men deemed that but meet and right, and clashed their weapons +on their shields in token of their joy.</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god turned about and strode out of the ring of men, +with Bow-may and Wood-wise beside him, and they went on their journey +over the necks towards Burgstead. But the Sun-beam turned slowly +from that place toward the Vale, and two of the stoutest carles went +along with her to guard her from harm, and she went down into the Vale +pondering all these things in her heart.</p> +<p>Then the other carles dragged off the corpses of the Dusky Men till +they had brought them to the sheer rocks above the Shivering Flood, +and there they tossed them over into the boiling caldron of the force, +and so departed taking with them the silver arm-rings of the slain to +add to the tale.</p> +<p>But when they came back into the Vale the Sun-beam duly ordered that +watch and ward to keep the ingate thereto, and note all that should +befall till Folk-might came home.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXII. FACE-OF-GOD COMETH HOME TO BURGSTEAD</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>But Face-of-god with Bow-may and Wood-wise fared over the waste, +going at first alongside the cliffs of the Shivering Flood, and then +afterwards turning somewhat to the west. They soon had to climb +a very high and steep bent going up to a mountain-neck; and the way +over the neck was rough indeed when they were on it, and they toiled +out of it into a barren valley, and out of the valley again on to a +rough neck; and such-like their journey the day long, for they were +going athwart all those great dykes that went from the ice-mountains +toward the lower dales like the outspread fingers of a hand or the roots +of a great tree. And the ice-mountains they had on their left +hands and whiles at their backs.</p> +<p>They went very warily, with their bows bended and spear in hand, +but saw no man, good or bad, and but few living things. At noon +they rested in a valley where was a stream, but no grass, nought but +stones and sand; but where they were at least sheltered from the wind, +which was mostly very great in these high wastes; and there Bow-may +drew meat and wine from a wallet she bore, and they ate and drank, and +were merry enough; and Bow-may said:</p> +<p>‘I would I were going all the way with thee, Gold-mane; for +I long sore to let my eyes rest a while on the land where I shall one +day live.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Face-of-god, ‘art thou minded to dwell +there? We shall be glad of that.’</p> +<p>‘Whither are thy wits straying?’ said she; ‘whether +I am minded to it or not, I shall dwell there.’</p> +<p>And Wood-wise nodded a yea to her. But Face-of-god said:</p> +<p>‘Good will be thy dwelling; but wherefore must it be so?’</p> +<p>Then Wood-wise laughed and said: ‘I shall tell thee in fewer +words than she will, and time presses now: Wood-father and Wood-mother, +and I and my two brethren and this woman have ever been about and anigh +the Sun-beam; and we deem that war and other troubles have made us of +closer kin to her than we were born, whether ye call it brotherhood +or what not, and never shall we sunder from her in life or in death. +So when thou goest to Burgdale with her, there shall we be.’</p> +<p>Then was Face-of-god glad when he found that they deemed his wedding +so settled and sure; but Wood-wise fell to making ready for the road. +And Face-of-god said to him:</p> +<p>‘Tell me one thing, Wood-wise; that whoop that thou gavest +forth when we were at handy-strokes e’en now - is it but a cry +of thine own or is it of thy Folk, and shall I hear it again?’</p> +<p>‘Thou may’st look to hear it many a time,’ said +Wood-wise, ‘for it is the cry of the Wolf. Seldom indeed +hath battle been joined where men of our blood are, but that cry is +given forth. Come now, to the road!’</p> +<p>So they went their ways and the road worsened upon them, and toilsome +was the climbing up steep bents and the scaling of doubtful paths in +the cliff-sides, so that the journey, though the distance of it were +not so long to the fowl flying, was much eked out for them, and it was +not till near nightfall that they came on the ghyll of the Weltering +Water some six miles above Burgstead. Forsooth Wood-wise said +that the way might be made less toilsome though far longer by turning +back eastward a little past the vale where they had rested at midday; +and that seemed good to Gold-mane, in case they should be wending hereafter +in a great company between Burgdale and Shadowy Vale.</p> +<p>But now those two went with Face-of-god down a path in the side of +the cliff whereby him-seemed he had gone before; and they came down +into the ghyll and sat down together on a stone by the water-side, and +Face-of-god spake to them kindly, for he deemed them good and trusty +faring-fellows.</p> +<p>‘Bow-may,’ said he, ‘thou saidst a while ago that +thou wouldst be fain to look on Burgdale; and indeed it is fair and +lovely, and ye may soon be in it if ye will. Ye shall both be +more than welcome to the house of my father, and heartily I bid you +thither. For night is on us, and the way back is long and toilsome +and beset with peril. Sister Bow-may, thou wottest that it would +be a sore grief to me if thou camest to any harm, and thou also, fellow +Wood-wise. Daylight is a good faring-fellow over the waste.’</p> +<p>Said Bow-may: ‘Thou art kind, Gold-mane, and that is thy wont, +I know; and fain were I to-night of the candles in thine hall. +But we may not tarry; for thou wottest how busy we be at home; and Sun-beam +needeth me, if it were only to make her sure that no Dusky Man is bearing +off thine head by its lovely locks. Neither shall we journey in +the mirk night; for look you, the moon yonder.’</p> +<p>‘Well,’ said Face-of-god, ‘parting is ill at the +best, and I would I could give you twain a gift, and especially to thee, +my sister Bow-may.’</p> +<p>Said Wood-wise: ‘Thou may’st well do that; or at least +promise the gift; and that is all one as if we held it in our hands.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Bow-may, ‘Wood-wise and I have been +thinking in one way belike; and I was at point to ask a gift of thee.’</p> +<p>‘What is it?’ said Gold-mane. ‘Surely it +is thine, if it were but a guerdon for thy good shooting.’</p> +<p>She laughed and handled the skirts of his hauberk as she said:</p> +<p>‘Show us the dint in thine helm that the steel axe made this +morning.’</p> +<p>‘There is no such great dint,’ said he; ‘my father +forged that helm, and his work is better than good.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Bow-may, ‘and might I have hauberk +and helm of his handiwork, and Wood-wise a good sword of the same, then +were I a glad woman, and this man a happy carle.’</p> +<p>Said Gold-mane: ‘I am well pleased at thine asking, and so +shall Iron-face be when he heareth of thine archery; and how that Hall-face +were now his only son but for thy close shooting. But now must +I to the way; for my heart tells me that there may have been tidings +in Burgstead this while I have been aloof.’</p> +<p>So they rose all three, and Bow-may said:</p> +<p>‘Thou art a kind brother, and soon shall we meet again; and +that will be well.’</p> +<p>Then he put his hands on her shoulders and kissed both her cheeks; +and he kissed Wood-wise, and turned and went his ways, threading the +stony tangle about the Weltering Water, which was now at middle height, +and running clear and strong; so turning once he beheld Wood-wise and +Bow-may climbing the path up the side of the ghyll, and Bow-may turned +to him also and waved her bow as token of farewell. Then he went +upon his way, which was rough enough to follow by night, though the +moon was shining brightly high aloft. Yet as he knew his road +he made but little of it all, and in somewhat more than an hour and +a half was come out of the pass into the broken ground at the head of +the Dale, and began to make his way speedily under the bright moonlight +toward the Gate, still going close by the water. But as he went +he heard of a sudden cries and rumour not far from him, unwonted in +that place, where none dwelt, and where the only folk he might look +to see were those who cast an angle into the pools and eddies of the +Water. Moreover, he saw about the place whence came the cries +torches moving swiftly hither and thither; so that he looked to hear +of new tidings, and stayed his feet and looked keenly about him on every +side; and just then, between his rough path and the shimmer of the dancing +moonlit water, he saw the moon smite on something gleaming; so, as quietly +as he could, he got his target on his arm, and shortened his spear in +his right hand, and then turned sharply toward that gleam. Even +therewith up sprang a man on his right hand, and then another in front +of him just betwixt him and the water; an axe gleamed bright in the +moon, and he caught a great stroke on his target, and therewith drave +his left shoulder straight forward, so that the man before him fell +over into the water with a mighty splash; for they were at the very +edge of the deepest eddy of the Water. Then he spun round on his +heel, heeding not that another stroke had fallen on his right shoulder, +yet ill-aimed, and not with the full edge, so that it ran down his byrny +and rent it not. So he sent the thrust of his spear crashing through +the face and skull of the smiter, and looked not to him as he fell, +but stood still, brandishing his spear and crying out, ‘For the +Burg and the Face! For the Burg and the Face!’</p> +<p>No other foe came against him, but like to the echo of his cry rose +a clear shout not far aloof, ‘For the Face, for the Face! +For the Burg and the Face!’ He muttered, ‘So ends +the day as it begun,’ and shouted loud again, ‘For the Burg +and the Face!’ And in a minute more came breaking forth +from the stone-heaps into the moonlit space before the water the tall +shapes of the men of Burgstead, the red torchlight and the moonlight +flashing back from their war-gear and weapons; for every man had his +sword or spear in hand.</p> +<p>Hall-face was the first of them, and he threw his arms about his +brother and said: ‘Well met, Gold-mane, though thou comest amongst +us like Stone-fist of the Mountain. Art thou hurt? With +whom hast thou dealt? Where be they? Whence comest thou?’</p> +<p>‘Nay, I am not hurt,’ said Face-of-god. ‘Stint +thy questions then, till thou hast told me whom thou seekest with spear +and sword and candle.’</p> +<p>‘Two felons were they,’ said Hall-face, ‘even such +as ye saw lying dead at Wood-grey’s the other day.’</p> +<p>‘Then may ye sheathe your swords and go home,’ said Gold-mane, +‘for one lieth at the bottom of the eddy, and the other, thy feet +are well-nigh treading on him, Hall-face.’</p> +<p>Then arose a rumour of praise and victory, and they brought the torches +nigh and looked at the fallen man, and found that he was stark dead; +so they even let him lie there till the morrow, and all turned about +toward the Thorp; and many looked on Face-of-god and wondered concerning +him, whence he was and what had befallen him. Indeed, they would +have asked him thereof, but could not get at him to ask; but whoso could, +went as nigh to Hall-face and him as they might, to hearken to the talk +between the brothers.</p> +<p>So as they went along Hall-face did verily ask him whence he came: +‘For was it not so,’ said he, ‘that thou didst enter +into the wood seeking some adventure early in the morning the day before +yesterday?’</p> +<p>‘Sooth is that,’ said Face-of-god, ‘and I came +to Shadowy Vale, and thence am I come this morning.’</p> +<p>Said Hall-face: ‘I know not Shadowy Vale, nor doth any of us. +This is a new word. How say ye, friends, doth any man here know +of Shadowy Vale?’</p> +<p>They all said, ‘Nay.’</p> +<p>Then said Hall-face: ‘Hast thou been amongst mere ghosts and +marvels, brother, or cometh this tale of thy minstrelsy?’</p> +<p>‘For all your words,’ said Gold-mane, ‘to that +Vale have I been; and, to speak shortly (for I desire to have your tale, +and am waiting for it), I will tell thee that I found there no marvels +or strange wights, but a folk of valiant men; a folk small in numbers, +but great of heart; a folk come, as we be, from the Fathers and the +Gods. And this, moreover, is to be said of them, that they are +the foes of these felons of whom ye were chasing these twain. +And these same Dusky Men of Silver-dale would slay them every man if +they might; and if we look not to it they will soon be doing the same +by us; for they are many, and as venomous as adders, as fierce as bears, +and as foul as swine. But these valiant men, who bear on their +banner the image of the Wolf, should be our fellows in arms, and they +have good will thereto; and they shall show us the way to Silver-dale +by blind paths, so that we may fall upon these felons while they dwell +there tormenting the poor people of the land, and thus may we destroy +them as lads a hornet’s nest. Or else the days shall be +hard for us.’</p> +<p>The men who hung about them drank in his words greedily. But +Hall-face was silent a little while, and then he said: ‘Brother +Gold-mane, these be great tidings. Time was when we might have +deemed them but a minstrel’s tale; for Silver-dale we know not, +of which thou speakest so glibly, nor the Dusky Men, any more than the +Shadowy Vale. Howbeit, things have befallen these two last days +so strange and new, that putting them together with the murder at Wood-grey’s, +and thy words which seem somewhat wild, it may well seem to us that +tidings unlooked for are coming our way.’</p> +<p>‘Come, then,’ said Face-of-god, ‘give me what thou +hast in thy scrip, and trust me, I shall not jeer at thy tale.’</p> +<p>Said Hall-face: ‘I also will be short with the tale; and that +the more, as meseemeth it is not yet done, and that thou thyself shalt +share in the ending of it. It was the day before yesterday, that +is the day when thou departedst into the woods on that adventure whereof +thou shalt one day tell me more, wilt thou not?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, in good time,’ said Face-of-god.</p> +<p>‘Well,’ quoth Hall-face, ‘we went into the woods +that day and in the morning, but after sunrise, to the number of a score: +we looked to meet a bear and a she-bear with cubs in a certain place; +for one of the Woodlanders, a keen hunter, had told us of their lair. +Also we were wishful to slay some of the wild-swine, the yearlings, +if we might. Therefore, though we had no helms or shields or coats +of fence, we had bowshot a plenty, and good store of casting-weapons, +besides our wood-knives and an axe or so; and some of us, of whom I +was one, bore our battle-swords, as we are wont ever to do, be the foe +beast or man.</p> +<p>‘Thus armed we went up Wildlake’s Way and came to Carlstead, +where half-a-score Woodlanders joined themselves to us, so that we became +a band. We went up the half-cleared places past Carlstead for +a mile, and then turned east into the wood, and went I know not how +far, for the Woodlanders led us by crooked paths, but two hours wore +away in our going, till we came to the place where they looked to find +the bears. It is a place that may well be noted, for it is unlike +the wood round about. There is a close thicket some two furlongs +about of thorn and briar and ill-grown ash and oak and other trees, +planted by the birds belike; and it stands as it were in an island amidst +of a wide-spreading woodlawn of fine turf, set about in the most goodly +fashion with great tall straight-boled oak-trees, that seem to have +been planted of set purpose by man’s hand. Yea, dost thou +know the place?’</p> +<p>‘Methinks I do,’ said Gold-mane, ‘and I seem to +have heard the Woodlanders give it a name and call it Boars-bait.’</p> +<p>‘That may be,’ said Hall-face. ‘Well, there +we were, the dogs and the men, and we drew nigh the thicket and beset +it, and doubted not to find prey therein: but when we would set the +dogs at the thicket to enter it, they were uneasy, and would not take +up the slot, but growled and turned about this way and that, so that +we deemed that they winded some fierce beast at our flanks or backs.</p> +<p>‘Even so it was, and fierce enough and deadly was the beast; +for suddenly we heard bow-strings twang, and shafts came flying; and +Iron-shield of the Upper Dale, who was close beside me, leapt up into +the air and fell down dead with an arrow through his back. Then +I bethought me in the twinkling of an eye, and I cried out, “The +foe are on us! take the cover of the tree-boles and be wary! For +the Burg and the Face! For the Burg and the Face!”</p> +<p>‘So we scattered and covered ourselves with the oak-boles, +but besides Iron-shield, who was slain outright, two goodmen were sorely +hurt, to wit Bald-face, a man of our house, and Stonyford of the Lower +Dale.</p> +<p>‘I looked from behind my tree-bole, a great one; and far off +down the glades I saw men moving, clad in gay raiment; but nearer to +me, not a hundred yards from my cover, I saw an arm clad in scarlet +come out from behind a tree-bole, so I loosed at it, and missed not; +for straight there tottered out from behind the tree one of those dusky +foul-favoured men like to those that were slain by Wood-grey. +I had another shaft ready notched, so I loosed and set the shaft in +his throat, and he fell.</p> +<p>‘Straightway was a yelling and howling about us like the cries +of scalded curs, and the oak-wood swarmed thick with these felons rushing +on us; for it seems that the man whom I had slain was a chief amongst +them, or we judged so by his goodly raiment.</p> +<p>‘Methought then our last day was come. What could we +do but run together again after we had loosed at a venture, and so withstand +them sword and spear in hand? Some fell beneath our shot, but +not many, for they came on very swiftly.</p> +<p>‘So they fell on us; but for all their fierceness and their +numbers they might not break our array, and we slew four and hurt many +by sword-hewing and spear-casting and push of spear; and five of us +were hurt and one slain by their dart-casting. So they drew off +from us a little, and strove to spread out and fall to shooting at us +again; but this we would not suffer, but pushed on as they fell back, +keeping as close together as we might for the trees. For we said +that we would all die together if needs must; and verily the stour was +hard.</p> +<p>‘Yet hearken! In that nick of time rose up a strange +cry not far from us, Ha! ha! ha! ha! How-ow-ow! ending like the +howl of a wolf, and then another and another and another, till the whole +wood rang again.</p> +<p>‘At first we deemed that here were come fresh foemen, and that +we were undone indeed; but when they heard it, the foe-men before us +faltered and gave way, and at last turned their backs and fled, and +we followed, keeping well together still: thereby the more part of these +men escaped us, for they fled wildly here and there from those who bore +that cry with them; so we knew that our work was being done for us; +therefore we stood, and saw tall men clad in sheep-brown weed running +through the glades pursuing those felons and smiting them down, till +both fleers and pursuers passed out of our sight like men in a dream, +or as when ye roll up a pictured cloth to lay it in the coffer.</p> +<p>‘But to Stone-face’s mind those brown-clad men were the +Wights of the Wood that be of the Fathers’ blood, and our very +friends; and when some of us would yet have gone forward and foregathered +with them, and followed the chase along with them, Stone-face gainsaid +it, bidding us not to run into the arms of a second death, when we had +but just escaped from the first. Sooth to say, moreover, we had +divers hurt men that needed looking to.</p> +<p>‘So what with one thing, what with another, we turned back: +but War-cliff’s brother, a tall man, had felled two of those felons +with an oak sapling which he had torn from the thicket; but he had not +slain them, and by now they were just awakening from their swoon, and +were sitting up looking round them with fierce rolling eyes, expecting +the stroke, for Raven of Longscree was standing over them with a naked +war-sword in his hand. But now that our blood was cool, we were +loth to slay them as they lay in our hands; so we bound them and brought +them away with us; and our own dead we carried also on such biers as +we might lightly make there, and with them three that were so grievously +hurt that they might not go afoot, these we left at Carlstead: they +were Tardy the Son of the Untamed, and Swan of Bull-meadow, both of +the Lower Dale, and a Woodlander, Undoomed to wit. But the dead +were Iron-shield aforesaid, and Wool-sark, and the Hewer, a Woodlander.</p> +<p>‘So came we sadly at eventide to Burgstead with the two dead +Burgdalers, and the captive felons, and the wounded of us that might +go afoot; and ye may judge that they of Burgdale and our father deemed +these tidings great enough, and wotted not what next should befall. +Stone-face would have had those two felons slain there and then; for +no true tale could we get out of them, nor indeed any word at all. +But the Alderman would not have it so; and he deemed they might serve +our turn as hostages if any of our folk should be taken: for one and +all we deemed, and still deem, that war is on us and that new folk have +gathered on our skirts.</p> +<p>‘So the captives were shut up in the red out-bower of our house; +and our father was minded that thou mightest tell us somewhat of them +when thou wert come home. But about dusk to-day the word went +that they had broken out and gotten them weapons and fled up the Dale; +and so it was.</p> +<p>‘But to-morrow morning will a Gate-thing be holden, and there +it will be looked for of thee that thou tell us a true tale of thy goings. +For it is deemed, and it is my deeming especially, that thou may’st +tell us more of these men than thou hast yet told us. Is it not +so?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, surely,’ said Gold-mane, ‘I can make as many +words as ye will about it; yet when all is said, it will come to much +the same tale as I have already told thee. Yet belike, if ye are +minded to take up the sword to defend you, I may tell you in what wise +to lay hold on the hilts.’</p> +<p>‘And that is well,’ said Hall-face, ‘and no less +do I look for of thee. But lo! here are we come to the Gate of +the Burg that abideth battle.’</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXIII. TALK IN THE HALL OF THE HOUSE OF THE FACE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>In sooth they were come to the very Gate of Burgstead, and the great +gates were shut, and only a wicket was open, and a half score of stout +men in all their war-gear were holding ward thereby. They gave +place to Hall-face and his company, albeit some of the warders followed +them through the wicket that they might hear the story told.</p> +<p>The street was full of folk, both men and women, talking together +eagerly concerning all these tidings, and when they saw the men of the +Hue-and-cry they came thronging about them, so that they might scarce +get to the door of the House of the Face because of the press; so Hall-face +(who was a very tall man) cried out:</p> +<p>‘Good people, all is well! the runaways are slain, and Face-of-god +is come back with us; give place a little, that we may come into our +house.’</p> +<p>Then the throng set up a shout, and made way a little, so that Hall-face +and Gold-mane and the others could get to the door. And they entered +into the Hall, and saw much folk therein; and men were sitting at table, +for supper was not yet over. But when they saw the new-comers +they mostly rose up from the board and stood silent to hear the tale, +for they had been talking many together each to each, so that the Hall +was full of confused noise.</p> +<p>So Hall-face again cried out: ‘Men in this hall, good is the +tidings. The runaways are slain; and it was Face-of-god who slew +them as he came back safe from the waste.’</p> +<p>Then they shouted for joy, and the brethren and Stone-face with them +(for he had entered with them from the street) went up on to the daïs, +while the others of the Hue-and-cry gat them seats where they might +at the endlong tables.</p> +<p>But when Face-of-god came up on to the daïs, there sat Iron-face +looking down on the thronged Hall with a ruddy cheerful countenance, +and beside him sat the Bride; for he had caused her to be brought thither +when he had heard of the tidings of battle. She was daintily clad +in a flame-coloured kirtle embroidered with gold about the bosom and +sleeves, and there was a fillet of golden roses on her ruddy hair. +Her eyes shone bright and eager, and the pommels of her cheeks were +flushed and red contrary to their wont. Needs must Gold-mane sit +by her, and when he came close to her he knew not what to do, but he +put forth his hand to her, yet with a troubled countenance; for he feared +her grief mingled with her beauty: as for her, she wavered in her mind +whether she should forbear to touch him or not; but she saw that men +about were looking at them, and especially was Iron-face looking on +her: therefore she stood up and took Gold-mane’s hand and kissed +his face as she had been wont to do, and by then was her face as white +as paper; and her anguish pierced his heart, so that he well-nigh groaned +for grief of her. But Iron-face looked on her and said kindly:</p> +<p>‘Kinswoman, thou art pale; thou hast feared for thy mate amidst +all these tidings of war, and still fearest for him. But pluck +up a heart; for the man is a deft warrior for all his fair face, which +thou lovest as a woman should, and his hands may yet save his head. +And if he be slain, yet are there other men of the kindred, and the +earth will not be a desert to thee even then.’</p> +<p>She looked at Iron-face, and the colour was come back to her face +somewhat, and she said:</p> +<p>‘It is true; I have feared for him; for he goeth into perilous +places. But for thee, thou art kind, and I thank thee for it.’</p> +<p>And therewith she kissed Iron-face and sat down in her place, and +strove to overmaster her grief, that her face might not be changed by +it; for now were thoughts of battle, and valiant hopes arising in men’s +hearts; and it seemed to her too grievous if she should mar that feast +on the eve of battle.</p> +<p>But Iron-face kissed and embraced his son and said: ‘Art thou +late come from the waste? Hast thou seen new things? We +look to have a notable tale from thee; though here also have been tidings, +and it is not unlike that we shall presently have new work on our hands.’</p> +<p>‘Father,’ quoth Face-of-god, ‘I deem that when +thou hast heard my tale thou wilt think no less of it than that there +are valiant folk to be holpen, poor folk to be delivered, and evil folk +to be swept from off the face of the earth.’</p> +<p>‘It is well, son,’ said Iron-face. ‘I see +that thy tale is long; let it alone for to-night. To-morrow shall +we hold a Gate-thing, and then shall we hear all that thou hast to tell. +Now eat thy meat and drink a bowl of wine, and comfort thy troth-plight +maiden.’</p> +<p>So Gold-mane sat down by the Bride, and ate and drank as he needs +must; but he was ill at ease and he durst not speak to her. For, +on the one hand, he thought concerning his love for the Sun-beam, and +how sweet and good a thing it was that she should take him by the hand +and lead him into noble deeds and great fame, caressing him so softly +and sweetly the while; and, on the other hand, there sat the Bride beside +him, sorrowful and angry, begrudging all that sweetness of love, as +though it were something foul and unseemly; and heavy on him lay the +weight of that grudge, for he was a man of a friendly heart.</p> +<p>Stone-face sat outward from him on the other side of the Bride; and +he leaned across her towards Gold-mane and said:</p> +<p>‘Fair shall be thy tale to-morrow, if thou tellest us all thine +adventure. Or wilt thou tell us less than all?’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘In good time shalt thou know it all, foster-father; +but it is not unlike that by the time that thou hast heard it, there +shall be so many other things to tell of, that my tale shall seem of +little account to thee - even as the saw saith that one nail driveth +out the other.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Stone-face, ‘but one tale belike shall +be knit up with the others, as it fareth with the figures that come +one after other on the weaver’s cloth; though one maketh not the +other, yet one cometh of the other.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Wise art thou now, foster-father, but thou +shalt be wiser yet in this matter by then a month hath worn: and to-morrow +shalt thou know enough to set thine hands a-work.’</p> +<p>So the talk fell between them; and the night wore, and the men of +Burgdale feasted in their ancient hall with merry hearts, little weighed +down by thought of the battle that might be and the trouble to come; +for they were valorous and kindly folk.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXIV. FACE-OF-GOD GIVETH THAT TOKEN TO THE BRIDE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now on the morrow, when Face-of-god arose and other men with him, +and the Hall was astir and there was no little throng therein, the Bride +came up to him; for she had slept in the House of the Face by the bidding +of the Alderman; and she spake to him before all men, and bade him come +forth with her into the garden, because she would speak to him apart. +He yeasaid her, though with a heavy heart; and to the folk about that +seemed meet and due, since those twain were deemed to be troth-plight, +and they smiled kindly on them as they went out of the Hall together.</p> +<p>So they came into the garden, where the pear-trees were blossoming +over the spring lilies, and the cherries were showering their flowers +on the deep green grass, and everything smelled sweetly on the warm +windless spring morning.</p> +<p>She led the way, going before him till they came by a smooth grass +path between the berry bushes, to a square space of grass about which +were barberry trees, their first tender leaves bright green in the sun +against the dry yellowish twigs. There was a sundial amidmost +of the grass, and betwixt the garden-boughs one could see the long grey +roof of the ancient hall; and sweet familiar sounds of the nesting birds +and men and women going on their errands were all about in the scented +air. She turned about at the sundial and faced Face-of-god, her +hand lightly laid on the scored brass, and spake with no anger in her +voice:</p> +<p>‘I ask thee if thou hast brought me the token whereon thou +shalt swear to give me that gift.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said he; and therewith drew the ring from his +bosom, and held it out to her. She reached out her hand to him +slowly and took it, and their fingers met as she did so, and he noted +that her hand was warm and firm and wholesome as he well remembered +it.</p> +<p>She said: ‘Whence hadst thou this fair finger-ring?’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘My friend there in the mountain-valley drew +it from off her finger for thee, and bade me bear thee a message.’</p> +<p>Her face flushed red: ‘Yea,’ she said, ‘and doth +she send me a message? Then doth she know of me, and ye have talked +of me together. Well, give the message!’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘She saith, that thou shalt bear in mind, +That to-morrow is a new day.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, ‘for her it is so, and for thee; +but not for me. But now I have brought thee here that thou mightest +swear thine oath to me; lay thine hand on this ring and on this brazen +plate whereby the sun measures the hours of the day for happy folk, +and swear by the spring-tide of the year and all glad things that find +a mate, and by the God of the Earth that rejoiceth in the life of man.’</p> +<p>Then he laid his hand on the finger-ring as it lay on the dial-plate +and said:</p> +<p>‘By the spring-tide and the live things that long to multiply +their kind; by the God of the Earth that rejoiceth in the life of man, +I swear to give to my kinswoman the Bride the second man-child that +I beget; to be hers, to leave or cherish, to love or hate, as her will +may bid her.’ Then he looked on her soberly and said: ‘It +is duly sworn; is it enough?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said; but he saw how the tears ran out of +her eyes and wetted the bosom of her kirtle, and she hung her head for +shame of her grief. And Gold-mane was all abashed, and had no +word to say; for he knew that no word of his might comfort her; and +he deemed it ill done to stay there and behold her sorrow; and he knew +not how to get him gone, and be glad elsewhere, and leave her alone.</p> +<p>Then, as if she had read his thought, she looked up at him and said +smiling a little amidst of her tears:</p> +<p>‘I bid thee stay by me till the flood is over; for I have yet +a word to say to thee.’</p> +<p>So he stood there gazing down on the grass in his turn, and not daring +to raise his eyes to her face, and the minutes seemed long to him: till +at last she said in a voice scarcely yet clear of weeping:</p> +<p>‘Wilt thou say anything to me, and tell me what thou hast done, +and why, and what thou deemest will come of it?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘I will tell the truth as I know it, because thou +askest it of me, and not because I would excuse myself before thee. +What have I done? Yesterday I plighted my troth to wed the woman +that I met last autumn in the wood. And why? I wot not why, +but that I longed for her. Yet I must tell thee that it seemed +to me, and yet seemeth, that I might do no otherwise - that there was +nothing else in the world for me to do. What do I deem will come +of it, sayest thou? This, that we shall be happy together, she +and I, till the day of our death.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘And even so long shall I be sorry: so far are we +sundered now. Alas! who looked for it? And whither shall +I turn to now?’</p> +<p>Said Gold-mane: ‘She bade me tell thee that to-morrow is a +new day: meseemeth I know her meaning.’</p> +<p>‘No word of hers hath any meaning to me,’ said the Bride.</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said he, ‘but hast thou not heard these +rumours of war that are in the Dale? Shall not these things avail +thee? Much may grow out of them; and thou with the mighty heart, +so faithful and compassionate!’</p> +<p>She said: ‘What sayest thou? What may grow out of them? +Yea, I have heard those rumours as a man sick to death heareth men talk +of their business down in the street while he lieth on his bed; and +already he hath done with it all, and hath no world to mend or mar. +For me nought shall grow out of it. What meanest thou?’</p> +<p>Said Gold-mane: ‘Is there nought in the fellowship of Folks, +and the aiding of the valiant, and the deliverance of the hapless?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ she said, ‘there is nought to me. +I cannot think of it to-day nor yet to-morrow belike. Yet true +it is that I may mingle in it, though thinking nought of it. But +this shall not avail me.’</p> +<p>She was silent a little, but presently spake and said: ‘Thou +sayest right; it is not thou that hast done this, but the woman who +sent me the ring and the message of an old saw. O that she should +be born to sunder us! How hath it befallen that I am now so little +to thee and she so much?’</p> +<p>And again she was silent; and after a while Face-of-god spake kindly +and softly and said: ‘Kinswoman, wilt thou for ever begrudge our +love? this grudge lieth heavy on my soul, and it is I alone that have +to bear it.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘This is but a light burden for thee to bear, when +thou hast nought else to bear! But do I begrudge thee thy love, +Gold-mane? I know not that. Rather meseemeth I do not believe +in it - nor shall do ever.’</p> +<p>Then she held her peace a long while, nor did he speak one word: +and they were so still, that a robin came hopping about them, close +to the hem of her kirtle, and a starling pitched in the apple-tree hard +by and whistled and chuckled, turning about and about, heeding them +nought. Then at last she lifted up her face from looking on the +grass and said: ‘These are idle words and avail nothing: one thing +only I know, that we are sundered. And now it repenteth me that +I have shown thee my tears and my grief and my sickness of the earth +and those that dwell thereon. I am ashamed of it, as if thou hadst +smitten me, and I had come and shown thee the stripes, and said, See +what thou hast done! hast thou no pity? Yea, thou pitiest me, +and wilt try to forget thy pity. Belike thou art right when thou +sayest, To-morrow is a new day; belike matters will arise that will +call me back to life, and I shall once more take heed of the joy and +sorrow of my people. Nay, it is most like that this I shall feign +to do even now. But if to-morrow be a new day, it is to-day now +and not to-morrow, and so shall it be for long. Hereof belike +we shall talk no more, thou and I. For as the days wear, the dealings +between us shall be that thou shalt but get thee away from my life, +and I shall be nought to thee but the name of a kinswoman. Thus +should it be even wert thou to strive to make it otherwise; and thou +shalt <i>not</i> strive. So let all this be; for this is not the +word I had to say to thee. But hearken! now are we sundered, and +it irketh me beyond measure that folk know it not, and are kind, and +rejoice in our love, and deem it a happy thing for the folk; and this +burden I may bear no longer. So I shall declare unto men that +I will not wed thee; and belike they may wonder why it is, till they +see thee wedded to the Woman of the Mountain. Art thou content +that so it shall be?’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Nay, thou shalt not take this all upon thyself; +I also shall declare unto the Folk that I will wed none but her, the +Mountain-Woman.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘This shalt thou not do; I forbid it thee. +And I <i>will</i> take it all upon myself. Shall I have it said +of me that I am unmeet to wed thee, and that thou hast found me out +at last and at latest? I lay this upon thee, that wheresoever +I declare this and whatsoever I may say, thou shalt hold thy peace. +This at least thou may’st do for me. Wilt thou?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ he said, ‘though it shall put me to shame.’</p> +<p>Again she was silent for a little; then she said:</p> +<p>‘O Gold-mane, this would I take upon myself not soothly for +any shame of seeming to be thy cast-off; but because it is I who needs +must bear all the sorrow of our sundering; and I have the will to bear +it greater and heavier, that I may be as the women of old time, and +they that have come from the Gods, lest I belittle my life with malice +and spite and confusion, and it become poisonous to me. Be at +peace! be at peace! And leave all to the wearing of the years; +and forget not that which thou hast sworn!’</p> +<p>Therewith she turned and went from that green place toward the House +of the Face, walking slowly through the garden amongst the sweet odours, +beneath the fair blossoms, a body most dainty and beauteous of fashion, +but the casket of grievous sorrow, which all that goodliness availed +not.</p> +<p>But Face-of-god lingered in that place a little, and for that little +while the joy of his life was dulled and overworn; and the days before +his wandering on the mountain seemed to him free and careless and happy +days that he could not but regret. He was ashamed, moreover, that +this so unquenchable grief should come but of him, and the pleasure +of his life, which he himself had found out for himself, and which was +but such a little portion of the Earth and the deeds thereof. +But presently his thought wandered from all this, and as he turned away +from the sundial and went his ways through the garden, he called to +mind his longing for the day of the spring market, when he should see +the Sun-beam again and be cherished by the sweetness of her love.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXV. OF THE GATE-THING AT BURGSTEAD</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>But now must he hasten, for the Gate-thing was to be holden two hours +before noon; so he betook him speedily to the Hall, and took his shield +and did on a goodly helm and girt his sword to his side, for men must +needs go to all folk-motes with their weapons and clad in war-gear. +Thus he went forth to the Gate with many others, and there already were +many folk assembled in the space aforesaid betwixt the Gate of the Burg +and the sheer rocks on the face of which were the steps that led up +to the ancient Tower on the height. The Alderman was sitting on +the great stone by the Gate-side which was his appointed place, and +beside him on the stone bench were the six Wardens of the Burg; but +of the six Wardens of the Dale there were but three, for the others +had not yet heard tell of the battle or had got the summons to the Thing, +since they had been about their business down the Dale.</p> +<p>Face-of-god took his place silently amongst the neighbours, but men +made way for him, so that he must needs stand in front, facing his father +and the Wardens; and there went up a murmur of expectation round about +him, both because the word had gone about that he had a tale of new +tidings to tell, and also because men deemed him their best and handiest +man, though he was yet so young.</p> +<p>Now the Alderman looked around and beheld a great throng gathered +together, and he looked on the shadow of the Gate which the southering +sun was casting on the hard white ground of the Thing-stead, and he +saw that it had just taken in the standing-stone which was in the midst +of the place. On the face of the said stone was carven the image +of a fighting man with shield on arm and axe in hand; for it had been +set there in old time in memory of the man who had bidden the Folk build +the Gate and its wall, and had showed them how to fashion it: for he +was a deft house-smith as well as a great warrior; and his name was +Iron-hand. So when the Alderman saw that this stone was wholly +within the shadow of the Gate he knew that it was the due time for the +hallowing-in of the Thing. So he bade one of the wardens who sat +beside him and had a great slug-horn slung about him, to rise and set +the horn to his mouth.</p> +<p>So that man arose and blew three great blasts that went bellowing +about the towers and down the street, and beat back again from the face +of the sheer rocks and up them and over into the wild-wood; and the +sound of it went on the light west-wind along the lips of the Dale toward +the mountain wastes. And many a goodman, when he heard the voice +of the horn in the bright spring morning, left spade or axe or plough-stilts, +or the foddering of the ewes and their younglings, and turned back home +to fetch his sword and helm and hasten to the Thing, though he knew +not why it was summoned: and women wending over the meadows, who had +not yet heard of the battle in the wood, hearkened and stood still on +the green grass or amidst the ripples of the ford, and the threat of +coming trouble smote heavy on their hearts, for they knew that great +tidings must be towards if a Thing must needs be summoned so close to +the Great Folk-mote.</p> +<p>But now the Alderman stood up and spake amidst the silence that followed +the last echoes of the horn:</p> +<p>‘Now is hallowed in this Gate-thing of the Burgstead Men and +the Men of the Dale, wherein they shall take counsel concerning matters +late befallen, that press hard upon them. Let no man break the +peace of the Holy Thing, lest he become a man accursed in holy places +from the plain up to the mountain, and from the mountain down to the +plain; a man not to be cherished of any man of good will, not be holpen +with victuals or edge-tool or draught-beast; a man to be sheltered under +no roof-tree, and warmed at no hearth of man: so help us the Warrior +and the God of the Earth, and Him of the Face, and all the Fathers!’</p> +<p>When he had spoken men clashed their weapons in token of assent; +and he sat down again, and there was silence for a space. But +presently came thrusting forward a goodman of the Dale, who seemed as +if he had come hurriedly to the Thing; for his face was running down +with sweat, his wide-rimmed iron cap sat awry over his brow, and he +was girt with a rusty sword without a scabbard, and the girdle was ill-braced +up about his loins. So he said:</p> +<p>‘I am Red-coat of Waterless of the Lower Dale. Early +this morning as I was going afield I met on the way a man akin to me, +Fox of Upton to wit, and he told me that men were being summoned to +a Gate-thing. So I turned back home, and caught up any weapon +that came handy, and here I am, Alderman, asking thee of the tidings +which hath driven thee to call this Thing so hard on the Great Folk-mote, +for I know them nothing so.’</p> +<p>Then stood up Iron-face the Alderman and said: ‘This is well +asked, and soon shall ye be as wise as I am on this matter. Know +ye, O men of Burgstead and the Dale, that we had not called this Gate-thing +so hard on the Great Folk-mote had not great need been to look into +troublous matters. Long have ye dwelt in peace, and it is years +on years now since any foeman hath fallen on the Dale: but, as ye will +bear in mind, last autumn were there ransackings in the Dale and amidst +of the Shepherds after the manner of deeds of war; and it troubleth +us that none can say who wrought these ill deeds. Next, but a +little while agone, was Wood-grey, a valiant goodman of the Woodlanders, +slain close to his own door by evil men. These men we took at +first for mere gangrel felons and outcasts from their own folk: though +there were some who spoke against that from the beginning.</p> +<p>‘But thirdly are new tidings again: for three days ago, while +some of the folk were hunting peaceably in the Wild-wood and thinking +no evil, they were fallen upon of set purpose by a host of men-at-arms, +and nought would serve but mere battle for dear life, so that many of +our neighbours were hurt, and three slain outright; and now mark this, +that those who there fell upon our folk were clad and armed even as +the two felons that slew Wood-grey, and moreover were like them in aspect +of body. Now stand forth Hall-face my son, and answer to my questions +in a loud voice, so that all may hear thee.’</p> +<p>So Hall-face stood forth, clad in gleaming war-gear, with an axe +over his shoulder, and seemed a doughty warrior. And Iron-face +said to him:</p> +<p>‘Tell me, son, those whom ye met in the wood, and of whom ye +brought home two captives, how much like were they to the murder-carles +at Wood-grey’s?’</p> +<p>Said Hall-face: ‘As like as peas out of the same cod, and to +our eyes all those whom we saw in the wood might have been sons of one +father and one mother, so much alike were they.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said the Alderman; ‘now tell me how many +by thy deeming fell upon you in the wood?’</p> +<p>Said Hall-face: ‘We deemed that if they were any less than +threescore, they were little less.’</p> +<p>‘Great was the odds,’ said the Alderman. ‘Or +how many were ye?’</p> +<p>‘One score and seven,’ said Hall-face.</p> +<p>Said the Alderman: ‘And yet ye escaped with life all save those +three?’</p> +<p>Hall-face said: ‘I deem that scarce one should have come back +alive, had it not been that as we fought came a noise like the howling +of wolves, and thereat the foemen turned and fled, and there followed +on the fleers tall men clad in sheep-brown raiment, who smote them down +as they fled.’</p> +<p>‘Here then is the story, neighbours,’ said the Alderman, +‘and ye may see thereby that if those slayers of Wood-grey were +outcast, their band is a great one; but it seemeth rather that they +were men of a folk whose craft it is to rob with the armed hand, and +to slay the robbed; and that they are now gathering on our borders for +war. Yet, moreover, they have foemen in the woods who should be +fellows-in-arms of us. How sayest thou, Stone-face? Thou +art old, and hast seen many wars in the Dale, and knowest the Wild-wood +to its innermost.</p> +<p>‘Alderman,’ said Stone-face, ‘and ye neighbours +of the Dale, maybe these foes whom ye have met are not of the race of +man, but are trolls and wood-wights. Now if they be trolls it +is ill, for then is the world growing worser, and the wood shall be +right perilous for those who needs must fare therein. Yet if they +be men it is a worse matter; for the trolls would not come out of the +waste into the sunlight of the Dale. But these foes, if they be +men, are lusting after our fair Dale to eat it up, and it is most like +that they are gathering a huge host to fall upon us at home. Such +things I have heard of when I was young, and the aspect of the evil +men who overran the kindreds of old time, according to all tales and +lays that I have heard, is even such as the aspect of those whom we +have seen of late. As to those wolves who saved the neighbours +and chased their foemen, there is one here who belike knoweth more of +all this than we do, and that, O Alderman, is thy son whom I have fostered, +Face-of-god to wit. Bid him answer to thy questioning, and tell +us what he hath seen and heard of late; then shall we verily know the +whole story as far as it can be known.’</p> +<p>Then men pressed round, and were eager to hear what Face-of-god would +be saying. But or ever the Alderman could begin to question him, +the throng was cloven by new-comers, and these were the men who had +been sent to bring home the corpses of the Dusky Men: so they had cast +loaded hooks into the Weltering Water, and had dragged up him whom Face-of-god +had shoved into the eddy, and who had sunk like a stone just where he +fell, and now they were bringing him on a bier along with him who had +been slain a-land. They were set down in the place before the +Alderman, and men who had not seen them before looked eagerly on them +that they might behold the aspect of their foemen; and nought lovely +were they to look on; for the drowned man was already bleached and swollen +with the water, and the other, his face was all wryed and twisted with +that spear-thrust in the mouth.</p> +<p>Then the Alderman said: ‘I would question my son Face-of-god. +Let him stand forth!’</p> +<p>And therewith he smiled merrily in his son’s face, for he was +standing right in front of him; and he said:</p> +<p>‘Ask of me, Alderman, and I will answer.’</p> +<p>‘Kinsman,’ said Iron-face, ‘look at these two dead +men, and tell me, if thou hast seen any such besides those two murder-carles +who were slain at Carlstead; or if thou knowest aught of their folk?’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Yesterday I saw six others like to these +both in array and of body, and three of them I slew, for we were in +battle with them early in the morning.’</p> +<p>There was a murmur of joy at this word, since all men took these +felons for deadly foemen; but Iron-face said: ‘What meanest thou +by “we”?’</p> +<p>‘I and the men who had guested me overnight,’ said Face-of-god, +‘and they slew the other three; or rather a woman of them slew +the felons.’</p> +<p>‘Valiant she was; all good go with her hand!’ said the +Alderman. ‘But what be these people, and where do they dwell?’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘As to what they are, they are of the kindred +of the Gods and the Fathers, valiant men, and guest-cherishing: rich +have they been, and now are poor: and their poverty cometh of these +same felons, who mastered them by numbers not to be withstood. +As to where they dwell: when I say the name of their dwelling-place +men mock at me, as if I named some valley in the moon: yet came I to +Burgdale thence in one day across the mountain-necks led by sure guides, +and I tell thee that the name of their abode is Shadowy Vale.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Iron-face, ‘knoweth any man here of +Shadowy Vale, or where it is?’</p> +<p>None answered for a while; but there was an old man who was sitting +on the shafts of a wain on the outskirts of the throng, and when he +heard this word he asked his neighbour what the Alderman was saying, +and he told him. Then said that elder:</p> +<p>‘Give me place; for I have a word to say hereon.’ +Therewith he arose, and made his way to the front of the ring of men, +and said: ‘Alderman, thou knowest me?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Iron-face, ‘thou art called the Fiddle, +because of thy sweet speech and thy minstrelsy; whereof I mind me well +in the time when I was young and thou no longer young.’</p> +<p>‘So it is,’ said the Fiddle. ‘Now hearken! +When I was very young I heard of a vale lying far away across the mountain-necks; +a vale where the sun shone never in winter and scantily in summer; for +my sworn foster-brother, Fight-fain, a bold man and a great hunter, +had happened upon it; and on a day in full midsummer he brought me thither; +and even now I see the Vale before me as in a picture; a marvellous +place, well grassed, treeless, narrow, betwixt great cliff-walls of +black stone, with a green river running through it towards a yawning +gap and a huge force. Amidst that Vale was a doom-ring of black +stones, and nigh thereto a feast-hall well builded of the like stones, +over whose door was carven the image of a wolf with red gaping jaws, +and within it (for we entered into it) were stone benches on the daïs. +Thence we came away, and thither again we went in late autumn, and so +dusk and cold it was at that season, that we knew not what to call it +save the valley of deep shade. But its real name we never knew; +for there was no man there to give us a name or tell us any tale thereof; +but all was waste there; the wimbrel laughed across its water, the raven +croaked from its crags, the eagle screamed over it, and the voices of +its waters never ceased; and thus we left it. So the seasons passed, +and we went thither no more: for Fight-fain died, and without him wandering +over the waste was irksome to me; so never have I seen that valley again, +or heard men tell thereof.</p> +<p>‘Now, neighbours, have I told you of a valley which seemeth +to be Shadowy Vale; and this is true and no made-up story.’</p> +<p>The Alderman nodded kindly to him, and then said to Face-of-god: +‘Kinsman, is this word according with what thou knowest of Shadowy +Vale?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, on all points,’ said Face-of-god; ‘he hath +put before me a picture of the valley. And whereas he saith, that +in his youth it was waste, this also goeth with my knowledge thereof. +For once was it peopled, and then was waste, and now again is it peopled.’</p> +<p>‘Tell us then more of the folk thereof,’ said the Alderman; +‘are they many?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Face-of-god, ‘they are not. How +might they be many, dwelling in that narrow Vale amid the wastes? +But they are valiant, both men and women, and strong and well-liking. +Once they dwelt in a fair dale called Silver-dale, the name whereof +will be to you as a name in a lay; and there were they wealthy and happy. +Then fell upon them this murderous Folk, whom they call the Dusky Men; +and they fought and were overcome, and many of them were slain, and +many enthralled, and the remnant of them escaped through the passes +of the mountains and came back to dwell in Shadowy Vale, where their +forefathers had dwelt long and long ago; and this overthrow befell them +ten years agone. But now their old foemen have broken out from +Silver-dale and have taken to scouring the wood seeking prey; so they +fall upon these Dusky Men as occasion serves, and slay them without +pity, as if they were adders or evil dragons; and indeed they be worse. +And these valiant men know for certain that their foemen are now of +mind to fall upon this Dale and destroy it, as they have done with others +nigher to them. And they will slay our men, and lie with our women +against their will, and enthrall our children, and torment all those +that lie under their hands till life shall be worse than death to them. +Therefore, O Alderman and Wardens, and ye neighbours all, it behoveth +you to take counsel what we shall do, and that speedily.’</p> +<p>There was again a murmur, as of men nothing daunted, but intent on +taking some way through the coming trouble. But no man said aught +till the Alderman spake:</p> +<p>‘When didst thou first happen upon this Earl-folk, son?’</p> +<p>‘Late last autumn,’ said Face-of-god.</p> +<p>Said Iron-face: ‘Then mightest thou have told us of this tale +before.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said his son, ‘but I knew it not, or but +little of it, till two days agone. In the autumn I wandered in +the woodland, and on the fell I happened on a few of this folk dwelling +in a booth by the pine-wood; and they were kind and guest-fain with +me, and gave me meat and drink and lodging, and bade me come to Shadowy +Vale in the spring, when I should know more of them. And that +was I fain of; for they are wise and goodly men. But I deemed +no more of those that I saw there save as men who had been outlawed +by their own folk for deeds that were unlawful belike, but not shameful, +and were biding their time of return, and were living as they might +meanwhile. But of the whole Folk and their foemen knew I no more +than ye did, till two days agone, when I met them again in Shadowy Vale. +Also I think before long ye shall see their chieftain in Burgstead, +for he hath a word for us. Lastly, my mind it is that those brown-clad +men who helped Hall-face and his company in the wood were nought but +men of this Earl-kin seeking their foemen; for indeed they told me that +they had come upon a battle in the woodland wherein they had slain their +foemen. Now have I told you all that ye need to know concerning +these matters.’</p> +<p>Again was there silence as Iron-face sat pondering a question for +his son; then a goodman of the Upper Dale, Gritgarth to wit, spake and +said:</p> +<p>‘Gold-mane mine, tell us how many is this folk; I mean their +fighting-men?’</p> +<p>‘Well asked, neighbour,’ said Iron-face.</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Their fighting-men of full age may be five +score; but besides that there shall be some two or three score of women +that will fight, whoever says them nay; and many of these are little +worse in the field than men; or no worse, for they shoot well in the +bow. Moreover, there will be a full score of swains not yet twenty +winters old whom ye may not hinder to fight if anything is a-doing.’</p> +<p>‘This is no great host,’ said the Alderman; ‘yet +if they deem there is little to lose by fighting, and nought to gain +by sitting still, they may go far in winning their desire; and that +more especially if they may draw into their quarrel some other valiant +Folk more in number than they be. I marvel not, though, they were +kind to thee, son Gold-mane, if they knew who thou wert.’</p> +<p>‘They knew it,’ said Face-of-god.</p> +<p>‘Neighbours,’ said the Alderman, ‘have ye any rede +hereon, and aught to say to back your rede?’</p> +<p>Then spake the Fiddle: ‘As ye know and may see, I am now very +old, and, as the word goes, unmeet for battle: yet might I get me to +the field, either on mine own legs or on the legs of some four-foot +beast, I would strike, if it were but one stroke, on these pests of +the earth. And, Alderman, meseemeth we shall do amiss if we bid +not the Earl-folk of Shadowy Vale to be our fellows in arms in this +adventure. For look you, how few soever they be, they will be +sure to know the ways of our foemen, and the mountain passes, and the +surest and nighest roads across the necks and the mires of the waste; +and though they be not a host, yet shall they be worth a host to us?’</p> +<p>When men heard his words they shouted for joy of them; for hatred +of the Dusky Men who should so mar their happy life in the Dale was +growing up in them, and the more that hatred waxed, the more waxed their +love of those valiant ones.</p> +<p>Now Red-coat of Waterless spake again: he was a big man, both tall +and broad, ruddy-faced and red-haired, some forty winters old. +He said:</p> +<p>‘Life hath been well with us of the Lower Dale, and we deem +that we have much to lose in losing it. Yet ill would the bargain +be to buy life with thralldom: we have been over-merry hitherto for +that. Therefore I say, to battle! And as to these men, these +well-wishers of Face-of-god, if they also are minded for battle with +our foes, we were fools indeed if we did not join them to our company, +were they but one score instead of six.’</p> +<p>Men shouted again, and they said that Red-coat had spoken well. +Then one after other the goodmen of the Dale came and gave their word +for fellowship in arms with the Men of Shadowy Vale, if there were such +as Face-of-god had said, which they doubted not; and amongst them that +spake were Fox of Nethertown, and Warwell, and Gritgarth, and Bearswain, +and Warcliff, and Hart of Highcliff, and Worm of Willowholm, and Bullsbane, +and Highneb of the Marsh: all these were stout men-at-arms and men of +good counsel.</p> +<p>Last of all the Alderman spake and said:</p> +<p>‘As to the war, that must we needs meet if all be sooth that +we have heard, and I doubt it not.</p> +<p>‘Now therefore let us look to it like wise men while time yet +serves. Ye shall know that the muster of the Dalesmen will bring +under shield eight long hundreds of men well-armed, and of the Shepherd-Folk +four hundreds, and of the Woodlanders two hundreds; and this is a goodly +host if it be well ordered and wisely led. Now am I your Alderman +and your Doomster, and I can heave up a sword as well as another maybe, +nor do I think that I shall blench in the battle; yet I misdoubt me +that I am no leader or orderer of men-of-war: therefore ye will do wisely +to choose a wiser man-at-arms than I be for your War-leader; and if +at the Great Folk-mote, when all the Houses and Kindreds are gathered, +men yeasay your choosing, then let him abide; but if they naysay it, +let him give place to another. For time presses. Will ye +so choose?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, yea!’ cried all men.</p> +<p>‘Good is that, neighbours,’ said the Alderman. +‘Whom will ye have for War-leader? Consider well.’</p> +<p>Short was their rede, for every man opened his mouth and cried out +‘Face-of-god!’ Then said the Alderman:</p> +<p>‘The man is young and untried; yet though he is so near akin +to me, I will say that ye will do wisely to take him; for he is both +deft of his hands and brisk; and moreover, of this matter he knoweth +more than all we together. Now therefore I declare him your War-leader +till the time of the Great Folk-mote.’</p> +<p>Then all men shouted with great glee and clashed their weapons; but +some few put their heads together and spake apart a little while, and +then one of them, Red-coat of Waterless to wit, came forward and said: +‘Alderman, some of us deem it good that Stone-face, the old man +wise in war and in the ways of the Wood, should be named as a counsellor +to the War-leader; and Hall-face, a very brisk and strong young man, +to be his right hand and sword-bearer.’</p> +<p>‘Good is that,’ said Iron-face. ‘Neighbours, +will ye have it so?’ This also they yeasaid without delay, +and the Alderman declared Stone-face and Hall-face the helpers of Face-of-god +in this business. Then he said:</p> +<p>‘If any hath aught to say concerning what is best to be done +at once, it were good that he said it now before all and not to murmur +and grudge hereafter.’</p> +<p>None spake save the Fiddle, who said: ‘Alderman and War-leader, +one thing would I say: that if these foemen are anywise akin to those +overrunners of the Folks of whom the tales went in my youth (for I also +as well as Stone-face mind me well of those tales concerning them), +it shall not avail us to sit still and await their onset. For +then may they not be withstood, when they have gathered head and burst +out and over the folk that have been happy, even as the waters that +overtop a dyke and cover with their muddy ruin the deep green grass +and the flower-buds of spring. Therefore my rede is, as soon as +may be to go seek these folk in the woodland and wheresoever else they +may be wandering. What sayest thou, Face-of-god?’</p> +<p>‘My rede is as thine,’ said he; ‘and to begin with, +I do now call upon ten tens of good men to meet me in arms at the beginning +of Wildlake’s Way to-morrow morning at daybreak; and I bid my +brother Hall-face to summon such as are most meet thereto. For +this I deem good, that we scour the wood daily at present till we hear +fresh tidings from them of Shadowy Vale, who are nigher than we to the +foemen. Now, neighbours, are ye ready to meet me?’</p> +<p>Then all shouted, ‘Yea, we will go, we will go!’</p> +<p>Said the Alderman: ‘Now have we made provision for the war +in that which is nearest to our hands. Yet have we to deal with +the matter of the fellowship with the Folk whom Face-of-god hath seen. +This is a matter for thee, son, at least till the Great Folk-mote is +holden. Tell me then, shall we send a messenger to Shadowy Vale +to speak with this folk, or shall we abide the chieftain’s coming?’</p> +<p>‘By my rede,’ said Face-of-god, ‘we shall abide +his coming: for first, though I might well make my way thither, I doubt +if I could give any the bearings, so that he could come there without +me; and belike I am needed at home, since I am become War-leader. +Moreover, when your messenger cometh to Shadowy Vale, he may well chance +to find neither the chieftain there, nor the best of his men; for whiles +are they here, and whiles there, as they wend following after the Dusky +Men.’</p> +<p>‘It is well, son,’ said the Alderman, ‘let it be +as thou sayest: soothly this matter must needs be brought before the +Great Folk-mote. Now will I ask if any other hath any word to +say, or any rede to give before this Gate-thing sundereth?’</p> +<p>But no man came forward, and all men seemed well content and of good +heart; and it was now well past noontide.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXVI. THE ENDING OF THE GATE-THING</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>But just as the Alderman was on the point of rising to declare the +breaking-up of the Thing, there came a stir in the throng and it opened, +and a warrior came forth into the innermost of the ring of men, arrayed +in goodly glittering War-gear; clad in such wise that a tunicle of precious +gold-wrought web covered the hauberk all but the sleeves thereof, and +the hem of it beset with blue mountain-stones smote against the ankles +and well-nigh touched the feet, shod with sandals gold-embroidered and +gemmed. This warrior bore a goodly gilded helm on the head, and +held in hand a spear with gold-garlanded shaft, and was girt with a +sword whose hilts and scabbard both were adorned with gold and gems: +beardless, smooth-cheeked, exceeding fair of face was the warrior, but +pale and somewhat haggard-eyed: and those who were nearby beheld and +wondered; for they saw that there was come the Bride arrayed for war +and battle, as if she were a messenger from the House of the Gods, and +the Burg that endureth for ever.</p> +<p>Then she fell to speech in a voice which at first was somewhat hoarse +and broken, but cleared as she went on, and she said:</p> +<p>‘There sittest thou, O Alderman of Burgdale! Is Face-of-god +thy son anywhere nigh, so that he can hear me?’</p> +<p>But Iron-face wondered at her word, and said: ‘He is beside +thee, as he should be.’ For indeed Face-of-god was touching +her, shoulder to shoulder. But she looked not to the right hand +nor the left, but said:</p> +<p>‘Hearken, Iron-face! Chief of the House of the Face, +Alderman of the Dale, and ye also, neighbours and goodmen of the Dale: +I am a woman called the Bride, of the House of the Steer, and ye have +heard that I have plighted my troth to Face-of-god to wed with him, +to love him, and lie in his bed. But it is not so: we are not +troth-plight; nor will I wed with him, nor any other, but will wend +with you to the war, and play my part therein according to what might +is in me; nor will I be worser than the wives of Shadowy Vale.’</p> +<p>Face-of-god heard her words with no change of countenance; but Iron-face +reddened over all his face, and stared at her, and knit his brows and +said:</p> +<p>‘Maiden, what are these words? What have we done to thee? +Have I not been to thee as a father, and loved thee dearly? Is +not my son goodly and manly and deft in arms? Hath it not ever +been the wont of the House of the Face to wed in the House of the Steer? +and in these two Houses there hath never yet been a goodlier man and +a lovelier maiden than are ye two. What have we done then?’</p> +<p>‘Ye have done nought against me,’ she said, ‘and +all that thou sayest is sooth; yet will I not wed with Face-of-god.’</p> +<p>Yet fiercer waxed the face of the Alderman, and he said in a loud +voice:</p> +<p>‘But how if I tell thee that I will speak with thy kindred +of the Steer, and thou shalt do after my bidding whether thou wilt or +whether thou wilt not?’</p> +<p>‘And how will ye compel me thereto?’ she said. +‘Are there thralls in the Dale? Or will ye make me an outlaw? +Who shall heed it? Or I shall betake me to Shadowy Vale and become +one of their warrior-maidens.’</p> +<p>Now was the Alderman’s face changing from red to white, and +belike he forgat the Thing, and what he was doing there, and he cried +out:</p> +<p>‘This is an evil day, and who shall help me? Thou, Face-of-god, +what hast thou to say? Wilt thou let this woman go without a word? +What hath bewitched thee?’</p> +<p>But never a word spake his son, but stood looking straight forward, +cold and calm by seeming. Then turned Iron-face again to the Bride, +and said in a softer voice:</p> +<p>‘Tell me, maiden, whom I erst called daughter, what hath befallen, +that thou wilt leave my son; thou who wert once so kind and loving to +him; whose hand was always seeking his, whose eyes were ever following +his; who wouldst go where he bade, and come when he called. What +hath betid that ye have cast him out, and flee from our House?’</p> +<p>She flushed red beneath her helm and said:</p> +<p>‘There is war in the land, and I have seen it coming, and that +things shall change around us. I have looked about me and seen +men happy and women content, and children weary for mere mirth and joy. +And I have thought, in a day, or two days or three, all this shall be +changed, and the women shall be, some anxious and wearied with waiting, +some casting all hope away; and the men, some shall come back to the +garth no more, and some shall come back maimed and useless, and there +shall be loss of friends and fellows, and mirth departed, and dull days +and empty hours, and the children wandering about marvelling at the +sorrow of the house. All this I saw before me, and grief and pain +and wounding and death; and I said: Shall I be any better than the worst +of the folk that loveth me? Nay, this shall never be; and since +I have learned to be deft with mine hands in all the play of war, and +that I am as strong as many a man, and as hardy-hearted as any, I will +give myself to the Warrior and the God of the Face; and the battle-field +shall be my home, and the after-grief of the fight my banquet and holiday, +that I may bear the burden of my people, in the battle and out of it; +and know every sorrow that the Dale hath; and cast aside as a grievous +and ugly thing the bed of the warrior that the maiden desires, and the +toying of lips and hands and soft words of desire, and all the joy that +dwelleth in the Castle of Love and the Garden thereof; while the world +outside is sick and sorry, and the fields lie waste and the harvest +burneth. Even so have I sworn, even so will I do.’</p> +<p>Her eyes glittered and her cheek was flushed, and her voice was clear +and ringing now; and when she ended there arose a murmur of praise from +the men round about her. But Iron-face said coldly:</p> +<p>‘These are great words; but I know not what they mean. +If thou wilt to the field and fight among the carles (and that I would +not naysay, for it hath oft been done and praised aforetime), why shouldest +thou not go side by side with Face-of-god and as his plighted maiden?’</p> +<p>The light which the sweetness of speech had brought into her face +had died out of it now, and she looked weary and hapless as she answered +him slowly:</p> +<p>‘I will not wed with Face-of-god, but will fare afield as a +virgin of war, as I have sworn to the Warrior.’</p> +<p>Then waxed Iron-face exceeding wroth, and he rose up before all men +and cried loudly and fiercely:</p> +<p>‘There is some lie abroad, that windeth about us as the gossamers +in the lanes of an autumn morning.’</p> +<p>And therewith he strode up to Face-of-god as though he had nought +to do with the Thing; and he stood before him and cried out at him while +all men wondered:</p> +<p>‘Thou! what hast thou done to turn this maiden’s heart +to stone? Who is it that is devising guile with thee to throw +aside this worthy wedding in a worthy House, with whom our sons are +ever wont to wed? Speak, tell the tale!’</p> +<p>But Face-of-god held his peace and stood calm and proud before all +men.</p> +<p>Then the blood mounted to Iron-face’s head, and he forgat folk +and kindred and the war to come, and he cried so that all the place +rang with the words of his anger:</p> +<p>‘Thou dastard! I see thee now; it is thou that hast done +this, and not the maiden; and now thou hast made her bear a double burden, +and set her on to speak for thee, whilst thou standest by saying nought, +and wilt take no scruple’s weight of her shame upon thee!’</p> +<p>But his son spake never a word, and Iron-face cried: ‘Out on +thee! I know thee now, and why thou wouldest not to the West-land +last winter. I am no fool; I know thee. Where hast thou +hidden the stranger woman?’</p> +<p>Therewith he drew forth his sword and hove it aloft as if to hew +down Face-of-god, who spake not nor flinched nor raised a hand from +his side. But the Bride threw herself in front of Gold-mane, while +there arose an angry cry of ‘The Peace of the Holy Thing! +Peace-breaking, peace-breaking!’ and some cried, ‘For the +War-leader, the War-leader!’ and as men could for the press they +drew forth their swords, and there was tumult and noise all over the +Thing-stead.</p> +<p>But Stone-face caught hold of the Alderman’s right arm and +dragged down the sword, and the big carle, Red-coat of Waterless, came +up behind him and cast his arms about his middle and drew him back; +and presently he looked around him, and slowly sheathed his sword, and +went back to his place and sat him down; and in a little while the noise +abated and swords were sheathed, and men waxed quiet again, and the +Alderman arose and said in a loud voice, but in the wonted way of the +head man of the Thing:</p> +<p>‘Here hath been trouble in the Holy Thing; a violent man hath +troubled it, and drawn sword on a neighbour; will the neighbours give +the dooming hereof into the hands of the Alderman?’</p> +<p>Now all knew Iron-face, and they cried out, ‘That will we.’ +So he spake again:</p> +<p>‘I doom the troubler of the Peace of the Holy Thing to pay +a fine, to wit double the blood-wite that would be duly paid for a full-grown +freeman of the kindreds.’</p> +<p>Then the cry went up and men yeasaid his doom, and all said that +it was well and fairly doomed; and Iron-face sat still.</p> +<p>But Stone-face stood forth and said:</p> +<p>‘Here have been wild words in the air; and dreams have taken +shape and come amongst us, and have bewitched us, so that friends and +kin have wrangled. And meseemeth that this is through the wizardry +of these felons, who, even dead as they are, have cast spells over us. +Good it were to cast them into the Death Tarn, and then to get to our +work; for there is much to do.’</p> +<p>All men yeasaid that; and Forkbeard of Lea went with those who had +borne the corpses thither to cast them into the black pool.</p> +<p>But the Fiddle spake and said:</p> +<p>‘Stone-face sayeth sooth. O Alderman, thou art no young +man, yet am I old enough to be thy father; so will I give thee a rede, +and say this: Face-of-god thy son is no liar or dastard or beguiler, +but he is a young man and exceeding goodly of fashion, well-spoken and +kind; so that few women may look on him and hear him without desiring +his kindness and love, and to such men as this many things happen. +Moreover, he hath now become our captain, and is a deft warrior with +his hands, and as I deem, a sober and careful leader of men; therefore +we need him and his courage and his skill of leading. So rage +not against him as if he had done an ill deed not to be forgiven - whatever +he hath done, whereof we know not - for life is long before him, and +most like we shall still have to thank him for many good deeds towards +us. As for the maiden, she is both lovely and wise. She +hath a sorrow at her heart, and we deem that we know what it is. +Yet hath she not lied when she said that she would bear the burden of +the griefs of the people. Even so shall she do; and whether she +will, or whether she will not, that shall heal her own griefs. +For to-morrow is a new day. Therefore, if thou do after my rede, +thou wilt not meddle betwixt these twain, but wilt remember all that +we have to do, and that war is coming upon us. And when that is +over, we shall turn round and behold each other, and see that we are +not wholly what we were before; and then shall that which were hard +to forgive, be forgotten, and that which is remembered be easy to forgive.’</p> +<p>So he spake; and Iron-face sat still and put his left hand to his +beard as one who pondereth; but the Bride looked in the face of the +old man the Fiddle, and then she turned and looked at Gold-mane, and +her face softened, and she stood before the Alderman, and bent down +before him and held out both her hands to him the palms upward. +Then she said: ‘Thou hast been wroth with me, and I marvel not; +for thy hope, and the hope which we all had, hath deceived thee. +But kind indeed hast thou been to me ere now: therefore I pray thee +take it not amiss if I call to thy mind the oath which thou swearedst +on the Holy Boar last Yule, that thou wouldst not gainsay the prayer +of any man if thou couldest perform it; therefore I bid thee naysay +not mine: and that is, that thou wilt ask me no more about this matter, +but wilt suffer me to fare afield like any swain of the Dale, and to +deal so with my folk that they shall not hinder me. Also I pray +thee that thou wilt put no shame upon Face-of-god my playmate and my +kinsman, nor show thine anger to him openly, even if for a little while +thy love for him be abated. No more than this will I ask of thee.’</p> +<p>All men who heard her were moved to the heart by her kindness and +the sweetness of her voice, which was like to the robin singing suddenly +on a frosty morning of early winter. But as for Gold-mane, his +heart was smitten sorely by it, and her sorrow and her friendliness +grieved him out of measure.</p> +<p>But Iron-face answered after a little while, speaking slowly and +hoarsely, and with the shame yet clinging to him of a man who has been +wroth and has speedily let his wrath run off him. So he said:</p> +<p>‘It is well, my daughter. I have no will to forswear +myself; nor hast thou asked me a thing which is over-hard. Yet +indeed I would that to-day were yesterday, or that many days were worn +away.’</p> +<p>Then he stood up and cried in a loud voice over the throng:</p> +<p>‘Let none forget the muster; but hold him ready against the +time that the Warden shall come to him. Let all men obey the War-leader, +Face-of-god, without question or delay. As to the fine of the +peace-breaker, it shall be laid on the altar of the God at the Great +Folk-mote. Herewith is the Thing broken up.’</p> +<p>Then all men shouted and clashed their weapons, and so sundered, +and went about their business.</p> +<p>And the talk of men it was that the breaking of the troth-plight +between those twain was ill; for they loved Face-of-god, and as for +the Bride they deemed her the Dearest of the kindreds and the Jewel +of the Folk, and as if she were the fairest and the kindest of all the +Gods. Neither did the wrath of Iron-face mislike any; but they +said he had done well and manly both to be wroth and to let his wrath +run off him. As to the war which was to come, they kept a good +heart about it, and deemed it as a game to be played, wherein they might +show themselves deft and valiant, and so get back to their merry life +again.</p> +<p>So wore the day through afternoon to even and night.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXVII. FACE-OF-GOD LEADETH A BAND THROUGH THE WOOD</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Next morning tryst was held faithfully, and an hundred and a half +were gathered together on Wildlake’s Way; and Face-of-god ordered +them into three companies. He made Hall-face leader over the first +one, and bade him hold on his way northward, and then to make for Boars-bait +and see if he should meet with anything thereabout where the battle +had been. Red-coat of Waterless he made captain of the second +band; and he had it in charge to wend eastward along the edge of the +Dale, and not to go deep into the wood, but to go as far as he might +within the time appointed, toward the Mountains. Furthermore, +he bade both Hall-face and Red-coat to bring their bands back to Wildlake’s +Way by the morrow at sunset, where other goodmen should be come to take +the places of their men; and then if he and his company were back again, +he would bid them further what to do; but if not, as seemed likely, +then Hall-face’s band to go west toward the Shepherd country half +a day’s journey, and so back, and Red-coat’s east along +the Dale’s lip again for the like time, and then back, so that +there might be a constant watch and ward of the Dale kept against the +Felons.</p> +<p>All being ordered Gold-mane led his own company north-east through +the thick wood, thinking that he might so fare as to come nigh to Silver-dale, +or at least to hear tidings thereof. This intent he told to Stone-face, +but the old man shook his head and said:</p> +<p>‘Good is this if it may be done; but it is not for everyone +to go down to Hell in his lifetime and come back safe with a tale thereof. +However, whither thou wilt lead, thither will I follow, though assured +death waylayeth us.’</p> +<p>And the old carle was joyous and proud to be on this adventure, and +said, that it was good indeed that his foster-son had with him a man +well stricken in years, who had both seen many things, and learned many, +and had good rede to give to valiant men.</p> +<p>So they went on their ways, and fared very warily when they were +gotten beyond those parts of the wood which they knew well. By +this time they were strung out in a long line; and they noted their +road carefully, blazing the trees on either side when there were trees, +and piling up little stone-heaps where the trees failed them. +For Stone-face said that oft it befell men amidst the thicket and the +waste to be misled by wights that begrudged men their lives, so that +they went round and round in a ring which they might not depart from +till they died; and no man doubted his word herein.</p> +<p>All day they went, and met no foe, nay, no man at all; nought but +the wild things of the wood; and that day the wood changed little about +them from mile to mile. There were many thickets across their +road which they had to go round about; so that to the crow flying over +the tree-tops the journey had not been long to the place where night +came upon them, and where they had to make the wood their bedchamber.</p> +<p>That night they lighted no fire, but ate such cold victual as they +might carry with them; nor had they shot any venison, since they had +with them more than enough; they made little noise or stir therefore +and fell asleep when they had set the watch.</p> +<p>On the morrow they arose betimes, and broke their fast and went their +ways till noon: by then the wood had thinned somewhat, and there was +little underwood betwixt the scrubby oak and ash which were pretty nigh +all the trees about: the ground also was broken, and here and there +rocky, and they went into and out of rough little dales, most of which +had in them a brook of water running west and southwest; and now Face-of-god +led his men somewhat more easterly; and still for some while they met +no man.</p> +<p>At last, about four hours after noon, when they were going less warily, +because they had hitherto come across nothing to hinder them, rising +over the brow of a somewhat steep ridge, they saw down in the valley +below them a half score of men sitting by the brook-side eating and +drinking, their weapons lying beside them, and along with them stood +a woman with her hands tied behind her back.</p> +<p>They saw at once that these men were of the Felons, so they that +had their bows bent, loosed at them without more ado, while the others +ran in upon them with sword and spear. The felons leapt up and +ran scattering down the dale, such of them as were not smitten by the +shafts; but he who was nighest to the woman, ere he ran, turned and +caught up a sword from the ground and thrust it through her, and the +next moment fell across the brook with an arrow in his back.</p> +<p>No one of the felons was nimble enough to escape from the fleet-foot +hunters of Burgdale, and they were all slain there to the number of +eleven.</p> +<p>But when they came back to the woman to tend her, she breathed her +last in their hands: she was a young and fair woman, black-haired and +dark-eyed. She had on her body a gown of rich web, but nought +else: she had been bruised and sore mishandled, and the Burgdale carles +wept for pity of her, and for wrath, as they straightened her limbs +on the turf of the little valley. They let her lie there a little, +whilst they searched round about, lest there should be any other poor +soul needing their help, or any felon lurking thereby; but they found +nought else save a bundle wherein was another rich gown and divers woman’s +gear, and sundry rings and jewels, and therewithal the weapons and war-gear +of a knight, delicately wrought after the Westland fashion: these seemed +to them to betoken other foul deeds of these murder-carles. So +when they had abided a while, they laid the dead woman in mould by the +brook-side, and buried with her the other woman’s attire and the +knight’s gear, all but his sword and shield, which they had away +with them: then they cast the carcasses of the felons into the brake, +but brought away their weapons and the silver rings from their arms, +which they wore like all the others of them whom they had fallen in +with; and so went on their way to the north-east, full of wrath against +those dastards of the Earth.</p> +<p>It was hard on sunset when they left the valley of murder, and they +went no long way thence before they must needs make stay for the night; +and when they had arrayed their sleeping-stead the moon was up, and +they saw that before them lay the close wood again, for they had made +their lair on the top of a little ridge.</p> +<p>There then they lay, and nought stirred them in the night, and betimes +on the morrow they were afoot, and entered the abovesaid thicket, wherein +two of them, keen hunters, had been aforetime, but had not gone deep +into it. Through this wood they went all day toward the north-east, +and met nought but the wild things therein. At last, when it was +near sunset, they came out of the thicket into a small plain, or shallow +dale rather, with no great trees in it, but thorn-brakes here and there +where the ground sank into hollows; a little river ran through the midst +of it, and winded round about a height whose face toward the river went +down sheer into the water, but away from it sank down in a long slope +to where the thick wood began again: and this height or burg looked +well-nigh west.</p> +<p>Thitherward they went; but as they were drawing nigh to the river, +and were on the top of a bent above a bushy hollow between them and +the water, they espied a man standing in the river near the bank, who +saw them not, because he was stooping down intent on something in the +bank or under it: so they gat them speedily down into the hollow without +noise, that they might get some tidings of the man.</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god bade his men abide hidden under the bushes and stole +forward quietly up the further bank of the hollow, his target on his +arm and his spear poised. When he was behind the last bush on +the top of the bent he was within half a spear-cast of the water and +the man; so he looked on him and saw that he was quite naked except +for a clout about his middle.</p> +<p>Face-of-god saw at once that he was not one of the Dusky Men; he +was a black-haired man, but white-skinned, and of fair stature, though +not so tall as the Burgdale folk. He was busied in tickling trouts, +and just as Face-of-god came out from the bush into the westering sunlight, +he threw up a fish on to the bank, and looked up therewithal, and beheld +the weaponed man glittering, and uttered a cry, but fled not when he +saw the spear poised for casting.</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god spake to him and said: ‘Come hither, Woodsman! +we will not harm thee, but we desire speech of thee: and it will not +avail thee to flee, since I have bowmen of the best in the hollow yonder.’</p> +<p>The man put forth his hands towards him as if praying him to forbear +casting, and looked at him hard, and then came dripping from out the +water, and seemed not greatly afeard; for he stooped down and picked +up the trouts he had taken, and came towards Face-of-god stringing the +last-caught one through the gills on to the withy whereon were the others: +and Face-of-god saw that he was a goodly man of some thirty winters.</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god looked on him with friendly eyes and said:</p> +<p>‘Art thou a foemen? or wilt thou be helpful to us?’</p> +<p>He answered in the speech of the kindreds with the hoarse voice of +a much weather-beaten man:</p> +<p>‘Thou seest, lord, that I am naked and unarmed.’</p> +<p>‘Yet may’st thou bewray us,’ said Face-of-god. +‘What man art thou?’</p> +<p>Said the man: ‘I am the runaway thrall of evil men; I have +fled from Rose-dale and the Dusky Men. Hast thou the heart to +hurt me?’</p> +<p>‘We are the foemen of the Dusky Men,’ said Face-of-God; +‘wilt thou help us against them?’</p> +<p>The man knit his brows and said: ‘Yea, if ye will give me your +word not to suffer me to fall into their hands alive. But whence +art thou, to be so bold?’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘We are of Burgdale; and I will swear to +thee on the edge of the sword that thou shalt not fall alive into the +hands of the Dusky Men.’</p> +<p>‘Of Burgdale have I heard,’ said the man; ‘and +in sooth thou seemest not such a man as would bewray a hapless man. +But now had I best bring you to some lurking-place where ye shall not +be easily found of these devils, who now oft-times scour the woods hereabout.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Come first and see my fellows; and then +if thou thinkest we have need to hide, it is well.’</p> +<p>So the man went side by side with him towards their lair, and as +they went Gold-mane noted marks of stripes on his back and sides, and +said: ‘Sorely hast thou been mishandled, poor man!’</p> +<p>Then the man turned on him and said somewhat fiercely: ‘Said +I not that I had been a thrall of the Dusky Men? how then should I have +escaped tormenting and scourging, if I had been with them for but three +days?’</p> +<p>As he spake they came about a thorn-bush, and there were the Burgdale +men down in the hollow; and the man said: ‘Are these thy fellows? +Call to mind that thou hast sworn by the edge of the sword not to hurt +me.’</p> +<p>‘Poor man!’ said Face-of-god; ‘these are thy friends, +unless thou bewrayest us.’</p> +<p>Then he cried aloud to his folk: ‘Here is now a good hap! this +is a runaway thrall of the Dusky Men; of him shall we hear tidings; +so cherish him all ye may.’</p> +<p>So the carles thronged about him and bestirred themselves to help +him, and one gave him his surcoat for a kirtle, and another cast a cloak +about him; and they brought him meat and drink, such as they had ready +to hand: and the man looked as if he scarce believed in all this, but +deemed himself to be in a dream. But presently he turned to Face-of-god +and said:</p> +<p>‘Now I see so many men and weapons I deem that ye have no need +to skulk in caves to-night, though I know of good ones: yet shall ye +do well not to light a fire till moon-setting; for the flame ye may +lightly hide, but the smoke may be seen from far aloof.’</p> +<p>But they bade him to meat, and he needed no second bidding but ate +lustily, and they gave him wine, and he drank a great draught and sighed +as for joy. Then he said in a trembling voice, as though he feared +a naysay:</p> +<p>‘If ye are from Burgdale ye shall be faring back again presently; +and I pray you to take me with you.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Yea surely, friend, that will we do, and +rejoice in thee.’</p> +<p>Then he drank another cup which Warcliff held out to him, and spake +again: ‘Yet if ye would abide here till about noon to-morrow, +or mayhappen a little later, I would bring other runaways to see you; +and them also might ye take with you: ye may think when ye see them +that ye shall have small gain of their company; for poor wretched folk +they be, like to myself. Yet since ye seek for tidings, herein +might they do you more service than I; for amongst them are some who +came out of the hapless Dale within this moon; and it is six months +since I escaped. Moreover, though they may look spent and outworn +now, yet if ye give them a little rest, and feed them well, they shall +yet do many a day’s work for you: and I tell you that if ye take +them for thralls, and put collars on their necks, and use them no worse +than a goodman useth his oxen and his asses, beating them not save when +they are idle or at fault, it shall be to them as if they were come +to heaven out of hell, and to such goodhap as they have not thought +of, save in dreams, for many and many a day. And thus I entreat +you to do because ye seem to me to be happy and merciful men, who will +not begrudge us this happiness.’</p> +<p>The carles of Burgdale listened eagerly to what he said, and they +looked at him with great eyes and marvelled; and their hearts were moved +with pity towards him; and Stone-face said:</p> +<p>‘Herein, O War-leader, need I give thee no rede, for thou mayst +see clearly that all we deem that we should lose our manhood and become +the dastards of the Warrior if we did not abide the coming of these +poor men, and take them back to the Dale, and cherish them.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Wolf of Whitegarth, ‘and great thanks +we owe to this man that he biddeth us this: for great will be the gain +to us if we become so like the Gods that we may deliver the poor from +misery. Now must I needs think how they shall wonder when they +come to Burgdale and find out how happy it is to dwell there.’</p> +<p>‘Surely,’ said Face-of-god, ‘thus shall we do, +whatever cometh of it. But, friend of the wood, as to thralls, +there be none such in the Dale, but therein are all men friends and +neighbours, and even so shall ye be.’</p> +<p>And he fell a-musing, when he bethought him of how little he had +known of sorrow.</p> +<p>But that man, when he beheld the happy faces of the Burgdalers, and +hearkened to their friendly voices, and understood what they said, and +he also was become strong with the meat and drink, he bowed his head +adown and wept a long while; and they meddled not with him, till he +turned again to them and said:</p> +<p>‘Since ye are in arms, and seem to be seeking your foemen, +I suppose ye wot that these tyrants and man-quellers will fall upon +you in Burgdale ere the summer is well worn.’</p> +<p>‘So much we deem indeed,’ said Face-of-god, ‘but +we were fain to hear the certainty of it, and how thou knowest thereof.’</p> +<p>Said the man: ‘It was six moons ago that I fled, as I have +told you; and even then it was the common talk amongst our masters that +there were fair dales to the south which they would overrun. Man +would say to man: We were over many in Silver-dale, and we needed more +thralls, because those we had were lessening, and especially the women; +now are we more at ease in Rose-dale, though we have sent thralls to +Silver-dale; but yet we can bear no more men from thence to eat up our +stock from us: let them fare south to the happy dales, and conquer them, +and we will go with them and help therein, whether we come back to Rose-dale +or no. Such talk did I hear then with mine own ears: but some +of those whom I shall bring to you to-morrow shall know better what +is doing, since they have fled from Rose-dale but a few days. +Moreover, there is a man and a woman who have fled from Silver-dale +itself, and are but a month from it, journeying all the time save when +they must needs hide; and these say that their masters have got to know +the way to Burgdale, and are minded for it before the winter, as I said; +and nought else but the ways thither do they desire to know, since they +have no fear.’</p> +<p>By then was night come, and though the moon was high in heaven, and +lighted all that waste, the Burgdalers must needs light a fire for cooking +their meat, whatsoever that woodsman might say; moreover, the night +was cold and somewhat frosty. A little before they had come to +that place they had shot a fat buck and some smaller deer, but of other +meat they had no great store, though there was wine enough. So +they lit their fire in the thickest of the thorn-bush to hide it all +they might, and thereat they cooked their venison and the trouts which +the runaway had taken, and they fell to, and ate and drank and were +merry, making much of that poor man till him-seemed he was gotten into +the company of the kindest of the Gods.</p> +<p>But when they were full, Face-of-god spake to him, and asked him +his name; and he named himself Dallach; but said he: ‘Lord, this +is according to the naming of men in Rose-dale before we were enthralled: +but now what names have thralls? Also I am not altogether of the +blood of them of Rose-dale, but of better and more warrior-like kin.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Thou hast named Silver-dale; knowest thou +it?’</p> +<p>Dallach answered: ‘I have never seen it. It is far hence; +in a week’s journey, making all diligence, and not being forced +to hide and skulk like those runaways, ye shall come to the mouth thereof +lying west, where its rock-walls fall off toward the plain.’</p> +<p>‘But,’ said Face-of-god, ‘is there no other way +into that Dale?’</p> +<p>‘Nay, none that folk wot of,’ said Dallach, ‘except +to bold cragsmen with their lives in their hands.’</p> +<p>‘Knowest thou aught of the affairs of Silver-dale?’ said +Face-of-god.</p> +<p>Said Dallach: ‘Somewhat I know: we wot that but a few years +ago there was a valiant folk dwelling therein, who were lords of the +whole dale, and that they were vanquished by the Dusky Men: but whether +they were all slain and enthralled we wot not; but we deem it otherwise. +As for me it is of their blood that I am partly come; for my father’s +father came thence to settle in Rose-dale, and wedded a woman of the +Dale, who was my father’s mother.’</p> +<p>‘When was it that ye fell under the Dusky Men?’ said +Face-of-god.</p> +<p>Said Dallach: ‘It was five years ago. They came into +the Dale a great company, all in arms.’</p> +<p>‘Was there battle betwixt you?’ said Face-of-god.</p> +<p>‘Alas! not so,’ said Dallach. ‘We were a +happy folk there; but soft and delicate: for the Dale is exceeding fertile, +and beareth wealth in abundance, both corn and oil and wine and fruit, +and of beasts for man’s service the best that may be. Would +that there had been battle, and that I had died therein with those that +had a heart to fight; and even so saith now every man, yea, every woman +in the Dale. But it was not so when the elders met in our Council-House +on the day when the Dusky Men bade us pay them tribute and give them +houses to dwell in and lands to live by. Then had we weapons in +our hands, but no hearts to use them.’</p> +<p>‘What befell then?’ said the goodman of Whitegarth.</p> +<p>Said Dallach: ‘Look ye to it, lords, that it befall not in +Burgdale! We gave them all they asked for, and deemed we had much +left. What befell, sayst thou? We sat quiet; we went about +our work in fear and trembling, for grim and hideous were they to look +on. At first they meddled not much with us, save to take from +our houses what they would of meat and drink, or raiment, or plenishing. +And all this we deemed we might bear, and that we needed no more than +to toil a little more each day so as to win somewhat more of wealth. +But soon we found that it would not be so; for they had no mind to till +the teeming earth or work in the acres we had given them, or to sit +at the loom, or hammer in the stithy, or do any manlike work; it was +we that must do all that for their behoof, and it was altogether for +them that we laboured, and nought for ourselves; and our bodies were +only so much our own as they were needful to be kept alive for labour. +Herein were our tasks harder than the toil of any mules or asses, save +for the younger and goodlier of the women, whom they would keep fair +and delicate to be their bed-thralls.</p> +<p>‘Yet not even so were our bodies safe from their malice: for +these men were not only tyrants, but fools and madmen. Let alone +that there were few days without stripes and torments to satiate their +fury or their pleasure, so that in all streets and nigh any house might +you hear wailing and screaming and groaning; but moreover, though a +wise man would not willingly slay his own thrall any more than his own +horse or ox, yet did these men so wax in folly and malice, that they +would often hew at man or woman as they met them in the way from mere +grimness of soul; and if they slew them it was well. Thereof indeed +came quarrels enough betwixt master and master, for they are much given +to man-slaying amongst themselves: but what profit to us thereof? +Nay, if the dead man were a chieftain, then woe betide the thralls! +for thereof must many an one be slain on his grave-mound to serve him +on the hell-road. To be short: we have heard of men who be fierce, +and men who be grim; but these we may scarce believe us to be men at +all, but trolls rather; and ill will it be if their race waxeth in the +world.’</p> +<p>The Burgdale men hearkened with all their ears, and wondered that +such things could befall; and they rejoiced at the work that lay before +them, and their hearts rose high at the thought of battle in that behalf, +and the fame that should come of it. As for the runaway, they +made so much of him that the man marvelled; for they dealt with him +like a woman cherishing a son, and knew not how to be kind enough to +him.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXVIII. THE MEN OF BURGDALE MEET THE RUNAWAYS</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now ere the night was far spent, Dallach arose and said:</p> +<p>‘Kind folk, ye will presently be sleeping; but I bid you keep +a good watch, and if ye will be ruled by me, ye will kindle no fire +on the morrow, for the smoke riseth thick in the morning air, and is +as a beacon. As for me, I shall leave you here to rest, and I +myself will fare on mine errand.’</p> +<p>They bade him sleep and rest him after so many toils and hardships, +saying that they were not tied to an hour to be back in Burgdale; but +he said: ‘Nay, the moon is high, and it is as good as daylight +to me, who could find my way even by starlight; and your tarrying here +is nowise safe. Moreover, if I could find those folk and bring +them part of the way by night and cloud it were well; for if we were +taken again, burning quick would be the best death by which we should +die. As for me, now am I strong with meat and drink and hope; +and when I come to Burgdale there will be time enough for resting and +slumber.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Shall I not wend with thee to see these +people and the lairs wherein they hide?’</p> +<p>The man smiled: ‘Nay, earl,’ said he, ‘that shall +not be. For wot ye what? If they were to see me in company +of a man-at-arms they would deem that I was bringing the foe upon them, +and would flee, or mayhappen would fall upon us. For as for me, +when I saw thee, thou wert close anigh me, so I knew thee to be no Dusky +Man; but they would see the glitter of thine arms from afar, and to +them all weaponed men are foemen. Thou, lord, knowest not the +heart of a thrall, nor the fear and doubt that is in it. Nay, +I myself must cast off these clothes that ye have given me, and fare +naked, lest they mistrust me. Only I will take a spear in my hand, +and sling a knife round my neck, if ye will give them to me; for if +the worst happen, I will not be taken alive.’</p> +<p>Therewith he cast off his raiment, and they gave him the weapons +and wished him good speed, and he went his way twixt moonlight and shadow; +but the Burgdalers went to sleep when they had set a watch.</p> +<p>Early in the morning they awoke, and the sun was shining and the +thrushes singing in the thorn-brake, and all seemed fair and peaceful, +and a little haze still hung about the face of the burg over the river. +So they went down to the water and washed the night from off them; and +thence the most part of them went back to their lair among the thorn-bushes: +but four of them went up the dale into the oak-wood to shoot a buck, +and five more they sent out to watch their skirts around them; and Face-of-god +with old Stone-face went over a ford of the stream, and came on to the +lower slope of the burg, and so went up it to the top. Thence +they looked about to see if aught were stirring, but they saw little +save the waste and the wood, which on the north-east was thick of big +trees stretching out a long way. Their own lair was clear to see +over its bank and the bushes thereof, and that misliked Face-of-god, +lest any foe should climb the burg that day. The morning was clear, +and Face-of-god looking north-and-by-west deemed he saw smoke rising +into the air over the tree-covered ridges that hid the further distance +toward that aírt, though further east uphove the black shoulders +of the Great that Waste and the snowy peaks behind them. The said +smoke was not such as cometh from one great fire, but was like a thin +veil staining the pale blue sky, as when men are burning ling on the +heath-side and it is seen aloof.</p> +<p>He showed that smoke to Stone-face, who smiled and said:</p> +<p>‘Now will they be lighting the cooking fires in Rose-dale: +would I were there with a few hundreds of axes and staves at my back!’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Face-of-god, smiling in his face, ‘but +where I pray thee are these elves and wood-wights, that we meet them +not? Grim things there are in the woods, and things fair enough +also: but meseemeth that the trolls and the elves of thy young years +have been frighted away.’</p> +<p>Said Stone-face: ‘Maybe, foster-son; that hath been seen ere +now, that when one race of man overrunneth the land inhabited by another, +the wights and elves that love the vanquished are seen no more, or get +them away far off into the outermost wilds, where few men ever come.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Face-of-god, ‘that may well be. +But deemest thou by that token that we shall be vanquished?’</p> +<p>‘As for us, I know not,’ said Stone-face; ‘but +thy friends of Shadowy Vale have been vanquished. Moreover, concerning +these felons whom now we are hunting, are we all so sure that they be +men? Certain it is, that when I go into battle with them, I shall +smite with no more pity than my sword, as if I were smiting things that +may not feel the woes of man.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Yea, even so shall it be with me. +But what thinkest thou of these runaways? Shall we have tidings +of them, or shall Dallach bring the foe upon us? It was for the +sake of that question that I have clomb the burg: and that we might +watch the land about us.’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Stone-face, ‘I have seen many men, +and I deem of Dallach that he is a true man. I deem we shall soon +have tidings of his fellows; and they may have seen the elves and wood-wights: +I would fain ask them thereof, and am eager to see them.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘And I somewhat dread to see them, and their +rags and their misery and the weals of their stripes. It irked +me to see Dallach when he first fell to his meat last night, how he +ate like a dog for fear and famine. How shall it be, moreover, +when we have them in the Dale, and they fall to the deed of kind there, +as they needs must. Will they not bear us evil and thrall-like +men?’</p> +<p>‘Maybe,’ said Stone-face, ‘and maybe not; for they +have been thralls but for a little while: and I deem that in no long +time shall ye see them much bettered by plenteous meat and rest. +And after all is said, this Dallach bore him like a valiant man; also +it was valiant of him to flee; and of the others may ye say the like. +But look you! there are men going down yonder towards our lair: belike +those shall be our guests, and there be no Dusky Men amongst them. +Come, let us home!’</p> +<p>So Face-of-god looked and beheld from the height of the burg shapes +of men grey and colourless creeping toward the lair from sunshine to +shadow, like wild creatures shy and fearful of the hunter, or so he +deemed of them.</p> +<p>So he turned away, angry and sad of heart, and the twain went down +the burg and across the water to their camp, having seen little to tell +of from the height.</p> +<p>When they came to their campment there were their folk standing in +a ring round about Dallach and the other runaways. They made way +for the War-leader and Stone-face, who came amongst them and beheld +the Runaways, that they were many more than they looked to see; for +they were of carles one score and three, and of women eighteen, all +told save Dallach. When they saw those twain come through the +ring of men and perceived that they were chieftains, some of them fell +down on their knees before them and held out their joined hands to them, +and kissed the Burgdalers’ feet and the hems of their garments, +while the tears streamed out of their eyes: some stood moving little +and staring before them stupidly: and some kept glancing from face to +face of the well-liking happy Burgdale carles, though for a while even +their faces were sad and downcast at the sight of the poor men: some +also kept murmuring one or two words in their country tongue, and Dallach +told Face-of-god that these were crying out for victual.</p> +<p>It must be said of these poor folk that they were of divers conditions, +and chiefly of three: and first there were seven of Rose-dale and five +of Silver-dale late come to the wood (of these Silver-dalers Dallach +had told but of two, for the other three were but just come). +Of these twelve were seven women, and all, save two of the women, were +clad in one scanty kirtle or shirt only; for such was the wont of the +Dusky Men with their thralls. They had brought away weapons, and +had amongst them six axes and a spear, and a sword, and five knives, +and one man had a shield.</p> +<p>Yet though these were clad and armed, yet in some wise were they +the worst of all; they were so timorous and cringing, and most of them +heavy-eyed and sullen and down-looking. Many of them had been +grievously mishandled: one man had had his left hand smitten off; another +was docked of three of his toes, and the gristle of his nose slit up; +one was halt, and four had been ear-cropped, nor did any lack weals +of whipping. Of the Silver-dale new-comers the three men were +the worst of all the Runaways, with wild wandering eyes, but sullen +also, and cringing if any drew nigh, and would not look anyone in the +face, save presently Face-of-god, on whom they were soon fond to fawn, +as a dog on his master. But the women who were with them, and +who were well-nigh as timorous as the men, were those two gaily-dad +ones, and they were soft-handed and white-skinned, save for the last +days of weather in the wood; for they had been bed-thralls of the Dusky +Men.</p> +<p>Such were the new-comers to the wood. But others had been, +like Dallach, months therein; it may be said that there were eighteen +of these, carles and queens together. Little raiment they had +amongst them, and some were all but stark naked, so that on these might +well be seen as on Dallach the marks of old stripes, and of these also +were there men who had been shorn of some member or other, and they +were all burnt and blackened by the weather of the woodland; yet for +all their nakedness, they bore themselves bolder and more manlike than +the later comers, nor did they altogether lack weapons taken from their +foemen, and most of them had some edge-tool or another. Of these +folk were four from Silver-dale, though Dallach knew it not.</p> +<p>Besides these were a half score and one who had been years in the +wood instead of months; weather-beaten indeed were these, shaggy and +rough-skinned like wild men of kind. Some of them had made themselves +skin breeches or clouts, some went stark naked; of weapons of the Dale +had they few, but they bore bows of hazel or wych-elm strung with deer-gut, +and shafts headed with flint stones; staves also of the same fashion, +and great clubs of oak or holly: some of them also had made them targets +of skin and willow-twigs, for these were the warriors of the Runaways: +they had a few steel knives amongst them, but had mostly learned the +craft of using sharp flints for knives: but four of these were women.</p> +<p>Three of these men were of the kindreds of the Wolf from Silver-dale, +and had been in the wood for hard upon ten years, and wild as they were, +and without hope of meeting their fellows again, they went proudly and +boldly amongst the others, overtopping them by the head and more. +For the greater part of these men were somewhat short of stature, though +by nature strong and stout of body.</p> +<p>It must be told that though Dallach had thus gotten all these many +Runaways together, yet had they not been dwelling together as one folk; +for they durst not, lest the Dusky Men should hear thereof and fall +upon them, but they had kept themselves as best they could in caves +and in brakes three together or two, or even faring alone as Dallach +did: only as he was a strong and stout-hearted man, he went to and fro +and wandered about more than the others, so that he foregathered with +most of them and knew them. He said also that he doubted not but +that there were more Runaways in the wood, but these were all he could +come at. Divers who had fled had died from time to time, and some +had been caught and cruelly slain by their masters. They were +none of them old; the oldest, said Dallach, scant of forty winters, +though many from their aspect might have been old enough.</p> +<p>So Face-of-god looked and beheld all these poor people; and said +to himself, that he might well have dreaded that sight. For here +was he brought face to face with the Sorrow of the Earth, whereof he +had known nought heretofore, save it might be as a tale in a minstrel’s +song. And when he thought of the minutes that had made the hours, +and the hours that had made the days that these men had passed through, +his heart failed him, and he was dumb and might not speak, though he +perceived that the men of Burgdale looked for speech from him; but he +waved his hand to his folk, and they understood him, for they had heard +Dallach say that some of them were crying for victual. So they +set to work and dighted for them such meat as they had, and they set +them down on the grass and made themselves their carvers and serving-men, +and bade them eat what they would of such as there was. Yet, indeed, +it grieved the Burgdalers again to note how these folk were driven to +eat; for they themselves, though they were merry folk, were exceeding +courteous at table, and of great observance of manners: whereas these +poor Runaways ate, some of them like hungry dogs, and some hiding their +meat as if they feared it should be taken from them, and some cowering +over it like falcons, and scarce any with a manlike pleasure in their +meal. And, their eating over, the more part of them sat dull and +mopish, and as if all things were forgotten for the time present.</p> +<p>Albeit presently Dallach bestirred him and said to Face-of-god: ‘Lord +of the Earl-folk, if I might give thee rede, it were best to turn your +faces to Burgdale without more tarrying. For we are over-nigh +to Rose-dale, being but thus many in company. But when we come +to our next resting-place, then shall bring thee to speech with the +last-comers from Silver-dale; for there they talk with the tongue of +the kindreds; but we of Rose-dale for the more part talk otherwise; +though in my house it came down from father to son.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Face-of-god, gazing still on that unhappy +folk, as they sat or lay upon the grass at rest for a little while: +but him-seemed as he gazed that some memories of past time stirred in +some of them; for some, they hung their heads and the tears stole out +of their eyes and rolled down their cheeks. But those older Runaways +of Silver-dale were not crouched down like most of the others, but strode +up and down like beasts in a den; yet were the tears on the face of +one of these. Then Face-of-god constrained himself, and spake +to the folk, and said: ‘We are now over-nigh to our foes of Rose-dale +to lie here any longer, being too few to fall upon them. We will +come hither again with a host when we have duly questioned these men +who have sought refuge with us: and let us call yonder height the Burg +of the Runaways, and it shall be a landmark for us when we are on the +road to Rose-dale.’</p> +<p>Then the Burgdalers bade the Runaways courteously and kindly to arise +and take the road with them; and by that time were their men all come +in; and four of them had venison with them, which was needful, if they +were to eat that night or the morrow, as the guests had eaten them to +the bone.</p> +<p>So they tarried no more, but set out on the homeward way; and Face-of-god +bade Dallach walk beside him, and asked him such concerning Rose-dale +and its Dusky Men. Dallach told him that these were not so many +as they were masterful, not being above eight hundreds of men, all fighting-men. +As to women, they had none of their own race, but lay with the Daleswomen +at their will, and begat children of them; and all or most of the said +children favoured the race of their begetters. Of the men-children +they reared most, but the women-children they slew at once; for they +valued not women of their own blood: but besides the women of the Dale, +they would go at whiles in bands to the edges of the Plain and beguile +wayfarers, and bring back with them thence women to be their bed-thralls; +albeit some of these were bought with a price from the Westland men.</p> +<p>As to the number of the folk of Rose-dale, its own folk, he said +they would number some five thousand souls, one with another; of whom +some thousand might be fit to bear arms if they had the heart thereto, +as they had none. Yet being closely questioned, he deemed that +they might fall on their masters from behind, if battle were joined.</p> +<p>He said that the folk of Rose-dale had been a goodly folk before +they were enthralled, and peaceable with one another, but that now it +was a sport of the Dusky Men to set a match between their thralls to +fight it out with sword and buckler or otherwise; and the vanquished +man, if he were not sore hurt, they would scourge, or shear some member +from him, or even slay him outright, if the match between the owners +were so made. And many other sad and grievous tales he told to +Face-of-god, more than need be told again; so that the War-leader went +along sorry and angry, with his teeth set, and his hand on the sword-hilt.</p> +<p>Thus they went till night fell on them, and they could scarce see +the signs they had made on their outward journey. Then they made +stay in a little valley, having set a watch duly; and since they were +by this time far from Rose-dale, and were a great company as regarded +scattered bands of the foe, they lighted their fires and cooked their +venison, and made good cheer to the Runaways, and so went to sleep in +the wild-wood.</p> +<p>When morning was come they gat them at once to the road; and if the +Burgdalers were eager to be out of the wood, their eagerness was as +nought to the eagerness of the Runaways, most of whom could not be easy +now, and deemed every minute lost unless they were wending on to the +Dale; so that this day they were willing to get over the more ground, +whereas they had not set out on their road till afternoon yesterday.</p> +<p>Howsoever, they rested at noontide, and Face-of-god bade Dallach +bring him to speech with others of the Runaways, and first that he might +talk with those three men of the kindreds who had fled from Silver-dale +in early days. So Dallach brought them to him; but he found that +though they spake the tongue, they were so few-spoken from wildness +and loneliness, at least at first, that nought could come from them +that was not dragged from them.</p> +<p>These men said that they had been in the wood more than nine years, +so that they knew but little of the conditions of the Dale in that present +day. However, as to what Dallach had said concerning the Dusky +Men, they strengthened his words; and they said that the Dusky Men took +no delight save in beholding torments and misery, and that they doubted +if they were men or trolls. They said that since they had dwelt +in the wood they had slain not a few of the foemen, waylaying them as +occasion served, but that in this warfare they had lost two of their +fellows. When Face-of-god asked them of their deeming of the numbers +of the Dusky Men, they said that before those bands had broken into +Rose-dale, they counted them, as far as they could call to mind, at +about three thousand men, all warriors; and that somewhat less than +one thousand had gone up into Rose-dale, and some had died, and many +had been cast away in the wild-wood, their fellows knew not how. +Yet had not their numbers in Silver-dale diminished; because two years +after they (the speakers) had fled, came three more Dusky Companies +or Tribes into Silver-dale, and each of these tribes was of three long +hundreds; and with their coming had the cruelty and misery much increased +in the Dale, so that the thralls began to die fast; and that drave the +Dusky Men beyond the borders of Silver-dale, so that they fell upon +Rose-dale. When asked how many of the kindreds might yet be abiding +in Silver-dale, their faces clouded, and they seemed exceeding wroth, +and answered, that they would willingly hope that most of those that +had not been slain at the time of the overthrow were now dead, yet indeed +they feared there were yet some alive, and mayhappen not a few women.</p> +<p>By then must they get on foot again, and so the talk fell between +them; but when they made stay for the night, after they had done their +meat, Face-of-god prayed Dallach bring to him some of the latest-come +folk from Silver-dale, and he brought to him the man and the woman who +had been in the Dale within that moon. As to the man, if those +of the Earl-folk had been few-spoken from fierceness and wildness, he +was no less so from mere dulness and weariness of misery; but the woman’s +tongue went glibly enough, and it seemed to pleasure her to talk about +her past miseries. As aforesaid, she was better clad than most +of those of Rose-dale, and indeed might be called gaily clad, and where +her raiment was befouled or rent, it was from the roughness of the wood +and its weather, and not from the thralldom. She was a young and +fair woman, black-haired and grey-eyed. She had washed herself +that day in a woodland stream which they had crossed on the road, and +had arrayed her garments as trimly as she might, and had plucked some +fumitory, wherewith she had made a garland for her head. She sat +down on the grass in front of Face-of-god, while the man her mate stood +leaning against a tree and looked on her greedily. The Burgdale +carles drew near to her to hearken her story, and looked kindly on the +twain. She smiled on them, but especially on Face-of-god, and +said:</p> +<p>‘Thou hast sent for me, lord, and I wot well thou wouldst hear +my tale shortly, for it would be long to tell if I were to tell it fully, +and bring into it all that I have endured, which has been bitter enough, +for all that ye see me smooth of skin and well-liking of body. +I have been the bed-thrall of one of the chieftains of the Dusky Men, +at whose house many of their great men would assemble, so that ye may +ask me whatso ye will; as I have heard much talk and may call it to +mind. Now if ye ask me whether I have fled because of the shame +that I, a free woman come of free folk, should be a mere thrall in the +bed of the foes of my kin, and with no price paid for me, I must needs +say it is not so; since over long have we of the Dale been thralls to +be ashamed of such a matter. And again, if ye deem that I have +fled because I have been burdened with grievous toil and been driven +thereto by the whip, ye may look on my hands and my body and ye will +see that I have toiled little therewith: nor again did I flee because +I could not endure a few stripes now and again; for such usage do thralls +look for, even when they are delicately kept for the sake of the fairness +of their bodies, and this they may well endure; yea also, and the mere +fear of death by torment now and again. But before me lay death +both assured and horrible; so I took mine own counsel, and told none +for fear of bewrayal, save him who guarded me; and that was this man; +who fled not from fear, but from love of me, and to him I have given +all that I might give. So we got out of the house and down the +Dale by night and cloud, and hid for one whole day in the Dale itself, +where I trembled and feared, so that I deemed I should die of fear; +but this man was well pleased with my company, and with the lack of +toil and beating even for the day. And in the night again we fled +and reached the wild-wood before dawn, and well-nigh fell into the hands +of those who were hunting us, and had outgone us the day before, as +we lay hid. Well, what is to say? They saw us not, else +had we not been here, but scattered piece-meal over the land. +This carle knew the passes of the wood, because he had followed his +master therein, who was a great hunter in the wastes, contrary to the +wont of these men, and he had lain a night on the burg yonder; therefore +he brought me thither, because he knew that thereabout was plenty of +prey easy to take, and he had a bow with him; and there we fell in with +others of our folk who had fled before, and with Dallach; who e’en +now told us what was hard to believe, that there was a fair young man +like one of the Gods leading a band of goodly warriors, and seeking +for us to bring us into a peaceful and happy land; and this man would +not have gone with him because he feared that he might fall into thralldom +of other folk, who would take me away from him; but for me, I said I +would go in any case, for I was weary of the wood and its roughness +and toil, and that if I had a new master he would scarcely be worse +than my old one was at his best, and him I could endure. So I +went, and glad and glad I am, whatever ye will do with me. And +now will I answer whatso ye may ask of me.’</p> +<p>She laid her limbs together daintily and looked fondly on Face-of-god, +and the carle scowled at her somewhat at first, but presently, as he +watched her, his face smoothed itself out of its wrinkles.</p> +<p>But Face-of-god pondered a little while, and then asked the woman +if she had heard any words to remember of late days concerning the affairs +of the Dusky Men and their intent; and he said:</p> +<p>‘I pray thee, sister, be truthful in thine answer, for somewhat +lieth on it.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘How could I speak aught but the sooth to thee, O +lovely lord? The last word spoken hereof I mind me well: for my +master had been mishandling me, and I was sullen to him after the smart, +and he mocked and jeered me, and said: Ye women deem we cannot do without +you, but ye are fools, and know nothing; we are going to conquer a new +land where the women are plenty, and far fairer than ye be; and we shall +leave you to fare afield like the other thralls, or work in the digging +of silver; and belike ye wot what that meaneth. Also he said that +they would leave us to the new tribe of their folk, far wilder than +they, whom they looked for in the Dale in about a moon’s wearing; +so that they needs must seek to other lands. Also this same talk +would we hear whenever it pleased any of them to mock us their bed-thralls. +Now, my sweet lord, this is nought but the very sooth.’</p> +<p>Again spake Face-of-god after a while:</p> +<p>‘Tell me, sister, hast thou heard of any of the Dusky Men being +slain in the wood?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, and turned pale therewith and caught +her breath as one choking; but said in a little while:</p> +<p>‘This alone was it hard for me to tell thee amongst all the +I griefs I have borne, whereof I might have told thee many tales, and +will do one day if thou wilt suffer it; but fear makes this hard for +me. For in very sooth this was the cause of my fleeing, that my +master was brought in slain by an arrow in the wood; and he was to be +borne to bale and burned in three days’ wearing; and we three +bed-thralls of his, and three of the best of the men-thralls, were to +be burned quick on his bale-fire after sore torments; therefore I fled, +and hid a knife in my bosom, that I might not be taken alive; but sweet +was life to me, and belike I should not have smitten myself.’</p> +<p>And she wept sore for pity of herself before them all. But +Face-of-god said:</p> +<p>‘Knowest thou, sister, by whom the man was slain?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ she said, still sobbing; ‘but I heard nought +thereof, nor had I noted it in my terror. The death of others, +who were slain before him, and the loss of many, we knew not how, made +them more bitterly cruel with us.’</p> +<p>And again was she weeping; but Face-of-god said kindly to her: ‘Weep +no more, sister, for now shall all thy troubles be over; I feel in my +heart that we shall overcome these felons, and make an end of them, +and there then is Burgdale for thee in its length and breadth, or thine +own Dale to dwell in freely.’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ she said, ‘never will I go back thither!’ +and she turned round to him and kissed his feet, and then arose and +turned a little toward her mate; and the carle caught her by the hand +and led her away, and seemed glad so to do.</p> +<p>So once again they fell asleep in the woods, and again the next morning +fared on their way early that they might come into Burgdale before nightfall. +When they stayed a while at noontide and ate, Face-of-god again had +talk with the Runaways, and this time with those of Rose-dale, and he +heard much the same story from them that he had heard before, told in +divers ways, till his heart was sick with the hearing of it.</p> +<p>On this last day Face-of-god led his men well athwart the wood, so +that he hit Wildlake’s Way without coming to Carl-stead; and he +came down into the Dale some four hours after noon on a bright day of +latter March. At the ingate to the Dale he found watches set, +the men whereof told him that the tidings were not right great. +Hall-face’s company had fallen in with a band of the Felons three +score in number in the oak-wood nigh to Boars-bait, and had slain some +and chased the rest, since they found it hard to follow them home as +they ran for the tangled thicket: of the Burgdalers had two been slain +and five hurt in this battle.</p> +<p>As for Red-coat’s company, they had fallen in with no foemen.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXIX. THEY BRING THE RUNAWAYS TO BURGSTEAD</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>So now being out of the wood, they went peaceably and safely along +the Portway, the Runaways mingling with the Dalesmen. Strange +showed amidst the health and wealth of the Dale the rags and misery +and nakedness of the thralls, like a dream amidst the trim gaiety of +spring; and whomsoever they met, or came up with on the road, whatso +his business might be, could not refrain himself from following them, +but mingled with the men-at-arms, and asked them of the tidings; and +when they heard who these poor people were, even delivered thralls of +the Foemen, they were glad at heart and cried out for joy; and many +of the women, nay, of the men also, when they first came across that +misery from out the heart of their own pleasant life, wept for pity +and love of the poor folk, now at last set free, and blessed the swords +that should do the like by the whole people.</p> +<p>They went slowly as men began to gather about them; yea, some of +the good folk that lived hard by must needs fare home to their houses +to fetch cakes and wine for the guests; and they made them sit down +and rest on the green grass by the side of the Portway, and eat and +drink to cheer their hearts; others, women and young swains, while they +rested went down into the meadows and plucked of the spring flowers, +and twined them hastily with deft and well-wont fingers into chaplets +and garlands for their heads and bodies. Thus indeed they covered +their nakedness, till the lowering faces and weather-beaten skins of +those hardly-entreated thralls looked grimly out from amidst the knots +of cowslip and oxlip, and the branches of the milk-white blackthorn +bloom, and the long trumpets of the daffodils, of the hue that wrappeth +round the quill which the webster takes in hand when she would pleasure +her soul with the sight of the yellow growing upon the dark green web.</p> +<p>So they went on again as the evening was waning, and when they were +gotten within a furlong of the Gate, lo! there was come the minstrelsy, +the pipe and the tabor, the fiddle and the harp, and the folk that had +learned to sing the sweetest, both men and women, and Redesman at the +head of them all.</p> +<p>Then fell the throng into an ordered company; first went the music, +and then a score of Face-of-god’s warriors with drawn swords and +uplifted spears; and then the flower-bedecked misery of the Runaways, +men and women going together, gaunt, befouled, and hollow-eyed, with +here and there a flushed cheek or gleaming eye, or tear-bedewed face, +as the joy and triumph of the eve pierced through their wonted weariness +of grief; then the rest of the warriors, and lastly the mingled crowd +of Dalesfolk, tall men and fair women gaily arrayed, clean-faced, clear-skinned, +and sleek-haired, with glancing eyes and ruddy lips.</p> +<p>And now Redesman turned about to the music and drew his bow across +his fiddle, and the other bows ran out in concert, and the harps followed +the story of them, and he lifted up his voice and sang the words of +an old song, and all the singers joined him and blended their voices +with his. And these are some of the words which they sang:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Lo! here is Spring, and all we are living,<br /> We +that were wan with Winter’s fear;<br />Reach out your hands to +her hands that are giving,<br /> Lest ye lose her love +and the light of the year.</p> +<p>Many a morn did we wake to sorrow,<br /> When low +on the land the cloud-wrath lay;<br />Many an eve we feared to-morrow,<br /> The +unbegun unfinished day.</p> +<p>Ah we - we hoped not, and thou wert tardy;<br /> Nought +wert thou helping; nought we prayed.<br />Where was the eager heart, +the hardy?<br /> Where was the sweet-voiced unafraid?</p> +<p>But now thou lovest, now thou leadest,<br /> Where +is gone the grief of our minds?<br />What was the word of the tale, +that thou heedest<br /> E’en as the breath of +the bygone winds?</p> +<p>Green and green is thy garment growing<br /> Over +thy blossoming limbs beneath;<br />Up o’er our feet rise the blades +of thy sowing,<br /> Pierced are our hearts with thine +odorous breath.</p> +<p>But where art thou wending, thou new-comer?<br /> Hurrying +on to the Courts of the Sun?<br />Where art thou now in the House of +the Summer?<br /> Told are thy days and thy deed is +done.</p> +<p>Spring has been here for us that are living<br /> After +the days of Winter’s fear;<br />Here in our hands is the wealth +of her giving,<br /> The Love of the Earth, and the +Light of the Year.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Thus came they to the Gate, and lo! the Bride thereby, leaning against +a buttress, gazing with no dull eyes at the coming throng. She +was now clad in her woman’s attire again, to wit a light flame-coloured +gown over a green kirtle; but she yet bore a gilded helm on her head +and a sword girt to her side in token of her oath to the God. +She had been in Hall-face’s company in that last battle, and had +done a man’s service there, fighting very valiantly, but had not +been hurt, and had come back to Burgstead when the shift of men was.</p> +<p>Now she drew herself up and stood a little way before the Gate and +looked forth on the throng, and when her eyes beheld the Runaways amidst +of the weaponed carles of Burgdale, her face flushed, and her eyes filled +with tears as she stood, partly wondering, partly deeming what they +were. She waited till Stone-face came by her, and then she took +the old man by the sleeve, and drew him apart a little and said to him: +‘What meaneth this show, my friend? Who hath clad these +folk thus strangely; and who be these three naked tall ones, so fierce-looking, +but somewhat noble of aspect?’</p> +<p>For indeed those three men of the kindreds, when they had gotten +into the Dale, and had rested them, and drunk a cup of wine, and when +they had seen the chaplets and wreaths of the spring-flowers wherewith +they were bedecked, and had smelt the sweet savour of them, fell to +walking proudly, heeding not their nakedness; for no rag had they upon +them save breech-clouts of deer-skin: they had changed weapons with +the Burgdale carles; and one had gotten a great axe, which he bore over +his shoulder, and the shaft thereof was all done about with copper; +and another had shouldered a long heavy thrusting-spear, and the third, +an exceeding tall man, bore a long broad-bladed war-sword. Thus +they went, brown of skin beneath their flower-garlands, their long hair +bleached by the sun falling about their shoulders; high they strode +amongst the shuffling carles and tripping women of the later-come thralls. +But when they heard the music, and saw that they were coming to the +Gate in triumph, strange thoughts of old memories swelled up in their +hearts, and they refrained them not from weeping, for they felt that +the joy of life had come back to them.</p> +<p>Nor must it be deemed that these were the only ones amongst the Runaways +whose hearts were cheered and softened: already were many of them coming +back to life, as they felt their worn bodies caressed by the clear soft +air of Burgdale, and the sweetness of the flowers that hung about them, +and saw all round about the kind and happy faces of their well-willers.</p> +<p>So Stone-face looked on the Bride as she stood with face yet tear-bedewed, +awaiting his answer, and said:</p> +<p>‘Daughter, thou sayest who clad these folk thus? It was +misery that hath so dight them; and they are the images of what we shall +be if we love foul life better than fair death, and so fall into the +hands of the Felons, who were the masters of these men. As for +the tall naked men, they are of our own blood, and kinsmen to Face-of-god’s +new friends; and they are of the best of the vanquished: it was in early +days that they fled from thralldom; as we may have to do. Now, +daughter, I bid thee be as joyous as thou art valiant, and then shall +all be well.’</p> +<p>Therewith she smiled on him, and he departed, and she stood a little +while, as the throng moved on and was swallowed by the Gate, and looked +after them; and for all her pity for the other folk, she thought chiefly +of those fearless tall men who were of the blood of those with whom +it was lawful to wed.</p> +<p>There she stood as the wind dried the tears upon her cheeks, thinking +of the sorrow which these folk had endured, and their stripes and mocking, +their squalor and famine; and she wondered and looked on her own fair +and shapely hands with the precious finger-rings thereon, and on the +dainty cloth and trim broidery of her sleeve; and she touched her smooth +cheek with the back of her hand, and smiled, and felt the spring sweet +in her mouth, and its savour goodly in her nostrils; and therewith she +called to mind the aspect of her lovely body, as whiles she had seen +it imaged, all its full measure, in the clear pool at midsummer, or +piece-meal, in the shining steel of the Westland mirror. She thought +also with what joy she drew the breath of life, yea, even amidst of +grief, and of how sweet and pure and well-nurtured she was, and how +well beloved of many friends and the whole folk, and she set all this +beside those woeful bodies and lowering faces, and felt shame of her +sorrow of heart, and the pain it had brought to her; and ever amidst +shame and pity of all that misery rose up before her the images of those +tall fierce men, and it seemed to her as if she had seen something like +to them in some dream or imagination of her mind.</p> +<p>So came the Burgdalers and their guests into the street of Burgstead +amidst music and singing; and the throng was great there. Then +Face-of-god bade make a ring about the strangers, and they did so, and +he and the Runaways alone were in the midst of it; and he spake in a +loud voice and said:</p> +<p>‘Men of the Dale and the Burg, these folk whom here ye see +in such a sorry plight are they whom our deadly foes have rejoiced to +torment; let us therefore rejoice to cherish them. Now let those +men come forth who deem that they have enough and more, so that they +may each take into their houses some two or three of these friends such +as would be fain to be together. And since I am War-leader, and +have the right hereto, I will first choose them whom I will lead into +the House of the Face. And lo you! will I have this man (and he +laid his hand on Dallach),who is he whom I first came across, and who +found us all these others, and next I will have yonder tall carles, +the three of them, because I perceive them to be men meet to be with +a War-leader, and to follow him in battle.’</p> +<p>Therewith he drew the three Men of the Wolf towards him, but Dallach +already was standing beside him. And folk rejoiced in Face-of-god.</p> +<p>But the Bride came forward next, and spake to him meekly and simply:</p> +<p>‘War-leader, let me have of the women those who need me most, +that I may bring them to the House of the Steer, and try if there be +not some good days yet to be found for them, wherein they shall but +remember the past grief as an ugly dream.’</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god looked on her, and him-seemed he had never seen +her so fair; and all the shame wherewith he had beheld her of late was +gone from him, and his heart ran over with friendly love towards her +as she looked into his face with kindly eyes; and he said:</p> +<p>‘Kinswoman, take thy choice as thy kindness biddeth, and happy +shall they be whom thou choosest.’</p> +<p>She bowed her head soberly, and chose from among the guests four +women of the saddest and most grievous, and no man of their kindred +spake for going along with them; then she went her ways home, leading +one of them by the hand, and strange was it to see those twain going +through sun and shade together, that poor wretch along with the goodliest +of women.</p> +<p>Then came forward one after other of the worthy goodmen of the Dale, +and especially such as were old, and they led away one one man, and +another two, and another three, and often would a man crave to go with +a woman or a woman with a man, and it was not gainsaid them. So +were all the guests apportioned, and ill-content were those goodmen +that had to depart without a guest; and one man would say to another: +‘Such-an-one, be not downcast; this guest shall be between us, +if he will, and shall dwell with thee and me month about; but this first +month with me, since I was first comer.’ And so forth was +it said.</p> +<p>Now to prevent the time to come, it may be said about the Runaways, +that when they had been a little while amongst the Burgdalers, well +fed and well clad and kindly cherished, it was marvellous how they were +bettered in aspect of body, and it began to be seen of them that they +were well-favoured people, and divers of the women exceeding goodly, +black-haired and grey-eyed, and very clear-skinned and white-skinned; +most of them were young, and the oldest had not seen above forty winters. +They of Rose-dale, and especially such as had first fled away to the +wood, were very soon seen to be merry and kindly folk; but they who +had been longest in captivity, and notably those from Silver-dale who +were not of the kindreds, were for a long time sullen and heavy, and +it availed little to trust to them for the doing of work; albeit they +would follow about their friends of Burgdale with the love of a dog; +also they were, divers of them, somewhat thievish, and if they lacked +anything would liefer take it by stealth than ask for it; which forsooth +the Burgdale men took not amiss, but deemed of it as a jest rather.</p> +<p>Very few of the Runaways had any will to fare back to their old homes, +or indeed could be got to go into the wood, or, after a day or two, +to say any word of Rose-dale or Silver-dale. In this and other +matters the Burgdalers dealt with them as with children who must have +their way; for they deemed that their guests had much time to make up; +also they were well content when they saw how goodly they were, for +these Dalesmen loved to see men goodly of body and of a cheerful countenance.</p> +<p>As for Dallach and the three Silver-dale men of the kindred, they +went gladly whereas the Burgdale men would have them; and half a score +others took weapons in their hands when the war was foughten: concerning +which more hereafter.</p> +<p>But on the even whereof the tale now tells, Face-of-god and Stone-face +and their company met after nightfall in the Hall of the Face clad in +glorious raiment, and therewith were Dallach and the men of Silver-dale, +washen and docked of their long hair, after the fashion of warriors +who bear the helm; and they were clad in gay attire, with battle-swords +girt to their sides and gold rings on their arms. Somewhat stern +and sad-eyed were those Silver-dalers yet, though they looked on those +about them kindly and courteously when they met their eyes; and Face-of-god +yearned towards them when he called to mind the beauty and wisdom and +loving-kindness of the Sun-beam. They were, as aforesaid, strong +men and tall, and one of them taller than any amidst that house of tall +men. Their names were Wolf-stone, the tallest, and God-swain, +and Spear-fist; and God-swain the youngest was of thirty winters, and +Wolf-stone of forty. They came into the Hall in such wise, that +when they were washed and attired, and all men were assembled in the +Hall, and the Alderman and the chieftains sitting on the daïs, +Face-of-god brought them in from the out-bower, holding Dallach by the +right hand and Wolf-stone by the left; and he looked but a stripling +beside that huge man.</p> +<p>And when the men in the Hall beheld such goodly warriors, and remembered +their grief late past, they all stood up and shouted for joy of them. +But Face-of-god passed up the Hall with them, and stood before the daïs +and said:</p> +<p>‘O Alderman of the Dale and Chief of the House of the Face, +here I bring to you the foes of our foemen, whom I have met in the Wild-wood, +and bidden to our House; and meseemeth they will be our friends, and +stand beside us in the day of battle. Therefore I say, take these +guests and me together, or put us all to the door together; and if thou +wilt take them, then show them to such places as thou deemest meet.’</p> +<p>Then stood up the Alderman and said:</p> +<p>‘Men of Silver-dale and Rose-dale, I bid you welcome! +Be ye our friends, and abide here with us as long as seemeth good to +you, and share in all that is ours. Son Face-of-god, show these +warriors to seats on the daïs beside thee, and cherish them as +well as thou knowest how.’</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god brought them up on to the daïs and sat down +on the right hand of his father, with Dallach on his right hand, and +then Wolf-stone out from him; then sat Stone-face, that there might +be a man of the Dale to talk with them and serve them; and on his right +hand first Spear-fist and then God-swain. And when they were all +sat down, and the meat was on the board, Iron-face turned to his son +Face-of-god and took his hand, and said in a loud voice, so that many +might hear him:</p> +<p>‘Son Face-of-god, son Gold-mane, thou bearest with thee both +ill luck and good. Erewhile, when thou wanderedst out into the +Wild-wood, seeking thou knewest not what from out of the Land of Dreams, +thou didst but bring aback to us grief and shame; but now that thou +hast gone forth with the neighbours seeking thy foemen, thou hast come +aback to us with thine hands full of honour and joy for us, and we thank +thee for thy gifts, and I call thee a lucky man. Herewith, kinsman, +I drink to thee and the lasting of thy luck.’</p> +<p>Therewith he stood up and drank the health of the War-leader and +the Guests: and all men were exceeding joyous thereat, when they called +to mind his wrath at the Gate-thing, and they shouted for gladness as +they drank that health, and the feast became exceeding merry in the +House of the Face; and as to the war to come, it seemed to them as if +it were over and done in all triumph.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXX. HALL-FACE GOETH TOWARD ROSE-DALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>On the morrow Face-of-god took counsel with Hall-face and Stone-face +as to what were best to be done, and they sat on the daïs in the +Hall to talk it over.</p> +<p>Short was the time that had worn since that day in Shadowy Vale, +for it was but eight days since then; yet so many things had befallen +in that time, and, to speak shortly, the outlook for the Burgdalers +had changed so much, that the time seemed long to all the three, and +especially to Face-of-god.</p> +<p>It was yet twenty days till the Great Folk-mote should beholden, +and to Hall-face the time seemed long enough to do somewhat, and he +deemed it were good to gather force and fall on the Dusky Men in Rose-dale, +since now they had gotten men who could lead them the nighest way and +by the safest passes, and who knew all the ways of the foemen. +But to Stone-face this rede seemed not so good; for they would have +to go and come back, and fight and conquer, in less time than twenty +days, or be belated of the Folk-mote, and meanwhile much might happen.</p> +<p>‘For,’ said Stone-face, ‘we may deem the fighting-men +of Rose-dale to be little less than one thousand, and however we fall +on them, even if it be unawares at first, they shall fight stubbornly; +so that we may not send against them many less than they be, and that +shall strip Burgdale of its fighting-men, so that whatever befalls, +we that be left shall have to bide at home.’</p> +<p>Now was Face-of-god of the same mind as Stone-face; and he said moreover: +‘When we go to Rose-dale we must abide there a while unless we +be overthrown. For if ye conquer it and come away at once, presently +shall the tidings come to the ears of the Dusky Men in Silver-dale, +and they shall join themselves to those of Rose-dale who have fled before +you, and between them they shall destroy the unhappy people therein; +for ye cannot take them all away with you: and that shall they do all +the more now, when they look to have new thralls in Burgdale, both men +and women. And this we may not suffer, but must abide till we +have met all our foemen and have overcome them, so that the poor folk +there shall be safe from them till they have learned how to defend their +dale. Now my rede is, that we send out the War-arrow at once up +and down the Dale, and to the Shepherds and Woodlanders, and appoint +a day for the Muster and Weapon-show of all our Folk, and that day to +be the day before the Spring Market, that is to say, four days before +the Great Folk-mote, and meantime that we keep sure watch about the +border of the wood, and now and again scour the wood, so as to clear +the Dale of their wandering bands.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Hall-face; ‘and I pray thee, brother, +let me have an hundred of men and thy Dallach, and let us go somewhat +deep into the wood towards Rose-dale, and see what we may come across; +peradventure it might be something better than hart or wild-swine.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘I see no harm therein, if Dallach goeth +with thee freely; for I will have no force put on him or any other of +the Runaways. Yet meseemeth it were not ill for thee to find the +road to Rose-dale; for I have it in my mind to send a company thither +to give those Rose-dale man-quellers somewhat to do at home when we +fall upon Silver-dale. Therefore go find Dallach, and get thy +men together at once; for the sooner thou art gone on thy way the better. +But this I bid thee, go no further than three days out, that ye may +be back home betimes.’</p> +<p>At this word Hall-face’s eyes gleamed with joy, and he went +out from the Hall straightway and sought Dallach, and found him at the +Gate. Iron-face had given him a new sword, a good one, and had +bidden him call it Thicket-clearer, and he would not leave it any moment +of the day or night, but would lay it under his pillow at night as a +child does with a new toy; and now he was leaning against a buttress +and drawing the said sword half out of the scabbard and poring over +its blade, which was indeed fair enough, being wrought with dark grey +waving lines like the eddies of the Weltering Water.</p> +<p>So Hall-face greeted him, and smiled and said:</p> +<p>‘Guest, if thou wilt, thou may’st take that new blade +of my father’s work which thou lovest so, a journey which shall +rejoice it.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Dallach, ‘I suppose that thou wouldest +fare on thy brother’s footsteps, and deemest that I am the man +to lead thee on the road, and even farther than he went; and though +it might be thought by some that I have seen enough of Rose-dale and +the parts thereabout for one while, yet will I go with thee; for now +am I a man again, body and soul.’</p> +<p>And therewith he drew Thicket-clearer right out of his sheath and +waved him in the air. And Hall-face was glad of him and said he +was well apaid of his help. So they went away together to gather +men, and on the morrow Hall-face departed and went into the Wild-wood +with Dallach and an hundred and two score men.</p> +<p>But as for Face-of-god, he fared up and down the Dale following the +War-arrow, and went into all houses, and talked with the folk, both +young and old, men and women, and told them closely all that had betid +and all that was like to betide; and he was well pleased with that which +he saw and heard; for all took his words well, and were nought afeard +or dismayed by the tidings; and he saw that they would not hang aback. +Meantime the days wore, and Hall-face came not back till the seventh +day, and he brought with him twelve more Runaways, of whom five were +women. But he had lost four men, and had with him Dallach and +five others of the Dalesmen borne upon litters sore hurt; and this was +his story:</p> +<p>They got to the Burg of the Runaways on the forenoon of the third +day, and thereby came on five carles of the Runaways - men who had missed +meeting Dallach that other day, but knew what had been done; for one +of them had been sick and could not come with him, and he had told the +others: so now they were hanging about the Burg of the Runaways hoping +somewhat that he might come again; and they met the Burgdalers full +of joy, and brought them trouts that they had caught in the river.</p> +<p>As for the other runaways, namely, five women and two more carles +- they had gotten them close to the entrance into Silver-dale, where +by night and cloud they came on a campment of the Dusky Men, who were +leading home these seven poor wretches, runaways whom they had caught, +that they might slay them most evilly in Rose-stead. So Hall-face +fell on the Dusky Men, and delivered their captives, but slew not all +the foe, and they that fled brought pursuers on them who came up with +them the next day, so near was Rose-dale, though they made all diligence +homeward. The Burgdalers must needs turn and fight with those +pursuers, and at last they drave them aback so that they might go on +their ways home. They let not the grass grow beneath their feet +thereafter, till they were assured by meeting a band of the Woodlanders, +who had gone forth to help them, and with whom they rested a little. +But neither so were they quite done with the foemen, who came upon them +next day a very many: these however they and the Woodlanders, who were +all fresh and unwounded and very valiant, speedily put to the worse; +and so they came on to Burgstead, leaving those of them who were sorest +hurt to be tended by the Woodlanders at Carlstead, who, as might be +looked for, deal with them very lovingly.</p> +<p>It was in the first fight that they suffered that loss of slain and +wounded; and therein the newly delivered thralls fought valiantly against +their masters: as for Dallach, it was no marvel, said Hall-face, that +he was hurt; but rather a marvel that he was not slain, so little he +recked of point and edge, if he might but slay the foemen.</p> +<p>Such was Hall-face’s-tale; and Face-of-god deemed that he had +done unwisely to let him go that journey; for the slaying of a few Dusky +Men was but a light gain to set against the loss of so many Burgdalers; +yet was he glad of the deliverance of those Runaways, and deemed it +a gain indeed. But henceforth would he hold all still till he +should have tidings of Folk-might; so nought was done thereafter save +the warding of the Dale, from the country of the Shepherds to the Waste +above the Eastern passes.</p> +<p>But Face-of-god himself went up amongst the Shepherds, and abode +with a goodman hight Hound-under-Greenbury, who gathered to him the +folk from the country-side, and they went up on to Greenbury, and sat +on the green grass while he spoke with them and told them, as he had +told the others, what had been done and what should be done. And +they heard him gladly, and he deemed that there would be no blenching +in them, for they were all in one tale to live and die with their friends +of Burgdale, and they said that they would have no other word save that +to bear to the Great Folk-mote.</p> +<p>So he went away well-pleased, and he fared on thence to the Woodlanders, +and guested at the house of a valiant man hight Wargrove, who on the +morrow morn called the folk together to a green lawn of the Wild-wood, +so that there was scarce a soul of them that was not there. Then +he laid the whole matter before them; and if the Dalesmen had been merry +and ready, and the Shepherds stout-hearted and friendly, yet were the +Wood-landers more eager still, so that every hour seemed long to them +till they stood in their war-gear; and they told him that now at last +was the hour drawing nigh which they had dreamed of, but had scarce +dared to hope for, when the lost way should be found, and the crooked +made straight, and that which had been broken should be mended; that +their meat and drink, and sleeping and waking, and all that they did +were now become to them but the means of living till the day was come +whereon the two remnants of the children of the Wolf should meet and +become one Folk to live or die together.</p> +<p>Then went Face-of-god back to Burgstead again, and as he stood anigh +the Thing-stead once more, and looked down on the Dale as he had beheld +it last autumn, he bethought him that with all that had been done and +all that had been promised, the earth was clearing of her trouble, and +that now there was nought betwixt him and the happy days of life which +the Dale should give to the dwellers therein, save the gathering hosts +of the battle-field and the day when the last word should be spoken +and the first stroke smitten. So he went down on to the Portway +well content.</p> +<p>Thereafter till the day of the Weapon-show there is nought to tell +of, save that Dallach and the other wounded men began to grow whole +again; and all men sat at home, or went on the woodland ward, expecting +great tidings after the holding of the Folk-mote.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXI. OF THE WEAPON-SHOW OF THE MEN OF BURGDALE AND +THEIR NEIGHBOURS</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now on the day appointed for the Weapon-show came the Folk flock-meal +to the great and wide meadow that was cleft by Wildlake as it ran to +join the Weltering Water. Early in the morning, even before sunrise, +had the wains full of women and children begun to come thither. +Also there came little horses and asses from the Shepherd country with +one or two or three damsels or children sitting on each, and by wain-side +or by beast strode the men of the house, merry and fair in their war-gear. +The Woodlanders, moreover, man and woman, elder and swain and young +damsel, streamed out of the wood from Carlstead, eager to make the day +begin before the sunrise, and end before his setting.</p> +<p>Then all men fell to pitching of tents and tilting over of wains; +for the April sun was hot in the Dale, and when he arose the meads were +gay with more than the spring flowers; for the tents and the tilts were +stained and broidered with many colours, and there was none who had +not furbished up his war-gear so that all shone and glittered. +And many wore gay surcoats over their armour, and the women were clad +in all their bravery, and the Houses mostly of a suit; for one bore +blue and another corn-colour, and another green, and another brazil, +and so forth, and all gleaming and glowing with broidery of gold and +bright hues. But the women of the Shepherds were all clad in white, +embroidered with green boughs and red blossoms, and the Woodland women +wore dark red kirtles. Moreover, the women had set garlands of +flowers on their heads and the helms of the men, and for the most part +they were slim of body and tall and light-limbed, and as dainty to look +upon as the willow-boughs that waved on the brook-side.</p> +<p>Thither had the goodmen who were guesting the Runaways brought their +guests, even now much bettered by their new soft days; and much the +poor folk marvelled at all this joyance, and they scarce knew where +they were; but to some it brought back to their minds days of joyance +before the thralldom and all that they had lost, so that their hearts +were heavy a while, till they saw the warriors of the kindreds streaming +into the mead and bethought them why they carried steel.</p> +<p>Now by then the sun was fully up there was a great throng on the +Portway, and this was the folk of the Burg on their way to the Weapon-mead. +The men-at-arms were in the midst of the throng, and at the head of +them was the War-leader, with the banner of the Face before him, wherein +was done the image of the God with the ray-ringed head. But at +the rearward of the warriors went the Alderman and the Burg-wardens, +before whom was borne the banner of the Burg pictured with the Gate +and its Towers; but in the midst betwixt those two was the banner of +the Steer, a white beast on a green field.</p> +<p>So when the Dale-wardens who were down in the meadow heard the music +and beheld who were coming, they bade the companies of the Dale and +the Shepherds and the Woodlanders who were down there to pitch their +banners in a half circle about the ingle of the meadow which was made +by the streams of Wildlake and the Weltering Water, and gather to them +to be ordered there under their leaders of scores and half-hundreds +and hundreds; and even so they did. But the banners of the Dale +without the Burg were the Bridge, and the Bull, and the Vine, and the +Sickle. And the Shepherds had three banners, to wit Greenbury, +and the Fleece, and the Thorn.</p> +<p>As for the Woodlanders, they said that they were abiding their great +banner, but it should come in good time; ‘and meantime,’ +said they, ‘here are the war-tokens that we shall fight under; +for they are good enough banners for us poor men, the remnant of the +valiant of time past.’ Therewith they showed two great spears, +and athwart the one was tied an arrow, its point dipped in blood, its +feathers singed with fire; and they said, ‘This is the banner +of the War-shaft.’</p> +<p>On the other spear there was nought; but the head thereof was great +and long, and they had so burnished the steel that the sun smote out +a ray of light from it, so that it might be seen from afar. And +they said: ‘This is the Banner of the Spear! Down yonder +where the ravens are gathering ye shall see a banner flying over us. +There shall fall many a mother’s son.’</p> +<p>Smiled the Dale-wardens, and said that these were good banners to +fight under; and those that stood nearby shouted for the valiancy of +the Woodland Carles.</p> +<p>Now the Dale-wardens went to the entrance from the Portway to the +meadow, and there met the Men of the Burg, and two of them went one +on either side of the War-leader to show him to his seat, and the others +abode till the Alderman and Burg-wardens came up, and then joined themselves +to them, and the horns blew up both in the meadow and on the road, and +the new-comers went their ways to their appointed places amidst the +shouts of the Dalesmen; and the women and children and old men from +the Burg followed after, till all the mead was covered with bright raiment +and glittering gear, save within the ring of men at the further end.</p> +<p>So came the War-leader to his seat of green turf raised in the ingle +aforesaid; and he stood beside it till the Alderman and Wardens had +taken their places on a seat behind him raised higher than his; below +him on the step of his seat sat the Scrivener with his pen and ink-horn +and scroll of parchment, and men had brought him a smooth shield whereon +to write.</p> +<p>On the left side of Face-of-god stood the men of the Face all glittering +in their arms, and amongst them were Wolf-stone and his two fellows, +but Dallach was not yet whole of his hurts. On his right were +the folk of the House of the Steer: the leader of that House was an +old white-bearded man, grandfather of the Bride, for her father was +dead; and who but the Bride herself stood beside him in her glorious +war-gear, looking as if she were new come from the City of the Gods, +thought most men; but those who beheld her closely deemed that she looked +heavy-eyed and haggard, as if she were aweary. Nevertheless, wheresoever +she passed, and whosoever looked on her (and all men looked on her), +there arose a murmur of praise and love; and the women, and especially +the young ones, said how fair her deed was, and how meet she was for +it; and some of them were for doing on war-gear and faring to battle +with the carles; and of these some were sober and solemn, as was well +seen afterwards, and some spake lightly: some also fell to boasting +of how they could run and climb and swim and shoot in the bow, and fell +to baring of their arms to show how strong they were: and indeed they +were no weaklings, though their arms were fair.</p> +<p>There then stood the ring of men, each company under its banner; +and beyond them stood the women and children and men unmeet for battle; +and beyond them again the tilted wains and the tents.</p> +<p>Now Face-of-god sat him down on the turf-seat with his bright helm +on his head and his naked sword across his knees, while the horns blew +up loudly, and when they had done, the elder of the Dale-wardens cried +out for silence. Then again arose Face-of-god and said:</p> +<p>‘Men of the Dale, and ye friends of the Shepherds, and ye, +O valiant Woodlanders; we are not assembled here to take counsel, for +in three days’ time shall the Great Folk-mote be holden, whereat +shall be counsel enough. But since I have been appointed your +Chief and War-leader, till such time as the Folk-mote shall either yeasay +or naysay my leadership, I have sent for you that we may look each other +in the face and number our host and behold our weapons, and see if we +be meet for battle and for the dealing with a great host of foemen. +For now no longer can it be said that we are going to war, but rather +that war is on our borders, and we are blended with it; as many have +learned to their cost; for some have been slain and some sorely hurt. +Therefore I bid you now, all ye that are weaponed, wend past us that +the tale of you may be taken. But first let every hundred-leader +and half-hundred-leader and score-leader make sure that he hath his +tale aright, and give his word to the captain of his banner that he +in turn may give it out to the Scrivener with his name and the House +and Company that he leadeth.’</p> +<p>So he spake and sat him adown; and the horns blew again in token +that the companies should go past; and the first that came was Hall-ward +of the House of the Steer, and the first of those that went after him +was the Bride, going as if she were his son.</p> +<p>So he cried out his name, and the name of his House, and said, ‘An +hundred and a half,’ and passed forth, his men following him in +most goodly array. Each man was girt with a good sword and bore +a long heavy spear over his shoulder, save a score who bare bows; and +no man lacked a helm, a shield, and a coat of fence.</p> +<p>Then came a goodly man of thirty winters, and stayed before the Scrivener +and cried out:</p> +<p>‘Write down the House of the Bridge of the Upper Dale at one +hundred, and War-well their leader.’</p> +<p>And he strode on, and his men followed clad and weaponed like those +of the Steer, save that some had axes hanging to their girdles instead +of swords; and most bore casting-spears instead of the long spears, +and half a score were bowmen.</p> +<p>Then came Fox of Upton leading the men of the Bull of Middale, an +hundred and a half lacking two; very great and tall were his men, and +they also bore long spears, and one score and two were bowmen.</p> +<p>Then Fork-beard of Lea, a man well on in years, led on the men of +the Vine, an hundred and a half and five men thereto; two score of them +bare bow in hand and were girt with sword; the rest bore their swords +naked in their right hands, and their shields (which were but small +bucklers) hanging at their backs, and in the left hand each bore two +casting-spears. With these went two doughty women-at-arms among +the bowmen, tall and well-knit, already growing brown with the spring +sun, for their work lay among the stocks of the vines on the southward-looking +bents.</p> +<p>Next came a tall young man, yellow-haired, with a thin red beard, +and gave himself out for Red-beard of the Knolls; he bore his father’s +name, as the custom of their house was, but the old man, who had long +been head man of the House of the Sickle, was late dead in his bed, +and the young man had not seen twenty winters. He bade the Scrivener +write the tale of the Men of the Sickle at an hundred and a half, and +his folk fared past the War-leader joyously, being one half of them +bowmen; and fell shooters they were; the other half were girt with swords, +and bore withal long ashen staves armed with great blades curved inwards, +which weapon they called heft-sax.</p> +<p>All these bands, as the name and the tale of them was declared were +greeted with loud shouts from their fellows and the bystanders; but +now arose a greater shout still, as Stone-face, clad in goodly glittering +array, came forth and said:</p> +<p>‘I am Stone-face of the House of the Face, and I bring with +me two hundreds of men with their best war-gear and weapons: write it +down, Scrivener!’</p> +<p>And he strode on like a young man after those who had gone past, +and after him came the tall Hall-face and his men, a gallant sight to +see: two score bowmen girt with swords, and the others with naked swords +waving aloft, and each bearing two casting-spears in his left hand.</p> +<p>Then came a man of middle age, broad-shouldered, yellow-haired, blue-eyed, +of wide and ruddy countenance, and after him a goodly company; and again +great was the shout that went up to the heavens; for he said:</p> +<p>‘Scrivener, write down that Hound-under-Greenbury, from amongst +the dwellers in the hills where the sheep feed, leadeth the men who +go under the banner of Greenbury, to the tale of an hundred and four +score.’</p> +<p>Therewith he passed on, and his men followed, stout, stark, and merry-faced, +girt with swords, and bearing over their shoulders long-staved axes, +and spears not so long as those which the Dalesmen bore; and they had +but a half score of arrow-shot with them.</p> +<p>Next came a young man, blue-eyed also, with hair the colour of flax +on the distaff, broad-faced and short-nosed, low of stature, but very +strong-built, who cried out in a loud, cheerful voice:</p> +<p>‘I am Strongitharm of the Shepherds, and these valiant men +are of the Fleece and the Thorn blended together, for so they would +have it; and their tale is one hundred and two score and ten.’</p> +<p>Then the men of those kindreds went past merry and shouting, and +they were clad and weaponed like to them of Greenbury, but had with +them a score of bowmen. And all these Shepherd-folk wore over +their hauberks white woollen surcoats broidered with green and red.</p> +<p>Now again uprose the cry, and there stood before the War-leader a +very tall man of fifty winters, dark-faced and grey-eyed, and he spake +slowly and somewhat softly, and said:</p> +<p>‘War-leader, this is Red-wolf of the Woodlanders leading the +men who go under the sign of the War-shaft, to the number of an hundred +and two.’</p> +<p>Then he passed on, and his men after him, tall, lean, and silent +amidst the shouting. All these men bare bows, for they were keen +hunters; each had at his girdle a little axe and a wood-knife, and some +had long swords withal. They wore, everyone of the carles, short +green surcoats over their coats of fence; but amongst them were three +women who bore like weapons to the men, but were clad in red kirtles +under their hauberks, which were of good ring-mail gleaming over them +from throat to knee.</p> +<p>Last came another tall man, but young, of twenty-five winters, and +spake:</p> +<p>‘Scrivener, I am Bears-bane of the Woodlanders, and these that +come after me wend under the sign of the Spear, and they are of the +tale of one hundred and seven.’</p> +<p>And he passed by at once, and his men followed him, clad and weaponed +no otherwise than they of the War-shaft, and with them were two women.</p> +<p>Now went all those companies back to their banners, and stood there; +and there arose among the bystanders much talk concerning the Weapon-show, +and who were the best arrayed of the Houses. And of the old men, +some spake of past weapon-shows which they had seen in their youth, +and they set them beside this one, and praised and blamed. So +it went on a little while till the horns blew again, and once more there +was silence. Then arose Face-of-god and said:</p> +<p>‘Men of Burgdale, and ye Shepherd-folk, and ye of the Woodland, +now shall ye wot how many weaponed men we may bring together for this +war. Scrivener, arise and give forth the tale of the companies, +as they have been told unto you.’</p> +<p>Then the Scrivener stood up on the turf-bench beside Face-of-god, +and spake in a loud voice, reading from his scroll:</p> +<p>‘Of the Men of Burgdale there have passed by me nine hundreds +and six; of the Shepherds three hundreds and eight and ten; and of the +Woodlanders two hundreds and nine; so that all told our men are fourteen +hundreds and thirty and three.’</p> +<p>Now in those days men reckoned by long hundreds, so that the whole +tale of the host was one thousand, five hundred, and four score and +one, telling the tale in short hundreds.</p> +<p>When the tale had been given forth and heard, men shouted again, +and they rejoiced that they were so many. For it exceeded the +reckoning which the Alderman had given out at the Gate-thing. +But Face-of-god said:</p> +<p>‘Neighbours, we have held our Weapon-show; but now hold you +ready, each man, for the Hosting toward very battle; for belike within +seven days shall the leaders of hundreds and twenties summon you to +be ready in arms to take whatso fortune may befall. Now is sundered +the Weapon-show. Be ye as merry to-day as your hearts bid you +to be.’</p> +<p>Therewith he came down from his seat with the Alderman and the Wardens, +and they mingled with the good folk of the Dale and the Shepherds and +the Woodlanders, and merry was their converse there. It yet lacked +an hour of noon; so presently they fell to and feasted in the green +meadow, drinking from wain to wain and from tent to tent; and thereafter +they played and sported in the meads, shooting at the butts and wrestling, +and trying other masteries. Then they fell to dancing one and +all, and so at last to supper on the green grass in great merriment. +Nor might you have known from the demeanour of any that any threat of +evil overhung the Dale. Nay, so glad were they, and so friendly, +that you might rather have deemed that this was the land whereof tales +tell, wherein people die not, but live for ever, without growing any +older than when they first come thither, unless they be born into the +land itself, and then they grow into fair manhood, and so abide. +In sooth, both the land and the folk were fair enough to be that land +and the folk thereof.</p> +<p>But a little after sunset they sundered, and some fared home; but +many of them abode in the tents and tilted wains, because the morrow +was the first day of the Spring Market: and already were some of the +Westland chapmen come; yea, two of them were with the bystanders in +the meadow; and more were looked for ere the night was far spent.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXII. THE MEN OF SHADOWY VALE COME TO THE SPRING +MARKET AT BURGSTEAD</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>On the morrow betimes in the morning the Westland chapmen, who were +now all come, went out from the House of the Face, where they were ever +wont to be lodged, and set up their booths adown the street betwixt +gate and bridge. Gay was the show; for the booths were tilted +over with painted cloths, and the merchants themselves were clad in +long gowns of fine cloth; scarlet, and blue, and white, and green, and +black, with broidered welts of gold and silver; and their knaves were +gaily attired in short coats of divers hues, with silver rings about +their arms, and short swords girt to their sides. People began +to gather about these chapmen at once when they fell to opening their +bales and their packs, and unloading their wains. There had they +iron, both in pigs and forged scrap and nails; steel they had, and silver, +both in ingots and vessel; pearls from over sea; cinnabar and other +colours for staining, such as were not in the mountains: madder from +the marshes, and purple of the sea, and scarlet grain from the holm-oaks +by its edge, and woad from the deep clayey fields of the plain; silken +thread also from the outer ocean, and rare webs of silk, and jars of +olive oil, and fine pottery, and scented woods, and sugar of the cane. +But gold they had none with them, for that they took there; and for +weapons, save a few silver-gilt toys, they had no market.</p> +<p>So presently they fell to chaffer; for the carles brought them little +bags of the river-borne gold, so that the weights and scales were at +work; others had with them scrolls and tallies to tell the number of +the beasts which they had to sell, and the chapmen gave them wares therefor +without beholding the beasts; for they wotted that the Dalesmen lied +not in chaffer. While the day was yet young withal came the Dalesmen +from the mid and nether Dale with their wares and set up their booths; +and they had with them flasks and kegs of the wine which they had to +sell; and bales of the good winter-woven cloth, some grey, some dyed, +and pieces of fine linen; and blades of swords, and knives, and axes +of such fashion as the Westland men used; and golden cups and chains, +and fair rings set with mountain-blue stones, and copper bowls, and +vessels gilt and parcel-gilt, and mountain-blue for staining. +There were men of the Shepherds also with such fleeces as they could +spare from the daily chaffer with the neighbours. And of the Woodlanders +were four carles and a woman with peltries and dressed deer-skins, and +a few pieces of well-carven wood-work for bedsteads and chairs and such +like.</p> +<p>Soon was the Burg thronged with folk in all its open places, and +all were eager and merry, and it could not have been told from their +demeanour and countenance that the shadow of a grievous trouble hung +over them. True it was that every man of the Dale and the neighbours +was girt with his sword, or bore spear or axe or other weapon in his +hand, and that most had their bucklers at their backs and their helms +on their heads; but this was ever their custom at all meetings of men, +not because they dreaded war or were fain of strife, but in token that +they were free men, from whom none should take the weapons without battle.</p> +<p>Such were the folk of the land: as for the chapmen, they were well-spoken +and courteous, and blithe with the folk, as they well might be, for +they had good pennyworths of them; yet they dealt with them without +using measureless lying, as behoved folk dealing with simple and proud +people; and many was the tale they told of the tidings of the Cities +and the Plain.</p> +<p>There amongst the throng was the Bride in her maiden’s attire, +but girt with the sword, going from booth to booth with her guests of +the Runaways, and doing those poor people what pleasure she might, and +giving them gifts from the goods there, such as they set their hearts +on. And the more part of the Runaways were about among the people +of the Fair; but Dallach, being still weak, sat on a bench by the door +of the House of the Face looking on well-pleased at all the stir of +folk.</p> +<p>Hall-face was gone on the woodland ward; while Face-of-god went among +the folk in his most glorious attire; but he soon betook him to the +place of meeting without the Gate, where Stone-face and some of the +elders were sitting along with the Alderman, beside whom sat the head +man of the merchants, clad in a gown of fine scarlet embroidered with +the best work of the Dale, with a golden chaplet on his head, and a +good sword, golden-hilted, by his side, all which the Alderman had given +to it him that morning. These chiefs were talking together concerning +the tidings of the Plain, and many a tale the guest told to the Dalesmen, +some true, some false. For there had been battles down there, +and the fall of kings, and destruction of people, as oft befalleth in +the guileful Cities. He told them also, in answer to their story +of the Dusky Men, of how men even such-like, but riding on horses, or +drawn in wains, an host not to be numbered, had erewhile overthrown +the hosts of the Cities of the Plain, and had wrought evils scarce to +be told of; and how they had piled up the skulls of slaughtered folk +into great hills beside the city-gates, so that the sun might no longer +shine into the streets; and how because of the death and the rapine, +grass had grown in the kings’ chambers, and the wolves had chased +deer in the Temples of the Gods.</p> +<p>‘But,’ quoth he, ‘I know you, bold tillers of the +soil, valiant scourers of the Wild-wood, that the worst that can befall +you will be to die under shield, and that ye shall suffer no torment +of the thrall. May the undying Gods bless the threshold of this +Gate, and oft may I come hither to taste of your kindness! May +your race, the uncorrupt, increase and multiply, till your valiant men +and clean maidens make the bitter sweet and purify the earth!’</p> +<p>He spake smooth-tongued and smiling, handling the while the folds +of his fine scarlet gown, and belike he meant a full half of what he +said; for he was a man very eloquent of speech, and had spoken with +kings, uncowed and pleased with his speaking; and for that cause and +his riches had he been made chief of the chapmen. As he spake +the heart of Face-of-god swelled within him, and his cheek flushed; +but Iron-face sat up straight and proud, and a light smile played about +his face, as he said gravely:</p> +<p>‘Friend of the Westland, I thank thee for the blessing and +the kind word. Such as we are, we are; nor do I deem that the +very Gods shall change us. And if they will be our friends, it +is well; for we desire nought of them save their friendship; and if +they will be our foes, that also shall we bear; nor will we curse them +for doing that which their lives bid them to do. What sayest thou, +Face-of-god, my son?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, father,’ said Face-of-god, ‘I say that the +very Gods, though they slay me, cannot unmake my life that has been. +If they do deeds, yet shall we also do.’</p> +<p>The Outlander smiled as they spake, and bowed his head to Iron-face +and Face-of-god, and wondered at their pride of heart, marvelling what +they would say to the great men of the Cities if they should meet them.</p> +<p>But as they sat a-talking, there came two men running to them from +the Portway, their weapons all clattering upon them, and they heard +withal the sound of a horn winded not far off very loud and clear; and +the Chapman’s cheek paled: for in sooth he doubted that war was +at hand, after all he had heard of the Dalesmen’s dealings with +the Dusky Men. And all battle was loathsome to him, nor for all +the gain of his chaffer had he come into the Dale, had he known that +war was looked for.</p> +<p>But the chiefs of the Dalesmen stirred not, nor changed countenance; +and some of the goodmen who were in the street nigh the Gate came forth +to see what was toward; for they also had heard the voice of the horn.</p> +<p>Then one of those messengers came up breathless, and stood before +the chiefs, and said:</p> +<p>‘New tidings, Alderman; here be weaponed strangers come into +the Dale.’</p> +<p>The Alderman smiled on him and said: ‘Yea, son, and are they +a great host of men?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said the man, ‘not above a score as I deem, +and there is a woman with them.’</p> +<p>‘Then shall we abide them here,’ said the Alderman, ‘and +thou mightest have saved thy breath, and suffered them to bring tidings +of themselves; since they may scarce bring us war. For no man +desireth certain and present death; and that is all that such a band +may win at our hands in battle to-day; and all who come in peace are +welcome to us. What like are they to behold?’</p> +<p>Said the man: ‘They are tall men gloriously attired, so that +they seem like kinsmen of the Gods; and they bear flowering boughs in +their hands.’</p> +<p>The Alderman laughed, and said: ‘If they be Gods they are welcome +indeed; and they shall grow the wiser for their coming; for they shall +learn how guest-fain the Burgdale men may be. But if, as I deem, +they be like unto us, and but the children of the Gods, then are they +as welcome, and it may be more so, and our greeting to them shall be +as their greeting to us would be.’</p> +<p>Even as he spake the horn was winded nearer yet, and more loudly, +and folk came pouring out of the Gate to learn the tidings. Presently +the strangers came from off the Portway into the space before the Gate; +and their leader was a tall and goodly man of some thirty winters, in +glorious array, helm on head and sword by side, his surcoat green and +flowery like the spring meads. In his right hand he held a branch +of the blossomed black-thorn (for some was yet in blossom), and his +left had hold of the hand of an exceeding fair woman who went beside +him: behind him was a score of weaponed men in goodly attire, some bearing +bows, some long spears, but each bearing a flowering bough in hand.</p> +<p>The tall man stopped in the midst of the space, and the Alderman +and they with him stirred not; though, as for Face-of-god, it was to +him as if summer had come suddenly into the midst of winter, and for +the very sweetness of delight his face grew pale.</p> +<p>Then the new-comer drew nigh to the Alderman and said:</p> +<p>‘Hail to the Gate and the men of the Gate! Hail to the +kindred of the children of the Gods!’</p> +<p>But the Alderman stood up and spake: ‘And hail to thee, tall +man! Fair greeting to thee and thy company! Wilt thou name +thyself with thine own name, or shall I call thee nought save Guest? +Welcome art thou, by whatsoever name thou wilt be called. Here +may’st thou and thy folk abide as long as ye will.’</p> +<p>Said the new-comer: ‘Thanks have thou for thy greeting and +for thy bidding! And that bidding shall we take, whatsoever may +come of it; for we are minded to abide with thee for a while. +But know thou, O Alderman of the Dalesmen, that I am not sackless toward +thee and thine. My name is Folk-might of the Children of the Wolf, +and this woman is the Sun-beam, my sister, and these behind me are of +my kindred, and are well beloved and trusty. We are no evil men +or wrong-doers; yet have we been driven into sore straits, wherein men +must needs at whiles do deeds that make their friends few and their +foes many. So it may be that I am thy foeman. Yet, if thou +doubtest of me that I shall be a baneful guest, thou shalt have our +weapons of us, and then mayest thou do thy will upon us without dread; +and here first of all is my sword!’</p> +<p>Therewith he cast down the flowering branch he was bearing, and pulled +his sword from out his sheath, and took it by the point, and held out +the hilt to Iron-face.</p> +<p>But the Alderman smiled kindly on him and said:</p> +<p>‘The blade is a good one, and I say it who know the craft of +sword-forging; but I need it not, for thou seest I have a sword by my +side. Keep your weapons, one and all; for ye have come amongst +many and those no weaklings: and if so be that thy guilt against us +is so great that we must needs fall on you, ye will need all your war-gear. +But hereof is no need to speak till the time of the Folk-mote, which +will be holden in three days’ wearing; so let us forbear this +matter till then; for I deem we shall have enough to say of other matters. +Now, Folk-might, sit down beside me, and thou also, Sun-beam, fairest +of women.’</p> +<p>Therewith he looked into her face and reddened, and said:</p> +<p>‘Yet belike thou hast a word of greeting for my son, Face-of-god, +unless it be so that ye have not seen him before?’</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god came forward, and took Folk-might by the hand and +kissed him; and he stood before the Sun-beam and took her hand, and +the world waxed a wonder to him as he kissed her cheeks; and in no wise +did she change countenance, save that her eyes softened, and she gazed +at him full kindly from the happiness of her soul.</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god said: ‘Welcome, Guests, who erewhile guested +me so well: now beginneth the day of your well-doing to the men of Burgdale; +therefore will we do to you as well as we may.’</p> +<p>Then Folk-might and the Sun-beam sat them down with the chieftains, +one on either side of the Alderman, but Face-of-god passed forth to +the others, and greeted them one by one: of them was Wood-father and +his three sons, and Bow-may; and they rejoiced exceedingly to see him, +and Bow-may said:</p> +<p>‘Now it gladdens my heart to look upon thee alive and thriving, +and to remember that day last winter when I met thee on the snow, and +turned thee back from the perilous path to thy pleasure, which the Dusky +Men were besetting, of whom thou knewest nought. Yea, it was merry +that tide; but this is better. Nay, friend,’ she said, ‘it +availeth thee nought to strive to look out of the back of thine head: +let it be enough to thee that she is there. Thou art now become +a great chieftain, and she is no less; and this is a meeting of chieftains, +and the folk are looking on and expecting demeanour of them as of the +Gods; and she is not to be dealt with as if she were the daughter of +some little goodman with whom one hath made tryst in the meadows. +There! hearken to me for a while; at least till I tell thee that thou +seemest to me to hold thine head higher than when last I saw thee; though +that is no long time either. Hast thou been in battle again since +that day?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ he said, ‘I have stricken no stroke since +I slew two felons within the same hour that we parted. And thou, +sister, what hast thou done?’</p> +<p>She said: ‘The grey goose hath been on the wing thrice since +that, bearing on it the bane of evil things.’</p> +<p>Then said Wood-wise: ‘Kinswoman, tell him of that battle, since +thou art deft with thy tongue.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘Weary on battles! it is nought save this: twelve +days agone needs must every fighting-man of the Wolf, carle or of queen, +wend away from Shadowy Vale, while those unmeet for battle we hid away +in the caves at the nether end of the Dale: but Sun-beam would not endure +that night, and fared with us, though she handled no weapon. All +this we had to do because we had learned that a great company of the +Dusky Men were over-nigh to our Dale, and needs must we fall upon them, +lest they should learn too much, and spread the story. Well, so +wise was Folk-might that we came on them unawares by night and cloud +at the edge of the Pine-wood, and but one of our men was slain, and +of them not one escaped; and when the fight was over we counted four +score and ten of their arm-rings.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘Did that or aught else come of our meeting with them +that morning?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ she said, ‘nought came of it: those we slew +were but a straying band. Nay, the four score and ten slain in +the Pine-wood knew not of Shadowy Vale belike, and had no intent for +it: they were but scouring the wood seeking their warriors that had +gone out from Silver-dale and came not aback.’</p> +<p>‘Thou art wise in war, Bow-may,’ said Face-of-god, and +he smiled withal.</p> +<p>Bow-may reddened and said: ‘Friend Gold-mane, dost thou perchance +deem that there is aught ill in my warring? And the Sun-beam, +she naysayeth the bearing of weapons; though I deem that she hath little +fear of them when they come her way.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Nay, I deem no ill of it, but much good. +For I suppose that thou hast learned overmuch of the wont of the Dusky +Men, and hast seen their thralls?’</p> +<p>She knitted her brows, and all the merriment went out of her face +at that word, and she answered: ‘Yea, thou hast it; for I have +both seen their thralls and been in the Dale of thralldom; and how then +can I do less than I do? But for thee, I perceive that thou hast +been nigh unto our foes and hast fallen in with their thralls; and that +is well; for whatso tales we had told thee thereof it is like thou wouldst +not have trowed in, as now thou must do, since thou thyself hast seen +these poor folk. But now I will tell thee, Gold-mane, that my +soul is sick of these comings and goings for the slaughter of a few +wretches; and I long for the Great Day of Battle, when it will be seen +whether we shall live or die; and though I laugh and jest, yet doth +the wearing of the days wear me.’</p> +<p>He looked kindly on her and said: ‘I am War-leader of this +Folk, and trust me that the waiting-tide shall not be long; wherefore +now, sister, be merry to-day, for that is but meet and right; and cast +aside thy care, for presently shalt thou behold many new friends. +But now meseemeth overlong have ye been standing before our Gate, and +it is time that ye should see the inside of our Burg and the inside +of our House.’</p> +<p>Indeed by this time so many men had come out of the street that the +place before the Gate was all thronged, and from where he stood Face-of-god +could scarce see his father, or Folk-might and the Sun-beam and the +chieftains.</p> +<p>So he took Wood-father by the hand, and close behind him came Wood-wise +and Bow-may, and he cried out for way that he might speak with the Alderman, +and men gave way to them, and he led those new-comers close up to the +gate-seats of the Elders, and as he clove the press smiling and bright-eyed +and happy, all gazed on him; but the Sun-beam, who was sitting between +Iron-face and the Westland Chapman, and who heretofore had been agaze +with eyes beholding little, past whose ears the words went unheard, +and whose mind wandered into thoughts of things unfashioned yet, when +she beheld him close to her again, then, taken unawares, her eyes caressed +him, and she turned as red as a rose, as she felt all the sweetness +of desire go forth from her to meet him. So that, he perceiving +it, his voice was the clearer and sweeter for the inward joy he felt, +as he said:</p> +<p>‘Alderman, meseemeth it is now time that we bring our Guests +into the House of our Fathers; for since they are in warlike array, +and we are no longer living in peace, and I am now War-leader of the +Dale, I deem it but meet that I should have the guesting of them. +Moreover, when we are come into our House, I will bid thee look into +thy treasury, that thou may’st find therein somewhat which it +may pleasure us to give to our Guests.’</p> +<p>Said Iron-face: ‘Thou sayest well, son, and since the day is +now worn past noon, and these folk are but just come from the Waste, +therefore such as we have of meat and drink abideth them. And +surely there is within our house a coffer which belongeth to thee and +me; and forsooth I know not why we keep the treasures hoarded therein, +save that it be for this cause: that if we were to give to our friends +that which we ourselves use and love, which would be of all things pleasant +to us, if we gave them such goods, they would be worn and worsened by +our use of them. For this reason, therefore, do we keep fair things +which we use not, so that we may give them to our friends.</p> +<p>‘Now, Guests, both of the Waste and the Westland, since here +is no Gate-thing or meeting of the Dale-wardens, and we sit here but +for our pleasure, let us go take our pleasure within doors for a while, +if it seem good to you.’</p> +<p>Therewith he arose, and the folk made way for him and his Guests; +and Folk-might went on the right hand of Iron-face, and beside him went +the Chapman, who looked on him with a half-smile, as though he knew +somewhat of him. But on the other side of Iron-face went the Sun-beam, +whose hand he held, and after these came Face-of-god, leading in the +rest of the New-comers, who yet held the flowery branches in their hands.</p> +<p>Now so much had Face-of-god told the Dalesmen, that they deemed they +all knew these men for their battle-fellows of whom they had heard tell; +and this the more as the men were so goodly and manly of aspect, especially +Folk-might, so that they seemed as if they were nigh akin to the Gods. +As for the Sun-beam, they knew not how to praise her beauty enough, +but they said that they had never known before how fair the Gods might +be. So they raised a great shout of welcome as the men came through +the Gate into the Burg, and all men turned their backs on the booths, +so eager were they to behold closely these new friends.</p> +<p>But as the Guests went from the Gate to the House of the Face, going +very slowly because of the press, there in the front of the throng stood +the Bride with the women of the Runaways, whom she had caused to be +clad very fairly; and she was fain to do them a pleasure by bringing +them to sight of these new-comers, of whom she had not heard who they +were, though she had heard the cry that strangers were at hand. +So there she stood smiling a little with the pleasure of showing a fair +sight to the poor people, as folk do with children. But when she +saw those twain going on each side of the Alderman she knew them at +once; and when the Sun-beam, who was on his left side, passed so close +to her that she could see the very smoothness and dainty fashion of +her skin, then was she astonied, and the world seemed strange to her, +and till they were gone by, and for a while afterwards, she knew not +where she was nor what she did, though it seemed to her as if she still +saw the face of that fair woman as in a picture.</p> +<p>But the Sun-beam had noted her at first, even amongst the fair women +of Burgstead, and she so steady and bright beside the wandering timorous +eyes and lowering faces of the thralls. But suddenly, as eye met +eye, she saw her face change; she saw her cheek whiten, her eyes stare, +and her lips quiver, and she knew at once who it was; for she had not +seen her before as Folk-might had. Then the Sun-beam cast her +eyes adown, lest her compassion might show in her face, and be a fresh +grief to her that had lost the wedding and the love; and so she passed +on.</p> +<p>As for Folk-might, he had seen her at once amongst all that folk +as he came into the street, and in sooth he was looking for her; and +when he saw her face change, as the sight of the Sun-beam smote upon +her heart, his own face burned with shame and anger, and he looked back +at her as he went toward the House. But she saw him not, nor noted +him; and none deemed it strange that he looked long on the Bride, the +treasure of Burgstead. But for some while Folk-might was few-spoken +and sharp-spoken amongst the chieftains; for he was slow to master his +longing and his wrath.</p> +<p>So when all the Guests had entered the door of the House of the Face, +the Alderman turned back, and, standing on the threshold of his House, +spake unto the throng:</p> +<p>‘Men of the Dale, and ye Outlanders who may be here, know that +this is a happy day; for hither have come to us Guests, men of the kindred +of the Gods, and they are even those of whom Face-of-god my son hath +told you. And they are friends of our friends and foes of our +foes. These men are now in my House, as is but right; but when +they come forth I look to you to cherish them in the best way ye know, +and make much of them, as of those who may help us and who may by us +be holpen.’</p> +<p>Therewith he went in again and into the Hall, and bade show the New-comers +to the daïs; and wine of the best, and meat such as was to hand, +was set before them. He bade men also get ready high feast as +great as might be against the evening; and they did his bidding straightway.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXIII. THE ALDERMAN GIVES GIFTS TO THEM OF SHADOWY +VALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>In the Hall of the Face Folk-might sat on the daïs at the right +hand of the Alderman, and the Sun-beam on his left hand. But Iron-face +also had beheld the Bride how her face changed, and he knew the cause, +and was grieved and angry and ashamed thereof: also he bethought him +how this stranger was sitting in the very place where the Bride used +to sit, and of all the love, as of a very daughter, that he had had +for her; howbeit he constrained himself to talk courteously and kindly +both to Folk-might and</p> +<p>the Sun-beam, as behoved the Chief of the House and the Alderman +of the Dale. Moreover, he was not a little moved by the goodliness +and wisdom of the Sun-beam and the manliness of Folk-might, who was +the most chieftain-like of men.</p> +<p>But while they sat there Face-of-god went from man to man of the +Guests, and made much of each, but especially of Wood-father and his +sons and Bow-may, and they loved him, and praised him, and deemed him +the best of hall-mates. Nor might the Sun-beam altogether refrain +her from looking lovingly on him, and it could be seen of her that she +deemed he was doing well, and like a wise leader and chieftain.</p> +<p>So wore away awhile, and men were fulfilled of meat and drink; so +then the Alderman arose and spake, and said:</p> +<p>‘Is it not so, Guests, that ye would now gladly behold our +market, and the goodly wares which the chapmen have brought us from +the Cities?’</p> +<p>Then most men cried out: ‘Yea, yea!’ and Iron-face said:</p> +<p>‘Then shall ye go, nor be holden by me from your pleasure. +And ye kinsmen who are the most guest-fain and the wisest, go ye with +our friends, and make all things easy and happy for them. But +first of all, Guests, I were well pleased if ye would take some small +matters out of our abundance; for it were well that ye see them ere +ye stand before the chapmen’s booths, lest ye chaffer with them +for what ye have already.’</p> +<p>They all praised his bounty and thanked him for his goodwill: so +he arose to go to his treasury, and bade certain of his folk go along +with him to bear in the gifts. But ere he had taken three steps +down the hall, Face-of-god prevented him and said:</p> +<p>‘Kinsman, if thou hast anywhere a hauberk somewhat better than +folk are wont to bear, such as thine own hand fashioneth, and a sword +of the like stuff, I would have thee give them, the sword to my brother-in-arms +Wood-wise here, and the war-coat to my sister Bow-may, who shooteth +so well in the bow that none may shoot closer, and very few as close; +and her shaft it was that delivered me when my skull was amongst the +axes of the Dusky Men: else had I not been here.’</p> +<p>Thereat Bow-may reddened and looked down, like a scholar who hath +been over-praised for his learning and diligence; but the Alderman smiled +on her and said:</p> +<p>‘I thank thee, son, that thou hast let me know what these our +two friends may be fain of: and as for this damsel-at-arms, it is a +little thing that thou askest for her, and we might have found her something +more worthy of her goodliness; yet forsooth, since we are all bound +for the place where shafts and staves shall be good cheap, a greater +treasure might be of less avail to her.’</p> +<p>Thereat men laughed, and the Alderman went down the Hall with those +bearers of gifts, and was away for a space while they drank and made +merry: but presently back they came from the treasury bearing loads +of goodly things which were laid on one of the endlong boards. +Then began the gift-giving: and first he gave unto Folk-might six golden +cups marvellously fashioned, the work of four generations of wrights +in the Dale, and he himself had wrought the last two thereof. +To Sun-beam he gave a girdle of gold, fashioned with great mastery, +whereon were images of the Gods and the Fathers, and warriors, and beasts +of the field and fowls of the air; and as he girt it about her loins, +he said in a soft voice so that few heard:</p> +<p>‘Sun-beam, thou fair woman, time has been when thou wert to +us as the edge of the poisonous sword or the midnight torch of the murderer; +but now I know not how it will be, or if the grief which thou hast given +me will ever wear out or not. And now that I have beheld thee, +I have little to do to blame my son; for indeed when I look on thee +I cannot deem that there is any evil in thee. Yea, however it +may be, take thou this gift as the reward of thine exceeding beauty.’</p> +<p>She looked on him with kind eyes, and said meekly:</p> +<p>‘Indeed, if I have hurt thee unwittingly, I grieve to have +hurt so good a man. Hereafter belike we may talk more of this, +but now I will but say, that whereas at first I needed but to win thy +son’s goodwill, so that our Folk might come to life and thriving +again, now it is come to this, that he holdeth my heart in his hand +and may do what he will with it; therefore I pray thee withhold not +thy love either from him or from me.’</p> +<p>He looked on her wondering, and said: ‘Thou art such an one +as might make the old man young, and the boy grow into manhood suddenly; +and thy voice is as sweet as the voice of the song-birds singing in +the dawn of early summer soundeth to him who hath been sick unto death, +but who hath escaped it and is mending. And yet I fear thee.’</p> +<p>Therewith he kissed her hand and turned unto the others, and he gave +unto Bow-may a hauberk of ring-mail of his own fashioning, a sure defence +and a wonderful work, and the collar thereof was done with gold and +gems.</p> +<p>But he said to her: ‘Fair damsel-at-arms, faithful is thy face, +and the fashion of thee is goodly: now art thou become one of the best +of our friends, and this is little enough to give thee; yet would we +fain ward thy body against the foeman; so grieve us not by gainsaying +us.’</p> +<p>And Bow-may was exceeding glad, and scarce knew how to cease handling +that marvel of ring-mail.</p> +<p>Then to Wood-wise Iron-face gave a most goodly sword, the blade all +marked with dark lines like the stream of an eddying river, the hilts +of steel and gold marvellously wrought; and all the work of a smith +who had dwelt in the house of his father’s father, and was a great +warrior.</p> +<p>Unto Wood-father he gave a very goodly helm parcel-gilded; and to +his sons and the other folk fair gifts of weapons and jewels and girdles +and cups and other good things; so that their hearts were full of joy, +and they all praised his open hand.</p> +<p>Then some of the best and merriest of the kinsmen of the Face, and +Face-of-god with them, brought the Guests out into the street and among +the booths. There Face-of-god beheld the Bride again; and she +was standing by the booth of a chapman and dealing with him for a piece +of goodly silken cloth to be a gown for one of her guests, and she was +talking and smiling as she chaffered with him, as her wont was; for +she was ever very friendly of demeanour with all men. But he noted +that she was yet exceeding pale, and he was right sorry thereof, for +he loved her friendly; yet now had he no shame for all that had befallen, +when he bethought him of the Sun-beam and the love she had for him. +And also he had a deeming that the Bride would better of her grief.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXIV. THE CHIEFTAINS TAKE COUNSEL IN THE HALL OF +THE FACE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Then turned Face-of-god back into the Hall, and saw where Iron-face +sat at the daïs, and with him Folk-might and Stone-face and the +Elder of the Dale-wardens, and Sun-beam withal; so he went soberly up +to the board, and sat himself down thereat beside Stone-face, over against +Folk-might and his father, beside whom sat the Sun-beam; and Folk-might +looked on him gravely, as a man powerful and trustworthy, yet was his +look somewhat sour.</p> +<p>Then the Alderman said: ‘My son, I said not to thee come back +presently, because I wotted that thou wouldst surely do so, knowing +that we have much to speak of. For, whatever these thy friends +may have done, or whatsoever thou hast done with them to grieve us, +all that must be set aside at this present time, since the matter in +hand is to save the Dale and its folk. What sayest thou hereon? +Since, young as thou mayst be, thou art our War-leader, and doubtless +shalt so be after the Folk-mote hath been holden.’</p> +<p>Face-of-god answered not hastily: indeed, as he sat thinking for +a minute or two, the fair spring day seemed to darken about them or +to glare into the light of flames amidst the night-tide; and the joyous +clamour without doors seemed to grow hoarse and fearful as the sound +of wailing and shrieking. But he spake firmly and simply in a +clear voice, and said:</p> +<p>‘There can be no two words concerning what we have to aim at; +these Dusky Men we must slay everyone, though we be fewer than they +be.’</p> +<p>Folk-might smiled and nodded his head; but the others sat staring +down the hall or into the hangings.</p> +<p>Then spake Folk-might: ‘Thou wert a boy methought when I cast +my spear at thee last autumn, Face-of-god, but now hast thou grown into +a man. Now tell me, what deemest thou we must do to slay them +all?’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Once again it is clear that we must fall +upon them at home in Rose-dale and Silver-dale.’</p> +<p>Again Folk-might nodded: but Iron-face said:</p> +<p>‘Needeth this? May we not ward the Dale and send many +bands into the wood to fall upon them when we meet them? Yea, +and so doing these our guests have already slain many, as this valiant +man hath told me e’en now. Will ye not slay so many at last, +that they shall learn to fear us, and abide at home and leave us at +peace?’</p> +<p>But Face-of-god said: ‘Meseemeth, father, that this is not +thy rede, and that thou sayest this but to try me: and perchance ye +have been talking about me when I was without in the street e’en +now. Even if it might be that we should thus cow these felons +into abiding at home and tormenting their own thralls at their ease, +yet how then are our friends of the Wolf holpen to their own again? +And I shall tell thee that I have promised to this man and this woman +that I will give them no less than a man’s help in this matter. +Moreover, I have spoken in every house of the Dale, and to the Shepherds +and the Woodlanders, and there is no man amongst them but will follow +me in the quarrel. Furthermore, they have heard of the thralldom +that is done on men no great way from their own houses; yea, they have +seen it; and they remember the old saw, “Grief in thy neighbour’s +hall is grief in thy garth,” and sure it is, father, that whether +thou or I gainsay them, go they will to deliver the thralls of the Dusky +Men, and will leave us alone in the Dale.’</p> +<p>‘This is no less than sooth,’ said the Dale-warden, ‘never +have men gone forth more joyously to a merry-making than all men of +us shall wend to this war.’</p> +<p>‘But,’ said Face-of-god, ‘of one thing ye may be +sure, that these men will not abide our pleasure till we cut them all +off in scattered bands, nor will they sit deedless at home. Nor +indeed may they; for we have heard from their thralls that they look +to have fresh tribes of them come to hand to eat their meat and waste +their servants, and these and they must find new abodes and new thralls; +and they are now warned by the overthrows and slayings that they have +had at our hands that we are astir, and they will not delay long, but +will fall upon us with all their host; it might even be to-day or to-morrow.’</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘In all this thou sayest sooth, brother of +the Dale; and to cut this matter short, I will tell you all, that yesterday +we had with us a runaway from Silver-dale (it is overlong to tell how +we fell in with her; for it was a woman). But she told us that +this very moon is a new tribe come into the Dale, six long hundreds +in number, and twice as many more are looked for in two eights of days, +and that ere this moon hath waned, that is, in twenty-four days, they +will wend their ways straight for Burgdale, for they know the ways thereto. +So I say that Face-of-god is right in all wise. But tell me, brother, +hast thou thought of how we shall come upon these men?’</p> +<p>‘How many men wilt thou lead into battle?’ said Face-of-god.</p> +<p>Folk-might reddened, and said: ‘A few, a few; maybe two-hundreds +all told.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Face-of-god, ‘but some special gain +wilt thou be to us.’</p> +<p>‘So I deem at least,’ said Folk-might.</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Good is that. Now have we held our +Weapon-show in the Dale, and we find that we together with you be sixteen +long hundreds of men; and the tale of the foemen that be now in Silver-dale, +new-comers and all, shall be three thousands or thereabout, and in Rose-dale +hard on a thousand.’</p> +<p>‘Scarce so many,’ said Folk-might; ‘some of the +felons have died; we told over our silver arm-rings yesterday, and the +tale was three hundred and eighty and six. Besides, they were +never so many as thou deemest.’</p> +<p>‘Well,’ said Face-of-god, ‘yet at least they shall +outnumber us sorely. We may scarce leave the Dale unguarded when +our host is gone; therefore I deem that we shall have but one thousand +of men for our onslaught on Silver-dale.’</p> +<p>‘How come ye to that?’ said Stone-face.</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Abide a while, fosterer! Though the +odds between us be great, it is not to be hidden that I wot how ye of +the Wolf know of privy passes into Silver-dale; yea, into the heart +thereof; and this is the special gain ye have to give us. Therefore +we, the thousand men, falling on the foe unawares, shall make a great +slaughter of them; and if the murder be but grim enough, those thralls +of theirs shall fear us and not them, as already they hate them and +not us, so that we may look to them for rooting out these sorry weeds +after the overthrow. And what with one thing, what with another, +we may cherish a good hope of clearing Silver-dale at one stroke with +the said thousand men.</p> +<p>‘There remaineth Rose-dale, which will be easier to deal with, +because the Dusky Men therein are fewer and the thralls as many: that +also would I fall on at the same time as we fall on Silver-dale with +the men that are left over from the Silver-dale onslaught. Wherefore +my rede is, that we gather all those unmeet for battle in the field +into this Burg, with ten tens of men to strengthen them; which shall +be enough for them, along with the old men, and lads, and sturdy women, +to defend themselves till help comes, if aught of evil befall, or to +flee into the mountains, or at the worst to die valiantly. Then +let the other five hundreds fare up to Rose-dale, and fall on the Dusky +Men therein about the same time, but not before our onslaught on Silver-dale: +thus shall hand help foot, so that stumbling be not falling; and we +may well hope that our rede shall thrive.’</p> +<p>Then was he silent, and the Sun-beam looked upon him with gleaming +eyes and parted lips, waiting eagerly to hear what Folk-might would +say. He held his peace a while, drumming on the board with his +fingers, and none else spake a word. At last he said:</p> +<p>‘War-leader of Burgdale, all that thou hast spoken likes me +well, and even so must it be done, saving that parting of our host and +sending one part to fall upon Rose-dale. I say, nay; let us put +all our might into that one stroke on Silver-dale, and then we are undone +indeed if we fail; but so shall we be if we fail anywise; but if we +win Silver-dale, then shall Rose-dale lie open before us.’</p> +<p>‘My brother,’ said Face-of-god, ‘thou art a tried +warrior, and I but a lad: but dost thou not see this, that whatever +we do, we shall not at one onslaught slay all the Dusky Men of Silver-dale, +and those that flee before us shall betake them to Rose-dale, and tell +all the tale, and what shall hinder them then from falling on Burgdale +(since they are no great way from it) after they have murdered what +they will of the unhappy people under their hands?’</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘I say not but that there is a risk thereof, +but in war we must needs run such risks, and all should be risked rather +than that our blow on Silver-dale be light. For we be the fewer; +and if the foemen have time to call that to mind, then are we all lost.’</p> +<p>Said Stone-face: ‘Meseemeth, War-leader, that there is nought +much to dread in leaving Rose-dale to itself for a while; for not only +may we follow hard on the fleers if they flee to Rose-dale, and be there +no long time after them, before they have time to stir their host but +also after the overthrow we shall be free to send men back to Burgdale +by way of Shadowy Vale. I deem that herein Folk-might hath the +right of it.’</p> +<p>‘Even so say I,’ said the Alderman; ‘besides, we +might theft leave more folk behind us for the warding of the Dale. +So, son, the risk whereof thou speakest groweth the lesser the longer +it is looked on.’</p> +<p>Then spake the Dale-warden: ‘Yet saving your wisdom, Alderman, +the risk is there yet. For if these felons come into the Dale +at all, even if the folk left behind hold the Burg and keep themselves +unmurdered, yet may they not hinder the foe from spoiling our homesteads; +so that our folk coming back in triumph shall find ruin at home, and +spend weary days in hunting their foemen, who shall, many of them, escape +into the Wild-wood.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said the Sun-beam, ‘sooth is that; and Face-of-god +is wise to think of it and of other matters. Yet one thing we +must bear in mind, that all may not go smoothly in our day’s work +in Silver-dale; so we must have force there to fall back on, in case +we miss our stroke at first. Therefore, I say, send we no man +to Rose-dale, and leave we no able man-at-arms behind in the Burg, so +that we have with us every blade that may be gathered.’</p> +<p>Iron-face smiled and said: ‘Thou art wise, damsel; and I marvel +that so fair-fashioned a thing as thou can think so hardly of the meeting +of the fallow blades. But hearken! will not the Dusky Men hear +that we have stripped the Dale of fighting-men, and may they not then +give our host the go-by and send folk to ruin us?’</p> +<p>There was silence while Face-of-god looked down on the board; but +presently he lifted up his face and said:</p> +<p>‘Folk-might was right when he said that all must be risked. +Let us leave Rose-dale till we have overcome them of Silver-dale. +Moreover, my father, thou must not deem of these felons as if they were +of like wits to us, to forecast the deeds to come, and weigh the chances +nicely, and unravel tangled clews. Rather they move like to the +stares in autumn, or the winter wild-geese, and will all be thrust forward +by some sting that entereth into their imaginations. Therefore, +if they have appointed one moon to wear before they fall upon us, they +will not stir till then, and we have time enough to do what must be +done. Wherefore am I now of one mind with the rest of you. +Now meseemeth it were well that these things which we have spoken here, +and shall speak, should not be noised abroad openly; nay, at the Folk-mote +it would be well that nought be said about the day or the way of our +onslaught on Silver-dale, lest the foe take warning and be on their +guard. Though, sooth to say, did I deem that if they had word +of our intent they of Rose-dale would join themselves to them of Silver-dale, +and that we should thus have all our foes in one net, then were I fain +if the word would reach them. For my soul loathes the hunting +that shall befall up and down the wood for the slaying of a man here, +and two or three there, and the wearing of the days in wandering up +and down with weapons in the hand, and the spinning out of hatred and +delaying of peace.’</p> +<p>Then Iron-face reached his hand across the board and took his son’s +hand, and said:</p> +<p>‘Hail to thee, son, for thy word! Herein thou speakest +as if from my very soul, and fain am I of such a War-leader.’</p> +<p>And desire drew the eyes of the Sun-beam to Face-of-god, and she +beheld him proudly. But he said:</p> +<p>‘All hath been spoken that the others of us may speak; and +now it falleth to the part of Folk-might to order our goings for the +tryst for the onslaught, and the trysting-place shall be in Shadowy +Vale. How sayest thou, Chief of the Wolf?’</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘I have little to say; and it is for the War-leader +to see to this closely and piecemeal. I deem, as we all deem, +that there should be no delay; yet were it best to wend not all together +to Shadowy Vale, but in divers bands, as soon as ye may after the Folk-mote, +by the sure and nigh ways that we shall show you. And when we +are gathered there, short is the rede, for all is ready there to wend +by the passes which we know throughly, and whereby it is but two days’ +journey to the head of Silver-dale, nigh to the caves of the silver, +where the felons dwell the thickest.’</p> +<p>He set his teeth, and his colour came and went: for as constantly +as the onslaught had been in his mind, yet whenever he spake of the +great day of battle, hope and joy and anger wrought a tumult in his +soul; and now that it was so nigh withal, he could not refrain his joy.</p> +<p>But he spake again: ‘Now therefore, War-leader, it is for thee +to order the goings of thy folk. But I will tell thee that they +shall not need to take aught with them save their weapons and victual +for the way, that is, for thirty hours; because all is ready for them +in Shadowy Vale, though it be but a poor place as to victual. +Canst thou tell us, therefore, what thou wilt do?’</p> +<p>Face-of-god had knit his brows and become gloomy of countenance; +but now his face cleared, and he set his hand to his pouch, and drew +forth a written parchment, and said:</p> +<p>‘This is the order whereof I have bethought me. Before +the Folk-mote I and the Wardens shall speak to the leaders of hundreds, +who be mostly here at the Fair, and give them the day and the hour whereon +they shall, each hundred, take their weapons and wend to Shadowy Vale, +and also the place where they shall meet the men of yours who shall +lead them across the Waste. These hundred-leaders shall then go +straightway and give the word to the captains of scores, and the captains +of scores to the captains of tens; and if, as is scarce doubtful, the +Folk-mote yea-says the onslaught and the fellowship with you of the +Wolf, then shall those leaders of tens bring their men to the trysting-place, +and so go their ways to Shadowy Vale. Now here I have the roll +of our Weapon-show, and I will look to it that none shall be passed +over; and if ye ask me in what order they had best get on the way, my +rede is that a two hundred should depart on the very evening of the +day of the Folk-mote, and these to be of our folk of the Upper Dale; +and on the morning of the morrow of the Folk-mote another two hundreds +from the Dale; and in the evening of the same day the folk of the Shepherds, +three hundreds or more, and that will be easy to them; again on the +next day two more bands of the Lower Dale, one in the morning, one in +the evening. Lastly, in the earliest dawn of the third day from +the Folk-mote shall the Woodlanders wend their ways. But one hundred +of men let us leave behind for the warding of the Burg, even as we agreed +before. As for the place of tryst for the faring over the Waste, +let it be the end of the knolls just by the jaws of the pass yonder, +where the Weltering Water comes into the Dale from the East. How +say ye?’</p> +<p>They all said, and Folk-might especially, that it was right well +devised, and that thus it should be done.</p> +<p>Then turned Face-of-god to the Dale-warden, and said:</p> +<p>‘It were good, brother, that we saw the other wardens as soon +as may be, to do them to wit of this order, and what they have to do.’</p> +<p>Therewith he arose and took the Elder of the Dale-wardens away with +him, and the twain set about their business straight-way. Neither +did the others abide long in the Hall, but went out into the Burg to +see the chapmen and their wares. There the Alderman bought what +he needed of iron and steel and other matters; and Folk-might cheapened +him a dagger curiously wrought, and a web of gold and silk for the Sun-beam, +for which wares he paid in silver arm-rings, new-wrought and of strange +fashion.</p> +<p>But amidst of the chaffer was now a great ring of men; and in the +midst of the ring stood Redesman, fiddle and bow in hand, and with him +were four damsels wondrously arrayed; for the first was clad in a smock +so craftily wrought with threads of green and many colours, that it +seemed like a piece of the green field beset with primroses and cowslips +and harebells and windflowers, rather than a garment woven and sewn; +and in her hand she bore a naked sword, with golden hilts and gleaming +blade. But the second bore on her roses done in like manner, both +blossoms and green leaves, wherewith her body was covered decently, +which else had been naked. The third was clad as though she were +wading the wheat-field to the waist, and above was wrapped in the leaves +and bunches of the wine-tree. And the fourth was clad in a scarlet +gown flecked with white wool to set forth the winter’s snow, and +broidered over with the burning brands of the Holy Hearth; and she bore +on her head a garland of mistletoe. And these four damsels were +clearly seen to image the four seasons of the year - Spring, Summer, +Autumn, and Winter. But amidst them stood a fountain or conduit +of gilded work cunningly wrought, and full of the best wine of the Dale, +and gilded cups and beakers hung about it.</p> +<p>So now Redesman fell to caressing his fiddle with the bow till it +began to make sweet music, and therewith the hearts of all danced with +it; and presently words come into his mouth, and he fell to singing; +and the damsels answered him:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Earth-wielders, that fashion the Dale-dwellers’ treasure,<br /> Soft +are ye by seeming, yet hardy of heart!<br />No warrior amongst us withstandeth +your pleasure;<br /> No man from his meadow may thrust +you apart.</p> +<p>Fresh and fair are your bodies, but far beyond telling<br /> Are +the years of your lives, and the craft ye have stored.<br />Come give +us a word, then, concerning our dwelling,<br /> And +the days to befall us, the fruit of the sword.</p> +<p><i>Winter saith:</i></p> +<p>When last in the feast-hall the Yule-fire flickered,<br /> The +foot of no foeman fared over the snow,<br />And nought but the wind +with the ash-branches bickered:<br /> Next Yule ye +may deem it a long time ago.</p> +<p><i>Autumn saith:</i></p> +<p>Loud laughed ye last year in the wheat-field a-smiting;<br /> And +ye laughed as your backs drave the beam of the press.<br />When the +edge of the war-sword the acres are lighting<br /> Look +up to the Banner and laugh ye no less.</p> +<p><i>Summer saith:</i></p> +<p>Ye called and I came, and how good was the greeting,<br /> When +ye wrapped me in roses both bosom and side!<br />Here yet shall I long, +and be fain of our meeting,<br /> As hidden from battle +your coming I bide.</p> +<p><i>Spring saith:</i></p> +<p>I am here for your comfort, and lo! what I carry;<br /> The +blade with the bright edges bared to the sun.<br />To the field, to +the work then, that e’en I may tarry<br /> For +the end of the tale in my first days begun!</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Therewith the throng opened, and a young man stepped lightly into +the ring, clad in very fair armour, with a gilded helm on his head; +and he took the sword from the hand of the Maiden of Spring, and waved +it in the air till the westering sun flashed back from it. Then +each of the four damsels went up to the swain and kissed his mouth; +and Redesman drew the bow across the strings, and the four damsels sang +together, standing round about the young warrior:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>It was but a while since for earth’s sake we trembled,<br /> Lest +the increase our life-days had won for the Dale,<br />All the wealth +that the moons and the years had assembled,<br /> Should +be but a mock for the days of your bale.</p> +<p>But now we behold the sun smite on the token<br /> In +the hand of the Champion, the heart of a man;<br />We look down the +long years and see them unbroken;<br /> Forth fareth +the Folk by the ways it began.</p> +<p>So bid ye these chapmen in autumn returning,<br /> To +bring iron for ploughshares and steel for the scythe,<br />And the over-sea +oil that hath felt the sun’s burning,<br /> And +fair webs for your women soft-spoken and blithe;</p> +<p>And pledge ye your word in the market to meet them,<br /> As +many a man and as many a maid,<br />As eager as ever, as guest-fain +to greet them,<br /> And bide till the booth from the +waggon is made.</p> +<p>Come, guests of our lovers! for we, the year-wielders,<br /> Bid +each man and all to come hither and take<br />A cup from our hands midst +the peace of our shielders,<br /> And drink to the +days of the Dale that we make.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Then went the damsels to that wine-fountain, and drew thence cups +of the best and brightest wine of the Dale, and went round about the +ring, and gave drink to whomsoever would, both of the chapmen and the +others; while the weaponed youth stood in the midst bearing aloft his +sword and shield like an image in a holy place, and Redesman’s +bow still went up and down the strings, and drew forth a sweet and merry +tune.</p> +<p>Great game it was now to see the stark Burgdale carles dragging the +Men of the Plain, little loth, up to the front of the ring, that they +might stretch out their hands for a cup, and how many a one, as he took +it, took as much as he might of the damsel’s hand withal. +As for the damsels, they played the Holy Play very daintily, neither +reddening nor laughing, but faring so solemnly, and withal so sweetly +and bright-faced, that it might well have been deemed that they were +in very sooth Maidens of the God of Earth sent from the ever-enduring +Hall to cheer the hearts of men.</p> +<p>So simply and blithely did the Men of Burgdale disport them after +the manner of their fathers, trusting in their valour and beholding +the good days to be.</p> +<p>So wore the evening, and when night was come, men feasted throughout +the Burg from house to house, and every hall was full. But the +Guests from Shadowy Vale feasted in the Hall of the Face in all glee +and goodwill; and with them were the chief of the chapmen and two others; +but the rest of them had been laid hold of by goodmen of the Burg, and +dragged into their feast-halls, for they were fain of those guests and +their tales. One of the chapmen in the House of the Face knew +Folk-might, and hailed him by the name he had borne in the Cities, Regulus +to wit; indeed, the chief chapman knew him, and even somewhat over-well, +for he had been held to ransom by Folk-might in those past days, and +even yet feared him, because he, the chapman, had played somewhat of +a dastard’s part to him. But the other was an open-hearted +and merry fellow, and no weakling; and Folk-might was fain of his talk +concerning times bygone, and the fields they had foughten in, and other +adventures that had befallen them, both good and evil.</p> +<p>As for Face-of-god, he went about the Hall soberly, and spake no +more than behoved him, so as not to seem a mar-feast; for the image +of the slaughter to be yet abode with him, and his heart foreboded the +after-grief of the battle. He had no speech with the Sun-beam +till men were sundering after the feast, and then he came close to her +amidst of the turmoil, and said:</p> +<p>‘Time presses on me these days; but if thou wouldest speak +with me to-morrow as I would with thee, then mightest thou go on the +Bridge of the Burg about sunrise, and I will be there, and we two only.’</p> +<p>Her face, which had been somewhat sad that evening (for she had been +watching his), brightened at that word, and she took his hand as folk +came thronging round about them, and said:</p> +<p>‘Yea, friend, I shall be there, and fain of thee.’ +And therewithal they sundered for that night.</p> +<p>And all men went to sleep throughout the Burg: howbeit they set a +watch at the Burg-Gate; and Hall-face, when he was coming back from +the woodland ward about sunset, fell in with Redcoat of Waterless and +four score men on the Portway coming to meet him and take his place. +All which was clean contrary to the wont of the Burgdalers, who at most +whiles held no watch and ward, not even in Fair-time.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXV. FACE-OF-GOD TALKETH WITH THE SUN-BEAM</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Face-of-God was at the Bridge on the morrow before sun-rising, and +as he turned about at the Bridge-foot he saw the Sun-beam coming down +the street; and his heart rose to his mouth at the sight of her, and +he went to meet her and took her by the hand; and there were no words +between them till they had kissed and caressed each other, for there +was no one stirring about them. So they went over the Bridge into +the meadows, and eastward of the beaten path thereover.</p> +<p>The grass was growing thick and strong, and it was full of flowers, +as the cowslip and the oxlip, and the chequered daffodil, and the wild +tulip: the black-thorn was well-nigh done blooming, but the hawthorn +was in bud, and in some places growing white. It was a fair morning, +warm and cloudless, but the night had been misty, and the haze still +hung about the meadows of the Dale where they were wettest, and the +grass and its flowers were heavy with dew, so that the Sun-beam went +barefoot in the meadow. She had a dark cloak cast over her kirtle, +and had left her glittering gown behind her in the House.</p> +<p>They went along hand in hand exceeding fain of each other, and the +sun rose as they went, and the long beams of gold shone through the +tops of the tall trees across the grass they trod, and a light wind +rose up in the north, as Face-of-god stayed a moment and turned toward +the Face of the Sun and prayed to Him, while the Sun-beam’s hand +left the War-leader’s hand and stole up to his golden locks and +lay amongst them.</p> +<p>Presently they went on, and the feet of Face-of-god led him unwitting +toward the chestnut grove by the old dyke where he had met the Bride +such a little while ago, till he bethought whither he was going and +stopped short and reddened; and the Sun-beam noted it, but spake not; +but he said: ‘Hereby is a fair place for us to sit and talk till +the day’s work beginneth.’</p> +<p>So then he turned aside, and soon they came to a hawthorn brake out +of which arose a great tall-stemmed oak, showing no green as yet save +a little on its lower twigs; and anigh it, yet with room for its boughs +to grow freely, was a great bird-cherry tree, all covered now with sweet-smelling +white blossoms. There they sat down on the trunk of a tree felled +last year, and she cast off her cloak, and took his face between her +two hands and kissed him long and fondly, and for a while their joy +had no word. But when speech came to them, it was she that spake +first and said:</p> +<p>‘Gold-mane, my dear, sorely I wonder at thee and at me, how +we are changed since that day last autumn when I first saw thee. +Whiles I think, didst thou not laugh when thou wert by thyself that +day, and mock at me privily, that I must needs take such wisdom on myself, +and lesson thee standing like a stripling before me. Dost thou +not call it all to mind and make merry over it, now that thou art become +a great chieftain and a wise warrior, and I am yet what I always was, +a young maiden of the kindred; save that now I abide no longer for my +love?’</p> +<p>Her face was exceeding bright and rippled with joyous smiles, and +he looked at her and deemed that her heart was overflowing with happiness, +and he wondered at her indeed that she was so glad of him, and he said:</p> +<p>‘Yea, indeed, oft do I see that morning in the woodland hall +and thee and me therein, as one looketh on a picture; yea verily, and +I laugh, yet is it for very bliss; neither do I mock at all. Did +I not deem thee a God then? and am I not most happy now when I can call +it thus to mind? And as to thee, thou wert wise then, and yet +art thou wise now. Yea, I thought thee a God; and if we are changed, +is it not rather that thou hast lifted me up to thee, and not come down +to me?’</p> +<p>Yet therewithal he knit his brows somewhat and said:</p> +<p>‘Yet thou hast not to tell me that all thy love for thy Folk, +and thy yearning hope for its recoverance, was but a painted show. +Else why shouldst thou love me the better now that I am become a chieftain, +and therefore am more meet to understand thy hope and thy sorrow? +Did I not behold thee as we stood before the Wolf of the Hall of Shadowy +Vale, how the tears stood in thine eyes as thou beheldest him, and thine +hand in mine quivered and clung to me, and thou wert all changed in +a moment of time? Was all this then but a seeming and a beguilement?’</p> +<p>‘O young man,’ she said, ‘hast thou not said it, +that we stood there close together, and my hand in thine and desire +growing up in me? Dost thou not know how this also quickeneth +the story of our Folk, and our goodwill towards the living, and remembrance +of the dead? Shall they have lived and desired, and we deny desire +and life? Or tell me: what was it made thee so chieftain-like +in the Hall yesterday, so that thou wert the master of all our wills, +for as self-willed as some of us were? Was it not that I, whom +thou deemest lovely, was thereby watching thee and rejoicing in thee? +Did not the sweetness of thy love quicken thee? Yet because of +that was thy warrior’s wisdom and thy foresight an empty show? +Heedest thou nought the Folk of the Dale? Wouldest thou sunder +from the children of the Fathers, and dwell amongst strangers?’</p> +<p>He kissed her and smiled on her and said: ‘Did I not say of +thee that thou wert wiser than the daughters of men? See how wise +thou hast made me!’</p> +<p>She spake again: ‘Nay, nay, there was no feigning in my love +for my people. How couldest thou think it, when the Fathers and +the kindred have made this body that thou lovest, and the voice of their +songs is in the speech thou deemest sweet?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘Sweet friend, I deemed not that there was feigning +in thee: I was but wondering what I am and how I was fashioned, that +I should make thee so glad that thou couldst for a while forget thy +hope of the days before we met.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘O how glad, how glad! Yet was I nought hapless. +In despite of all trouble I had no down-weighing grief, and I had the +hope of my people before me. Good were my days; but I knew not +till now how glad a child of man may be.’</p> +<p>Their words were hushed for a while amidst their caresses. +Then she said:</p> +<p>‘Gold-mane, my friend, I mocked not my past self because I +deem that I was a fool then, but because I see now that all that my +wisdom could do, would have come about without my wisdom; and that thou, +deeming thyself something less than wise, didst accomplish the thing +I craved, and that which thou didst crave also; and withal wisdom embraced +thee, along with love.’</p> +<p>Therewith she cast her arms about him and said:</p> +<p>‘O friend, I mock myself of this: that erst thou deemedst me +a God and fearedst me, but now thou seemest to me to be a God, and I +fear thee. Yea, though I have longed so sore to be with thee since +the day of Shadowy Vale, and though I have wearied of the slow wearing +of the days, and it hath tormented me; yet now that I am with thee, +I bless the torment of my longing; for it is but my longing that compelleth +me to cast away my fear of thee and caress thee, because I have learned +how sweet it is to love thee thus.’</p> +<p>He wound his arms about her, and sweeter was their longing than mere +joy; and though their love was beyond measure, yet was therein no shame +to aught, not even to the lovely Dale and that fair season of spring, +so goodly they were among the children of men.</p> +<p>In a while they arose and turned homeward, and went over the open +meadow, and it was yet early, and the dew was as heavy on the grass +as before, though the wide sunlight was now upon it, glittering on the +wet blades, and shining through the bells of the chequered daffodils +till they looked like gouts of blood.</p> +<p>‘Look,’ said Sun-beam, as they went along by the same +way whereas they came, ‘deemest thou not that other speech-friends +besides us have been abroad to talk together apart on this morning of +the eve of battle. It is nought unwonted, that we do, even though +we forget the trouble of the people to think of our own joy for a while.’</p> +<p>The smile died out of her face as she spoke, and she said:</p> +<p>‘O friend, this much may I say for myself in all sooth, that +indeed I would die for the kindred and its good days, nor falter therein; +but if I am to die, might I but die in thine arms!’</p> +<p>He looked very lovingly on her, and put his arm about her and kissed +her and said: ‘What ails us to stand in the doom-ring and bear +witness against ourselves before the kindred? Now I will say, +that whatsoever the kindred may or can call upon me to do, that will +I do, nor grudge the deed: I am sackless before them. But that +is true which I spake to thee when we came together up out of Shadowy +Vale, to wit, that I am no strifeful man, but a peaceful; and I look +to it to win through this war, and find on the other side either death, +or life amongst a happy folk; and I deem that this is mostly the mind +of our people.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘Thou shalt not die, thou shalt not die!’</p> +<p>‘Mayhappen not,’ he said; ‘yet yesterday I could +not but look into the slaughter to come, and it seemed to me a grim +thing, and darkened the day for me; and I grew acold as a man walking +with the dead. But tell me: thou sayest I shall not die; dost +thou say this only because I am become dear to thee, or dost thou speak +it out of thy foresight of things to come?’</p> +<p>She stopped and looked silently a while over the meadows towards +the houses of the Thorp: they were standing now on the border of a shallow +brook that ran down toward the Weltering Water; it had a little strand +of fine sand like the sea-shore, driven close together, and all moist, +because that brook was used to flood the meadow for the feeding of the +grass; and the last evening the hatches which held up the water had +been drawn, so that much had ebbed away and left the strand aforesaid.</p> +<p>After a while the Sun-beam turned to Face-of-god, and she was become +somewhat pale; she said:</p> +<p>‘Nay, I have striven to see, and can see nought save the picture +of hope and fear that I make for myself. So it oft befalleth foreseeing +women, that the love of a man cloudeth their vision. Be content, +dear friend; it is for life or death; but whichso it be, the same for +me and thee together?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ he said, ‘and well content I am; so now +let each of us trust in the other to be both good and dear, even as +I trusted in thee the first hour that I looked on thee.’</p> +<p>‘It is well,’ she said; ‘it is well. How +fair thou art; and how fair is the morn, and this our Dale in the goodly +season; and all this abideth us when the battle is over.’</p> +<p>Once more her voice became sweet and wheedling, and the smile lit +up her face again, and she pointed down to the sand with her finger, +and said:</p> +<p>‘See thou! Here indeed have other lovers passed by across +the brook. Shall we wish them good luck?’</p> +<p>He laughed and looked down on the sand, and said:</p> +<p>‘Thou art in haste to make a story up. Indeed I see that +these first footprints are of a woman, for no carle of the Dale has +a foot as small; for we be tall fellows; and these others withal are +a man’s footprints; and if they showed that they had been walking +side by side, simple had been thy tale; but so it is not. I cannot +say that these two pairs of feet went over the brook within five minutes +of each other; but sure it is that they could not have been faring side +by side. Well, belike they were lovers bickering, and we may wish +them luck out of that. Truly it is well seen that Bow-may hath +done thine hunting for thee, dear friend; or else wouldest thou have +lacked venison; for thou hast no hunter’s eye.’</p> +<p>‘Well,’ she said, ‘but wish them luck, and give +me thine hand upon it.’</p> +<p>He took her hand, and fondled it, and said: ‘By this hand of +my speech-friend, I wish these twain all luck, in love and in leisure, +in faring and fighting, in sowing and samming, in getting and giving. +Is it well enough wished? If so it be, then come thy ways, dear +friend; for the day’s work is at hand.’</p> +<p>‘It is well wished,’ she said. ‘Now hearken: +by the valiant hand of the War-leader, by the hand that shall unloose +my girdle, I wish these twain to be as happy as we be.’</p> +<p>He made as if to draw her away, but she hung aback to set the print +of her foot beside the woman’s foot, and then they went on together, +and soon crossed the Bridge, and came home to the House of the Face.</p> +<p>When they had broken their fast, Face-of-god would straight get to +his business of ordering matters for the warfare, and was wishful to +speak with Folk-might; but found him not, either in the House or the +street. But a man said:</p> +<p>‘I saw the tall Guest come abroad from the House and go toward +the Bridge very early in the morning.’</p> +<p>The Sun-beam, who was anigh when that was spoken, heard it and smiled, +and said: ‘Gold-mane, deemest thou that it was my brother whom +we blessed?’</p> +<p>‘I wot not,’ he said; ‘but I would he were here, +for this gear must speedily be looked to.’</p> +<p>Nevertheless it was nigh an hour before Folk-might came home to the +House. He strode in lightly and gaily, and shaking the crest of +his war-helm as he went. He looked friendly on Face-of-god, and +said to him:</p> +<p>‘Thou hast been seeking me, War-leader; but grudge it not that +I have caused thee to tarry. For as things have gone, I am twice +the man for thine helping that I was yester-eve; and thou art so ready +and deft, that all will be done in due time.’</p> +<p>He looked as if he would have had Face-of-god ask of him what made +him so fain, but Face-of-god said only:</p> +<p>‘I am glad of thy gladness; but now let us dally no longer, +for I have many folk to see to-day and much to set a-going.’</p> +<p>So therewith they spake together a while, and then went their ways +together toward Carlstead and the Woodlanders.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXVI. FOLK-MIGHT SPEAKETH WITH THE BRIDE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>It must be told that those footprints which Face-of-god and the Sun-beam +had blessed betwixt jest and earnest had more to do with them than they +wotted of. For Folk-might, who had had many thoughts and longings +since he had seen the Bride again, rose up early about sunrise, and +went out-a-doors, and wandered about the Burg, letting his eyes stray +over the goodly stone houses and their trim gardens, yet noting them +little, since the Bride was not there.</p> +<p>At last he came to where there was an open place, straight-sided, +longer than it was wide, with a wall on each side of it, over which +showed the blossomed boughs of pear and cherry and plum-trees: on either +hand before the wall was a row of great lindens, now showing their first +tender green, especially on their lower twigs, where they were sheltered +by the wall. At the nether end of this place Folk-might saw a +grey stone house, and he went towards it betwixt the lindens, for it +seemed right great, and presently was but a score of paces from its +door, and as yet there was no man, carle or queen, stirring about it.</p> +<p>It was a long low house with a very steep roof; but belike the hall +was built over some undercroft, for many steps went up to the door on +either hand; and the doorway was low, with a straight lintel under its +arch. This house, like the House of the Face, seemed ancient and +somewhat strange, and Folk-might could not choose but take note of it. +The front was all of good ashlar work, but it was carven all over, without +heed being paid to the joints of the stones, into one picture of a flowery +meadow, with tall trees and bushes in it, and fowl perched in the trees +and running through the grass, and sheep and kine and oxen and horses +feeding down the meadow; and over the door at the top of the stair was +wrought a great steer bigger than all the other neat, whose head was +turned toward the sun-rising and uplifted with open mouth, as though +he were lowing aloud. Exceeding fair seemed that house to Folk-might, +and as though it were the dwelling of some great kindred.</p> +<p>But he had scarce gone over it with his eyes, and was just about +to draw nigher yet to it, when the door at the top of those steps opened, +and a woman came out of the house clad in a green kirtle and a gown +of brazil, with a golden-hilted sword girt to her side. Folk-might +saw at once that it was the Bride, and drew aback behind one of the +trees so that she might not see him, if she had not already seen him, +as it seemed not that she had, for she stayed but for a moment on the +top of the stair, looking out down the tree-rows, and then came down +the stair and went soberly along the road, passing so close to Folk-might +that he could see the fashion of her beauty closely, as one looks into +the work of some deftest artificer. Then it came suddenly into +his head that he would follow her and see whither she was wending. +‘At least,’ said he to himself, ‘if I come not to +speech with her, I shall be nigh unto her, and shall see somewhat of +her beauty.’</p> +<p>So he came out quietly from behind the tree, and followed her softly; +and he was clad in no garment save his kirtle, and bare no weapons to +clash and jingle, though he had his helm on his head for lack of a softer +hat. He kept her well in sight, and she went straight onward and +looked not back. She went by the way whereas he had come, till +they were in the main street, wherein as yet was no one afoot; she made +her way to the Bridge, and passed over it into the meadows; but when +she had gone but a few steps, she stayed a little and looked on the +ground, and as she did so turned a little toward Folk-might, who had +drawn back into the last of the refuges over the up-stream buttresses. +He saw that there was a half-smile on her face, but he could not tell +whether she were glad or sorry. A light wind was beginning to +blow, that stirred her raiment and raised a lock of hair that had strayed +from the golden fillet round about her head, and she looked most marvellous +fair.</p> +<p>Now she looked along the grass that glittered under the beams of +the newly-risen sun, and noted belike how heavy the dew lay on it; and +the grass was high already, for the spring had been hot, and haysel +would be early in the Dale. So she put off her shoes, that were +of deerskin and broidered with golden threads, and turned somewhat from +the way, and hung them up amidst the new green leaves of a hawthorn +bush that stood nearby, and so went thwart the meadow somewhat eastward +straight from that bush, and her feet shone out like pearls amidst the +deep green grass.</p> +<p>Folk-might followed presently, and she stayed not again, nor turned, +nor beheld him; he recked not if she had, for then would he have come +up with her and hailed her, and he knew that she was no foolish maiden +to start at the sight of a man who was the friend of her Folk.</p> +<p>So they went their ways till she came to the strand of the water-meadow +brook aforesaid, and she went through the little ripples of the shallow +without staying, and on through the tall deep grass of the meadow beyond, +to where they met the brook again; for it swept round the meadow in +a wide curve, and turned back toward itself; so it was some half furlong +over from water to water.</p> +<p>She stood a while on the brink of the brook here, which was brim-full +and nigh running into the grass, because there was a dam just below +the place; and Folk-might drew nigher to her under cover of the thorn-bushes, +and looked at the place about her and beyond her. The meadow beyond +stream was very fair and flowery, but not right great; for it was bounded +by a grove of ancient chestnut trees, that went on and on toward the +southern cliffs of the Dale: in front of the chestnut wood stood a broken +row of black-thorn bushes, now growing green and losing their blossom, +and he could see betwixt them that there was a grassy bank running along, +as if there had once been a turf-wall and ditch round about the chestnut +trees. For indeed this was the old place of tryst between Gold-mane +and the Bride, whereof the tale hath told before.</p> +<p>The Bride stayed scarce longer than gave him time to note all this; +but he deemed that she was weeping, though he could not rightly see +her face; for her shoulders heaved, and she hung her face adown and +put up her hands to it. But now she went a little higher up the +stream, where the water was shallower, and waded the stream and went +up over the meadow, still weeping, as he deemed, and went between the +black-thorn bushes, and sat her down on the grassy bank with her back +to the chestnut trees.</p> +<p>Folk-might was ashamed to have seen her weeping, and was half-minded +to turn him back again at once; but love constrained him, and he said +to himself, ‘Where shall I see her again privily if I pass by +this time and place?’ So he waited a little till he deemed +she might have mastered the passion of tears, and then came forth from +his bush, and went down to the water and crossed it, and went quietly +over the meadow straight towards her. But he was not half-way +across, when she lifted up her face from between her hands and beheld +the man coming. She neither started nor rose up; but straightened +herself as she sat, and looked right into Folk-might’s eyes as +he drew near, though the tears were not dry on her cheeks.</p> +<p>Now he stood before her, and said: ‘Hail to the Daughter of +a mighty House! Mayst thou live happy!’</p> +<p>She answered: ‘Hail to thee also, Guest of our Folk! +Hast thou been wandering about our meadows, and happened on me perchance?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ he said; ‘I saw thee come forth from the +House of the Steer, and I followed thee hither.’</p> +<p>She reddened a little, and knit her brow, and said:</p> +<p>‘Thou wilt have something to say to me?’</p> +<p>‘I have much to say to thee,’ he said; ‘yet it +was sweet to me to behold thee, even if I might not speak with thee.’</p> +<p>She looked on him with her deep simple eyes, and neither reddened +again, nor seemed wroth; then she said:</p> +<p>‘Speak what thou hast in thine heart, and I will hearken without +anger whatsoever it may be; even if thou hast but to tell me of the +passing folly of a mighty man, which in a month or two he will not remember +for sorrow or for joy. Sit here beside me, and tell me thy thought.’</p> +<p>So he sat him adown and said: ‘Yea, I have much to say to thee, +but it is hard to me to say it. But this I will say: to-day and +yesterday make the third time I have seen thee. The first time +thou wert happy and calm, and no shadow of trouble was on thee; the +second time thine happy days were waning, though thou scarce knewest +it; but to-day and yesterday thou art constrained by the bonds of grief, +and wouldest loosen them if thou mightest.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘What meanest thou? How knowest thou this? +How may a stranger partake in my joy and my sorrow?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘As for yesterday, all the people might see thy grief +and know it. But when I beheld thee the first time, I saw thee +that thou wert more fair and lovely than all other women; and when I +was away from thee, the thought of thee and thine image were with me, +and I might not put them away; and oft at such and such a time I wondered +and said to myself, what is she doing now? though god wot I was dealing +with tangles and troubles and rough deeds enough. But the second +time I beheld thee, when I had looked to have great joy in the sight +of thee, my heart was smitten with a pang of grief; for I saw thee hanging +on the words and the looks of another man, who was light-minded toward +thee, and that thou wert troubled with the anguish of doubt and fear. +And he knew it not, nor saw it, though I saw it.’</p> +<p>Her face grew troubled, and the tearful passion stirred within her. +But she held it aback, and said, as anyone might have said it:</p> +<p>‘How wert thou in the Dale, mighty man? We saw thee not.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘I came hither hidden in other semblance than mine +own. But meddle not therewith; it availeth nought. Let me +say this, and do thou hearken to it. I saw thee yesterday in the +street, and thou wert as the ghost of thine old gladness; although belike +thou hast striven with sorrow; for I see thee with a sword by thy side, +and we have been told that thou, O fairest of women, hast given thyself +to the Warrior to be his damsel.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, ‘that is sooth.’</p> +<p>He went on: ‘But the face which thou bearedst yesterday against +thy will, amidst all the people, that was because thou hadst seen my +sister the Sun-beam for the first time, and Face-of-god with her, hand +clinging to hand, lip longing for lip, desire unsatisfied, but glad +with all hope.’</p> +<p>She laid hand upon hand in the lap of her gown, and looked down, +and her voice trembled as she said:</p> +<p>‘Doth it avail to talk of this?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘I know not: it may avail; for I am grieved, and shall +be whilst thou art grieved; and it is my wont to strive with my griefs +till I amend them.’</p> +<p>She turned to him with kind eyes and said:</p> +<p>‘O mighty man, canst thou clear away the tangle which besetteth +the soul of her whose hope hath bewrayed her? Canst thou make +hope grow up in her heart? Friend, I will tell thee that when +I wed, I shall wed for the sake of the kindred, hoping for no joy therein. +Yea, or if by some chance the desire of man came again into my heart, +I should strive with it to rid myself of it, for I should know of it +that it was but a wasting folly, that should but beguile me, and wound +me, and depart, leaving me empty of joy and heedless of life.’</p> +<p>He shook his head and said: ‘Even so thou deemest now; but +one day it shall be otherwise. Or dost thou love thy sorrow? +I tell thee, as it wears thee and wears thee, thou shalt hate it, and +strive to shake it off.’</p> +<p>‘Nay, nay,’ she said; ‘I love it not; for not only +it grieveth me, but also it beateth me down and belittleth me.’</p> +<p>‘Good is that,’ said he. ‘I know how strong +thine heart is. Now, wilt thou take mine hand, which is verily +the hand of thy friend, and remember what I have told thee of my grief +which cannot be sundered from thine? Shall we not talk more concerning +this? For surely I shall soon see thee again, and often; since +the Warrior, who loveth me belike, leadeth thee into fellowship with +me. Yea, I tell thee, O friend, that in that fellowship shalt +thou find both the seed of hope, and the sun of desire that shall quicken +it.’</p> +<p>Therewith he arose and stood before her, and held out to her his +hand all hardened with the sword-hilt, and she took it, and stood up +facing him, and said:</p> +<p>‘This much will I tell thee, O friend; that what I have said +to thee this hour, I thought not to have said to any man; or to talk +with a man of the grief that weareth me, or to suffer him to see my +tears; and marvellous I deem it of thee, for all thy might, that thou +hast drawn this speech from out of me, and left me neither angry nor +ashamed, in spite of these tears; and thou whom I have known not, though +thou knewest me!</p> +<p>‘But now it were best that thou depart, and get thee home to +the House of the Face, where I was once so frequent; for I wot that +thou hast much to do; and as thou sayest, it will be in warfare that +I shall see thee. Now I thank thee for thy words and the thought +thou hast had of me, and the pain which thou hast taken to heal my hurt: +I thank thee, I thank thee, for as grievous as it is to show one’s +hurts even to a friend.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘O Bride, I thank thee for hearkening to my tale; +and one day shall I thank thee much more. Mayest thou fare well +in the Field and amidst the Folk!’</p> +<p>Therewith he kissed her hand, and turned away, and went across the +meadow and the stream, glad at heart and blithe with everyone; for kindness +grew in him as gladness grew.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXVII. OF THE FOLK-MOTE OF THE DALESMEN, THE SHEPHERD-FOLK, +AND THE WOODLAND CARLES: THE BANNER OF THE WOLF DISPLAYED</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now came the day of the Great Folk-mote, and there was much thronging +from everywhere to the Mote-stead, but most from Burgstead itself, whereas +few of the Dale-dwellers who had been at the Fair had gone back home. +Albeit some of the Shepherds and of the Dalesmen of the westernmost +Dale had brought light tents, and tilted themselves in in the night +before the Mote down in the meadows below the Mote-stead. From +early morning there had been a stream of folk on the Portway setting +westward; and many came thus early that they might hold converse with +friends and well-wishers; and some that they might disport them in the +woods. Men went in no ordered bands, as the Burgstead men at least +had done on the day of the Weapon-show, save that a few of them who +were arrayed the bravest gathered about the banners, and went with them +to the Mote-stead; for all the banners must needs be there.</p> +<p>The Folk-mote was to be hallowed-in three hours before noon, as all +men knew; therefore an hour before that time were all men of the Dale +and the Shepherds assembled that might be looked for, save the Alderman +and the chieftains with the banner of the Burg, and these were not like +to come many minutes before the Hallowing. Folk were gathered +on the Field in such wise, that the men-at-arms made a great ring round +about the Doom-ring, (albeit there were many old men there, girt with +swords that they should never heave up again in battle), so that without +that ring there was nought save women and children. But when all +the other Houses were assembled, men looked around, and beheld the place +of the Woodlanders that it was empty; and they marvelled that they were +thus belated. For now all was ready, and a watcher had gone up +to the Tower on the height, and had with him the great Horn of Warning, +which could be heard past the Mote-stead and a great way down the Dale: +and if he saw foes coming from the East he should blow one blast; if +from the South, two; if from the West, three; if from the North, four.</p> +<p>So half an hour from the appointed time of Hallowing rose the rumour +that the Alderman was on the road, and presently they of the women who +were on the outside of the throng, by drawing nigh to the edge of the +sheer rock, could behold the Banner of the Burg on the Portway, and +soon after could see the wain, done about with green boughs, wherein +sat the chieftains in their glittering war-gear. Speedily they +spread the tidings, and a confused shout went up into the air; and in +a little while the wain stayed on Wildlake’s Way at the bottom +of the steep slope that went up to the Mote-stead, and the banner of +the Burg came on proudly up the hill. Soon all men beheld it, +and saw that the tall Hall-face bore it in front of his brother Face-of-god, +who came on gleaming in war-gear better than most men had seen; which +was indeed of his father’s fashioning, and his father’s +gift to him that morning.</p> +<p>After Face-of-god came the Alderman, and with him Folk-might leading +the Sun-beam by the hand, and then Stone-face and the Elder of the Dale-wardens; +and then the six Burg-wardens: as to the other Dale-wardens, they were +in their places on the Field.</p> +<p>So now those who had been standing up turned their faces toward the +Altar of the Gods, and those who had been sitting down sprang to their +feet, and the confused rumour of the throng rose into a clear shout +as the chieftains went to their places, and sat them down on the turf-seats +amidst the Doom-ring facing the Speech-hill and the Altar of the Gods. +Amidmost sat the Alderman, on his right hand Face-of-god, and out from +him Hall-face, and then Stone-face and three of the Wardens; but on +his left hand sat first the two Guests, then the Elder of the Dale-wardens, +and then the other three Burg-wardens; as for the Banner of the Burg, +its staff was stuck into the earth behind them, and the Banner raised +itself in the morning wind and flapped and rippled over their heads.</p> +<p>There then they sat, and folk abided, and it still lacked some minutes +of the due time, as the Alderman wotted by the shadow of the great standing-stone +betwixt him and the Altar. Therewithal came the sound of a great +horn from out of the wood on the north side, and men knew it for the +horn of the Woodland Carles, and were glad; for they could not think +why they should be belated; and now men stood up a-tiptoe and on other’s +shoulders to look over the heads of the women and children to behold +their coming; but their empty place was at the southwest corner of the +ring of men.</p> +<p>So presently men beheld them marching toward their place, cleaving +the throng of the women and children, a great company; for besides that +they had with them two score more of men under weapons than on the day +of the Weapon-show, all their little ones and women and outworn elders +were with them, some on foot, some riding on oxen and asses. In +their forefront went the two signs of the Battle-shaft and the War-spear. +But moreover, in front of all was borne a great staff with the cloth +of a banner wrapped round about it, and tied up with a hempen yarn that +it might not be seen.</p> +<p>Stark and mighty men they looked; tall and lean, broad-shouldered, +dark-faced. As they came amongst the throng the voice of their +horn died out, and for a few moments they fared on with no sound save +the tramp of their feet; then all at once the man who bare the hidden +banner lifted up one hand, and straightway they fell to singing, and +with that song they came to their place. And this is some of what +they sang:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>O white, white Sun, what things of wonder<br /> Hast +thou beheld from thy wall of the sky!<br />All the Roofs of the Rich +and the grief thereunder,<br /> As the fear of the +Earl-folk flitteth by!</p> +<p>Thou hast seen the Flame steal forth from the Forest<br /> To +slay the slumber of the lands,<br />As the Dusky Lord whom thou abhorrest<br /> Clomb +up to thy Burg unbuilt with hands.</p> +<p>Thou lookest down from thy door the golden,<br /> Nor +batest thy wide-shining mirth,<br />As the ramparts fall, and the roof-trees +olden<br /> Lie smouldering low on the burning earth.</p> +<p>When flitteth the half-dark night of summer<br /> From +the face of the murder great and grim,<br />’Tis thou thyself +and no new-comer<br /> Shines golden-bright on the +deed undim.</p> +<p>Art thou our friend, O Day-dawn’s Lover?<br /> Full +oft thine hand hath sent aslant<br />Bright beams athwart the Wood-bear’s +cover,<br /> Where the feeble folk and the nameless +haunt.</p> +<p>Thou hast seen us quail, thou hast seen us cower,<br /> Thou +hast seen us crouch in the Green Abode,<br />While for us wert thou +slaying slow hour by hour,<br /> And smoothing down +the war-rough road.</p> +<p>Yea, the rocks of the Waste were thy Dawns upheaving,<br /> To +let the days of the years go through;<br />And thy Noons the tangled +brake were cleaving<br /> The slow-foot seasons’ +deed to do.</p> +<p>Then gaze adown on this gift of our giving,<br /> For +the WOLF comes wending frith and ford,<br />And the Folk fares forth +from the dead to the living,<br /> For the love of +the Lief by the light of the Sword.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Then ceased the song, and the whole band of the Woodlanders came +pouring tumultuously into the space allotted them, like the waters pouring +over a river-dam, their white swords waving aloft in the morning sunlight; +and wild and strange cries rose up from amidst them, with sobbing and +weeping of joy. But soon their troubled front sank back into ordered +ranks, their bright blades stood upright in their hands before them, +and folk looked on their company, and deemed it the very Terror of battle +and Render of the ranks of war. Right well were they armed; for +though many of their weapons were ancient and somewhat worn, yet were +they the work of good smiths of old days; and moreover, if any of them +lacked good war-gear of his own, that had the Alderman and his sons +made good to them.</p> +<p>But before the hedge of steel stood the two tall men who held in +their hands the war-tokens of the Battle-shaft and the War-spear, and +betwixt them stood one who was indeed the tallest man of the whole assembly, +who held the great staff of the hidden banner. And now he reached +up his hand, and plucked at the yarn that bound it, which of set purpose +was but feeble, and tore it off, and then shook the staff aloft with +both hands, and shouted, and lo! the Banner of the Wolf with the Sun-burst +behind him, glittering-bright, new-woven by the women of the kindred, +ran out in the fresh wind, and flapped and rippled before His warriors +there assembled.</p> +<p>Then from all over the Mote-stead arose an exceeding great shout, +and all men waved aloft their weapons; but the men of Shadowy Vale who +were standing amidst the men of the Face knew not how to demean themselves, +and some of them ran forth into the Field and leapt for joy, tossing +their swords into the air, and catching them by the hilts as they fell: +and amidst it all the Woodlanders now stood silent, unmoving, as men +abiding the word of onset.</p> +<p>As for that brother and sister: the Sun-beam flushed red all over +her face, and pressed her hands to her bosom, and then the passion of +tears over-mastered her, and her breast heaved, and the tears gushed +out of her eyes, and her body was shaken with weeping. But Folk-might +sat still, looking straight before him, his eyes glittering, his teeth +set, his right hand clutching hard at the hilts of his sword, which +lay naked across his knees. And the Bride, who stood clad in her +begemmed and glittering war-array in the forefront of the Men of the +Steer, nigh unto the seats of the chieftains, beheld Folk-might, and +her face flushed and brightened, and still she looked upon him. +The Alderman’s face was as of one pleased and proud; yet was its +joy shadowed as it were by a cloud of compassion. Face-of-god +sat like the very image of the War-god, and stirred not, nor looked +toward the Sun-beam; for still the thought of the after-grief of battle, +and the death of friends and folk that loved him, lay heavy on his heart, +for all that it beat wildly at the shouting of the men.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXVIII. OF THE GREAT FOLK-MOTE: ATONEMENTS GIVEN, +AND MEN MADE SACKLESS</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Amidst the clamour uprose the Alderman; for it was clear to all men +that the Folk-mote should be holden at once, and the matters of the +War, and the Fellowship, and the choosing of the War-leader, speedily +dealt with. So the Alderman fell to hallowing in the Folk-mote: +he went up to the Altar of the Gods, and took the Gold-ring off it, +and did it on his arm; then he drew his sword and waved it toward the +four aírts, and spake; and the noise and shouting fell, and there +was silence but for him:</p> +<p>‘Herewith I hallow in this Folk-mote of the Men of the Dale +and the Sheepcotes and the Woodland, in the name of the Warrior and +the Earth-god and the Fathers of the kindreds. Now let not the +peace of the Mote be broken. Let not man rise against man, or +bear blade or hand, or stick or stone against any. If any man +break the Peace of the Holy Mote, let him be a man accursed, a wild-beast +in the Holy Places; an outcast from home and hearth, from bed and board, +from mead and acre; not to be holpen with bread, nor flesh, nor wine; +nor flax, nor wool, nor any cloth; nor with sword, nor shield, nor axe, +nor plough-share; nor with horse, nor ox, nor ass; with no saddle-beast +nor draught-beast; nor with wain, nor boat, nor way-leading; nor with +fire nor water; nor with any world’s wealth. Thus let him +who hath cast out man be cast out by man. Now is hallowed-in the +Folk-mote of the Men of the Dale and the Sheepcotes and the Woodlands.’</p> +<p>Therewith he waved his sword again toward the four aírts, +and went and sat down in his place. But presently he arose again, +and said:</p> +<p>‘Now if man hath aught to say against man, and claimeth boot +of any, or would lay guilt on any man’s head, let him come forth +and declare it; and the judges shall be named, and the case shall be +tried this afternoon or to-morrow. Yet first I shall tell you +that I, the Alderman of the Dalesmen, doomed one Iron-face of the House +of the Face to pay a double fine, for that he drew a sword at the Gate-thing +of Burgstead with the intent to break the peace thereof. Thou, +Green-sleeve, bring forth the peace-breaker’s fine, that Iron-face +may lay the same on the Altar.’</p> +<p>Then came forth a man from the men of the Face bearing a bag, and +he brought it to Iron-face, who went up to the Altar and poured forth +weighed gold from the bag thereon, and said:</p> +<p>‘Warden of the Dale, come thou and weigh it!’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ quoth the Warden, ‘it needeth not, no man +here doubteth thee, Alderman Iron-face.’</p> +<p>A murmur of yeasay went up, and none had a word to say against the +Alderman, but they praised him rather: also men were eager to hear of +the war, and the fellowship, and to be done with these petty matters. +Then the Alderman rose again and said:</p> +<p>‘Hath any man a grief against any other of the Kindreds of +the Dale, or the Sheepcotes, or the Woodlands?’</p> +<p>None answered or stirred; so after he had waited a while, he said:</p> +<p>‘Is there any who hath any guilt to lay against a Stranger, +an Outlander, being such a man as he deems we can come at?’</p> +<p>Thereat was a stir amongst the Men of the Fleece of the Shepherds, +and their ranks opened, and there came forth an ill-favoured lean old +man, long-nebbed, blear-eyed, and bent, girt with a rusty old sword, +but not otherwise armed. And all men knew Penny-thumb, who had +been ransacked last autumn. As he came forth, it seemed as if +his neighbours had been trying to hold him back; but a stout, broad-shouldered +man, black-haired and red-bearded, made way for the old man, and led +him out of the throng, and stood by him; and this man was well armed +at all points, and looked a doughty carle. He stood side by side +with Penny-thumb, right in front of the men of his house, and looked +about him at first somewhat uneasily, as though he were ashamed of his +fellow; but though many smiled, none laughed aloud; and they forbore, +partly because they knew the man to be a good man, partly because of +the solemn tide of the Folk-mote, and partly in sooth because they wished +all this to be over, and were as men who had no time for empty mirth.</p> +<p>Then said the Alderman: ‘What wouldest thou, Penny-thumb, and +thou, Bristler, son of Brightling?’</p> +<p>Then Penny-thumb began to speak in a high squeaky voice:</p> +<p>‘Alderman, and Lord of the Folk!’ But therewithal +Bristle, pulled him back, and said:</p> +<p>‘I am the man who hath taken this quarrel upon me, and have +sworn upon the Holy Boar to carry this feud through; and we deem, Alderman, +that if they who slew Rusty and ransacked Penny-thumb be not known now, +yet they soon may be.’</p> +<p>As he spake, came forth those three men of the Shepherds and the +two Dalesmen who had sworn with him on the Holy Boar. Then up +stood Folk-might, and came forth into the field, and said:</p> +<p>‘Bristler, son of Brightling, and ye other good men and true, +it is but sooth that the ransackers and the slayer may soon be known; +and here I declare them unto you: I it was and none other who slew Rusty; +and I was the leader of those who ransacked Penny-thumb, and cowed Harts-bane +of Greentofts. As for the slaying of Rusty, I slew him because +he chased me, and would not forbear, so that I must either slay or be +slain, as hath befallen me erewhile, and will befall again, methinks. +As for the ransacking of Penny-thumb, I needed the goods that I took, +and he needed them not, since he neither used them, nor gave them away, +and, they being gone, he hath lived no worser than aforetime. +Now I say, that if ye will take the outlawry off me, which, as I hear, +ye laid upon me, not knowing me, then will I handsel self-doom to thee, +Bristler, if thou wilt bear thy grief to purse, and I will pay thee +what thou wilt out of hand; or if perchance thou wilt call me to Holm, +thither will I go, if thou and I come unslain out of this war. +As to the ransacking and cowing of Harts-bane, I say that I am sackless +therein, because the man is but a ruffler and a man of violence, and +hath cowed many men of the Dale; and if he gainsay me, then do I call +him to the Holm after this war is over; either him or any man who will +take his place before my sword.’</p> +<p>Then he held his peace, and man spake to man, and a murmur arose, +as they said for the more part that it was a fair and manly offer. +But Bristler called his fellows and Penny-thumb to him, and they spake +together; and sometimes Penny-thumb’s shrill squeak was heard +above the deep-voiced talk of the others; for he was a man that harboured +malice. But at last Bristler spake out and said:</p> +<p>‘Tall man, we know that thou art a chieftain and of good will +to the men of the Dale and their friends, and that want drave thee to +the ransacking, and need to the manslaying, and neither the living nor +the dead to whom thou art guilty are to be called good men; therefore +will I bring the matter to purse, if thou wilt handsel me self-doom.’</p> +<p>‘Yea, even so let it be,’ quoth Folk-might; and stepped +forward and took Bristler by the hand, and handselled him self-doom. +Then said Bristler:</p> +<p>‘Though Rusty was no good man, and though he followed thee +to slay thee, yet was he in his right therein, since he was following +up his goodman’s gear; therefore shalt thou pay a full blood-wite +for him, that is to say, the worth of three hundreds in weed-stuff in +whatso goods thou wilt. As for the ransacking of Penny-thumb, +he shall deem himself well paid if thou give him our hundreds in weed-stuff +for that which thou didst borrow of him.’</p> +<p>Then Penny-thumb set up his squeak again, but no man hearkened to +him, and each man said to his neighbour that it was well doomed of Bristler, +and neither too much nor too little. But Folk-might bade Wood-wont +to bring thither to him that which he had borne to the Mote; and he +brought forth a big sack, and Folk-might emptied it on the earth, and +lo! the silver rings of the slain felons, and they lay in a heap on +the green field, and they were the best of silver. Then the Elder +of the Dale-wardens weighed out from the heap the blood-wite for Rusty, +according to the due measure of the hundred in weed-stuff, and delivered +it unto Bristler. And Folk-might said:</p> +<p>‘Draw nigh now, Penny-thumb, and take what thou wilt of this +gear, which I need not, and grudge not at me henceforward.’</p> +<p>But Penny-thumb was afraid, and abode where he was; and Bristler +laughed, and said: ‘Take it, goodman, take it; spare not other +men’s goods as thou dost thine own.’</p> +<p>And Folk-might stood by, smiling faintly: so Penny-thumb plucked +up a heart, and drew nigh trembling, and took what he durst from that +heap; and all that stood by said that he had gotten a full double of +what had been awarded to him. But as for him, he went his ways +straight from the Mote-stead, and made no stay till he had gotten him +home, and laid the silver up in a strong coffer; and thereafter he bewailed +him sorely that he had not taken the double of that which he took, since +none would have said him nay.</p> +<p>When he was gone, the Alderman arose and said:</p> +<p>‘Now, since the fines have been paid duly and freely, according +to the dooming of Bristler, take we off the outlawry from Folk-might +and his fellows, and account them to be sackless before us.’</p> +<p>Then he called for other cases; but no man had aught more to bring +forward against any man, either of the kindreds or the Strangers.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XXXIX. OF THE GREAT FOLK-MOTE: MEN TAKE REDE OF THE +WAR-FARING, THE FELLOWSHIP, AND THE WAR-LEADER. FOLK-MIGHT TELLETH +WHENCE HIS PEOPLE CAME. THE FOLK-MOTE SUNDERED</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now a great silence fell upon the throng, and they stood as men abiding +some new matter. Unto them arose the Alderman, and said:</p> +<p>‘Men of the Dale, and ye Shepherds and Woodlanders; it is well +known to you that we have foemen in the wood and beyond it; and now +have we gotten sure tidings, that they will not abide at home or in +the wood, but are minded to fall upon us at home. Now therefore +I will not ask you whether ye will have peace or war; for with these +foemen ye may have peace no otherwise save by war. But if ye think +with me, three things have ye to determine: first, whether ye will abide +your foes in your own houses, or will go meet them at theirs; next, +whether ye will take to you as fellows in arms a valiant folk of the +children of the Gods, who are foemen to our foemen; and lastly, what +man ye will have to be your War-leader. Now, I bid all those here +assembled, to speak hereof, any man of them that will, either what they +may have conceived in their own minds, or what their kindred may have +put into their mouths to speak.’</p> +<p>Therewith he sat down, and in a little while came forth old Hall-ward +of the House of the Steer, and stood before the Alderman, and said: +‘O Alderman, all we say: Since war is awake we will not tarry, +but will go meet our foes while it is yet time. The valiant men +of whom thou tellest shall be our fellows, were there but three of them. +We know no better War-leader than Face-of-god of the House of the Face. +Let him lead us.’</p> +<p>Therewith he went his ways; and next came forth War-well, and said: +‘The House of the Bridge would have Face-of-god for War-leader, +these tall men for fellows, and the shortest way to meet the foe.’ +And he went back to his place.</p> +<p>Next came Fox of Upton, and said: ‘Time presses, or much might +be spoken. Thus saith the House of the Bull: Let us go meet the +foe, and take these valiant strangers for way-leaders, and Face-of-god +for War-leader.’ And he also went back again.</p> +<p>Then came forth two men together, an old man and a young, and the +old man spake as soon as he stood still: ‘The Men of the Vine +bid me say their will: They will not stay at home to have their houses +burned over their heads, themselves slain on their own hearths, and +their wives haled off to thralldom. They will take any man for +their fellow in arms who will smite stark strokes on their side. +They know Face-of-god, and were liefer of him for War-leader than any +other, and they will follow him wheresoever he leadeth. Thus my +kindred biddeth me say, and I hight Fork-beard of Lea. If I live +through this war, I shall have lived through five.’</p> +<p>Therewith he went back to his place; but the young man lifted up +his voice and said: ‘To all this I say yea, and so am I bidden +by the kindred of the Sickle. I am Red-beard of the Knolls, the +son of my father.’ And he went to his place again.</p> +<p>Then came forth Stone-face, and said: ‘The House of the Face +saith: Lead us through the wood, O Face-of-god, thou War-leader, and +ye warriors of the Wolf. I am Stone-face, as men know, and this +word hath been given to me by the kindred.’ And he took +his place again.</p> +<p>Then came forth together the three chiefs of the Shepherds, to wit +Hound-under-Greenbury, Strongitharm, and the Hyllier; and Strongitharm +spake for all three, and said:</p> +<p>‘The Men of Greenbury, and they of the Fleece and the Thorn, +are of one accord, and bid us say that they are well pleased to have +Face-of-god for War-leader; and that they will follow him and the warriors +of the Wolf to live or die with them; and that they are ready to go +meet the foe at once, and will not skulk behind the walls of Greenbury.’</p> +<p>Therewith the three went back again to their places.</p> +<p>Then came forth that tall man that bare the Banner of the Wolf, when +he had given the staff into the hands of him who stood next. He +came and stood over against the seat of the chieftains; and for a while +he could say no word, but stood struggling with the strong passion of +his joy; but at last he lifted his hands aloft, and cried out in a loud +voice:</p> +<p>‘O war, war! O death! O wounding and grief! +O loss of friends and kindred! let all this be rather than the drawing +back of meeting hands and the sundering of yearning hearts!’ and +he went back hastily to his place. But from the ranks of the Woodlanders +ran forth a young man, and cried out:</p> +<p>‘As is the word of Red-wolf, so is my word, Bears-bane of Carlstead; +and this is the word which our little Folk hath put into our mouths; +and O! that our hands may show the meaning of our mouths; for nought +else can.’</p> +<p>Then indeed went up a great shout, though many forebore to cry out; +for now were they too much moved for words or sounds. And in special +was Face-of-god moved; and he scarce knew which way to look, lest he +should break out into sobs and weeping; for of late he had been much +among the Woodlanders, and loved them much.</p> +<p>Then all the noise and clamour fell, and it was to men as if they +who had come thither a folk, had now become an host of war.</p> +<p>But once again the Alderman rose up and spake:</p> +<p>‘Now have ye yeasaid three things: That we take Face-of-god +of the House of the Face for our War-leader; that we fare under weapons +at once against them who would murder us; and that we take the valiant +Folk of the Wolf for our fellows in arms.’</p> +<p>Therewith he stayed his speech, and this time the shout arose clear +and most mighty, with the tossing up of swords and the clashing of weapons +on shields.</p> +<p>Then he said: ‘Now, if any man will speak, here is the War-leader, +and here is the chief of our new friends, to answer to whatso any of +the kindred would have answered.’</p> +<p>Thereon came forth the Fiddle from amongst the Men of the Sickle, +and drew somewhat nigh to the Alderman, and said:</p> +<p>‘Alderman, we would ask of the War-leader if he hath devised +the manner of our assembling, and the way of our war-faring, and the +day of our hosting. More than this I will not ask of him, because +we wot that in so great an assembly it may be that the foe may have +some spy of whom we wot not; and though this be not likely, yet some +folk may babble; therefore it is best for the wise to be wise everywhere +and always. Therefore my rede it is, that no man ask any more +concerning this, but let it lie with the War-leader to bring us face +to face with the foe as speedily as he may.’</p> +<p>All men said that this was well counselled. But Face-of-god +arose and said: ‘Ye Men of the Dale, ye Shepherds and Woodlanders, +meseemeth the Fiddle hath spoken wisely. Now therefore I answer +him and say, that I have so ordered everything since the Gate-thing +was holden at Burgstead, that we may come face to face with the foemen +by the shortest of roads. Every man shall be duly summoned to +the Hosting, and if any man fail, let it be accounted a shame to him +for ever.’</p> +<p>A great shout followed on his words, and he sat down again. +But Fox of Upton came forth and said:</p> +<p>‘O Alderman, we have yeasaid the fellowship of the valiant +men who have come to us from out of the waste; but this we have done, +not because we have known them, otherwise than by what our kinsman Face-of-god +hath told us concerning them, but because we have seen clearly that +they will be of much avail to us in our warfare. Now, therefore, +if the tall chieftain who sitteth beside thee were to do us to wit what +he is, and whence he and his are come, it were well, and fain were we +thereof; but if he listeth not to tell us, that also shall be well.’</p> +<p>Then arose Folk-might in his place; but or ever he could open his +mouth to speak, the tall Red-wolf strode forward bearing with him the +Banner of the Wolf and the Sun-burst, and came and stood beside him; +and the wind ran through the folds of the banner, and rippled it out +above the heads of those twain. Then Folk-might spake and said:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>‘O Men of the Dale and the Sheepcotes, I will do as ye bid +me do;<br />And fain were ye of the story if every deal ye knew.<br />But +long, long were its telling, were I to tell it all:<br />Let it bide +till the Cup of Deliverance ye drink from hall to hall.</p> +<p>‘Like you we be of the kindreds, of the Sons of the Gods we +come,<br />Midst the Mid-earth’s mighty Woodland of old we had +our home;<br />But of older time we abided ’neath the mountains +of the Earth,<br />O’er which the Sun ariseth to waken woe and +mirth.</p> +<p>Great were we then and many; but the long days wore us thin,<br />And +war, wherein the winner hath weary work to win.<br />And the woodland +wall behind us e’en like ourselves was worn,<br />And the tramp +of the hosts of the foemen adown its glades was borne<br />On the wind +that bent our wheat-fields. So in the morn we rose,<br />And left +behind the stubble and the autumn-fruited close,<br />And went our ways +to the westward, nor turned aback to see<br />The glare of our burning +houses rise over brake and tree.<br />But the foe was fierce and speedy, +nor long they tarried there,<br />And through the woods of battle our +laden wains must fare;<br />And the Sons of the Wolf were minished, +and the maids of the Wolf waxed few,<br />As amidst the victory-singing +we fared the wild-wood through.</p> +<p>‘So saith the ancient story, that west and west we went,<br />And +many a day of battle we had in brake, on bent;<br />Whilst here a while +we tarried, and there we hastened on,<br />And still the battle-harvest +from many a folk we won.</p> +<p>‘Of the tale of the days who wotteth? Of the years what +man can tell,<br />While the Sons of the Wolf were wandering, and knew +not where to dwell?<br />But at last we clomb the mountains, and mickle +was our toil,<br />As high the spear-wood clambered of the drivers of +the spoil;<br />And tangled were the passes and the beacons flared behind,<br />And +the horns of gathering onset came up upon the wind.<br />So saith the +ancient story, that we stood in a mountain-cleft,<br />Where the ways +and the valleys sundered to the right hand and the left.<br />There +in the place of sundering all woeful was the rede;<br />We knew no land +before us, and behind was heavy need.<br />As the sword cleaves through +the byrny, so there the mountain flank<br />Cleft through the God-kin’s +people; and ne’er again we drank<br />The wine of war together, +or feasted side by side<br />In the Feast-hall of the Warrior on the +fruit of the battle-tide.<br />For there we turned and sundered; unto +the North we went<br />And up along the waters, and the clattering stony +bent;<br />And unto the South and the Sheepcotes down went our sister’s +sons;<br />And O for the years passed over since we saw those valiant +ones!’</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>He ceased, and laid his right hand on the banner-staff a little below +the left hand of Red-wolf; and men were so keen to hear each word that +he spake, that there was no cry nor sound of voices when he had done, +only the sound of the rippling banner of the Wolf over the heads of +those twain. The Sun-beam bowed her head now, and wept silently. +But the Bride, she had drawn her sword, and held it upright in her hand +before her, and the sun smote fire from out of it.</p> +<p>Then it was but a little while before Red-wolf lifted up his voice, +and sang:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>‘Hearken a wonder, O Folk of the Field,<br />How they that +did sunder stand shield beside shield!</p> +<p>Lo! the old wont and manner by fearless folk made,<br />On the Bole +of the Banner the brothers’ hands laid.</p> +<p>Lo! here the token of what hath betid!<br />Grown whole is the broken, +found that which was hid.</p> +<p>Now one way we follow whate’er shall befall;<br />As seeketh +the swallow his yesteryear’s hall.</p> +<p>Seldom folk fewer to fight-stead hath fared;<br />Ne’er have +men truer the battle-reed bared.</p> +<p>Grey locks now I carry, and old am I grown,<br />Nor looked I to +tarry to meet with mine own.</p> +<p>For we who remember the deeds of old days<br />Were nought but the +ember of battle ablaze.</p> +<p>For what man might aid us? what deed and what day<br />Should come +where Weird laid us aloof from the way?</p> +<p>What man save that other of Twain rent apart,<br />Our war-friend, +our Brother, the piece of our heart.</p> +<p>Then hearken the wonder how shield beside shield<br />The twain that +did sunder wend down to the Field!’</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Now when he had made an end, men could no longer forebear the shout; +and it went up into the heavens, and was borne by the west-wind down +the Dale to the ears of the stay-at-home women and men unmeet to go +abroad, and it quickened their blood and the spirits within them as +they heard it, and they smiled and were fain; for they knew that their +kinsfolk were glad.</p> +<p>But when there was quiet on the Mote-field again, Folk-might spake +again and said;</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>‘It is sooth that my Brother sayeth, and that now again we +wend,<br />All the Sons of the Wolf together, till the trouble hath +an end.<br />But as for that tale of the Ancients, it saith that we +who went<br />To the northward, climbed and stumbled o’er many +a stony bent,<br />Till we happed on that isle of the waste-land, and +the grass of Shadowy Vale,<br />Where we dwelt till we throve a little, +and felt our might avail.<br />Then we fared abroad from the shadow +and the little-lighted hold,<br />And the increase fell to the valiant, +and the spoil to the battle-bold,<br />And never a man gainsaid us with +the weapons in our hands;<br />And in Silver-dale the happy we gat us +life and lands.</p> +<p>‘So wore the years o’er-wealthy; and meseemeth that ye +know<br />How we sowed and reaped destruction, and the Day of the overthrow:<br />How +we leaned on the staff we had broken, and put our lives in the hand<br />Of +those whom we had vanquished and the feeble of the land;<br />And these +were the stone of stumbling, and the burden not to be borne,<br />When +the battle-blast fell on us and our day was over-worn.<br />Thus then +did our wealth bewray us, and left us wise and sad;<br />And to you, +bold men, it falleth once more to make us glad,<br />If so your hearts +are bidding, and ye deem the deed of worth.<br />Such were we; what +we shall be, ’tis yours to say henceforth.’</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>He said furthermore: ‘How great we have been I have told you +already; and ye shall see for yourselves how little we be now. +Is it enough, and will ye have us for friends and brothers? How +say ye?’</p> +<p>They answered with shout upon shout, so that all the place and the +wild-wood round about was full of the voice of their crying; but when +the clamour fell, then spake the Alderman and said:</p> +<p>‘Friend, and chieftain of the Wolf, thou mayst hear by this +shouting of the people that we have no mind to naysay our yea-say. +And know that it is not our use and manner to seek the strong for friends, +and to thrust aside the weak; but rather to choose for our friends them +who are of like mind to us, men in whom we put our trust. From +henceforth then there is brotherhood between us; we are yours, and ye +are ours; and let this endure for ever!’</p> +<p>Then were all men full of joy; and now at last the battle seemed +at hand, and the peace beyond the battle.</p> +<p>Then men brought the hallowed beasts all garlanded with flowers into +the Doom-ring, and there were they slain and offered up unto the Gods, +to wit the Warrior, the Earth-god, and the Fathers; and thereafter was +solemn feast holden on the Field of the Folk-mote, and all men were +fain and merry. Nevertheless, not all men abode there the feast +through; for or ever the afternoon was well worn, were many men wending +along the Portway eastward toward the Upper Dale, each man in his war-gear +and with a scrip hung about him; and these were they who were bound +for the trysting-place and the journey over the waste.</p> +<p>So the Folk-mote was sundered; and men went to their houses, and +there abode in peace the time of their summoning; since they wotted +well that the Hosting was afoot.</p> +<p>But as for the Woodlanders, who were at the Mote-stead with all their +folk, women, children, and old men, they went not back again to Carlstead; +but prayed the neighbours of the Middle Dale to suffer them to abide +there awhile, which they yeasaid with a good will. So the Woodlanders +tilted themselves in, the more part of them, down in the meadows below +the Mote-stead, along either side of Wildlake’s Way; but their +ancient folk, and some of the women and children, the neighbours would +have into their houses, and the rest they furnished with victual and +all that they needed without price, looking upon them as their very +guests. For indeed they deemed that they could see that these +men would never return to Carlstead, but would abide with the Men of +the Wolf in Silver-dale, once it were won. And this they deemed +but meet and right, yet were they sorry thereof; for the Woodlanders +were well beloved of all the Dalesmen; and now that they had gotten +to know that they were come of so noble a kindred, they were better +beloved yet, and more looked upon.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XL. OF THE HOSTING IN SHADOWY VALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>It was on the evening of the fourth day after the Folk-mote that +there came through the Waste to the rocky edge of Shadowy Vale a band +of some fifteen score of men-at-arms, and with them a multitude of women +and children and old men, some afoot, some riding on asses and bullocks; +and with them were sumpter asses and neat laden with household goods, +and a few goats and kine. And this was the whole folk of the Woodlanders +come to the Hosting in Shadowy Vale and the Home of the Children of +the Wolf. Their leaders of the way were Wood-father and Wood-wont +and two other carles of Shadowy Vale; and Red-wolf the tall, and Bears-bane +and War-grove were the captains and chieftains of their company.</p> +<p>Thus then they entered into the narrow pass aforesaid, which was +the ingate to the Vale from the Waste, and little by little its dimness +swallowed up their long line. As they went by the place where +the lowering of the rock-wall gave a glimpse of the valley, they looked +down into it as Face-of-god had done, but much change was there in little +time. There was the black wall of crags on the other side stretching +down to the ghyll of the great Force; there ran the deep green waters +of the Shivering Flood; but the grass which Face-of-god had seen naked +of everything but a few kine, thereon now the tents of men stood thick. +Their hearts swelled within them as they beheld it, but they forebore +the shout and the cry till they should be well within the Vale, and +so went down silently into the darkness. But as their eyes caught +that dim image of the Wolf on the wall of the pass, man pointed it out +to man, and not a few turned and kissed it hurriedly; and to them it +seemed that many a kiss had been laid on that dear token since the days +of old, and that the hard stone had been worn away by the fervent lips +of men, and that the air of the mirk place yet quivered with the vows +sworn over the sword-blade.</p> +<p>But down through the dark they went, and so came on to the stony +scree at the end of the pass and into the Vale; and the whole Folk save +the three chieftains flowed over it and stood about it down on the level +grass of the Vale. But those three stood yet on the top of the +scree, bearing the war-signs of the Shaft and the Spear, and betwixt +them the banner of the Wolf and the Sunburst newly displayed to the +winds of Shadowy Vale.</p> +<p>Up and down the Vale they looked, and saw before the tents of men +the old familiar banners of Burgdale rising and falling in the evening +wind. But amidst of the Doom-ring was pitched a great banner, +whereon was done the image of the Wolf with red gaping jaws on a field +of green; and about him stood other banners, to wit, The Silver Arm +on a red field, the Red Hand on a white field, and on green fields both, +the Golden Bushel and the Ragged Sword.</p> +<p>All about the plain shone glittering war-gear of men as they moved +hither and thither, and a stream of folk began at once to draw toward +the scree to look on those new-comers; and amidst the helmed Burgdalers +and the white-coated Shepherds went the tall men of the Wolf, bare-headed +and unarmed save for their swords, mingled with the fair strong women +of the kindred, treading barefoot the soft grass of their own Vale.</p> +<p>Presently there was a great throng gathered round about the Woodlanders, +and each man as he joined it waved hand or weapon toward them, and the +joy of their welcome sent a confused clamour through the air. +Then forth from the throng stepped Folk-might, unarmed save his sword, +and behind him was Face-of-god, in his war-gear save his helm, hand +in hand with the Sun-beam, who was clad in her goodly flowered green +kirtle, her feet naked like her sisters of the kindred.</p> +<p>Then Folk-might cried aloud: ‘A full and free greeting to our +brothers! Well be ye, O Sons of our Ancient Fathers! And +to-day are ye the dearer to us because we see that ye have brought us +a gift, to wit, your wives and children, and your grandsires unmeet +for war. By this token we see how great is your trust in us, and +that it is your meaning never to sunder from us again. O well +be ye; well be ye!’</p> +<p>Then spake Red-wolf, and said: ‘Ye Sons of the Wolf, who parted +from us of old time in that cleft of the mountains, it is our very selves +that we give unto you; and these are a part of ourselves; how then should +we leave them behind us? Bear witness, O men of Burgdale and the +Sheepcotes, that we have become one Folk with the men of Shadowy Vale, +never to be sundered again!’</p> +<p>Then all that multitude shouted with a loud voice; and when the shout +had died away, Folk-might spake again:</p> +<p>‘O Warriors of the Sundering, here shall your wives and children +abide, while we go a little journey to rejoice our hearts with the hard +handplay, and take to us that which we have missed: and to-morrow morn +is appointed for this same journey, unless ye be over foot-weary with +the ways of the Waste.’</p> +<p>Red-wolf smiled as he answered: ‘This ye say in jest, brother; +for ye may see that our day’s journey hath not been over-much +for our old men; how then should it weary those who may yet bear sword? +We are ready for the road and eager for the handplay.’</p> +<p>‘This is well,’ said Folk-might, ‘and what was +to be looked for. Therefore, brother, do ye and your counsel-mates +come straightway to the Hall of the Wolf; wherein, after ye have eaten +and drunken, shall we take counsel with our brethren of Burgdale and +the Sheepcotes, so that all may be ordered for battle!’</p> +<p>Said Red-wolf: ‘Good is that, if we must needs abide till to-morrow; +for verily we came not hither to eat and drink and rest our bodies; +but it must be as ye will have it.’</p> +<p>Then the Sun-beam left the hand of Face-of-god and came forward, +and held out both her palms to the Woodland-folk, and spake in a voice +that was heard afar, though it were a woman’s, so clear and sweet +it was; and she said:</p> +<p>‘O Warriors of the Sundering, ye who be not needed in the Hall, +and ye our sisters with your little ones and your fathers, come now +to us and down to the tents which we have arrayed for you, and there +think for a little that we are all at our very home that we long for +and have yet to win, and be ye merry with us and make us merry.’</p> +<p>Therewith she stepped forward daintily and entered into their throng, +and took an old man of the Woodlanders by the hand, and kissed his cheek +and led him away, and the coming rest seemed sweet to him. And +then came other women of the Vale, kind and fair and smiling, and led +away, some an old mother of the Wood-landers, some a young wife, some +a pair of lads; and not a few forsooth kissed and embraced the stark +warriors, and went away with them toward the tents, which stood along +the side of the Shivering Flood where it was at its quietest; for there +was the grass the softest and most abundant. There on the green +grass were tables arrayed, and lamps were hung above them on spears, +to be litten when the daylight should fail. And the best of the +victual which the Vale could give was spread on the boards, along with +wine and dainties, bought in Silver-dale, or on the edges of the Westland +with sword-strokes and arrow-flight.</p> +<p>There then they feasted and were merry; and the Sun-beam and Bow-may +and the other women of the Vale served them at table, and were very +blithe with them, caressing them with soft words, and with clipping +and kissing, as folk who were grown exceeding dear to them; so that +that eve of battle was softer and sweeter to them than any hour of their +life. With these feasters were God-swain and Spear-fist of the +delivered thralls of Silver-dale as glad as glad might be; but Wolf-stone +their eldest was gone with Dallach to the Council in the Hall.</p> +<p>The men of Burgdale and the Shepherds feasted otherwhere in all content, +nor lacked folk of the Vale to serve them. Amongst the men of +the Face were the ten delivered thralls who had heart to meet their +masters in arms: seven of them were of Rose-dale and three of Silver-dale.</p> +<p>The Bride was with her kindred of the Steer, with whom were many +men of Shadowy Vale, and she served her friends and fellows clad in +her war-gear, save helm and hauberk, bearing herself as one who is serving +dear guests. And men equalled her for her beauty to the Gods of +the High Place and the Choosers of the Slain; and they who had not beheld +her before marvelled at her, and her loveliness held all men’s +hearts in a net of desire, so that they forebore their meat to gaze +upon her; and if perchance her hand touched some young man, or her cheek +or sweet-breathed mouth came nigh to his face, he became bewildered +and wist not where he was, nor what to do. Yet was she as lowly +and simple of speech and demeanour as if she were a gooseherd of fourteen +winters.</p> +<p>In the Hall was a goodly company, and all the leaders of the Folk +were therein, and Folk-might and the War-leader sitting in the midst +of those stone seats on the days. There then they agreed on the +whole ordering of the battle and the wending of the host, as shall be +told later on; and this matter was long a-doing, and when it was done, +men went to their places to sleep, for the night was well worn.</p> +<p>But when men had departed and all was still, Folk-might, light-clad +and without a weapon, left the Hall and walked briskly toward the nether +end of the Vale. He passed by all the tents, the last whereof +were of the House of the Steer, and came to a place where was a great +rock rising straight up from the plain like sheaves of black staves +standing close together; and it was called Staff-stone, and tales of +the elves had been told concerning it, so that Stone-face had beheld +it gladly the day before.</p> +<p>The moon was just shining into Shadowy Vale, and the grass was bright +wheresoever the shadows of the high cliffs were not, and the face of +Staff-stone shone bright grey as Folk-might came within sight of it, +and he beheld someone sitting at the base of the rock, and as he drew +nigher he saw that it was a woman, and knew her for the Bride; for he +had prayed her to abide him there that night, because it was nigh to +the tents of the House of the Steer; and his heart was glad as he drew +nigh to her.</p> +<p>She sat quietly on a fragment of the black rock, clad as she had +been all day, in her glittering kirtle, but without hauberk or helm, +a wreath of wind-flowers about her head, her feet crossed over each +other, her hands laid palm uppermost in her lap. She moved not +as he drew nigh, but said in a gentle voice when he was close to her:</p> +<p>‘Chief of the Wolf, great warrior, thou wouldest speak with +me; and good it is that friends should talk together on the eve of battle, +when they may never meet alive again.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘My talk shall not be long; for thou and I both must +sleep to-night, since there is work to hand to-morrow. Now since, +as thou sayest, O fairest of women, we may never meet again alive, I +ask thee now at this hour, when we both live and are near to one another, +to suffer me to speak to thee of my love of thee and desire for thee. +Surely thou, who art the sweetest of all things the Gods and the kindreds +have made, wilt not gainsay me this?’</p> +<p>She said very sweetly, yet smiling: ‘Brother of my father’s +sons, how can I gainsay thee thy speech? Nay, hast thou not said +it? What more canst thou add to it that will have fresh meaning +to mine ears?’</p> +<p>He said: ‘Thou sayest sooth: might I then but kiss thine hand?’</p> +<p>She said, no longer smiling: ‘Yea surely, even so may all men +do who can be called my friends - and thou art much my friend.’</p> +<p>He took her hand and kissed it, and held it thereafter; nor did she +draw it away. The moon shone brightly on them; but by its light +he could not see if she reddened, but he deemed that her face was troubled. +Then he said: ‘It were better for me if I might kiss thy face, +and take thee in mine arms.’</p> +<p>Then said she: ‘This only shall a man do with me when I long +to do the like with him. And since thou art so much my friend, +I will tell thee that as for this longing, I have it not. Bethink +thee what a little while it is since the lack of another man’s +love grieved me sorely.’</p> +<p>‘The time is short,’ said Folk-might, ‘if we tell +up the hours thereof; but in that short space have a many things betid.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘Dost thou know, canst thou guess, how sorely ashamed +I went amongst my people? I durst look no man in the face for +the aching of mine heart, which methought all might see through my face.’</p> +<p>‘I knew it well,’ he said; ‘yet of me wert thou +not ashamed but a little while ago, when thou didst tell me of thy grief.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘True it is; and thou wert kind to me. Thou +didst become a dear friend to me, methought.’</p> +<p>‘And wilt thou hurt a dear friend?’ said he.</p> +<p>‘O no,’ she said, ‘if I might do otherwise. +Yet how if I might not choose? Shall there be no forgiveness for +me then?’</p> +<p>He answered nothing; and still he held her hand that strove not to +be gone from his, and she cast down her eyes. Then he spake in +a while:</p> +<p>‘My friend, I have been thinking of thee and of me; and now +hearken: if thou wilt declare that thou feelest no sweetness embracing +thine heart when I say that I desire thee sorely, as now I say it; or +when I kiss thine hand, as now I kiss it; or when I pray thee to suffer +me to cast mine arms about thee and kiss thy face, as now I pray it: +if thou wilt say this, then will I take thee by the hand straightway, +and lead thee to the tents of the House of the Steer, and say farewell +to thee till the battle is over. Canst thou say this out of the +truth of thine heart?’</p> +<p>She said: ‘What then if I cannot say this word? What +then?’</p> +<p>But he answered nothing; and she sat still a little while, and then +arose and stood before him, looking him in the eyes, and said:</p> +<p>‘I cannot say it.’</p> +<p>Then he caught her in his arms and strained her to him, and then +kissed her lips and her face again and again, and she strove not with +him. But at last she said:</p> +<p>‘Yet after all this shalt thou lead me back to my folk straight-way; +and when the battle is done, if both we are living, then shall we speak +more thereof.’</p> +<p>So he took her hand and led her on toward the tents of the Steer, +and for a while he spake nought; for he doubted himself, what he should +say; but at last he spake:</p> +<p>‘Now is this better for me than if it had not been, whether +I live or whether I die. Yet thou hast not said that thou lovest +me and desirest me.’</p> +<p>‘Wilt thou compel me?’ she said. ‘To-night +I may not say it. Who shall say what words my lips shall fashion +when we stand together victorious in Silver-dale; then indeed may the +time seem long from now.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘Yea, true is that; yet once again I say that so measured +long and long is the time since first I saw thee in Burgdale before +thou knewest me. Yet now I will not bicker with thee, for be sure +that I am glad at heart. And lo you! our feet have brought us +to the tents of thy people. All good go with thee!’</p> +<p>‘And with thee, sweet friend,’ she said. Then she +lingered a little, turning her head toward the tents, and then turned +her face toward him and laid her hand on his neck, and drew his head +adown to her and kissed his cheek, and therewith swiftly and lightly +departed from him.</p> +<p>Now the night wore and the morning came; and Face-of-god was abroad +very early in the morning, as his custom was; and he washed the night +from off him in the Carles’ Bath of the Shivering Flood, and then +went round through the encampment of the host, and saw none stirring +save here and there the last watchmen of the night. He spake with +one or two of these, and then went up to the head of the Vale, where +was the pass that led to Silver-dale; and there he saw the watch, and +spake with them, and they told him that none had as yet come forth from +the pass, and he bade them to blow the horn of warning to rouse up the +Host as soon as the messengers came thence. For forerunners had +been sent up the pass, and had been set to hold watch at divers places +therein to pass on the word from place to place.</p> +<p>Thence went Face-of-god back toward the Hall; but when he was yet +some way from it, he saw a slender glittering warrior come forth from +the door thereof, who stood for a moment looking round about, and then +came lightly and swiftly toward him; and lo! it was the Sun-beam, with +a long hauberk over her kirtle falling below her knees, a helm on her +head and plated shoes on her feet. She came up to him, and laid +her hand to his cheek and the golden locks of his head (for he was bare-headed), +and said to him, smiling:</p> +<p>‘Gold-mane! thou badest me bear arms, and Folk-might also constrained +me thereto. Lo thou!’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Folk-might is wise then, even as I am; and +forsooth as thou art. For bethink thee if the bow drawn at a venture +should speed the eyeless shaft against thy breast, and send me forth +a wanderer from my Folk! For how could I bear the sight of the +fair Dale, and no hope to see thee again therein?’</p> +<p>She said: ‘The heart is light within me to-day. Deemest +thou that this is strange? Or dost thou call to mind that which +thou spakest the other day, that it was of no avail to stand in the +Doom-ring of the Folk and bear witness against ourselves? This +will I not. This is no light-mindedness that thou beholdest in +me, but the valiancy that the Fathers have set in mine heart. +Deem not, O Gold-mane, fear not, that we shall die before they dight +the bride-bed for us.’</p> +<p>He would have kissed her mouth, but she put him away with her hand, +and doffed her helm and laid it on the grass, and said:</p> +<p>‘This is not the last time that thou shalt kiss me, Gold-mane, +my dear; and yet I long for it as if it were, so high as the Fathers +have raised me up this morn above fear and sadness.’</p> +<p>He said nought, but drew her to him, and wonder so moved him, that +he looked long and closely at her face before he kissed her; and forsooth +he could find no blemish in it: it was as if it were but new come from +the smithy of the Gods, and exceeding longing took hold of him. +But even as their lips met, from the head of the Vale came the voice +of the great horn; and it was answered straightway by the watchers all +down the tents; and presently arose the shouts of men and the clash +of weapons as folk armed themselves, and laughter therewith, for most +men were battle-merry, and the cries of women shrilly-clear as they +hastened about, busy over the morning meal before the departure of the +Host. But Face-of-god said softly, still caressing the Sun-beam, +and she him:</p> +<p>‘Thus then we depart from this Valley of the Shadows, but as +thou saidst when first we met therein, there shall be no sundering of +thee and me, but thou shalt go down with me to the battle.’</p> +<p>And he led her by the hand into the Hall of the Wolf, and there they +ate a morsel, and thereafter Face-of-god tarried not, but busied himself +along with Folk-might and the other chieftains in arraying the Host +for departure.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XLI. THE HOST DEPARTETH FROM SHADOWY VALE: THE FIRST +DAY’S JOURNEY</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>It was about three hours before noon that the Host began to enter +into the pass out of Shadowy Vale by the river-side; and the women and +children, and men unfightworthy, stood on the higher ground at the foot +of the cliffs to see the Host wend on the way. Of these a many +were of the Woodlanders, who were now one folk with them of Shadowy +Vale. And all these had chosen to abide tidings in the Vale, deeming +that there was little danger therein, since that last slaughter which +Folk-might had made of the Dusky Men; albeit Face-of-god had offered +to send them all to Burgstead with two score and ten men-at-arms to +guard them by the way and to eke out the warders of the Burg.</p> +<p>Now the fighting-men of Shadowy Vale were two long hundreds lacking +five; of whom two score and ten were women, and three score and ten +lads under twenty winters; but the women, though you might scarce see +fairer of face and body, were doughty in arms, all good shooters in +the bow; and the swains were eager and light-foot, cragsmen of the best, +wont to scaling the cliffs of the Vale in search of the nests of gerfalcons +and such-like fowl, and swimming the strong streams of the Shivering +Flood; tough bodies and wiry, stronger than most grown men, and as fearless +as the best.</p> +<p>The order of the Departure of the Host was this:</p> +<p>The Woodlanders went first into the pass, and with them were two +score of the ripe Warriors of the Wolf. Then came of the kindreds +of Burgdale, the Men of the Steer, the Bridge, and the Bull; then the +Men of the Vine and the Sickle; then the Shepherd-folk; and lastly, +the Men of the Face led by Stone-face and Hall-face. With these +went another two score of the dwellers in Shadowy Vale, and the rest +were scattered up and down the bands of the Host to guide them into +the best paths and to make the way easier to them. Face-of-god +was sundered from his kindred, and went along with Folk-might in the +forefront of the Host, while his father the Alderman went as a simple +man-at-arms with his House in the rearward. The Sun-beam followed +her brother and Face-of-god amidst the Warriors of the Wolf, and with +her were Bow-may clad in the Alderman’s gift, and Wood-father +and his children. Bow-may had caused her to doff her hauberk for +that day, whereon they looked to fall in with no foeman. As for +the Bride, she went with her kindred in all her war-gear; and the morning +sun shone in the gems of her apparel, and her jewelled feet fell like +flowers upon the deep grass of the upper Vale, and shone strange and +bright amongst the black stones of the pass. She bore a quiver +at her back and a shining yew bow in her hand, and went amongst the +bowmen, for she was a very deft archer.</p> +<p>So fared they into the pass, leaving peace behind them, with all +their banners displayed, and the banner of the Red-mouthed Wolf went +with the Wolf and the Sun-burst in the forefront of their battle next +after the two captains.</p> +<p>As for their road, the grassy space between the rock-wall and the +water was wide and smooth at first, and the cliffs rose up like bundles +of spear-shafts high and clear from the green grass with no confused +litter of fallen stones; so that the men strode on briskly, their hearts +high-raised and full of hope. And as they went, the sweetness +of song stirred in their souls, and at last Bow-may fell to singing +in a loud clear voice, and her cousin Wood-wise answered her, and all +the warriors of the Wolf who were in their band fell into the song at +the ending, and the sound of their melody went down the water and reached +the ears of those that were entering the pass, and of those who were +abiding till the way should be clear of them: and this is some of what +they sang:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p><i>Bow-may singeth:</i></p> +<p>Hear ye never a voice come crying<br /> Out from +the waste where the winds fare wide?<br />‘Sons of the Wolf, the +days are dying,<br /> And where in the clefts of the +rocks do ye hide?</p> +<p>‘Into your hands hath the Sword been given,<br /> Hard +are the palms with the kiss of the hilt;<br />Through the trackless +waste hath the road been riven<br /> For the blade +to seek to the heart of the guilt.</p> +<p>‘And yet ye bide and yet ye tarry;<br /> Dear +deem ye the sleep ’twixt hearth and board,<br />And sweet the +maiden mouths ye marry,<br /> And bright the blade +of the bloodless sword.’</p> +<p><i>Wood-wise singeth:</i></p> +<p>Yea, here we dwell in the arms of our Mother<br /> The +Shadowy Queen, and the hope of the Waste;<br />Here first we came, when +never another<br /> Adown the rocky stair made haste.</p> +<p>Far is the foe, and no sword beholdeth<br /> What +deed we work and whither we wend;<br />Dear are the days, and the Year +enfoldeth<br /> The love of our life from end to end.</p> +<p>Voice of our Fathers, why will ye move us,<br /> And +call up the sun our swords to behold?<br />Why will ye cry on the foeman +to prove us?<br /> Why will ye stir up the heart of +the bold?</p> +<p><i>Bow-may singeth:</i></p> +<p>Purblind am I, the voice of the chiding;<br /> Then +tell me what is the thing ye bear?<br />What is the gift that your hands +are hiding,<br /> The gold-adorned, the dread and dear?</p> +<p><i>Wood-wise singeth:</i></p> +<p>Dark in the sheath lies the Anvil’s Brother,<br /> Hid +is the hammered Death of Men.<br />Would ye look on the gift of the +green-clad Mother?<br /> How then shall ye ask for +a gift again?</p> +<p><i>The Warriors sing:</i></p> +<p>Show we the Sunlight the Gift of the Mother,<br /> As +foot follows foot to the foeman’s den!<br />Gleam Sun, breathe +Wind, on the Anvil’s Brother,<br /> For bare +is the hammered Death of Men.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Therewith they shook their naked swords in the air, and fared on +eagerly, and as swiftly as the pass would have them fare. But +so it was, that when the rearward of the Host was entering the first +of the pass, and was going on the wide smooth sward, the vanward was +gotten to where there was but a narrow space clear betwixt water and +cliff; for otherwhere was a litter of great rocks and small, hard to +be threaded even by those who knew the passes well; so that men had +to tread along the very verge of the Shivering Flood, and wary must +they be, for the water ran swift and deep betwixt banks of sheer rock +half a fathom below their very foot-soles, which had but bare space +to go on the narrow a way. So it held on for a while, and then +got safer, and there was more space for going betwixt cliff and flood; +albeit it was toilsome enough, since for some way yet there was a drift +of stones to cumber their feet, some big and some little, and some very +big. After a while the way grew better, though here and there, +where the cliffs lowered, were wide screes of loose stones that they +must needs climb up and down. Thereafter for a space was there +an end of the stony cumber, but the way betwixt the river and the cliffs +narrowed again, and the black crags grew higher, and at last so exceeding +high, and the way so narrow, that the sky overhead was to them as though +they were at the bottom of a well, and men deemed that thence they could +see the stars at noontide. For some time withal had the way been +mounting up and up, though the cliffs grew higher over it; till at last +they were but going on a narrow shelf, the Shivering Flood swirling +and rattling far below them betwixt sheer rock-walls grown exceeding +high; and above them the cliffs going up towards the heavens as black +as a moonless starless night of winter. And as the flood thundered +below, so above them roared the ceaseless thunder of the wind of the +pass, that blew exceeding fierce down that strait place; so that the +skirts of their garments were wrapped about their knees by it, and their +feet were well-nigh stayed at whiles as they breasted the push thereof.</p> +<p>But as they mounted higher and higher yet, the noise of the waters +swelled into a huge roar that drowned the bellowing of the prisoned +wind, and down the pass came drifting a fine rain that fell not from +the sky, for between the clouds of that drift could folk see the heavens +bright and blue above them. This rain was but the spray of the +great force up to whose steps they were climbing.</p> +<p>Now the way got rougher as they mounted; but this toil was caused +by their gain; for the rock-wall, which thrust out a buttress there +as if it would have gone to the very edge of the gap where-through the +flood ran, and so have cut the way off utterly, was here somewhat broken +down, and its stones scattered down the steep bent, so that there was +a passage, though a toilsome one.</p> +<p>Thus then through the wind-borne drift of the great force, through +which men could see the white waters tossing down below, amidst the +clattering thunder of the Shivering Flood and the rumble of the wind +of the gap, that tore through their garments and hair as if it would +rend all to rags and bear it away, the banners of the Wolf won their +way to the crest of the midmost height of the pass, and the long line +of the Host came clambering after them; and each band of warriors as +it reached the top cast an unheard shout from amidst the tangled fury +of wind and waters.</p> +<p>A little further on and all that turmoil was behind them; the sun, +now grown low, smote the wavering column of spray from the force at +their backs, till the rainbows lay bright across it; and the sunshine +lay wide over a little valley that sloped somewhat steeply to the west +right up from the edge of the river; and beyond these western slopes +could men see a low peak spreading down on all sides to the plain, till +it was like to a bossed shield, and the name of it was Shield-broad. +Dark grey was the valley everywhere, save that by the side of the water +was a space of bright green-sward hedged about toward the mountain by +a wall of rocks tossed up into wild shapes of spires and jagged points. +The river itself was spread out wide and shallow, and went rattling +about great grey rocks scattered here and there amidst it, till it gathered +itself together to tumble headlong over three slant steps into the mighty +gap below.</p> +<p>From the height in the pass those grey slopes seemed easy to traverse; +but the warriors of the Wolf knew that it was far otherwise, for they +were but the molten rock-sea that in time long past had flowed forth +from Shield-broad and filled up the whole valley endlong and overthwart, +cooling as it flowed, and the tumbled hedge of rock round about the +green plain by the river was where the said rock-sea had been stayed +by meeting with soft ground, and had heaped itself up round about the +green-sward. And that great rock-flood as it cooled split in divers +fashions; and the rain and weather had been busy on it for ages, so +that it was worn into a maze of narrow paths, most of which, after a +little, brought the wayfarer to a dead stop, or else led him back again +to the place whence he had started; so that only those who knew the +passes throughly could thread that maze without immeasurable labour.</p> +<p>Now when the men of the Host looked from the high place whereon they +stood toward the green plain by the river, they saw on the top of that +rock-wall a red pennon waving on a spear, and beside it three or four +weaponed men gleaming bright in the evening sun; and they waved their +swords to the Host, and made lightning of the sunbeams, and the men +of the Host waved swords to them in turn. For these were the outguards +of the Host; and the place whereon they were was at whiles dwelt in +by those who would drive the spoil in Silver-dale, and midmost of the +green-sward was a booth builded of rough stones and turf, a refuge for +a score of men in rough weather.</p> +<p>So the men of the vanward gat them down the hill, and made the best +of their way toward the grassy plain through that rocky maze which had +once been as a lake of molten glass; and as short as the way looked +from above, it was two hours or ever they came out of it on to the smooth +turf, and it was moonlight and night ere the House of the Face had gotten +on to the green-sward.</p> +<p>There then the Host abode for that night, and after they had eaten +lay down on the green grass and slept as they might. Bow-may would +have brought the Sun-beam into the booth with some others of the women, +but she would not enter it, because she deemed that otherwise the Bride +would abide without; and the Bride, when she came up, along with the +House of the Steer, beheld the Sun-beam, that Wood-father’s children +had made a lair for her without like a hare’s form; and forsooth +many a time had she lain under the naked heaven in Shadowy Vale and +the waste about it, even as the Bride had in the meadows of Burgdale. +So when the Bride was bidden thereto, she went meekly into the booth, +and lay there with others of the damsels-at-arms.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XLII. THE HOST COMETH TO THE EDGES OF SILVER-DALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>So wore the night, and when the dawn was come were the two captains +afoot, and they went from band to band to see that all was ready, and +all men were astir betimes, and by the time that the sun smote the eastern +side of Shield-broad ruddy, they had broken their fast and were dight +for departure. Then the horns blew up beside the banners, and +rejoiced the hearts of men. But by the command of the captains +this was the last time that they should sound till they blew for onset +in Silver-dale, because now would they be drawing nigher and nigher +to the foemen, and they wotted not but that wandering bands of them +might be hard on the lips of the pass, and might hear the horns’ +voice, and turn to see what was toward.</p> +<p>Forth then went the banners of the Wolf, and the men of the vanward +fell to threading the rock-maze toward the north, and in two hours’ +time were clear of the Dale under Shield-broad. All went in the +same order as yesterday; but on this day the Sun-beam would bear her +hauberk, and had a sword girt to her side, and her heart was high and +her speech merry.</p> +<p>When they left the Dale under Shield-broad the way was easy and wide +for a good way, the river flowing betwixt low banks, and the pass being +more like a string of little valleys than a mere gap, as it had been +on the other side of the Dale. But when one third of the day was +past, the way began to narrow on them again, and to rise up little by +little; and at last the rock-walls drew close to the river, and when +men looked toward the north they saw no way, and nought but a wall. +For the gap of the Shivering Flood turned now to the east, and the Flood +came down from the east in many falls, as it were over a fearful stair, +through a gap where there was no path between the cliffs and the water, +nought but the boiling flood and its turmoil; so that they who knew +not the road wondered what they should do.</p> +<p>But Folk-might led the banners to where a great buttress of the cliffs +thrust itself into the way, coming well-nigh down to the water, just +at the corner where the river turned eastward, and they got them about +it as they might, and on the other side thereof lo! another gap exceeding +strait, scarce twenty foot over, wall-sided, rugged beyond measure, +going up steeply from the great valley: a little water ran through it, +mostly filling up the floor of it from side to side; but it was but +shallow. This was now the battle-road of the Host, and the vanward +entered it at once, turning their backs upon the Shivering Flood.</p> +<p>Full toilsome and dreary was that strait way; often great stones +hung above their heads, bridging the gap and hiding the sky from them; +nor was there any path for them save the stream itself; so that whiles +were they wading its waters to the knee or higher, and whiles were they +striding from stone to stone amidst the rattle of the waters, and whiles +were they stepping warily along the ledges of rock above the deeper +pools, and in all wise labouring in overcoming the rugged road amidst +the twilight of the gap.</p> +<p>Thus they toiled till the afternoon was well worn, and so at last +they came to where the rock-wall was somewhat broken down on the north +side, and great rocks had fallen across the gap, and dammed up the waters, +which fell scantily over the dam from stone to stone into a pool at +the bottom of it. Up this breach, then, below the force they scrambled +and struggled, for rough indeed was the road for them; and so came they +up out of the gap on to the open hill-side, a great shoulder of the +heath sloping down from the north, and littered over with big stones, +borne thither belike by some ice-river of the earlier days; and one +great rock was in special as great as the hall of a wealthy goodman, +and shapen like to a hall with hipped gables, which same the men of +the Wolf called House-stone.</p> +<p>There then the noise and clatter of the vanward rose up on the face +of the heath, and men were exceeding joyous that they had come so far +without mishap. Therewith came weaponed men out from under House-stone, +and they came toward the men of the vanward, and they were a half-score +of the forerunners of the Wolf; therefore Folk-might and Face-of-god +fell at once into speech with them, and had their tidings; and when +they had heard them, they saw nought to hinder the host from going on +their road to Silver-dale forthright; and there were still three hours +of daylight before them. So the vanward of the host tarried not, +and the captains left word with the men from under House-stone that +the rest of the Host should fare on after them speedily, and that they +should give this word to each company, as men came up from out the gap. +Then they fared speedily up the hillside, and in an hour’s wearing +had come to the crest thereof, and to where the ground fell steadily +toward the north, and hereabout the scattered stones ceased, and on +the other side of the crest the heath began to be soft and boggy, and +at last so soft, that if they had not been wisely led, they had been +bemired oftentimes. At last they came to where the flows that +trickled through the mires drew together into a stream, so that men +could see it running; and thereon some of the Woodlanders cried out +joyously that the waters were running north; and then all knew that +they were drawing nigh to Silver-dale.</p> +<p>No man they met on the road, nor did they of Shadowy Vale look to +meet any; because the Dusky Men were not great hunters for the more +part, except it were of men, and especially of women; and, moreover, +these hill-slopes of the mountain-necks led no-whither and were utterly +waste and dreary, and there was nought to be seen there but snipes and +bitterns and whimbrel and plover, and here and there a hill-fox, or +the great erne hanging over the heath on his way to the mountain.</p> +<p>When sunset came, they were getting clear of the miry ground, and +the stream which they had come across amidst of the mires had got clearer +and greater, and rattled down between wide stony sides over the heath; +and here and there it deepened as it cleft its way through little knolls +that rose out of the face of the mountain-neck. As the Host climbed +one of these and was come to its topmost (it was low enough not to turn +the stream), Face-of-god looked and beheld dark-blue mountains rising +up far off before him, and higher than these, but away to the east, +the snowy peaks of the World-mountains. Then he called to mind +what he had seen from the Burg of the Runaways, and he took Folk-might +by the arm, and pointed toward those far-off mountains.</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Folk-might, ‘so it is, War-leader. +Silver-dale lieth between us and yonder blue ridges, and it is far nigher +to us than to them.’</p> +<p>But the Sun-beam came close to those twain, and took Face-of-god +by the hand and said: ‘O Gold-mane, dost thou see?’ and +he turned about and beheld her, and saw how her cheeks flamed and her +eyes glittered, and he said in a low voice: ‘To-morrow for mirth +or silence, for life or death.’</p> +<p>But the whole vanward as they came up stayed to behold the sight +of the mountains on the other side of Silver-dale, and the banners of +the Folk hung over their heads, moving but little in the soft air of +the evening: so went they on their ways.</p> +<p>The sun sank, and dusk came on them as they followed down the stream, +and night came, and was clear and starlit, though the moon was not yet +risen. Now was the ground firm and the grass sweet and flowery, +and wind-worn bushes were scattered round about them, as they began +to go down into the ghyll that cleft the wall of Silver-dale, and the +night-wind blew in their faces from the very Dale and place of the Battle +to be. The path down was steep at first, but the ghyll was wide, +and the sides of it no longer straight walls, as in the gaps of their +earlier journey, but broken, sloping back, and (as they might see on +the morrow) partly of big stones and shaly grit, partly grown over with +bushes and rough grass, with here and there a little stream trickling +down their sides. As they went, the ghyll widened out, till at +last they were in a valley going down to the plain, in places steep, +in places flat and smooth, the stream ever rattling down the midst of +it, and they on the west side thereof. The vale was well grassed, +and oak-trees and ash and holly and hazel grew here and there about +it; and at last the Host had before it a wood which filled the vale +from side to side, not much tangled with undergrowth, and quite clear +of it nigh to the stream-side. Thereinto the vanward entered, +but went no long way ere the leaders called a halt and bade pitch the +banners, for that there should they abide the daylight. Thus it +had been determined at the Council of the Hall of the Wolf; for Folk-might +had said: ‘With an Host as great as ours, and mostly of men come +into a land of which they know nought at all, an onslaught by night +is perilous: yea, and our foes should be over-much scattered, and we +should have to wander about seeking them. Let us rather abide +in the wood of Wood-dale till the morning, and then display our banners +on the hill-side above Silver-dale, so that they may gather together +to fall upon us: in no case shall they keep us out of the Dale.’</p> +<p>There then they stayed, and as each company came up to the wood, +they were marshalled into their due places, so that they might set the +battle in array on the edge of Silver-dale,</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XLIII. FACE-OF-GOD LOOKETH ON SILVER-DALE: THE BOWMEN’S +BATTLE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>There then they rested, as folk wearied with the toilsome journey, +when they had set sure watches round about their campment; and they +ate quietly what meat they had with them, and so gat them to sleep in +the wood on the eve of battle.</p> +<p>But not all slept; for the two captains went about amongst the companies, +Folk-might to the east, Face-of-god to the west, to look to the watches, +and to see that all was ordered duly. Also the Sun-beam slept +not, but she lay beside Bow-may at the foot of an oak-tree; she watched +Face-of-god as he went away amidst the men of the Host, and watched +and waked abiding his returning footsteps.</p> +<p>The night was well worn by then he came back to his place in the +vanward, and on his way back he passed through the folk of the Steer +laid along on the grass, all save those of the watch, and the light +of the moon high aloft was mingled with the light of the earliest dawn; +and as it happed he looked down, and lo! close to his feet the face +of the Bride as she lay beside her grand-sire, her head pillowed on +a bundle of bracken. She was sleeping soundly like a child who +has been playing all day, and whose sleep has come to him unsought and +happily. Her hands were laid together by her side; her cheek was +as fair and clear as it was wont to be at her best; her face looked +calm and happy, and a lock of her dark-red hair strayed from her uncovered +head over her breast and lay across her wrists, so peacefully she slept.</p> +<p>Face-of-god turned his eyes from her at once, and went by swiftly, +and came to his own company. The Sun-beam saw him coming, and +rose straightway to her feet from beside Bow-may, who lay fast asleep, +and she held out her hands to him; and he took them and kissed them, +and he cast his arms about her and kissed her mouth and her face, and +she his in likewise; and she said:</p> +<p>‘O Gold-mane, if this were but the morrow of to-morrow! +Yet shall all be well; shall it not?’</p> +<p>Her voice was low, but it waked Bow-may, who sat up at once broad +awake, after the manner of a hunter of the waste ever ready for the +next thing to betide, and moreover the Sun-beam had been in her thoughts +these two days, and she feared for her, lest she should be slain or +maimed. Now she smiled on the Sun-beam and said:</p> +<p>‘What is it? Does thy mind forebode evil? That +needeth not. I tell thee it is not so ill for us of the sword +to be in Silver-dale. Thrice have I been there since the Overthrow, +and never more than a half-score in company, and yet am I whole to-day.’</p> +<p>‘Yea, sister,’ said Face-of-god, ‘but in past times +ye did your deed and then fled away; but now we come to abide here, +and this night is the last of lurking.’</p> +<p>‘Ah,’ she said, ‘a little way from this I saw such +things that we had good will to abide here longer, few as we were, but +that we feared to be taken alive.’</p> +<p>‘What things were these?’ said Face-of-god.</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ she said, ‘I will not tell thee now; but +mayhap in the lighted winter feast-hall, when the kindred are so nigh +us and about us that they seem to us as if they were all the world, +I may tell it thee; or mayhap I never shall.’</p> +<p>Said the Sun-beam, smiling: ‘Thou wilt ever be talking, Bow-may. +Now let the War-leader depart, for he will have much to do.’</p> +<p>And she was well at ease that she had seen Face-of-god again; but +he said:</p> +<p>‘Nay, not so much; all is well-nigh done; in an hour it will +be broad day, and two hours thereafter shall the Banner be displayed +on the edge of Silver-dale.’</p> +<p>The cheek of the Sun-beam flushed, and paled again, as she said: +‘Yea, we shall stand even as our Fathers stood on the day when, +coming from off the waste, they beheld it, and knew it would be theirs. +Ah me! how have I longed for this morn. But now - Tell me, Gold-mane, +dost thou deem that I am afraid? And I whom thou hast deemed to +be a God.’</p> +<p>Quoth Bow-may: ‘Thou shalt deem her twice a God ere noon-tide, +brother Gold-mane. But come now! the hour of deadly battle is +at hand, and we may not laugh that away; and therefore I bid thee remember, +Gold-mane, how thou didst promise to kiss me once more on the verge +of deadly battle.’</p> +<p>Therewith she stood up before him, and he tarried not, but kind and +smiling took her face between his two hands and kissed her lips, and +she cast her arms about him and kissed him, and then sank down on the +grass again, and turned from him, and laid her face amongst the grass +and the bracken, and they could see that she was weeping, and her body +was shaken with sobs. But the Sun-beam knelt down to her, and +caressed her with her hand, and spake kind words to her softly, while +Face-of-god went his ways to meet Folk-might.</p> +<p>Now was the dawn fading into full daylight; and between dawn and +sunrise were all men stirring; for the watch had waked the hundred-leaders, +and they the leaders of scores and half-scores, and they the whole folk; +and they sat quietly in the wood and made no noise.</p> +<p>In the night the watch of the Sickle had fallen in with a thrall +who had stolen up from the Dale to set gins for hares, and now in the +early morning they brought him to the War-leader. He was even +such a man as those with whom Face-of-god had fallen in before, neither +better nor worse than most of them: he was sore afraid at first, but +by then he was come to the captains he understood that he had happened +upon friends; but he was dull of comprehension and slow of speech. +Albeit Folk-might gathered from him that the Dusky Men had some inkling +of the onslaught; for he said that they had been gathering together +in the marketplace of Silver-stead, and would do so again soon. +Moreover, the captains deemed from his speech that those new tribes +had come to hand sooner than was looked for, and were even now in the +Dale. Folk-might smiled as one who is not best pleased when he +heard these tidings; but Face-of-god was glad to hear thereof; for what +he loathed most was that the war should drag out in hunting of scattered +bands of the foe. Herewith came Dallach to them as they talked +(for Face-of-god had sent for him), and he fell to questioning the man +further; by whose answers it seemed that many men also had come into +the Dale from Rose-dale, so that they of the kindreds were like to have +their hands full. Lastly Dallach drew from the thrall that it +was on that very morning that the great Folk-mote of the Dusky Men should +be holden in the market-place of the Stead, which was right great, and +about it were the biggest of the houses wherein the men of the kindred +had once dwelt.</p> +<p>So when they had made an end of questioning the thrall, and had given +him meat and drink, they asked him if he would take weapons in his hand +and lead them on the ways into the Dale, bidding him look about the +wood and note how great and mighty an host they were. And the +carle yeasaid this, after staring about him a while, and they gave him +spear and shield, and he went with the vanward as a way-leader.</p> +<p>Again presently came a watch of the Shepherds, and they had found +a man and a woman dead and stark naked hanging to the boughs of a great +oak-tree deep in the wood. This men knew for some vengeance of +the Dusky Men, for it was clear to see that these poor people had been +sorely tormented before they were slain. Also the same watch had +stumbled on the dead body of an old woman, clad in rags, lying amongst +the rank grass about a little flow; she was exceeding lean and hunger-starved, +and in her hand was a frog which she had half eaten. And Dallach, +when he heard of this, said that it was the wont of the Dusky Men to +slay their thralls when they were past work, or to drive them into the +wilderness to die.</p> +<p>Lastly came a watch from the men of the Face, having with them two +more thralls, lusty young men; these they had come upon in company of +their master, who had brought them up into the wood to shoot him a buck, +and therefore they bare bows and arrows. The watch had slain the +master straightway while the thralls stood looking on. They were +much afraid of the weaponed men, but answered to the questioning much +readier than the first man; for they were household thralls, and better +fed and clad than he, who was but a toiler in the fields. They +yeasaid all his tale, and said moreover that the Folk-mote of the Dusky +Men should be holden in the market-place that forenoon, and that most +of the warriors should be there, both the new-comers and the Rose-dale +lords, and that without doubt they should be under arms.</p> +<p>To these men also they gave a good sword and a helm each, and bade +them be brisk with their bows, and they said yea to marching with the +Host; and indeed they feared nothing so much as being left behind; for +if they fell into the hands of the Dusky Men, and their master missing, +they should first be questioned with torments, and then slain in the +evillest manner.</p> +<p>Now whereas things had thus betid, and that they knew thus much of +their foemen, Face-of-god called all the chieftains together, and they +sat on the green grass and held counsel amongst them, and to one and +all it seemed good that they should suffer the Dusky Men to gather together +before they meddled with them, and then fall upon them in such order +and such time as should seem good to the captains watching how things +went; and this would be easy, whereas they were all lying in the wood +in the same order as they would stand in battle-array if they were all +drawn up together on the brow of the hill. Albeit Face-of-god +deemed it good, after he had heard all that they who had been in the +Stead could tell him thereof, that the Shepherd-Folk, who were more +than three long hundreds, and they of the Steer, the Bridge, and the +Bull, four hundreds in all, should take their places eastward of the +Woodlanders who had led the vanward.</p> +<p>Straightway the word was borne to these men, and the shift was made: +so that presently the Woodlanders were amidmost of the Host, and had +with them on their right hands the Men of the Steer, the Bridge, and +the Bull, and beyond them the Shepherd-Folk. But on their left +hand lay the Men of the Vine, then they of the Sickle, and lastly the +Men of the Face, and these three kindreds were over five hundreds of +warriors: as for the Men of the Wolf, they abode at first with those +companies which they had led through the wastes, though this was changed +afterwards.</p> +<p>All this being done, Face-of-god gave out that all men should break +their fast in peace and leisure; and while men were at their meat, Folk-might +spake to Face-of-god and said: ‘Come, brother, for I would show +thee a goodly thing; and thou, Dallach, come with us.’</p> +<p>Then he brought them by paths in the wood till Face-of-god saw the +sky shine white between the tree-boles, and in a little while they were +come well-nigh out of the thicket, and then they went warily; for before +them was nought but the slopes of Wood-dale, going down steeply into +Silver-dale, with nought to hinder the sight of it, save here and there +bushes or scattered trees; and so fair and lovely it was that Face-of-god +could scarce forbear to cry out. He saw that it was only at the +upper or eastern end, where the mountains of the Waste went round about +it, that the Dale was narrow; it soon widened out toward the west, and +for the most part was encompassed by no such straight-sided a wall as +was Burgdale, but by sloping hills and bents, mostly indeed somewhat +higher and steeper than the pass wherein they were, but such as men +could well climb if they had a mind to, and there were any end to their +journey. The Dale went due west a good way, and then winded about +to the southwest, and so was hidden from them thereaway by the bents +that lay on their left hand. As it was wider, so it was not so +plain a ground as was Burgdale, but rose in knolls and little hills +here and there. A river greater than the Weltering Water wound +about amongst the said mounds; and along the side of it out in the open +dale were many goodly houses and homesteads of stone. The knolls +were mostly covered over with vines, and there were goodly and great +trees in groves and clumps, chiefly oak and sweet chestnut and linden; +many were the orchards, now in blossom, about the homesteads; the pastures +of the neat and horses spread out bright green up from the water-side, +and deeper green showed the acres of the wheat on the lower slopes of +the knolls, and in wide fields away from the river.</p> +<p>Just below the pitch of the hill whereon they were, lay Silver-stead, +the town of the Dale. Hitherto it had been an unfenced place; +but Folk-might pointed to where on the western side a new white wall +was rising, and on which, young as the day yet was, men were busy laying +the stones and spreading the mortar. Fair seemed that town to +Face-of-god: the houses were all builded of stone, and some of the biggest +were roofed with lead, which also as well as silver was dug out of the +mountains at the eastern end of the Dale. The market-place was +clear to see from where they stood, though there were houses on all +sides of it, so wide it was. From their standing-place it was +but three furlongs to this heart of Silver-dale; and Face-of-god could +see brightly-clad men moving about in it already. High above their +heads he beheld two great clots of scarlet and yellow raised on poles +and pitched in front of a great stone-built hall roofed with lead, which +stood amidmost of the west end of the Place, and betwixt those poles +he saw on a mound with long slopes at its sides somewhat of white stone, +and amidmost of the whole Place a great stack of faggot-wood built up +four-square. Those red and yellow things on the poles he deemed +would be the banners of the murder-carles; and Folk-might told him that +even so it was, and that they were but big bunches of strips of woollen +cloth, much like to great ragmops, save that the rags were larger and +longer: no other token of war, said Folk-might, did those folk carry, +save a crookbladed sword, smeared with man’s blood, and bigger +than any man might wield in battle.</p> +<p>‘Art thou far-seeing, War-leader?’ quoth he. ‘What +canst thou see in the market-place?’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Far-seeing am I above most men, and I see +in the Place a man in scarlet standing by the banner, which is pitched +in front of the great stone hall, near to the mound with the white stone +on it; and meseemeth he beareth a great horn in his hand.’</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘Yea, and that stone hall was our Mote-house +when we were lords of the Dale, and thence it was that they who are +now thralls of the Dusky Men sent to them their message and token of +yielding. And as for that white stone, it is the altar of their +god; for they have but one, and he is that same crook-bladed sword. +And now that I look, I see a great stack of wood amidmost the market-place, +and well I know what that betokeneth.’</p> +<p>‘Lo you!’ said Face-of-god, ‘the man with the horn +is gone up on to the altar-mound, and meseemeth he is setting the little +end of the horn to his mouth.’</p> +<p>‘Hearken then!’ said Folk-might. And in a moment +came the hoarse tuneless sound of the horn down the wind towards them; +and Folk-might said:</p> +<p>‘I deem I should know what that blast meaneth; and now is it +time that the Host drew nigher to set them in array behind these very +trees. But if ye will, War-leader, we will abide here and watch +the ways of the foemen, and send Dallach with the word to the Host; +also I would have thee suffer me to bid hither at once two score and +ten of the best of the bowmen of our folk and the Woodlanders, and Wood-wise +to lead them, for he knoweth well the land hereabout, and what is good +to do.’</p> +<p>‘It is good,’ said Face-of-god. ‘Be speedy, +Dallach!’</p> +<p>So Dallach departed, running lightly, and the two chiefs abode there; +and the horn in Silver-stead blew at whiles for a little, and then stayed; +and Folk-might said:</p> +<p>‘Lo you! they come flockmeal to the Mote-stead; the Place will +be filled ere long.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Will they make offerings to their god at +the hallowing in of their Folk-mote? Where then are the slaughter-beasts?’</p> +<p>‘They shall not long be lacking,’ said Folk-might. +‘See you it is getting thronged about the altar and the Mote-house.’</p> +<p>Now there were four ways into the Market-place of Silver-stead turned +toward the four aírts, and the midmost of the kindreds’ +battle looked right down the southern one, which went up to the wood, +but stopped there in a mere woodland path, and the more part of the +town lay north and west of this way, albeit there was a way from the +east also. But the hill-side just below the two captains lay two +furlongs west of this southern way; and it went down softly till it +was gotten quite near to the backs of the houses on the south side of +the Market-place, and was sprinkled scantly with bushes and trees as +aforesaid; but at last were there more bushes, which well-nigh made +a hedge across it, reaching from the side of the southern way; and a +foot or two beyond these bushes the ground fell by a steep and broken +bent down to the level of the Market-place, and betwixt that fringe +of bushes and the backs of the houses on the south side of the Place +was less it maybe than a full furlong: but the southern road aforesaid +went down softly into the Market-place, since it had been fashioned +so by men.</p> +<p>Now the two chiefs heard a loud blast of horns come up from the town, +and lo! a great crowd of men wending their ways down the road from the +north, and they came into the market-place with spears and other weapons +tossing in the air, and amidst of these men, who seemed to be all of +the warriors, they saw as they drew nigher some two score and ten of +men clad in long raiment of yellow and scarlet, with tall spiring hats +of strange fashion on their heads, and in their hands long staves with +great blades like scythes done on to them; and again, in the midst of +these yellow and red glaive-bearers, in the very heart of the throng +were some score of naked folk, they deemed both men and women, but were +not sure, so close was the throng; nor could they see if they were utterly +naked.</p> +<p>‘Lo you, brother!’ quoth Folk-might, ‘said I not +that the beasts for the hewing should not tarry? Yonder naked +folk are even they: and ye may well deem that they are the thralls of +the Dusky Men; and meseemeth by the whiteness of their skins they be +of the best of them. For these felons, it is like, look to winning +great plenty of thralls in Burgdale, and so set the less store on them +they have, and may expend them freely.’</p> +<p>As he spake they heard the sound of men marching in the wood behind +them, and they turned about and saw that there was come Wood-wise, and +with him upwards of two score and ten of the bowmen of the Woodlanders +and the Wolf - huntsmen, cragsmen, and scourers of the Waste; men who +could shoot the chaffinch on the twig a hundred yards aloof; who could +make a hiding-place of the bennets of the wayside grass, or the stem +of the slender birch-tree. With these must needs be Bow-may, who +was the closest shooter of all the kindreds.</p> +<p>So then Wood-wise told the War-leader that Dallach had given the +word to the Host, and that all men were astir and would be there presently +in their ordered companies; and Face-of-god spake to Folk-might, and +said: ‘Chief of the Wolf, wilt thou not give command to these +bowmen, and set them to the work; for thou wottest thereof.’</p> +<p>‘Yea, that will I,’ said Folk-might, and turned to Wood-wise, +and said: ‘Wood-wise, get ye down the slope, and loose on these +felons, who have a murder on hand, if so be ye have a chance to do it +wisely. But in any case come ye all back; for all shall be needed +yet to-day. So flee if they pursue, for ye shall have us to flee +to. Now be ye wary, nor let the curse of the Wolf and the Face +lie on your slothfulness.’</p> +<p>Wood-wise did but nod his head and lift his hand to his fellows, +who set off after him down the slope without more tarrying. They +went very warily, as if they were hunting a quarry which would flee +from them; and they crept amongst the grass and stones from bush to +bush like serpents, and so, unseen by the Dusky Men, who indeed were +busied over their own matters, they came to the fringe of bushes above +the broken ground aforesaid, and there they took their stand, and before +them below those steep banks was but the space at the back of the houses. +As to the houses, as aforesaid, they were not so high as elsewhere about +the Market-place; and at the end of a long low hall there was a gap +between its gable and the next house, whereby they had a clear sight +of the Place about the god’s altar and the banners, and the great +hall of Silver-dale, with the double stair that went up to the door +thereof.</p> +<p>There then they made them ready, and Wood-wise set men to watch that +none should come sidelong on them unawares; their bows were bent and +their quivers open, and they were eager for the fray.</p> +<p>Thus they beheld the Market-place from their cover, and saw that +those folk who were to be hewn to the god were now standing facing the +altar in a half-ring, and behind them in another half-ring the glaive-bearers +who had brought them thither stood glaive in hand ready to hew them +down when the token should be given; and these were indeed the priests +of the god.</p> +<p>There was clear space round about these poor slaughter-thralls, so +that the bowmen could see them well, and they told up a score of them, +half men, half women, and they were all stark naked save for wreaths +of flowers about their middles and their necks; and they had shackles +of lead about their wrists; which same lead should be taken out of the +fire wherein they should be burned, and from the shape it should take +after it had passed through the fire would the priests foretell the +luck of the deed to be done.</p> +<p>It was clear to be seen from thence that Folk-might was right when +he said that these slaughter-thralls were of the best of the house-thralls +and bed-mates of the Dusky Men, and that these felons were open-handed +to their god, and would not cheat him, or withhold from him the best +and most delicate of all they had.</p> +<p>Now spake Wood-wise to those about him: ‘It is sure that Folk-might +would have us give these poor thralls a chance, and that we must loose +upon the felons who would hew them down; and if we are to come back +again, we can go no nigher. What sayest thou, Bow-may? Is +it nigh enough? Can aught be done?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, yea,’ she said, ‘nigh enough it is; but let +Gold-ring be with me and half a score of the very best, whether they +be of our folk or the Woodlanders, men who cannot miss such a mark; +and when we have loosed, then let all loose, and stay not till our shot +be spent. Haste, now haste! time presseth; for if the Host showeth +on the brow of the hill, these felons will hew down their slaughter-beasts +before they turn on their foemen. Let the grey-goose wing speed +trouble and confusion amongst them.’</p> +<p>But ere she had done her words Wood-wise had got to speaking quietly +with the Woodlanders; and Bears-bane, who was amidst them, chose out +eight of the best of his folk, men who doubted nothing of hitting whatever +they could see in the Market-place; and they took their stand for shooting, +and with them besides Bow-may were two women and four men of the Wolf, +and Gold-ring withal, a carle of fifty winters, long, lean, and wiry, +a fell shooter if ever anyone were.</p> +<p>So all these notched their shafts and laid them on the yew, and each +had between the two last fingers of the shaft-hand another shaft ready, +and a half score more stuck into the ground before him.</p> +<p>Now giveth Wood-wise the word to these sixteen as to which of the +felons with the glaives they shall each one aim at; and he saith withal +in a soft voice: ‘Help cometh from the Hill; soon shall battle +be joined in Silver-dale.’</p> +<p>Thus stand they watching Bow-may and Gold-ring till they draw home +the notches; and amidst their waiting the glaive-bearing felons fall +a-singing a harsh and ugly hymn to their crooked-sword god, and the +Market-stead is thronged endlong and overthwart with the tribes of the +Dusky Men.</p> +<p>There now standeth Bow-may far-sighted and keen-eyed, her face as +pale as a linen sleeve, an awful smile on her glittering eyes and close-set +lips, and she feeling the twisted string of the red yew and the polished +sides of the notch, while the yelling song of the Dusky priests quavers +now and ends with a wild shrill cry, and she noteth the midmost of the +priests beginning to handle his weapon: then swift and steady she draweth +home the notches, while the yew bow standeth still as the oak-bole ere +the summer storm ariseth, and the twang of the sixteen strings maketh +but one fell sound as the feathered bane of men goeth on its way.</p> +<p>There was silence for a moment of time in the Market of Silver-stead, +as if the bolt of the Gods had fallen there; and then arose a huge wordless +yell from those about the altar, and one of the priests who was left +hove up his glaive two-handed to smite the naked slaughter-thralls; +but or ever the stroke fell, Bow-may’s second shaft was through +his throat, and he rolled over amidst his dead fellows; and the other +fifteen had loosed with her, and then even as they could Wood-wise and +the others of their company; and all they notched and loosed without +tarrying, and no shout, no word came from their lips, only the twanging +strings spake for them; for they deemed the minutes that hurried by +were worth much joy of their lives to be. And few indeed were +the passing minutes ere the dead men lay in heaps about the Altar of +the Crooked Sword, and the wounded men wallowed amidst them.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XLIV. OF THE ONSLAUGHT OF THE MEN OF THE STEER, THE +BRIDGE, AND THE BULL</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Wild was the turmoil and confusion in the Market-stead; for the more +part of the men therein knew not what had befallen about the altar, +though some clomb up to the top of that stack of faggots built for the +burning of the thralls, and when they saw what was toward fell to yelling +and cursing; and their fellows on the plain Place could not hear their +story for the clamour, and they also fell to howling as if a wood full +of wild dogs was there.</p> +<p>And still the shafts rained down on that throng from the Bent of +the Bowmen, for another two score men of the Woodlanders had crept down +the hill to them, and shafts failed them not. But the Dusky Men +about the altar, for all their terror, or even maybe because of it, +now began to turn upon the scarce-seen foemen, and to press up wildly +toward the hill-side, though as it were without any order or aim. +Every man of them had his weapons, and those no mere gilded toys, but +their very tools of battle; and some, but no great number, had their +bows with them and a few shafts; and these began to shoot at whatsoever +they could see on the hill-side, but at first so wildly and hurriedly +that they did no harm.</p> +<p>It must be said of them that at first only those about the altar +fell on toward the hill; for those about the road that led southward +knew not what had betided nor whither to turn. So that at this +beginning of the battle, of all the thousands in the great Place it +was but a few hundreds that set on the Bent of the Bowmen, and at these +the bowmen of the kindreds shot so close and so wholly together that +they fell one over another in the narrow ways between the houses whereby +they must needs go to gather on the plain ground betwixt the backs of +the houses and the break of the hill-side. But little by little +the archers of the Dusky Men gathered behind the corpses of the slain, +and fell to shooting at what they could see of the men of the kindreds, +which at that while was not much, for as bold as they were, they fought +like wary hunters of the Wood and the Waste.</p> +<p>But now at last throughout all that throng of Felons in the Market-place +the tale began to spread of foemen come into the Dale and shooting from +the Bents, and all they turned their faces to the hill, and the whole +set of the throng was thitherward; though they fared but slowly, so +evil was the order of them, each man hindering his neighbour as he went. +And not only did the Dusky Men come flockmeal toward the Bent of the +Bowmen, but also they jostled along toward the road that led southward. +That beheld Wood-wise from the Bent, and he was minded to get him and +his aback, now that they had made so great a slaughter of the foemen; +and two or three of his fellows had been hurt by arrows, and Bow-may, +she would have been slain thrice over but for the hammer-work of the +Alderman. And no marvel was that; for now she stood on a little +mound not half covered by a thin thorn-bush, and notched and loosed +at whatever was most notable, as though she were shooting at the mark +on a summer evening in Shadowy Vale. But as Wood-wise was at point +to give the word to depart, from behind them rang out the merry sound +of the Burgdale horns, and he turned to look at the wood-side, and lo! +thereunder was the hill bright and dark with men-at-arms, and over them +floated the Banners of the Wolf, and the Banners of the Steer, the Bridge, +and the Bull. Then gave forth the bowmen of the kindreds their +first shout, and they made no stay in their shooting; but shot the eagerer, +for they deemed that help would come without their turning about to +draw it to them: and even so it was. For straightway down the +bent came striding Face-of-god betwixt the two Banners of the Wolf, +and beside him were Red-wolf the tall and War-grove, and therewithal +Wood-wont and Wood-wicked, and many other men of the Wolf; for now that +the men of the kindreds had been brought face to face with the foe, +and there was less need of them for way-leaders, the more part of them +were liefer to fight under their own banner along with the Woodlanders; +so that the company of those who went under the Wolves was more than +three long hundreds and a half; and the bowmen on the edge of the bent +shouted again and merrily, when they felt that their brothers were amongst +them, and presently was the arrow-storm at its fiercest, and the twanging +of bow-strings and the whistle of the shafts was as the wind among the +clefts of the mountains; for all the new-comers were bowmen of the best.</p> +<p>But the kindreds of the Steer, the Bridge, and the Bull, they hung +yet a while longer on the hills’ brow, their banners floating +over them and their horns blowing; and the Dusky Felons in the Market-place +beheld them, and fear and rage at once filled their hearts, and a fierce +and dreadful yell brake out from them, and joyously did the Men of Burgdale +answer them, and song arose amongst them even such as this:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p><i>The Men of the Bridge sing:</i></p> +<p>Why stand ye together, why bear ye the shield,<br />Now the calf +straineth tether at edge of the field?</p> +<p>Now the lamb bleateth stronger and waters run clear,<br />And the +day groweth longer and glad is the year?</p> +<p>Now the mead-flowers jostle so thick as they stand,<br />And singeth +the throstle all over the land?</p> +<p><i>The Men of the Steer sing:</i></p> +<p>No cloud the day darkened, no thunder we heard,<br />But the horns’ +speech we hearkened as men unafeared.</p> +<p>Yea, so merry it sounded, we turned from the Dale,<br />Where all +wealth abounded, to wot of its tale.</p> +<p><i>The Men of the Bridge sing:</i></p> +<p>What white boles then bear ye, what wealth of the woods?<br />What +chafferers hear ye bid loud for your goods?</p> +<p><i>The Men of the Bull sing:</i></p> +<p>O the bright beams we carry are stems of the steel;<br />Nor long +shall we tarry across them to deal.</p> +<p>Hark the men of the cheaping, how loudly they cry<br />On the hook +for the reaping of men doomed to die!</p> +<p><i>They all sing:</i></p> +<p>Heave spear up! fare forward, O Men of the Dale!<br />For the Warrior, +our war-ward, shall hearken the tale.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Therewith they ceased a moment, and then gave a great and hearty +shout all together, and all their horns blew, and they moved on down +the hill as one man, slowly and with no jostling, the spear-men first, +and then they of the axe and the sword; and on their flanks the deft +archers loosed on the stumbling jostling throng of the Dusky Men, who +for their part came on drifting and surging up the road to the hill.</p> +<p>But when those big spearmen of the Dale had gone a little way the +horns’ voice died out, and their great-staved spears rose up from +their shoulders into the air, and stood so a moment, and then slowly +fell forward, as the oars of the longship fall into the row-locks, and +then over the shoulders of the foremost men showed the steel of the +five ranks behind them, and their own spears cast long bars of shadow +on the whiteness of the sunny road. No sound came from them now +save the rattle of their armour and the tramp of their steady feet; +but from the Dusky Men rose up hideous confused yelling, and those that +could free themselves from the tangle of the throng rushed desperately +against the on-rolling hedge of steel, and the whole throng shoved on +behind them. Then met steel and men; here and there an ash-stave +broke; here and there a Dusky Felon rolled himself unhurt under the +ash-staves, and hewed the knees of the Dalesmen, and a tall man came +tottering down; but what men or wood-wights could endure the push of +spears of those mighty husbandmen? The Dusky Ones shrunk back +yelling, or turned their backs and rushed at their own folk with such +fierce agony that they entered into the throng, till the terror of the +spear reached to the midmost of it and swayed them back on the hindermost; +for neither was there outgate for the felons on the flanks of the spearmen, +since there the feathered death beset them, and the bowmen (and the +Bride amongst the foremost) shot wholly together, and no shaft flew +idly. But the wise leaders of the Dalesmen would not that they +should thrust in too far amongst the howling throng of the Dusky Men, +lest they should be hemmed in by them; for they were but a handful in +regard to them: so there they stayed, barring the way to the Dusky Men, +and the bowmen still loosed from the flanks of them, or aimed deftly +from betwixt the ranks of the spearmen.</p> +<p>And now was there a space of ten strides or more betwixt the Dalesmen +and their foes, over which the spears hung terribly, nor durst the Dusky +Men adventure there; and thereon was nought but men dead or sorely hurt. +Then suddenly a horn rang thrice shrilly over all the noise and clamour +of the throng, and the ranks of the spearmen opened, and forth into +that space strode two score of the swordsmen and axe-wielders of the +Dale, their weapons raised in their hands, and he who led them was Iron-hand +of the House of the Bull: tall he was, wide-shouldered, exceeding strong, +but beardless and fair-faced. He bore aloft a two-edged sword, +broad-bladed, exceeding heavy, so that few men could wield it in battle, +but not right long; it was an ancient weapon, and his father before +him had called it the Barley-scythe. With him were some of the +best of the kindreds, as Wolf of Whitegarth, Long-hand of Oakholt, Hart +of Highcliff, and War-well the captain of the Bridge. These made +no tarrying on that space of the dead, but cried aloud their cries: +‘For the Burg and the Steer! for the Dale and the Bridge! for +the Dale and the Bull!’ and so fell at once on the Felons; who +fled not, nor had room to flee; and also they feared not the edge-weapons +so sorely as they feared those huge spears. So they turned fiercely +on the swordsmen, and chiefly on Iron-hand, as he entered in amongst +them the first of all, hewing to the right hand and the left, and many +a man fell before the Barley-scythe; for they were but little before +him. Yet as one fell another took his place, and hewed at him +with the steel axe and the crooked sword; and with many strokes they +clave his shield and brake his helm and rent his byrny, while he heeded +little save smiting with the Barley-scythe, and the blood ran from his +arm and his shoulder and his thigh.</p> +<p>But War-well had entered in among the foe on his left hand, and unshielded +hove up a great broad-bladed axe, that clave the iron helms of the Dusky +Men, and rent their horn-scaled byrnies. He was not very tall, +but his shoulders were huge and his arms long, and nought could abide +his stroke. He cleared a ring round Iron-hand, whose eyes were +growing dim as the blood flowed from him, and hewed three strokes before +him; then turned and drew the champion out of the throng, and gave him +into the arms of his fellows to stanch the blood that drained away the +might of his limbs; and then with a great wordless roar leaped back +again on the Dusky Men as the lion leapeth on the herd of swine; and +they shrank away before him; and all the swordsmen shouted, ‘For +the Bridge, for the Bridge!’ and pressed on the harder, smiting +down all before them. On his left hand now was Hart of Highcliff +wielding a good sword hight Chip-driver, wherewith he had slain and +hurt a many, fighting wisely with sword and shield, and driving the +point home through the joints of the armour. But even therewith, +as he drave a great stroke at a lord of the Dusky Ones, a cast-spear +came flying and smote him on the breast, so that he staggered, and the +stroke fell flatlings on the shield-boss of his foe, and Chip-driver +brake atwain nigh the hilts; but Hart closed with him, and smote him +on the face with the pommel, and tore his axe from his hand and clave +his skull therewith, and slew him with his own weapon, and fought on +valiantly beside War-well.</p> +<p>Now War-well had fought so fiercely that he had rent his own hauberk +with the might of his strokes, and as he raised his arm to smite a huge +stroke, a deft man of the Felons thrust the spike of his war-axe up +under his arm; and when War-well felt the smart of the steel, he turned +on that man, and, letting his axe fall down to his wrist and hang there +by its loop, he caught the foeman up by the neck and the breech, and +drave him against the other Dusky Ones before him, so that their weapons +pierced and rent their own friend and fellow. Then he put forth +the might of his arms and the pith of his body, and hove up that felon +and cast him on to the heads of his fellow murder-carles, so that he +rent them and was rent by them. Then War-well fell on again with +the axe, and all the champions of the Dale shouted and fell on with +him, and the foe shrank away; and the Dalesmen cleared a space five +fathoms’ length before them, and the spearmen drew onward and +stood on the space whereon the first onslaught had been.</p> +<p>Then drew those hewers of the Dale together, and forth from the company +came the man that bare the Banner of the Bridget and the champions gathered +round him, and they ordered their ranks and strode with the Banner before +them three times to and fro across the road athwart the front of the +spearmen, and then with a great shout drew back within the spear-hedge. +Albeit five of the champions of the Dale had been slain outright there, +and the more part of them hurt more or less.</p> +<p>But when all were well within the ranks, once again blew the horn, +and all the spears sank to the rest, and the kindreds drave the spear-furrow, +and a space was swept clear before them, and the cries and yells of +the Dusky Men were so fierce and wild that the rough voices of the Dalesmen +were drowned amidst them.</p> +<p>Forth then came every bowman of the kindred that was there and loosed +on the Dusky Men; and they forsooth had some bowmen amongst them, but +cooped up and jostled as they were they shot but wildly; whereas each +shaft of the Dale went home truly.</p> +<p>But amongst the bowmen forth came the Bride in her glittering war-gear, +and stepped lightly to the front of the spearmen. Her own yew +bow had been smitten by a shaft and broken in her hand: so she had caught +up a short horn bow and a quiver from one of the slain of the Dusky +Men; and now she knelt on one knee under the shadow of the spears nigh +to her grandsire Hall-ward, and with a pale face and knitted brow notched +and loosed, and notched and loosed on the throng of foemen, as if she +were some daintily fashioned engine of war.</p> +<p>So fared the battle on the road that went from the south into the +Market-stead. Valiantly had the kindred fought there, and no man +of them had blenched, and much had they won; but the way was perilous +before them, for the foe was many and many.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XLV. OF FACE-OF-GOD’S ONSLAUGHT</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now the banners of the Wolf flapped and rippled over the heads of +the Woodlanders and the Men of the Wolf; and the men shot all they might, +nor took heed now to cover themselves against the shafts of the Dusky +Men. As for these, for all they were so many, their arrow-shot +was no great matter, for they were in very evil order, as has been said; +and moreover, their rage was so great to come to handy strokes with +these foemen, that some of them flung away their bows to brandish the +axe or the sword. Nevertheless were some among the kindred hurt +or slain by their arrows.</p> +<p>Now stood Face-of-god with the foremost; and from where he stood +he could see somewhat of the battle of the Dalesmen, and he wotted that +it was thriving; therefore he looked before him and close around him, +and noted what was toward there. The space betwixt the houses +and the break of the bent was crowded with the fury of the Dusky Men +tossing their weapons aloft, crying to each other and at the kindred, +and here and there loosing a bow-string on them; but whatever was their +rage they might not come a many together past a line within ten fathom +of the bent’s end; for three hundred of the best of bowmen were +shooting at them so ceaselessly that no Dusky man was safe of any bare +place of his body, and they fell over one another in that penfold of +slaughter, and for all their madness did but little.</p> +<p>Yet was the heart of the War-leader troubled; for he wotted that +it might not last for ever, and there seemed no end to the throng of +murder-carles; and the time would come when the arrowshot would be spent, +and they must needs come to handy strokes, and that with so many.</p> +<p>Now a voice spake to him as he gazed with knitted brows and careful +heart on that turmoil of battle:</p> +<p>‘What now hast thou done with the Sun-beam, and where is her +brother? Is the Chief of the Wolf skulking when our work is so +heavy? And thou meseemeth art overlate on the field: the mowing +of this meadow is no sluggard’s work.’</p> +<p>He turned and beheld Bow-may, and gazed on her face for a moment, +and saw her eyes how they glittered, and how the pommels of her cheeks +were burning red and her lips dry and grey; but before he answered he +looked all round about to see what was to note; and he touched Bow-may +on the shoulder and pointed to down below where a man of the Felons +had just come out of the court of one of the houses: a man taller than +most, very gaily arrayed, with gilded scales all over him, so that, +with his dark face and blue eyes, he looked like some strange dragon. +Bow-may spake not, but stamped her foot with anger. Yet if her +heart were hot, her hand was steady; for she notched a shaft, and just +as the Dusky Chief raised his axe and brandished it aloft, she loosed, +and the shaft flew and smote the felon in the armpit and the default +of the armour, and he fell to earth. But even as she loosed, Face-of-god +cried out in a loud voice:</p> +<p>‘O lads of battle! shoot close and all together. Tarry +not, tarry not! for we need a little time ere sword meets sword, and +the others of the kindreds are at work!’</p> +<p>But Bow-may turned round to him and said: ‘Wilt thou not answer +me? Where is thy kindness gone?’</p> +<p>Even as she was speaking she had notched and loosed another shaft, +speaking as folk do who turn from busy work at loom or bench.</p> +<p>Then said Face-of-god: ‘Shoot on, sister Bow-may! The +Sun-beam is gone with her brother, and he is with the Men of the Face.’</p> +<p>He broke off here, for a man fell beside him hurt in the neck, and +Face-of-god took his bow from his hands and shot a shaft, while one +of the women who had been hurt also tended the newly-wounded man. +Then Face-of-god went on speaking:</p> +<p>‘She was unwilling to go, but Folk-might and I constrained +her; for we knew that this is the most perilous place of the battle +- hah! see those three felons, Bow-may! they are aiming hither.’</p> +<p>And again he loosed and Bow-may also, but a shaft rattled on his +helm withal and another smote a Woodlander beside him, and pierced through +the calf of his leg, as he turned and stooped to take fresh arrows from +a sheaf that lay there; but the carle took it by the notch and the point, +and brake it and drew it out, and then stood up and went on shooting. +And Face-of-god spake again:</p> +<p>‘Folk-might skulketh not; nor the Men of the Vine, and the +Sickle, and the Face, nor the Shepherd-Folk: soon shall they be making +our work easy to us, if we can hold our own till then. They are +on the other roads that lead into the square. Now suffer me, and +shoot on!’</p> +<p>Therewith he looked round about him, and he saw on the left hand +that all was quiet; and before him was the confused throng of the Dusky +Men trampling their own dead and wounded, and not able as yet to cross +that death-line of the arrow so near to them. But on his right +hand he saw how they of the kindreds held them firm on the way. +Then for a moment of time he considered and thought, till him-seemed +he could see the whole battle yet to be foughten; and his face flushed, +and he said sharply: ‘Bow-may, abide here and shoot, and show +the others where to shoot, while the arrows hold out; but we will go +further for a while, and ye shall follow when we have made the rent +great enough.’</p> +<p>She turned to him and said: ‘Why art thou not more joyous? +thou art like an host without music or banners.’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said he, ‘heed not me, but my bidding!’</p> +<p>She said hastily: ‘I think I shall die here; since for all +we have shot we minish them nowise. Now kiss me this once amidst +the battle, and say farewell.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘Nay, nay; it shall not go thus. Abide a little +while, and thou shalt see all this tangle open, as the sun cleaveth +the clouds on the autumn morning. Yet lo thou! since thou wilt +have it so.’</p> +<p>And he bent forward and kissed her face, and now the tears ran over +it, and she said smiling somewhat: ‘Now is this more than I looked +for, whatso may betide.’</p> +<p>But while she was yet speaking he cried in a great voice:</p> +<p>‘Ye who have spent your shot, or have nigh spent it, to axe +and sword, and follow me to clear the ground ’twixt the bent and +the halls. Let each help each, but throng not each other. +Shoot wisely, ye bowmen, and keep our backs clear of the foe. +On, on! for the Burg and the Face, for the Burg and the Face!’</p> +<p>Therewith he leapt down the steep of the hill, bounding like the +hart, with Dale-warden naked in his hand; and they that followed were +two score and ten; and the arrows of their bowmen rained over their +heads on the Dusky Men, as they smote down the first of the foemen, +and the others shrieked and shrank from them, or turned on them smiting +wildly and desperately.</p> +<p>But Face-of-god swept round the great sword and plunged into that +sea of turmoil and noise and evil sights and savours, and even therewith +he heard clearly a voice that said: ‘Goldring, I am hurt; take +my bow a while!’ and knew it for Bow-may’s; but it came +to his ears like the song of a bird without meaning; for it was as if +his life were changed at once; and in a minute or two he had cut thrice +with the edge and thrust twice with the point, eager, but clear-eyed +and deft; and he saw as in a picture the foe before him, and the grey +roofs of Silver-stead, and through the gap in them the tops of the blue +ridges far aloof. And now had three fallen before him, and they +feared him, and turned on him, and smote so many together that their +strokes crossed each other, and one warded him from the other; and he +laughed aloud and shielded himself, and drave the point of Dale-warden +amidst the tangle of weapons through the open mouth of a captain of +the Felons, and slashed a cheek with a back-stroke, and swept round +the edge to his right hand and smote off a blue-eyed snub-nosed head; +and therewith a pole-axe smote him on the left side of his helm, so +that he tottered; but he swung himself round, and stood stark and upright, +and gave a short hack with the edge, keeping Dale-warden well in hand, +and a gold-clad felon, a champion of them, and their tallest on the +ground, fell aback, his throat gaping more than the mouth of him.</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god shouted and waved Dale-warden aloft to the Banner +of the Wolf that floated behind and above him, and he cried out: ‘As +I have promised so have I done!’ And he looked about, and +beheld how valiantly his fellows had been doing; for before him now +was a space of earth with no man standing on his feet thereon, like +the swathe of the mowers of June; and beyond that was the crowd of the +Dusky Men wavering like the tall grass abiding the scythe.</p> +<p>But a minute, and they fell to casting at Face-of-god and his fellows +spears and knives and shields and whatsoever would fly; and a spear +smote him on the breast, but entered not; and a bossed shield fell over +his face withal, and a plummet of sling-lead smote his helm, and he +fell to earth; but leapt up again straightway, and heard as he arose +a great shout close to him, and a shrill cry, and lo! at his left side +Bow-may, her sword in her hand, and the hand red with blood from a shaft-graze +on her wrist, and a white cloth stained with blood about her neck; and +on his right side Wood-wise bearing the banner and crying the Wolf-whoop; +for the whole company was come down from the slope and stood around +him.</p> +<p>Then for a little while was there such a stilling of the tumult about +him there, that he heard great and glad cries from the Road of the South +of ‘The Burg and the Steer! The Dale and the Bridge! +The Dale and the Bull!’ And thereafter a terrible great +shrieking cry, and a huge voice that cried: ‘Death, death, death +to the Dusky Men!’ And thereafter again fierce cries and +great tumult of the battle.</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god shook Dale-warden in the air, and strode forward +fiercely, but not speedily, and the whole company went foot for foot +along with him; and as he went, would he or would he not, song came +into his mouth, a song of the meadows of the Dale, even such as this:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>The wheat is done blooming and rust’s on the sickle,<br /> And +green are the meadows grown after the scythe.<br />Come, hands for the +dance! For the toil hath been mickle,<br /> And +’twixt haysel and harvest ’tis time to be blithe.</p> +<p>And what shall the tale be now dancing is over,<br /> And +kind on the meadow sits maiden by man,<br />And the old man bethinks +him of days of the lover,<br /> And the warrior remembers +the field that he wan?</p> +<p>Shall we tell of the dear days wherein we are dwelling,<br /> The +best days of our Mother, the cherishing Dale,<br />When all round about +us the summer is telling,<br /> To ears that may hearken, +the heart of the tale?</p> +<p>Shall we sing of these hands and these lips that caress us,<br /> And +the limbs that sun-dappled lie light here beside,<br />When still in +the morning they rise but to bless us,<br /> And oft +in the midnight our footsteps abide?</p> +<p>O nay, but to tell of the fathers were better,<br /> And +of how we were fashioned from out of the earth;<br />Of how the once +lowly spurned strong at the fetter;<br /> Of the days +of the deeds and beginning of mirth.</p> +<p>And then when the feast-tide is done in the morning,<br /> Shall +we whet the grey sickle that bideth the wheat,<br />Till wan grow the +edges, and gleam forth a warning<br /> Of the field +and the fallow where edges shall meet.</p> +<p>And when cometh the harvest, and hook upon shoulder<br /> We +enter the red wheat from out of the road,<br />We shall sing, as we +wend, of the bold and the bolder,<br /> And the Burg +of their building, the beauteous abode.</p> +<p>As smiteth the sickle amid the sun’s burning<br /> We +shall sing how the sun saw the token unfurled,<br />When forth fared +the Folk, with no thought of returning,<br /> In the +days when the Banner went wide in the world.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Many saw that he was singing, but heard not the words of his mouth, +for great was the noise and clamour. But he heard Bow-may, how +she laughed by his side, and cried out:</p> +<p>‘Gold-mane, dear-heart, now art thou merry indeed; and glad +am I, though they told me that I am hurt. - Ah! now beware, beware!’</p> +<p>For indeed the Dusky Men, seeing the wall of steel rolling down on +them, and cooped up by the houses, so that they scarce knew how to flee, +turned in the face of death, the foremost of them, and rushed furiously +on the array of the Woodlanders, and all those behind pressed on them +like the big wave of the ebbing sea when the gust of the wind driveth +it landward.</p> +<p>The Woodlanders met them, shouting out: ‘The Greenwood and +the Wolf, the Greenwood and the Wolf!’ But not a few of +them fell there, though they gave not back a foot; for so fierce now +were the Dusky Men, that hewing and thrusting at them availed nought, +unless they were slain outright or stunned; and even if they fell they +rolled themselves up against their tall foe-men, heeding not death or +wounds if they might but slay or wound. There then fell War-grove +and ten others of the Woodlanders, and four men of the Wolf, but none +before he had slain his foeman; and as each man fell or was hurt grievously, +another took his place.</p> +<p>Now a felon leapt up and caught Gold-ring by the neck and drew him +down, while another strove to smite his head off; but the stout carle +drave a wood-knife into the side of the first felon, and drew it out +speedily and smote the other, the smiter, in the face with the same +knife, and therewith they all three rolled together on the earth amongst +the feet of men. Even so did another felon by Bow-may, and dragged +her down to the ground, and smote her with a long knife as she tumbled +down; and this was a feat of theirs, for they were long-armed like apes.</p> +<p>But as to this felon, Dale-warden’s edge split his skull, and +Face-of-god gathered his might together and bestrode Bow-may, till he +had hewed a space round about him with great two-handed strokes; and +yet the blade brake not. Then he caught up Bow-may from the earth, +and the felon’s knife had not pierced her hauberk, but she was +astonied, and might not stand upon her feet; and Face-of-god turned +aside a little with her, and half bore her, half thrust her through +the throng to the rearward of his folk, and left her there with two +carlines of the Wolf who followed the host for leechcraft’s sake, +and then turned back shouting: ‘For the Face, for the Face!’ +and there followed him back to the battle, a band of those who were +fresh as yet, and their blades unbloodied, the young men of the Woodlands.</p> +<p>The wearier fighters made way for them as they came on shouting, +and Face-of-god was ahead of them all, and leapt at the foemen as a +man unwearied and striking his first stroke, so wondrous hale he was; +and they drave a wedge amidst of the Dusky Men, and then turned about +and stood back to back hewing at all that drifted on them. But +as Face-of-god cleared a space about him, lo! almost within reach of +his sword-point up rose a grim shape from the earth, tall, grey-haired, +and bloody-faced, who uttered the Wolf-whoop from amidst the terror +of his visage, and turned and swung round his head an axe of the Dusky +Men, and fell to smiting them with their own weapon. The Dusky +Men shrieked in answer to his whoop, and all shrunk from him and Face-of-god; +but a cry of joy went up from the kindred, for they knew Gold-ring, +whom they deemed had been slain. So they all pressed on together, +smiting down the foe before them, and the Dusky Men, some turned their +backs and drave those behind them, till they too turned and were strained +through the passages and courts of the houses, and some were overthrown +and trodden down as they strove to hold face to the Woodlanders, and +some were hewn down where they stood; but the whole throng of those +that were on their feet drifted toward the Market-place, the Woodlanders +following them ever with point and edge, till betwixt the bent and the +houses no foeman stood up against them.</p> +<p>Then they stood together, and raised the whoop of victory, and blew +their horns long and loud in token of their joy, and the Woodland men +lifted up their voices and sang:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p> Now far, far aloof<br /> Standeth +lintel and roof,<br /> The dwelling of days<br /> Of +the Woodland ways:<br /> Now nought wendeth there<br /> Save +the wolf and the bear,<br /> And the fox of the waste<br /> Faring +soft without haste.<br />No carle the axe whetteth on oak-laden hill;<br />No +shaft the hart letteth to wend at his will;<br />None heedeth the thunder-clap +over the glade,<br />And the wind-storm thereunder makes no man afraid.<br />Is +it thus then that endeth man’s days on Mid-earth,<br />For no +man there wendeth in sorrow or mirth?</p> +<p> Nay, look down on the road<br /> From +the ancient abode!<br /> Betwixt acre and field<br /> Shineth +helm, shineth shield.<br /> And high over the heath<br /> Fares +the bane in his sheath;<br /> For the wise men and +bold<br /> Go their ways o’er the wold.<br />Now +the Warrior hath given them heart and fair day,<br />Unbidden, undriven, +they fare to the fray.<br />By the rock and the river the banners they +bear,<br />And their battle-staves quiver ’neath halbert and spear;<br />On +the hill’s brow they gather, and hang o’er the Dale<br />As +the clouds of the Father hang, laden with bale.</p> +<p> Down shineth the sun<br /> On +the war-deed half done;<br /> All the fore-doomed to +die,<br /> In the pale dust they lie.<br /> There +they leapt, there they fell,<br /> And their tale shall +we tell;<br /> But we, e’en in the gate<br /> Of +the war-garth we wait,<br />Till the drift of war-weather shall whistle +us on,<br />And we tread all together the way to be won,<br />To the +dear land, the dwelling for whose sake we came<br />To do deeds for +the telling of song-becrowned fame.<br />Settle helm on the head then! +Heave sword for the Dale!<br />Nor be mocked of the dead men for deedless +and pale.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XLVI. MEN MEET IN THE MARKET OF SILVER-STEAD</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>So sang they; but Face-of-god went with Red-wolf, who was hurt sorely, +but not deadly, and led him back toward the place just under the break +of the bent; and there he found Bow-may in the hands of the women who +were tending her hurts. She smiled on him from a pale face as +he drew nigh, and he looked kindly at her, but he might not abide there, +for haste was in his feet. He left Red-wolf to the tending of +the women, and clomb the bent hastily, and when he deemed he was high +enough, he looked about him; and somewhat more than half an hour had +worn since Bow-may had sped the first shaft against the Dusky Men.</p> +<p>He looked down into the Market-stead, and deemed he could see that +nigh the Mote-house the Dusky Men were gathering into some better order; +but they were no longer drifting toward the southern bents, but were +standing round about the altar as men abiding somewhat; and he deemed +that they had gotten more bowshot than before, and that most of them +bare bows. Though so many had been slain in the battles of the +southern bents, yet was the Market-stead full of them, so to say, for +others had come thereto in place of those that had fallen.</p> +<p>But now as he looked arose mighty clamour amongst them; and a little +west of the Altar was a stir and a hurrying onward and around as in +the eddies of a swift stream. Face-of-god wotted not what was +betiding there, but he deemed that they were now ware of the onfall +of Folk-might and Hall-face and the men of Burgdale, for their faces +were all turned to where that was to be looked for.</p> +<p>So he turned and looked on the road to the east of him, where had +been the battle of the Steer, but now it was all gone down toward the +Market-place, and he could but hear the clamour of it; but nought he +saw thereof, because of the houses that hid it.</p> +<p>Then he cast his eyes on the road that entered the Market-stead from +the north, and he saw thereon many men gathered; and he wotted not what +they were; for though there were weapons amongst them, yet were they +not all weaponed, as far as he could see.</p> +<p>Now as he looked this way and that, and deemed that he must tarry +no longer, but must enter into the courts of the houses before him and +make his way into the Market-stead, lo! a change in the throng of Dusky +Warriors nigh the Mote-house, and the ordered bands about the Altar +fell to drifting toward the western way with one accord, with great +noise and hurry and fierce cries of wrath. Then made Face-of-god +no delay, but ran down the bent at once, and at the break of it came +upon Bow-may standing upright and sword in hand; and as he passed, she +joined herself to him, and said: ‘What new tidings now, Gold-mane?’</p> +<p>‘Tidings of battle!’ he cried; ‘tidings of victory! +Folk-might hath fallen on, and the Dusky Men run hastily to meet him. +Hark, hark!’</p> +<p>For as he spoke came a great noise of horns, and Bow-may said: ‘What +horn is that blowing?’</p> +<p>He stayed not, but shouted aloud: ‘For the Face, for the Face! +Now will we fall upon their backs!’</p> +<p>Therewith was he come to his company, and he cried out to them: ‘Heard +ye the horn, heard ye the horn? Now follow me into the Market-place; +much is yet to do!’</p> +<p>Even therewith came the sound of other horns, and all men were silent +a moment, and then shouted all together, for the Wood-landers knew it +for the horn of the Shepherds coming on by the eastward way.</p> +<p>But Face-of-god waved his sword aloft and set on at once, and they +followed and gat them through the courts of the houses and their passages +into the Market-place. There they found more room than they looked +to find; for the foemen had drawn away on the left hand toward the battle +of Folk-might, and on the right hand toward the battle of the Steer; +and great was the noise and cry that came thence.</p> +<p>Now stood Face-of-god under the two banners of the Wolf in the Market-place +of Silver-stead, and scarce had he time to be high-hearted, for needs +must he ponder in his mind what thing were best to do. For on +the left hand he deemed the foe was the strongest and best ordered; +but there also were the kindreds the doughtiest, and it was little like +that the felons should overcome the spear-casters of the Face and the +glaive-bearers of the Sickle, and the bowmen of the Vine: there also +were the wisest leaders, as the stark elder Stone-face, and the tall +Hall-face, and his father of the unshaken heart, and above all Folk-might, +fierce in his wrath, but his anger burning steady and clear, like the +oaken butt on the hearth of the hall.</p> +<p>Then as his mind pictured him amongst the foe, it made therewith +another picture of the slender warrior Sun-beam caught in the tangle +of battle, and longing for him and calling for him amidst the hard hand-play. +And thereat his face flushed, and all his body waxed hot, and he was +on the very point of leading the onset against the foe on the left. +But therewith he bethought him of the bold men of the Steer and the +Bridge and the Bull weary with much fighting; and he remembered also +that the Bride was amongst them and fighting, it might be, amidst the +foremost, and if she were slain how should he ever hold up his head +again. He bethought him also that the Shepherds, who had fallen +on by the eastern road, valiant as they were, were scarce so well armed +or so well led as the others. Therewithal he bethought him (and +again it came like a picture into his mind) of falling on the foemen +by whom the southern battle was beset, and then the twain of them meeting +the Shepherds, and lastly, all those three companies joined together +clearing the Market-place, and meeting the men under Folk-might in the +midst thereof.</p> +<p>Therefore, scant had he been pondering these things in his mind for +a minute ere he cried out: ‘Blow up horns, blow up! forward banners, +and follow me, O valiant men! to the helping of the Steer, the Bridge, +and the Bull; deep have they thrust into the Dusky Throng, and belike +are hard pressed. Hark how the clamour ariseth from their besetters! +On now, on!’</p> +<p>Therewith hung a star of sunlight on his sword as he raised it aloft, +and the Wolf-whoop rang out terribly in the Market-place, for now had +the Woodlanders also learned it, and the hearts of the foemen sank as +they heard the might and the mass thereof. Then the battle of +the Woodlanders swept round and fell upon the flank of them who were +besetting the kindreds, as an iron bar smiteth the soft fir-wood; and +they of the kindreds heard their cry, but faintly and confusedly, so +great was the turmoil of battle about them.</p> +<p>Now once more was Bow-may by the side of Face-of-god; and if she +had not the might of the mightiest, yet had she the deftness of the +deftest. And now was she calm and cool, shielding herself with +a copper-bossed target, and driving home the point of her sharp sword; +white was her face, and her eyes glittered amidst it, and she seemed +to men like to those on whose heads the Warrior hath laid the Holy Bread.</p> +<p>As to Wood-wise, he had given the Banner of the red-jawed Wolf to +Stone-wolf, a huge and dreadful warrior some forty winters old, who +had fought in the Great Overthrow, and now hewed down the Dusky Men, +wielding a heavy short-sword left-handed. But Wood-wise himself +fought with a great sword, giving great strokes to the right hand and +the left, and was no more hasty than is the hewer in the winter wood.</p> +<p>Face-of-god fought wisely and coldly now, and looked more to warding +his friends than destroying his foes, and both to Bow-may and Wood-wise +his sword was a shield; for oft he took the life from the edge of the +upraised axe, and stayed the point of the foeman in mid-air.</p> +<p>Even so wisely fought the whole band of the Woodlanders and the Wolves, +who got within smiting space of the foe; for they had no will to cast +away their lives when assured victory was so nigh to them. Sooth +to say, the hand-play was not so hard to them as it had been betwixt +the bent and the houses; for the Dusky Men were intent on dealing with +the men of the kindreds from the southern road, who stood war-wearied +before them; and they were hewing and casting at them, and baying and +yelling like dogs; and though they turned about to meet the storm of +the Woodlanders, yet their hearts failed them withal, and they strove +to edge away from betwixt those two fearful scythes of war, fighting +as men fleeing, not as men in onset. But still the Woodlanders +and the Wolves came on, hewing and thrusting, smiting down the foemen +in heaps, till the Dusky Throng grew thin, and the staves of the Dalesmen +and their bright banners in the morning sun were clear to see, and at +last their very faces, kindly and familiar, worn and strained with the +stress of battle, or laughing wildly, or pale with the fury of the fight. +Then rose up to the heavens the blended shout of the Woodlanders and +the Dalesmen, and now there was nought of foemen betwixt them save the +dead and the wounded.</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god thrust his sword into its sheath all bloody as it +was, and strode over the dead men to where Hall-ward stood under the +banner of the Steer, and cast his arms about the old carle, and kissed +him for joy of the victory. But Hall-ward thrust him aback and +looked him in the face, and his cheeks were pale and his lips clenched, +and his eyes haggard and staring, and he said in a harsh voice:</p> +<p>‘O young man, she is dead! I saw her fall. The +Bride is dead, and thou hast lost thy troth-plight maiden. O death, +death to the Dusky Men!’</p> +<p>Then grew Face-of-god as pale as a linen sleeve, and all the new-comers +groaned and cried out. But a bystander said: ‘Nay, nay, +it is nought so bad as that; she is hurt, and sorely; but she liveth +yet.’</p> +<p>Face-of-god heard him not. He forgot Dale-warden lying in his +sheath, and he saw that the last speaker had a great wood-axe broad +and heavy in his hand, so he cried: ‘Man, man, thine axe!’ +and snatched it from him, and turned about to the foe again, and thrust +through the ranks, suffering none to stay him till all his friends were +behind and all his foes before him. And as he burst forth from +the ranks waving his axe aloft, bare-headed now, his yellow hair flying +abroad, his mouth crying out, ‘Death, death, death to the Dusky +Men!’ fear of him smote their hearts, and they howled and fled +before him as they might; for they said that the Dalesmen had prayed +their Gods into the battle. But not so fast could they flee but +he was presently amidst them, smiting down all about him, and they so +terror-stricken that scarce might they raise a hand against him. +All that blended host followed him mad with wrath and victory, and as +they pressed on, they heard behind them the horns and war-cries of the +Shepherds falling on from the east. Nought they heeded that now, +but drave on a fearful storm of war, and terrible was the slaughter +of the Felons.</p> +<p>It was but a few minutes ere they had driven them up against that +great stack of faggots that had been dight for the burnt-offering of +men, and many of the felons had mounted up on to it, and now in their +anguish of fear were shooting arrows and casting spears on all about +them, heeding little if they were friend or foe. Now were the +men of the kindreds at point to climb this twiggen burg; but by this +time the fury of Face-of-god had run clear, and he knew where he was +and what he was doing; so he stayed his folk, and cried out to them: +‘Forbear, climb not! let the torch help the sword!’ +And therewith he looked about and saw the fire-pot which had been set +down there for the kindling of the bale-fire, and the coals were yet +red in it; so he snatched up a dry brand and lighted it thereat, and +so did divers others, and they thrust them among the faggots, and the +fire caught at once, and the tongues of flame began to leap from faggot +to faggot till all was in a light low; for the wood had been laid for +that very end, and smeared with grease and oil so that the burning to +the god might be speedy.</p> +<p>But the fierceness of the kindreds heeded not the fire, nor overmuch +the men who leapt down from the stack before it, but they left all behind +them, faring straight toward the western outgate from the Market-stead; +and Face-of-god still led them on; though by now he was wholly come +to his right mind again, albeit the burden of sorrow yet lay heavy on +his heart. He had broken his axe, and had once more drawn Dale-warden +from his sheath, and many felt his point and edge.</p> +<p>But now, as they chased, came a rush of men upon them again, as though +a new onset were at hand. That saw Face-of-god and Hall-ward and +War-well, and other wise leaders of men, and they bade their folk forbear +the chase, and lock their ranks to meet the onfall of this new wave +of foemen. And they did so, and stood fast as a wall; but lo! +the onrush that drave up against them was but a fleeing shrieking throng, +and no longer an array of warriors, for many had cast away their weapons, +and were rushing they knew not whither; for they were being thrust on +the bitter edges of Face-of-god’s companies by the terror of the +fleers from the onset of the men of the Face, the Sickle, and the Vine, +whom Hall-face and Stone-face were leading, along with Folk-might. +Then once again the men of Face-of-god gave forth the whoop of victory, +and pressed forward again, hewing their way through the throng of fleers, +but turning not to chase to the right or the left; while at their backs +came on the Shepherd-folk, who had swept down all that withstood them; +for now indeed was the Market-stead getting thinner of living men.</p> +<p>So led the War-leader his ordered ranks, till at last over the tangled +crowd of runaways he saw the banners of the Burg and the Face flashing +against the sun, and heard the roar of the kindreds as they drave the +chase towards them. Then he lifted up his sword, and stood still, +and all the host behind him stayed and cast a huge shout up to the heavens, +and there they abode the coming of the other Dalesmen.</p> +<p>But the War-leader sent a message to Hound-under-Greenbury, bidding +him lead the Shepherds to the chase of the Dusky Men, who were now all +fleeing toward the northern outgate of the Market. Howbeit he +called to mind the throng he had seen on the northern road before they +were come into the Market-stead, and deemed that way also death awaited +the foemen, even if the men of the kindreds forbore them.</p> +<p>But presently the space betwixt the Woodlanders and the men of the +Face was clear of all but the dead, so that friend saw the face of friend; +and it could be seen that the warriors of the Face were ruddy and smiling +for joy, because the battle had been easy to them, and but few of them +had fallen; for the Dusky Men who had left the Market-stead to fall +on them, had had room for fleeing behind them, and had speedily turned +their backs before the spear-casting of the men of the Face and the +onrush of the swordsmen.</p> +<p>There then stood these victorious men facing one another, and the +banner-bearers on either side came through the throng, and brought the +banners together between the two hosts; and the Wolf kissed the Face, +and the Sickle and the Vine met the Steer and the Bridge and the Bull: +but the Shepherds were yet chasing the fleers.</p> +<p>There in the forefront stood Hall-face the tall, with the joy of +battle in his eyes. And Stone-face, the wise carle in war, stood +solemn and stark beside him; and there was the goodly body and the fair +and kindly visage of the Alderman smiling on the faces of his friends. +But as for Folk-might, his face was yet white and aweful with anger, +and he looked restlessly up and down the front of the kindreds, though +he spake no word.</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god could no longer forbear, but he thrust Dale-warden +into his sheath, and ran forward and cast his arms about his father’s +neck and kissed him; and the blood of himself and of the foemen was +on him, for he had been hurt in divers places, but not sorely, because +of the good hammer-work of the Alderman.</p> +<p>Then he kissed his brother and Stone-face, and he took Folk-might +by the hand, and was on the point of speaking some word to him, when +the ranks of the Face opened, and lo! the Sun-beam in her bright war-gear, +and the sword girt to her side, and she unhurt and unsullied.</p> +<p>Then was it to him as when he met her first in Shadowy Vale, and +he thought of little else than her; but she stepped lightly up to him, +and unashamed before the whole host she kissed him on the mouth, and +he cast his mailed arms about her, and joy made him forget many things +and what was next to do, though even at that moment came afresh a great +clamour of shrieks and cries from the northern outgate of the Market-stead: +and the burning pile behind them cast a great wavering flame into the +air, contending with the bright sun of that fair day, now come hard +on noontide. But ere he drew away his face from the Sun-beam’s, +came memory to him, and a sharp pang shot through his heart, as he heard +Folk-might say: ‘Where then is the Shield-may of Burgstead? where +is the Bride?’</p> +<p>And Face-of-god said under his breath: ‘She is dead, she is +dead!’ And then he stared out straight before him and waited +till someone else should say it aloud. But Bow-may stepped forward +and said: ‘Chief of the Wolf, be of good cheer; our kinswoman +is hurt, but not deadly.’</p> +<p>The Alderman’s face changed, and he said: ‘Hast thou +seen her, Bow-may?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ she said. ‘How should I leave the +battle? but others have told me who have seen her.’</p> +<p>Folk-might stared into the ranks of men before him, but said nothing. +Said the Alderman: ‘Is she well tended?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, surely,’ said Bow-may, ‘since she is amongst +friends, and there are no foemen behind us.’</p> +<p>Then came a voice from Folk-might which said: ‘Now were it +best to send good men and deft in arms, and who know Silver-dale, from +house to house, to search for foemen who may be lurking there.’</p> +<p>The Alderman looked kindly and sadly on him and said:</p> +<p>‘Kinsman Stone-face, and Hall-face my son, the brunt of the +battle is now over, and I am but a simple man amongst you; therefore, +if ye will give me leave, I will go see this poor kinswoman of ours, +and comfort her.’</p> +<p>They bade him go: so he sheathed his sword, and went through the +press with two men of the Steer toward the southern road; for the Bride +had been brought into a house nigh the corner of the Market-place.</p> +<p>But Face-of-god looked after his father as he went, and remembrance +of past days came upon him, and such a storm of grief swept over him, +as he thought of the Bride lying pale and bleeding and brought anigh +to her death, that he put his hands to his face and wept as a child +that will not be comforted; nor had he any shame of all those bystanders, +who in sooth were men good and kindly, and had no shame of his grief +or marvelled at it, for indeed their own hearts were sore for their +lovely kinswoman, and many of them also wept with Face-of-god. +But the Sun-beam stood by and looked on her betrothed, and she thought +many things of the Bride, and was sorry, albeit no tears came into her +eyes; then she looked askance at Folk-might and trembled; but he said +coldly, and in a loud voice:</p> +<p>‘Needs must we search the houses for the lurking felons, or +many a man will yet be murdered. Let Wood-wicked lead a band of +men at once from house to house.’</p> +<p>Then said a man of the Wolf hight Hardgrip: ‘Wood-wicked was +slain betwixt the bent and the houses.’</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘Let it be Wood-wise then.’</p> +<p>But Bow-may said: ‘Wood-wise is even now hurt in the leg by +a wounded felon, and may not go afoot.’</p> +<p>Then said Folk-might: ‘Is Crow the Shaft-speeder anigh?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, here am I,’ quoth a tall man of fifty winters, +coming from out the ranks where stood the Wolves.</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘Kinsman Crow, do thou take two score and +ten of doughty men who are not too hot-headed, and search every house +about the Market-place; but if ye come on any house that makes a stout +defence, send ye word thereof to the Mote-house, where we will presently +be, and we shall send you help. Slay every felon that ye fall +in with; but if ye find in the houses any of the poor folk crouching +and afraid, comfort their hearts all ye may, and tell them that now +is life come to them.’</p> +<p>So Crow fell to getting his band together, and presently departed +with them on his errand.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XLVII. THE KINDREDS WIN THE MOTE-HOUSE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>The din and tumult still came from the north side of the Market-place, +so that all the air was full of noise; and Face-of-god deemed that the +thralls had gotten weapons into their hands and were slaying their masters.</p> +<p>Now he lifted up his face, and put his hand on Folk-might’s +shoulder, and said in a loud voice:</p> +<p>‘Kinsmen, it were well if our brother were to bid the banners +into the Mote-house of the Wolf, and let all the Host set itself in +array before the said house, and abide till the chasers of the foe come +to us thither; for I perceive that they are now become many, and are +more than those of our kindred.’</p> +<p>Then Folk-might looked at him with kind eyes, and said:</p> +<p>‘Thou sayest well, brother; even so let it be!’</p> +<p>And he lifted up his sword, and Face-of-god cried out in a loud voice: +‘Forward, banners! blow up horns! fare we forth with victory!’</p> +<p>So the Host drew its ranks together in good order, and they all set +forward, and old Stone-face took the Sun-beam by the hand and led on +behind Folk-might and the War-leader. But when they came to the +Hall, then saw they how the steps that led up to the door were high +and double, going up from each side without any railing or fool-guard; +and crowding the stairs and the platform thereof was a band of the Dusky +Men, as many as could stand thereon, who shot arrows at the host of +the kindreds, howling like dogs, and chattering like apes; and arrows +and spears came from the windows of the Hall; yea, and on the very roof +a score of these felons were riding the ridge and mocking like the trolls +of old days.</p> +<p>Now when they saw this they stayed a while, and men shielded them +against the shafts; but the leaders drew together in front of the Host, +and Folk-might fell to speech; and his face was very pale and stern; +for now he had had time to think of the case of the Bride, and fierce +wrath, and grief unholpen filled his soul. So he said:</p> +<p>‘Brothers, this is my business to deal with; for I see before +me the stair that leadeth to the Mote-house of my people, and now would +I sit there whereas my fathers sat, when peace was on the Dale, as once +more it shall be to-morrow. Therefore up this stair will I go, +and none shall hinder me; and let no man of the host follow me till +I have entered into the Hall, unless perchance I fall dead by the way; +but stand ye still and look on.’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said Face-of-god, ‘this is partly the business +of the War-leader. There are two stairs. Be content to take +the southern one, and I will take the northern. We shall meet +on the plain stone at the top.’</p> +<p>But Hall-face said: ‘War-leader, may I speak?’</p> +<p>‘Speak, brother,’ said Face-of-god.</p> +<p>Said Hall-face: ‘I have done but little to-day, War-leader. +I would stand by thee on the northern stair; so shall Folk-might be +content, if he doeth two men’s work who are not little-hearted.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘The doom of the War-leader is that Folk-might +shall fall on by the southern stair to slake his grief and increase +his glory, and Face-of-god and Hall-face by the northern. Haste +to the work, O brothers!’</p> +<p>And he and Hall-face went to their places, while all looked on. +But the Sun-beam, with her hand still in Stone-face’s, she turned +white to the lips, and stared with wild eyes before her, not knowing +where she was; for she had deemed that the battle was over, and Face-of-god +saved from it.</p> +<p>But Folk-might tossed up his head and laughed, and cried out, ‘At +last, at last!’ And his sword was in his hand, the Sleep-thorn +to wit, a blade of ancient fame; so now he let it fall and hang to his +wrist by the leash, while he clapped his hands together and uttered +the Wolf-whoop mightily, and all the men of the Wolf that were in the +host, and the Woodlanders withal, uttered it with him. Then he +put his shield over his head and stood before the first of the steps, +and the Dusky Men laughed to see one man come against them, though there +was death in their hearts. But he laughed back at them in triumph, +and set his foot on the step, and let Sleep-thorn’s point go into +the throat of a Dusky lord, and thrust amongst them, hewing right and +left, and tumbling men over the edge of the stair, which was to them +as the narrow path along the cliff-side that hangeth over the unfathomed +sea. They hewed and thrust at him in turn; but so close were they +packed that their weapons crossed about him, and one shielded him from +the other, and they swayed staggering on that fearful verge, while the +Sleep-thorn crept here and there amongst them, lulling their hot fury. +For, as desperate as they were, and fighting for death and not for life, +they had a horror of him and of the sea of hatred below them, and feared +where to set their feet, and he feared nought at all, but from feet +to sword-point was but an engine of slaughter, while the heart within +him throbbed with fury long held back as he thought upon the Bride and +her wounding, and all the wrongs of his people since their Great Undoing.</p> +<p>So he smote and thrust, till him-seemed the throng of foes thinned +before him: with his sword-pommel he smote a lord of the Dusky Ones +in the face, so that he fell over the edge amongst the spears of the +kindred; then he thrust the point of Sleep-thorn towards the Hall-door +through the breast of another, and then it seemed to him that he had +but one before him; so he hove up the edges to cleave him down, but +ere the stroke fell, close to his ears exceeding loud rang out the cry, +‘For the Burg and the Face! for the Face, for the Face!’ +and he drew aback a little, and his eyes cleared, and lo! it was Hall-face +the tall, his long sword all reddened with battle; and beside him stood +Face-of-god, silent and panting, his face pale with the fierce anger +of the fight, and the weariness which was now at last gaining upon him. +There stood those three with no other living man upon the plain of the +stairs.</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god turned shouting to the Folk, and cried:</p> +<p>‘Forth now with the banners! For now is the Wolf come +home. On into the Hall, O Kindred of the Gods!’</p> +<p>Then poured the Folk up over the stairs and into the Hall of the +Wolf, the banners flapping over their heads; and first went the War-leader +and Folk-might and Hall-face, and then the three delivered thralls, +Wolf-stone, God-swain, and Spear-fist, and Dallach with them, though +both he and Wolf-stone had been hurt in the battle; and then came blended +together the Men of the Face along with them of the Wolf who had entered +the Market-stead with them, and with these were Stone-face and Wood-wont +and Bow-may, leading the Sun-beam betwixt them; and now was she come +to herself again, though her face was yet pale, and her eyes gleamed +as she stepped across the threshold of the Hall.</p> +<p>But when a many were gotten in, and the first-comers had had time +to handle their weapons and look about them, a cry of the utmost wrath +broke from Folk-might and those others who remembered the Hall from +of old. For wretched and befouled was that well-builded house: +the hangings rent away; the goodly painted walls daubed and smeared +with wicked tokens of the Alien murderers: the floor, once bright with +polished stones of the mountain, and strewn with sweet-smelling flowers, +was now as foul as the den of the man-devouring troll of the heaths. +From the fair-carven roof of oak and chestnut-beams hung ugly knots +of rags and shapeless images of the sorcery of the Dusky Men. +And furthermore, and above all, from the last tie-beam of the roof over +the daïs dangled four shapes of men-at-arms, whom the older men +of the Wolf knew at once for the embalmed bodies of their four great +chieftains, who had been slain on the day of the Great Undoing; and +they cried out with horror and rage as they saw them hanging there in +their weapons as they had lived.</p> +<p>There was the Hostage of the Earth, his shield painted with the green +world circled with the worm of the sea. There was the older Folk-might, +the uncle of the living man, bearing a shield with an oak and a lion +done thereon. There was Wealth-eker, on whose shield was done +a golden sheaf of wheat. There was he who bore a name great from +of old, Folk-wolf to wit, bearing on his shield the axe of the hewer. +There they hung, dusty, befouled, with sightless eyes and grinning mouths, +in the dimmed sunlight of the Hall, before the eyes of that victorious +Host, stricken silent at the sight of them.</p> +<p>Underneath them on the daïs stood the last remnant of the battle +of the Dusky Men; and they, as men mad with coming death, shook their +weapons, and with shrieking laughter mocked at the overcomers, and pointed +to the long-dead chiefs, and called on them in the tongue of the kindreds +to come down and lead their dear kinsmen to the high-seat; and then +they cried out to the living warriors of the Wolf, and bade them better +their deed of slaying, and set to work to make alive again, and cause +their kinsmen to live merry on the earth.</p> +<p>With that last mock they handled their weapons and rushed howling +on the warriors to meet their death; nor was it long denied them; for +the sword of the Wolf, the axe of the Woodland, and the spear of the +Dale soon made an end of the dreadful lives of these destroyers of the +Folks.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XLVIII. MEN SING IN THE MOTE-HOUSE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Then strode the Warriors of the Wolf over the bodies of the slain +on to the daïs of their own Hall; and Folk-might led the Sun-beam +by the hand, and now was his sword in its sheath, and his face was grown +calm, though it was stern and sad. But even as he trod the daïs +comes a slim swain of the Wolves twisting himself through the throng, +and so maketh way to Folk-might, and saith to him:</p> +<p>‘Chieftain, the Alderman of Burgdale sendeth me hither to say +a word to thee; even this, which I am to tell to thee and the War-leader +both: It is most true that our kinswoman the Bride will not die, but +live. So help me, the Warrior and the Face! This is the +word of the Alderman.’</p> +<p>When Folk-might heard this, his face changed and he hung his head; +and Face-of-god, who was standing close by, beheld him and deemed that +tears were falling from his eyes on to the hall-floor. As for +him, he grew exceeding glad, and he turned to the Sun-beam and met her +eyes, and saw that she could scarce refrain her longing for him; and +he was abashed for the sweetness of his love. But she drew close +up to him, and spake to him softly and said:</p> +<p>‘This is the day that maketh amends; and yet I long for another +day. When I saw thee coming to me that first day in Shadowy Vale, +I thought thee so goodly a warrior that my heart was in my mouth. +But now how goodly thou art! For the battle is over, and we shall +live.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Face-of-god, ‘and none shall begrudge +us our love. Behold thy brother, the hard-heart, the warrior; +he weepeth because he hath heard that the Bride shall live. Be +sure then that she shall not gainsay him. O fair shall the world +be to-morrow!’</p> +<p>But she said: ‘O Gold-mane, I have no words. Is there +no minstrelsy amongst us?’</p> +<p>Now by this time were many of the men of the Wolf and the Woodlanders +gathered on the daïs of the Hall; and the Dalesmen noting this, +and wotting that these men were now in their own Mote-house, withdrew +them as they might for the press toward the nether end thereof. +That the Sun-beam noted, and that all those about her save the War-leader +were of the kindreds of the Wolf and the Woodland, and, still speaking +softly, she said to Face-of-god:</p> +<p>‘Gold-mane, meseemeth I am now in my wrong place; for now the +Wolf raiseth up his head, but I am departing from him. Surely +I should now be standing amongst my people of the Face, whereto I am +going ere long.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘Beloved, I am now become thy kindred and thine home, +and it is meet for thee to stand beside me.’</p> +<p>She cast her eyes adown and answered not; and she fell a-pondering +of how sorely she had desired that fair dale, and now she would leave +it, and be content and more than content.</p> +<p>But now the kindreds had sundered, they upon the daïs ranked +themselves together there in the House which their fathers had builded; +and when they saw themselves so meetly ordered, their hearts being full +with the sweetness of hope accomplished and the joy of deliverance from +death, song arose amongst them, and they fell to singing together; and +this is somewhat of their singing:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p> Now raise we the lay<br /> Of +the long-coming day!<br /> Bright, white was the sun<br /> When +we saw it begun:<br /> O’er its noon now we live;<br /> It +hath ceased not to give;<br /> It shall give, and give +more<br /> From the wealth of its store.<br />O fair +was the yesterday! Kindly and good<br />Was the wasteland our +guester, and kind was the wood;<br />Though below us for reaping lay +under our hand<br />The harvest of weeping, the grief of the land;<br />Dumb +cowered the sorrow, nought daring to cry<br />On the help of to-morrow, +the deed drawing nigh.</p> +<p> All increase throve<br /> In the +Dale of our love;<br /> There the ox and the steed<br /> Fed +down the mead;<br /> The grapes hung high<br /> ’Twixt +earth and sky,<br /> And the apples fell<br /> Round +the orchard well.<br />Yet drear was the land there, and all was for +nought;<br />None put forth a hand there for what the year wrought,<br />And +raised it o’erflowing with gifts of the earth.<br />For man’s +grief was growing beside of the mirth<br />Of the springs and the summers +that wasted their wealth;<br />And the birds, the new-comers, made merry +by stealth.</p> +<p> Yet here of old<br /> Abode the +bold;<br /> Nor had they wailed<br /> Though +the wheat had failed,<br /> And the vine no more<br /> Gave +forth her store.<br /> Yea, they found the waste good<br /> For +the fearless of mood.<br />Then to these, that were dwelling aloof from +the Dale,<br />Fared the wild-wind a-telling the worst of the tale;<br />As +men bathed in the morning they saw in the pool<br />The image of scorning, +the throne of the fool.<br />The picture was gleaming in helm and in +sword,<br />And shone forth its seeming from cups of the board.</p> +<p> Forth then they came<br /> With +the battle-flame;<br /> From the Wood and the Waste<br /> And +the Dale did they haste:<br /> They saw the storm rise,<br /> And +with untroubled eyes<br /> The war-storm they met;<br /> And +the rain ruddy-wet.<br />O’er the Dale then was litten the Candle +of Day,<br />Night-sorrow was smitten, and gloom fled away.<br />How +the grief-shackles sunder! How many to morn<br />Shall awaken +and wonder how gladness was born!<br />O wont unto sorrow, how sweet +unto you<br />Shall be pondering to-morrow what deed is to do!</p> +<p> Fell many a man<br /> ’Neath +the edges wan,<br /> In the heat of the play<br /> That +fashioned the day.<br /> Praise all ye then<br /> The +death of men,<br /> And the gift of the aid<br /> Of +the unafraid!<br />O strong are the living men mighty to save,<br />And +good is their giving, and gifts that we have!<br />But the dead, they +that gave us once, never again;<br />Long and long shall they save us +sore trouble and pain.<br />O Banner above us, O God of the strong,<br />Love +them as ye love us that bore down our wrong!</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>So they sang in the Hall; and there was many a man wept, as the song +ended, for those that should never see the good days of the Dale, and +all the joy that was to be; and men swore, by all that they loved, that +they would never forget those that had fallen in the Winning of Silver-dale; +and that when each year the Cups of Memory went round, they should be +no mere names to them, but the very men whom they had known and loved.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER XLIX. DALLACH FARETH TO ROSE-DALE: CROW TELLETH OF +HIS ERRAND: THE KINDREDS EAT THEIR MEAT IN SILVER-DALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now Dallach, who had gone away for a while, came back again into +the Hall; and at his back were a half score of men who bore ladders +with them: they were stout men, clad in scanty and ragged raiment, but +girt with swords and bearing axes, those of them who were not handling +the ladders. Men looked on them curiously, because they saw them +to be of the roughest of the thralls. They were sullen and fierce-eyed +to behold, and their hands and bare arms were flecked with blood; and +it was easy to see that they had been chasing the fleers, and making +them pay for their many torments of past days.</p> +<p>But when Face-of-god beheld this he cried out: ‘Ho, Dallach! +is it so that thou hast bethought thee to bring in hither men to fall +to the cleansing of the Hall, and to do away the defiling of the Dusky +Men?’</p> +<p>‘Even so, War-leader,’ said Dallach; ‘also ye shall +know that all battle is over in Silver-stead; for the thralls fell in +numbers not to be endured on the Dusky Men who had turned their backs +to us, and hindered them from fleeing north. But though they have +slain many, they have not slain all, and the remnant have fled by divers +ways westaway, that they may gain the wood and the ways to Rose-dale; +and the stoutest of the thralls are at their heels, and ever as they +go fresh men from the fields join in the chase with great joy. +I have gathered together of the best of them two hundreds and a half +well-armed; and if thou wilt give me leave, I will get to me yet more, +and follow hard on the fleers, and so get me home to Rose-dale; for +thither will these runaways to meet whatso of their kind may be left +there. Also I would fain be there to set some order amongst the +poor folk of mine own people, whom this day’s work hath delivered +from torment. And if thou wilt suffer a few men of the Dalesmen +to come along with me, then shall all things be better done there.’</p> +<p>‘Luck go with thine hands!’ said Face-of-god. ‘Take +whomso thou wilt of the Burgdalers that have a mind to fare with thee +to the number of five score; and send word of thy thriving to Folk-might, +the chieftain of the Dale; as for us, meseemeth that we shall abide +here no long while. How sayest thou, Folk-might, shall Dallach +go?’</p> +<p>Then Folk-might, who stood close beside him, looked up and reddened +somewhat, as a man caught heedless when he should be heedful; but he +looked kindly on Face-of-god, and said:</p> +<p>‘War-leader, so long as thou art in the Dale which ye kindreds +have won back for us, thou art the chieftain, and no other, and I bid +thee do as thou wilt in this matter, and in all things; and I hereby +give command to all my kindred to do according to thy will everywhere +and always, as they love me; and indeed I deem that thy will shall be +theirs; since it is only fools who know not their well-wishers. +How say ye, kinsmen?’</p> +<p>Then those about cried out: ‘Hail to Face-of-god! Hail +to the Dalesmen! Hail to our friends!’</p> +<p>But Folk-might went up to Face-of-god, and threw his arms about him +and kissed him, and he said therewithal, so that most men heard him:</p> +<p>‘Herewith I kiss not only thee, thou goodly and glorious warrior! +but this kiss and embrace is for all the men of the kindreds of the +Dale and the Shepherds; since I deem that never have men more valiant +dwelt upon the earth.’</p> +<p>Therewith all men shouted for joy of him, and were exceeding glad; +but Folk-might spake apart to Face-of-god and said:</p> +<p>‘Brother, I suppose that thou wilt deem it good to abide in +this Hall or anigh it; for hereabouts now is the heart of the Host. +But as for me, I would have leave to depart for a little; since I have +an errand, whereof thou mayest wot.’</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god smiled on him, and said: ‘Go, and all good +go with thee; and tell my father that I would have tidings, since I +may not be there.’ So he spake; yet in his heart was he +glad that he might not go to behold the Bride lying sick and sorry. +But Folk-might departed without more words; and in the door of the Hall +he met Crow the Shaft-speeder, who would have spoken to him, and given +him the tidings; but Folk-might said to him: ‘Do thine errand +to the War-leader, who is within the Hall.’ And so went +on his way.</p> +<p>Then came Crow up the Hall, and stood before Face-of-god and said: +‘War-leader, we have done that which was to be done, and have +cleared all the houses about the Market-stead. Moreover, by the +rede of Dallach we have set certain men of the poor folk of the Dale, +who are well looked to by the others, to the burying of the slain felons; +and they be digging trenches in the fields on the north side of the +Market-stead, and carry the carcasses thither as they may. But +the slain whom they find of the kindreds do they array out yonder before +this Hall. In all wise are these men tame and biddable, save that +they rage against the Dusky Men, though they fear them yet. As +for us, they deem us Gods come down from heaven to help them. +So much for what is good: now have I an ill word to say; to wit, that +in the houses whereas we have found many thralls alive, yet also have +we found many dead; for amongst these murder-carles were some of an +evil sort, who, when they saw that the battle would go against them, +rushed into the houses hewing down all before them - man, woman, and +child; so that many of the halls and chambers we saw running blood like +to shambles. To be short: of them whom they were going to hew +to the Gods, we have found thirteen living and three dead, of which +latter is one woman; and of the living, seven women; and all these, +living and dead, with the leaden shackles yet on them wherein they should +be burned. To all these and others whom we have found, we have +done what of service we could in the way of victual and clothes, so +that they scarce believe that they are on this lower earth. Moreover, +I have with me two score of them, who are men of some wits, and who +know of the stores of victual and other wares which the felons had, +and these will fetch and carry for you as much as ye will. Is +all done rightly, War-leader?’</p> +<p>‘Right well,’ said Face-of-god, ‘and we give thee +our thanks therefor. And now it were well if these thy folk were +to dight our dinner for us in some green field the nighest that may +be, and thither shall all the Host be bidden by sound of horn. +Meantime, let us void this Hall till it be cleansed of the filth of +the Dusky Ones; but hereafter shall we come again to it, and light a +fire on the Holy Hearth, and bid the Gods and the Fathers come back +and behold their children sitting glad in the ancient Hall.’</p> +<p>Then men shouted and were exceeding joyous; but Face-of-god said +once more: ‘Bear ye a bench out into the Market-place over against +the door of this Hall: thereon will I sit with other chieftains of the +kindreds, that whoso will may have recourse to us.’</p> +<p>So therewith all the men of the kindreds made their ways out of the +Hall and into the Market-stead, which was by this time much cleared +of the slaughtered felons; and the bale for the burnt-offering was now +but smouldering, and a thin column of blue smoke was going up wavering +amidst the light airs of the afternoon. Men were somewhat silent +now; for they were stiff and weary with the morning’s battle; +and a many had been hurt withal; and on many there yet rested the after-grief +of battle, and sorrow for the loss of friends and well-wishers.</p> +<p>For in the battle had fallen one long hundred and two of the men +of the Host; and of these were two score and five of the kindreds of +the Steer, the Bull, and the Bridge, who had made such valiant onslaught +by the southern road. Of the Shepherds died one score save three; +for though they scattered the foe at once, yet they fell on with such +headlong valour, rather than wisely, that many were trapped in the throng +of the Dusky Men. Of the Woodlanders were slain one score and +nine; for hard had been the fight about them, and no man of them spared +himself one whit. Of the men of the Wolf, who were but a few, +fell sixteen men, and all save two of these in Face-of-god’s battle. +Of the Burgdale men whom Folk-might led, to wit, them of the Face, the +Vine, and the Sickle, were but seven men slain outright. In this +tale are told all those who died of their hurts after the day of battle. +Therewithal many others were sorely hurt who mended, and went about +afterwards hale and hearty.</p> +<p>So as the folk abode in the Market-place, somewhat faint and weary, +they heard horns blow up merrily, and Crow the Shaft-speeder came forth +and stood on the mound of the altar, and bade men fare to dinner, and +therewith he led the way, bearing in his hand the banner of the Golden +Bushel, of which House he was; and they followed him into a fair and +great mead on the southwest of Silver-stead, besprinkled about with +ancient trees of sweet chestnut. There they found the boards spread +for them with the best of victual which the poor down-trodden folk knew +how to dight for them; and especially was there great plenty of good +wine of the sun-smitten bents.</p> +<p>So they fell to their meat, and the poor folk, both men and women, +served them gladly, though they were somewhat afeard of these fierce +sword-wielders, the Gods who had delivered them. The said thralls +were mostly not of those who had fallen so bitterly on their fleeing +masters, but were men and women of the households, not so roughly treated +as the others, that is to say, those who had been wont to toil under +the lash in the fields and the silver-mines, and were as wild as they +durst be.</p> +<p>As for these waiting-thralls, the men of the kindreds were gentle +and blithe with them, and often as they served them would they stay +their hands (and especially if they were women), and would draw down +their heads to put a morsel in their mouths, or set the wine-cup to +their lips; and they would stroke them and caress them, and treat them +in all wise as their dear friends. Moreover, when any man was +full, he would arise and take hold of one of the thralls, and set him +in his place, and serve him with meat and drink, and talk with him kindly, +so that the poor folk were much bewildered with joy. And the first +that arose from table were the Sun-beam and Bow-may and Hall-face, with +many of the swains and the women of the Woodlanders; and they went from +table to table serving the others.</p> +<p>The Sun-beam had done off her armour, and went about exceeding fair +and lovely in her kirtle; but Bow-may yet bore her hauberk, for she +loved it, and indeed it was so fine and well-wrought that it was no +great burden. Albeit she had gone down with the Sun-beam and other +women to a fair stream thereby, and there had they bathed and washed +themselves; and Bow-may’s hurts, which were not great, had been +looked to and bound up afresh, and she had come to table unhelmed, with +a wreath of wind-flowers round her head.</p> +<p>There then they feasted; and their hearts were strengthened by the +meat and drink; and if sorrow were blended with their joy, yet were +they high-hearted through both joy and sorrow, looking forward to the +good days to be in the Dales at the Roots of the Mountains, and the +love and fellowship of Folks and of Houses.</p> +<p>But as for Face-of-god, he went not to the meadow, but abode sitting +on the bench in the Market-place, where were none else now of the kindreds +save the appointed warders. They had brought him a morsel and +a cup of wine, and he had eaten and drunk; and now he sat there with +Dale-warden lying sheathed across his knees, and seeming to gaze on +the thralls of Silver-dale busied in carrying away the bodies of the +slain felons, after they had stripped them of their raiment and weapons. +Yet indeed all this was before his eyes as a picture which he noted +not. Rather he sat pondering many things; wondering at his being +there in Silver-dale in the hour of victory; longing for the peace of +Burgdale and the bride-chamber of the Sun-beam. Then went his +thought out toward his old playmate lying hurt in Silver-dale; and his +heart was grieved because of her, yet not for long, though his thought +still dwelt on her; since he deemed that she would live and presently +be happy - and happy thenceforward for many years. So pondered +Face-of-god in the Market-place of Silver-dale.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER L. FOLK-MIGHT SEETH THE BRIDE AND SPEAKETH WITH HER</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now tells the tale of Folk-might, that he went his ways from the +Hall to the house where the Bride lay; and the swain who had brought +the message went along with him, and he was proud of walking beside +so mighty a warrior, and he talked to Folk-might as they went; and the +sound of his voice was irksome to the chieftain, but he made as though +he hearkened. Yet when they came to the door of the house, which +was just out of the Place on the Southern road (for thereby had the +Bride fallen to earth), he could withhold his grief no longer, but turned +on the threshold and laid his head on the door-jamb, and sobbed and +wept till the tears fell down like rain. And the boy stood by +wondering, and wishing that Folk-might would forbear weeping, but durst +not speak to him.</p> +<p>In a while Folk-might left weeping and went in, and found a fair +hall sore befouled by the felons, and in the corner on a bed covered +with furs the wounded woman; and at first sight he deemed her not so +pale as he looked to see her, as she lay with her long dark-red hair +strewed over the pillow, her head moving about wearily. A linen +cloth was thrown over her body, but her arms lay out of it before her. +Beside her sat the Alderman, his face sober enough, but not as one in +heavy sorrow; and anigh him was another chair as if someone had but +just got up from it. There was no one else in the hall save two +women of the Woodlanders, one of whom was cooking some potion on the +hearth, and another was sweeping the floor anigh of bran or some such +stuff, which had been thrown down to sop up the blood.</p> +<p>So Folk-might went up to the Bride, sorely dreading the image of +death which she had grown to be, and sorely loving the woman she was +and would be.</p> +<p>He knelt down by the bedside, heeding Iron-face little, though he +nodded friendly to him, and he held his face close to hers; but she +had her eyes shut and did not open them till he had been there a little +while; and then they opened and fixed themselves on his without surprise +or change. Then she lifted her right hand (for it was in her left +shoulder and side that she had been hurt) and slowly laid it on his +head, and drew his face to hers and kissed it fondly, as she both smiled +and let the tears run over from her eyes. Then she spake in a +weak voice:</p> +<p>‘Thou seest, chieftain and dear friend, that I may not stand +by thy victorious side to-day. And now, though I were fain if +thou wouldst never leave me, yet needs must thou go about thy work, +since thou art become the Alderman of the Folk of Silver-dale. +Yea, and even if thou wert not to go from me, yet in a manner should +I go from thee. For I am grievously hurt, and I know by myself, +and also the leeches have told me, that the fever is a-coming on me; +so that presently I shall not know thee, but may deem thee to be a woman, +or a hound, or the very Wolf that is the image of the Father of thy +kindred; or even, it may be, someone else - that I have played with +time agone.’</p> +<p>Her voice faltered and faded out here, and she was silent a while; +then she said:</p> +<p>‘So depart, kind friend and dear love, bearing this word with +thee, that should I die, I call on Iron-face my kinsman to bear witness +that I bid thee carry me to bale in Silver-dale, and lay mine ashes +with the ashes of thy Fathers, with whom thine own shall mingle at the +last, since I have been of the warriors who have helped to bring thee +aback to the land of thy folk.’</p> +<p>Then she smiled and shut her eyes and said: ‘And if I live, +as indeed I hope, and how glad and glad I shall be to live, then shalt +thou bring me to thy house and thy bed, that I may not depart from thee +while both our lives last.’</p> +<p>And she opened her eyes and looked at him; and he might not speak +for a while, so ravished as he was betwixt joy and sorrow. But +the Alderman arose and took a gold ring from off his arm, and spake:</p> +<p>‘This is the gold ring of the God of the Face, and I bear it +on mine arm betwixt the Folk and the God in all man-motes, and I bore +it through the battle to-day; and it is as holy a ring as may be; and +since ye are plighting troth, and I am the witness thereof, it were +good that ye held this ring together and called the God to witness, +who is akin to the God of the Earth, as we all be. Take the ring, +Folk-might, for I trust thee; and of all women now alive would I have +this woman happy.’</p> +<p>So Folk-might took the ring and thrust his hand through it, and took +her hand, and said:</p> +<p>‘Ye Fathers, thou God of the Face, thou Earth-god, thou Warrior, +bear witness that my life and my body are plighted to this woman, the +Bride of the House of the Steer!’</p> +<p>His face was flushed and bright as he spoke, but as his words ceased +he noted how feebly her hand lay in his, and his face fell, and he gazed +on her timidly. But she lay quiet, and said softly and slowly:</p> +<p>‘O Fathers of my kindred! O Warrior and God of the Earth! +bear witness that I plight my troth to this man, to lie in his grave +if I die, and in his bed if I live.’</p> +<p>And she smiled on him again, and then closed her eyes; but opened +them presently once more, and said:</p> +<p>‘Dear friend, how fared it with Gold-mane to-day?’</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘So well he did, that none might have done +better. He fared in the fight as if he had been our Father the +Warrior: he is a great chieftain.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘Wilt thou give him this message from me, that in +no wise he forget the oath which he swore upon the finger-ring as it +lay on the sundial of the Garden of the Face? And say, moreover, +that I am sorry that we shall part, and have between us such breadth +of wild-wood and mountain-neck.’</p> +<p>‘Yea, surely will I give thy message,’ said Folk-might; +and in his heart he rejoiced, because he heard her speak as if she were +sure of life. Then she said faintly:</p> +<p>‘It is now thy work to depart from me, and to do as it behoveth +a chieftain of the people and the Alderman of Silver-dale. Depart, +lest the leeches chide me: farewell, my dear!’</p> +<p>So he laid his face to hers and kissed her, and rose up and embraced +Iron-face, and went his ways without looking back.</p> +<p>But just over the threshold he met old Hall-ward of the House of +the Steer, who was at point to enter, and he greeted him kindly. +The old man looked on him steadily, and said: ‘To-morrow or the +day after I will utter a word to thee, O Chief of the Wolf.’</p> +<p>‘In a good hour,’ said Folk-might, ‘for all thy +words are true.’ Therewith he gat him away from the house, +and came to Face-of-god, where he sat before the altar of the Crooked +Sword; and now were the chiefs come back from their meat, and were sitting +with him; there also were Wood-father and Wood-wont; but Bow-may was +with the Sun-beam, who was resting softly in the fair meadow after all +the turmoil.</p> +<p>So men made place for Folk-might beside the War-leader, who looked +upon his face, and saw that it was sober and unsmiling, but not heavy +or moody with grief. So he deemed that all was as well as it might +be with the Bride, and with a good heart fell to taking counsel with +the others; and kindly and friendly were the redes which they held there, +with no gainsaying of man by man, for the whole folk was glad at heart.</p> +<p>So there they ordered all matters duly for that present time, and +by then they had made an end, it was past sunset, and men were lodged +in the chief houses about the Market-stead.</p> +<p>Albeit, though they ate their meat with all joy of heart, and were +merry in converse one with the other, the men of the Wolf would by no +means feast in their Hall again till it had been cleansed and hallowed +anew.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER LI. THE DEAD BORNE TO BALE: THE MOTE-HOUSE RE-HALLOWED</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>On the morrow they bore to bale their slain men, and there withal +what was left of the bodies of the four chieftains of the Great Undoing. +They brought them into a most fair meadow to the west of Silver-stead, +where they had piled up a very great bale for the burning. In +that meadow was the Doom-ring and Thing-stead of the Folk of the Wolf, +and they had hallowed it when they had first conquered Silver-dale, +and it was deemed far holier than the Mote-house aforesaid, wherein +the men of the kindred might hold no due court; but rather it was a +Feast-hall, and a house where men had converse together, and wherein +precious things and tokens of the Fathers were stored up.</p> +<p>The Thing-stead in the meadow was flowery and well-grassed, and a +little stream winding about thereby nearly cast a ring around it; and +beyond the stream was a full fair grove of oak-trees, very tall and +ancient. There then they burned the dead of the Host, wrapped +about in exceeding fair raiment. And when the ashes were gathered, +the men of Burgdale and the Shepherds left those of their folk for the +kindred to bury there in Silver-dale; for they said that they had a +right to claim such guesting for them that had helped to win back the +Dale.</p> +<p>But when the Burning was done and the bale quenched, and the ashes +gathered and buried (and that was on the morrow), then men bore forth +the Banners of the Jaws of the Wolf, and the Red Hand, and the Silver +Arm, and the Golden Bushel, and the Ragged Sword, and the Wolf of the +Woodland; and with great joy and triumph they brought them into the +Mote-house and hung them up over the daïs; and they kindled fire +on the Holy Hearth by holding up a disk of bright glass to the sun; +and then they sang before the banners. And this is somewhat of +the song that they sang before them:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Why are ye wending? O whence and whither?<br /> What +shineth over the fallow swords?<br />What is the joy that ye bear in +hither?<br /> What is the tale of your blended words?</p> +<p>No whither we wend, but here have we stayed us,<br /> Here +by the ancient Holy Hearth;<br />Long have the moons and the years delayed +us,<br /> But here are we come from the heart of the +dearth.</p> +<p>We are the men of joy belated;<br /> We are the +wanderers over the waste;<br />We are but they that sat and waited,<br /> Watching +the empty winds make haste.</p> +<p>Long, long we sat and knew no others,<br /> Save +alien folk and the foes of the road;<br />Till late and at last we met +our brothers,<br /> And needs must we to the old abode.</p> +<p>For once on a day they prayed for guesting;<br /> And +how were we then their bede to do?<br />Wild was the waste for the people’s +resting,<br /> And deep the wealth of the Dale we knew.</p> +<p>Here were the boards that we must spread them<br /> Down +in the fruitful Dale and dear;<br />Here were the halls where we would +bed them:<br /> And how should we tarry otherwhere?</p> +<p>Over the waste we came together:<br /> There was +the tangle athwart the way;<br />There was the wind-storm and the weather;<br /> The +red rain darkened down the day.</p> +<p>But that day of the days what grief should let us,<br /> When +we saw through the clouds the dale-glad sun?<br />We tore at the tangle +that beset us,<br /> And stood at peace when the day +was done.</p> +<p>Hall of the Happy, take our greeting!<br /> Bid +thou the Fathers come and see<br />The Folk-signs on thy walls a-meeting,<br /> And +deem to-day what men we be.</p> +<p>Look on the Holy Hearth new-litten,<br /> How the +sparks fly twinkling up aloof!<br />How the wavering smoke by the sunlight +smitten,<br /> Curls up around the beam-rich roof!</p> +<p>For here once more is the Wolf abiding,<br /> Nor +ever more from the Dale shall wend,<br />And never again his head be +hiding,<br /> Till all days be dark and the world have +end.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER LII. OF THE NEW BEGINNING OF GOOD DAYS IN SILVER-DALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>On the third day there was high-tide and great joy amongst all men +from end to end of the Dale; and the delivered thralls were feasted +and made much of by the kindreds, so that they scarce knew how to believe +their own five senses that told them the good tidings.</p> +<p>For none strove to grieve them and torment them; what they would, +that did they, and they had all things plenteously; since for all was +there enough and to spare of goods stored up for the Dusky Men, as corn +and wine and oil and spices, and raiment and silver. Horses were +there also, and neat and sheep and swine in abundance. Withal +there was the good and dear land; the waxing corn on the acres; the +blossoming vines on the hillside; and about the orchards and alongside +the ways, the plum-trees and cherry-trees and pear-trees that had cast +their blossom and were overhung with little young fruit; and the fair +apple-trees a-blossoming, and the chestnuts spreading their boughs from +their twisted trunks over the green grass. And there was the goodly +pasture for the horses and the neat, and the thymy hill-grass for the +sheep; and beyond it all, the thicket of the great wood, with its unfailing +store of goodly timber of ash and oak and holly and yoke-elm. +There need no man lack unless man compelled him, and all was rich enough +and wide enough for the waxing of a very great folk.</p> +<p>Now, therefore, men betook them to what was their own before the +coming of the Dusky Men; and though at first many of the delivered thrall-folk +feasted somewhat above measure, and though there were some of them who +were not very brisk at working on the earth for their livelihood; yet +were the most part of them quick of wit and deft of hand, and they mostly +fell to presently at their cunning, both of husbandry and handicraft. +Moreover, they had great love of the kindreds, and especially of the +Woodlanders, and strove to do all things that might pleasure them. +And as for those who were dull and listless because of their many torments +of the last ten years, they would at least fetch and carry willingly +for them of the kindreds; and these last grudged them not meat and raiment +and house-room, even if they wrought but little for it, because they +called to mind the evil days of their thralldom, and bethought them +how few are men’s days upon the earth.</p> +<p>Thus all things throve in Silver-dale, and the days wore on toward +the summer, and the Yule-tide rest beyond it, and the years beyond and +far beyond the winning of Silver-dale.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER LIII. OF THE WORD WHICH HALL-WARD OF THE STEER HAD +FOR FOLK-MIGHT</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>But of the time then passing, it is to be said that the whole host +abode in Silver-dale in great mirth and good liking, till they should +hear tidings of Dallach and his company, who had followed hot-foot on +the fleers of the Dusky Men. And on the tenth day after the battle, +Iron-face and his two sons and Stone-face were sitting about sunset +under a great oak-tree by that stream-side which ran through the Mote-stead; +there also was Folk-might, somewhat distraught because of his love for +the Bride, who was now mending of her hurts. As they sat there +in all content they saw folk coming toward them, three in number, and +as they drew nigher they saw that it was old Hall-ward of the Steer, +and the Sun-beam and Bow-may following him hand in hand.</p> +<p>When they came to the brook Bow-may ran up to the elder to help him +over the stepping-stones; which she did as one who loved him, as the +old man was stark enough to have waded the water waist-deep. She +was no longer in her war-gear, but was clad after her wont of Shadowy +Vale, in nought but a white woollen kirtle. So she stood in the +stream beside the stones, and let the swift water ripple up over her +ankles, while the elder leaned on her shoulder and looked down upon +her kindly. The Sun-beam followed after them, stepping daintily +from stone to stone, so that she was a fair sight to see; her face was +smiling and happy, and as she stepped forth on to the green grass the +colour flushed up in it, but she cast her eyes adown as one somewhat +shamefaced.</p> +<p>So the chieftains rose up before the leader of the Steer, and Folk-might +went up to him, and greeted him, and took his hand and kissed him on +the cheek. And Hall-ward said:</p> +<p>‘Hail to the chiefs of the kindred, and my earthly friends!’</p> +<p>Then Folk-might bade him sit down by him, and all the men sat down +again; but the Sun-beam leaned her back against a sapling ash hard by, +her feet set close together; and Bow-may went to and fro in short turns, +keeping well within ear-shot.</p> +<p>Then said Hall-ward: ‘Folk-might, I have prayed thy kinswoman +Bow-may to lead me to thee, that I might speak with thee; and it is +good that I find my kinsmen of the Face in thy company; for I would +say a word to thee that concerns them somewhat.’</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘Guest, and warrior of the Steer, thy words +are ever good; and if this time thou comest to ask aught of me, then +shall they be better than good.’</p> +<p>Said Hall-ward: ‘Tell me, Folk-might, hast thou seen my daughter +the Bride to-day?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Folk-might, reddening.</p> +<p>‘What didst thou deem of her state?’ said Hall-ward.</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘Thou knowest thyself that the fever hath +left her, and that she is mending.’</p> +<p>Hall-ward said: ‘In a few days belike we shall be wending home +to Burgdale: when deemest thou that the Bride may travel, if it were +but on a litter?’</p> +<p>Folk-might was silent, and Hall-ward smiled on him and said:</p> +<p>‘Wouldst thou have her tarry, O chief of the Wolf?’</p> +<p>‘So it is,’ said Folk-might, ‘that it might be +labour lost for her to journey to Burgdale at present.’</p> +<p>‘Thinkest thou?’ said Hall-ward; ‘hast thou a mind +then that if she goeth she shall speedily come back hither?’</p> +<p>‘It has been in my mind,’ said Folk-might, ‘that +I should wed her. Wilt thou gainsay it? I pray thee, Iron-face +my friend, and ye Stone-face and Hall-face, and thou, Face-of-god, my +brother, to lay thy words to mine in this matter.’</p> +<p>Then said Hall-ward stroking his beard: ‘There will be a seat +missing in the Hall of the Steer, and a sore lack in the heart of many +a man in Burgdale if the Bride come back to us no more. We looked +not to lose the maiden by her wedding; for it is no long way betwixt +the House of the Steer and the House of the Face. But now, when +I arise in the morning and miss her, I shall take my staff and walk +down the street of Burgstead; for I shall say, The Maiden hath gone +to see Iron-face my friend; she is well in the House of the Face. +And then shall I remember how that the wood and the wastes lie between +us. How sayest thou, Alderman?’</p> +<p>‘A sore lack it will be,’ said Iron-face; ‘but +all good go with her! Though whiles shall I go hatless down Burgstead +street, and say, Now will I go fetch my daughter the Bride from the +House of the Steer; while many a day’s journey shall lie betwixt +us.’</p> +<p>Said Hall-ward: ‘I will not beat about the bush, Folk-might; +what gift wilt thou give us for the maiden?’</p> +<p>Said Folk-might: ‘Whatever is mine shall be thine; and whatsoever +of the Dale the kindred and the poor folk begrudge thee not, that shalt +thou have; and deemest thou that they will begrudge thee aught? +Is it enough?’</p> +<p>Hall-ward said: ‘I wot not, chieftain; see thou to it! +Bow-may, my friend, bring hither that which I would have from Silver-dale +for the House of the Steer in payment for our maiden.’</p> +<p>Then Bow-may came forward speedily, and went up to the Sun-beam, +and led her by the hand in front of Folk-might and Hall-ward and the +other chieftains. Then Folk-might started, and leapt up from the +ground; for, sooth to say, he had been thinking so wholly of the Bride, +that his sister was not in his mind, and he had had no deeming of whither +Hall-ward was coming, though the others guessed well enough, and now +smiled on him merrily, when they saw how wild Folk-might stared. +As for the Sun-beam, she stood there blushing like a rose in June, but +looking her brother straight in the face, as Hall-ward said:</p> +<p>‘Folk-might, chief of the Wolf, since thou wouldst take our +maiden the Bride away from us, I ask thee to make good her place with +this maiden; so that the House of the Steer may not lack, when they +who are wont to wed therein come to us and pray us for a bedfellow for +the best of their kindred.’</p> +<p>Then became Folk-might smiling and merry like unto the others, and +he said: ‘Chief of the Steer, this gift is thine, together with +aught else which thou mayst desire of us.’</p> +<p>Then he kissed the Sun-beam, and said: ‘Sister, we looked for +this to befall in some fashion. Yet we deemed that he that should +lead thee away might abide with us for a moon or two. But now +let all this be, since if thou art not to bear children to the kindreds +of Silver-dale, yet shalt thou bear them to their friends and fellows. +And now choose what gift thou wilt have of us to keep us in thy memory.’</p> +<p>She said: ‘The memory of my people shall not fade from me; +yet indeed I ask thee for a gift, to wit, Bow-may, and the two sons +of Wood-father that are left since Wood-wicked was slain; and belike +the elder and his wife will be fain to go with their sons, and ye will +not hinder them.’</p> +<p>‘Even so shall it be done,’ said Folk-might, and he was +silent a while, pondering; and then he said:</p> +<p>‘Lo you, friends! doth it not seem strange to you that peace +sundereth as well as war? Indeed I deem it grievous that ye shall +have to miss your well-beloved kinswoman. And for me, I am now +grown so used to this woman my sister, though at whiles she hath been +masterful with me, that I shall often turn about and think to speak +to her, when there lie long days of wood and waste betwixt her voice +and mine.</p> +<p>The Sun-beam laughed in his face, though the tears stood in her eyes, +as she said: ‘Keep up thine heart, brother; for at least the way +is shorter betwixt Burgdale and Silver-dale than betwixt life and death; +and the road we shall learn belike.’</p> +<p>Said Hall-face: ‘So it is that my brother is no ill woodman, +as ye learned last autumn.’</p> +<p>Iron-face smiled, but somewhat sadly; for he beheld Face-of-god, +who had no eyes for anyone save the Sun-beam; and no marvel was that, +for never had she looked fairer. And forsooth the War-leader was +not utterly well-pleased; for he was deeming that there would be delaying +of his wedding, now that the Sun-beam was to become a maid of the Steer; +and in his mind he half deemed that it would be better if he were to +take her by the hand and lead her home through the wild-wood, he and +she alone; and she looked on him shyly, as though she had a deeming +of his thought. Albeit he knew it might not be, that he, the chosen +War-leader, should trouble the peace of the kindred; for he wotted that +all this was done for peace’ sake.</p> +<p>So Hall-ward stood forth and took the Sun-beam’s right hand +in his, and said:</p> +<p>‘Now do I take this maiden, Sun-beam of the kindred of the +Wolf, and lead her into the House of the Steer, to be in all ways one +of the maidens of our House, and to wed in the blood wherein we have +been wont to wed. Neither from henceforth let anyone say that +this woman is not of the blood of the Steer; for we have given her our +blood, and she is of us duly and truly.’</p> +<p>Thereafter they talked together merrily for a little, and then turned +toward the houses, for the sun was now down; and as they went Iron-face +spake to his son, and said:</p> +<p>‘Gold-mane, wilt thou verily keep thine oath to wed the fairest +woman in the world? By how much is this one fairer than my dear +daughter who shall no more dwell in mine house?’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Yea, father, I shall keep mine oath; for +the Gods, who know much, know that when I swore last Yule I was thinking +of the fair woman going yonder beside Hall-ward, and of none other.’</p> +<p>‘Ah, son!’ said Iron-face, ‘why didst thou beguile +us? Hadst thou but told us the truth then!’</p> +<p>‘Yea, Alderman,’ said Face-of-god smiling, ‘and +how thou wouldest have raged against me then, when thou hast scarce +forgiven me now! In sooth, father, I feared to tell you all: I +was young; I was one against the world. Yea, yea; and even that +was sweet to me, so sorely as I loved her - Hast thou forgotten, father?’</p> +<p>Iron-face smiled, and answered not; and so came they to the house +wherein they were guested.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER LIV. TIDINGS OF DALLACH: A FOLK-MOTE IN SILVER-DALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Three days thereafter came two swift runners from Rose-dale with +tidings of Dallach. In all wise had he thriven, and had slain +many of the runaways, and had come happily to Rose-dale: therein by +the mere shaking of their swords had they all their will; for there +were but a few of the Dusky Warriors in the Dale, since the more part +had fared to the slaughter in Silver-stead. Now therefore had +Dallach been made Alderman of Rose-dale; and the Burgdalers who had +gone with him should abide the coming thither of the rest of the Burgdale +Host, and meantime of their coming should uphold the new Alderman in +Rose-dale. Howbeit Dallach sent word that it was not to be doubted +but that many of the Dusky Men had escaped to the woods, and should +yet be the death of many a mother’s son, unless it were well looked +to.</p> +<p>And now the more part of the Burgdale men and the Shepherds began +to look toward home, albeit some amongst them had not been ill-pleased +to abide there yet a while; for life was exceeding soft to them there, +though they helped the poor folk gladly in their husbandry. For +especially the women of the Dale, of whom many were very goodly, hankered +after the fair-faced tall Burgdalers, and were as kind to them as might +be. Forsooth not a few, both carles and queens, of the old thrall-folk +prayed them of Burgdale to take them home thither, that they might see +new things and forget their old torments once for all, yea, even in +dreams. The Burgdalers would not gainsay them, and there was no +one else to hinder; so that there went with the Burgdale men at their +departure hard on five score of the Silver-dale folk who were not of +the kindreds.</p> +<p>And now was a great Folk-mote holden in Silver-dale, whereto the +Burgdale men and the Shepherds were bidden; and thereat the War-leader +gave out the morrow of the morrow for the day of the departure of the +Host. There also were the matters of Silver-dale duly ordered: +the Men of the Wolf would have had the Woodlanders dwell with them in +the fair-builded stead, and take to them of the goodly stone houses +there what they would; but this they naysaid, choosing rather to dwell +in scattered houses, which they built for themselves at the utmost limit +of the tillage.</p> +<p>Indeed, the most abode not even there a long while; for they loved +the wood and its deeds. So they went forth into the wood, and +cleared them space to dwell in, and builded them halls such as they +loved, and fell to their old woodland crafts of charcoal-burning and +hunting, wherein they throve well. And good for Silver-dale was +their abiding there, since they became a sure defence and stout outpost +against all foemen. For the rest, wheresoever they dwelt, they +were guest-cherishing and blithe, and were well beloved by all people; +and they wedded with the other Houses of the Children of the Wolf.</p> +<p>As to the other matters whereof they took rede at this Folk-mote, +they had mostly to do with the warding of the Dale, and the learning +of the delivered thralls to handle weapons duly. For men deemed +it most like that they would have to meet other men of the kindred of +the Felons; which indeed fell out as the years wore.</p> +<p>Moreover, Folk-might (by the rede of Stone-face) sent messengers +to the Plain and the Cities, unto men whom he knew there, doing them +to wit of the tidings of Silver-dale, and how that a peaceful and guest-loving +people, having good store of wares, now dwelt therein, so that chapmen +might have recourse thither.</p> +<p>Lastly spake Folk-might and said:</p> +<p>‘Guests and brothers-in-arms, we have been looking about our +new house, which was our old one, and therein we find great store of +wares which we need not, and which we can but use if ye use them. +Of your kindness therefore we pray you to take of those things what +ye can easily carry. And if ye say the way is long, as indeed +it is, since ye are bent on going through the wood to Rose-dale, and +so on to Burgdale, yet shall we furnish you with beasts to bear your +goods, and with such wains as may pass through the woodland ways.’</p> +<p>Then rose up Fox of Upton and said: ‘O Folk-might, and ye men +of the Wolf, be it known unto you, that if we have done anything for +your help in the winning of Silver-dale, we have thus done that we might +help ourselves also, so that we might live in peace henceforward, and +that we might have your friendship and fellowship therewithal, so that +here in Silver-dale might wax a mighty folk who joined unto us should +be strong enough to face the whole world. Such are the redes of +wise men when they go a-warring. But we have no will to go back +home again made rich with your wealth; this hath been far from our thought +in this matter.’</p> +<p>And there went up a murmur from all the Burgdalers yeasaying his +word.</p> +<p>But Folk-might took up the word again and spake:</p> +<p>‘Men of Burgdale and the Sheepcotes, what ye say is both manly +and friendly; yet, since we look to see a road made plain through the +woodland betwixt Burgdale and Silver-dale, and that often ye shall face +us in the feast-hall, and whiles stand beside us in the fray, we must +needs pray you not to shame us by departing empty-handed; for how then +may we look upon your faces again? Stone-face, my friend, thou +art old and wise; therefore I bid thee to help us herein, and speak +for us to thy kindred, that they naysay us not in this matter.’</p> +<p>Then stood up Stone-face and said: ‘Forsooth, friends, Folk-might +is in the right herein; for he may look for anger from the wights that +come and go betwixt his kindred and the Gods, if they see us faring +back giftless through the woods. Moreover, now that ye have seen +Silver-dale, ye may wot how rich a land it is of all good things, and +able to bring forth enough and to spare. And now meseemeth the +Gods love this Folk that shall dwell here; and they shall become a mighty +Folk, and a part of our very selves. Therefore let us take the +gifts of our friends, and thank them blithely. For surely, as +saith Folk-might, henceforth the wood shall become a road betwixt us, +and the thicket a halting-place for friends bearing goodwill in their +hands.’</p> +<p>When he had spoken, men yeasaid his words and forbore the gifts no +longer; and the Folk-mote sundered in all loving-kindness.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER LV. DEPARTURE FROM SILVER-DALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>On morrow of the morrow were the Burgdale men and they of the Shepherds +gathered together in the Market-stead early in the morning, and they +were all ready for departure; and the men of the Wolf and the Woodlanders, +and of the delivered thralls a great many, stood round about them grieving +that they must go. There was much talk between the folk of the +Dale and the Guests, and many promises were given and taken to come +and go betwixt the two Dales. There also were the men of the thrall-folk +who were to wend home with the Burgdalers; and they had been stuffed +with good things by the men of the kindreds, and were as fain as might +be.</p> +<p>As for the Sun-beam, she was somewhat out of herself at first, being +eager and restless beyond her wont, and yet at whiles weeping-ripe when +she called to mind that she was now leaving all those things, the gain +whereof had been a dream to her both waking and sleeping for these years +past. But at last, as she stood in the door of the Mote-house, +and beheld all the throng of folk happy and friendly, it came over her +that she herself had done her full share to bring all this about, and +that all those pleasant places of Silver-dale now full of the goodly +life of man would be there even as she had striven for them, and that +they would be a part of her left behind, though she were dwelling otherwhere.</p> +<p>Therewithal she said to herself that it was now her part to wield +the life of men in Burgdale, and begin once more her days of a chieftain +and a swayer of the Folk, and the life of a stirring woman, which the +edge of the sword and the need of the hard hand-play had taken out of +her hands for a while, making her as a child in the hands of the strong +wielders of the blades.</p> +<p>So now she became calm once more, and her face was clad again with +the full measure of that majesty of beauty which had once overawed Face-of-god +amidst his love of her; and folk beheld her and marvelled at her fairness, +and said: ‘She hath an inward sorrow at leaving the fair Dale +wherein her Fathers dwelt, and where her mother’s ashes lie in +earth.’ Albeit now was her sorrow but little, and much was +her hope, and her foresight of days to be; though all the Dale, yea, +every leaf and twig of it whereby her feet had ever passed, and each +stone of the fair houses, was to her as a picture that she could look +on from henceforth for ever.</p> +<p>Of the Bride it is to be said that she was now much mended, and she +caused men bear her on a litter out into the Marketplace, that she might +look on the departure of her folk. She had seen Face-of-god once +and again since the Day of Battle, and each time had been kind and blithe +with him; and for Iron-face, she loved him so well that she was ever +loth to let him depart from her, save when Folk-might was with her.</p> +<p>And now was the Alderman standing beside her, and she said to him: +‘Friend and kinsman, this is the day of departure, and though +I must needs abide behind, and am content to abide, yet doth mine heart +ache with the sundering; for to-morrow when I wake in the morning there +will be no more sending of a messenger to fetch thee to me. Indeed, +great hath been the love between me and my people, and nought hath come +between us to mar it. Now, kinsman, I would see Gold-mane, my +cousin, that I may bid him farewell; for who knoweth if I shall see +him again hereafter?’</p> +<p>Then went Iron-face and found Face-of-god where he was speaking with +Folk-might and the chieftains, and said to him:</p> +<p>‘Come quickly, for thy cousin the Bride would speak with thee.’</p> +<p>Face-of-god reddened, and paled afterwards, but he went along with +his father silently; and his heart beat as he came and stood before +the litter whereas the Bride lay, clad all in white and propped up on +fair cushions of red silk. She was frail to look on, and worn +and pale yet; but he deemed that she was very happy.</p> +<p>She smiled on him, and reached out her hand and said:</p> +<p>‘Welcome once more, cousin!’ And he held her hand +and kissed it, and was nigh weeping, so sore was he beset by a throng +of memories concerning her and him in the days when they were little; +and he bethought him of her loving-kindness of past days, beyond that +of most children, beyond that of most maidens; and how there was nothing +in his life but she had a share in it, till the day when he found the +Hall on the Mountain.</p> +<p>So he said to her: ‘Kinswoman, is it well with thee?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, ‘I am now nigh whole of my hurts.’</p> +<p>He was silent a while; then he said:</p> +<p>‘And otherwise art thou merry at heart?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, indeed,’ said she; ‘yet thou wilt not find +it hard to deem that I am sorry of the sundering betwixt me and Burgdale.’</p> +<p>Again was he silent, and said in a while: ‘Dost thou deem that +I wrought that sundering?’</p> +<p>She smiled kindly on him and said: ‘Gold-mane, my playmate, +thou art become a mighty warrior and a great chief; but thou art not +so mighty as that. Many things lay behind the sundering which +were neither thou nor I.’</p> +<p>‘Yet,’ said he, ‘it was but such a little time +agone that all things seemed so sure; and we - to both of us was the +outlook happy.’</p> +<p>‘Let it be happy still,’ she said, ‘now begrudging +is gone. Belike the sundering came because we were so sure, and +had no defence against the wearing of the days; even as it fareth with +a folk that hath no foes.’</p> +<p>He smiled and said: ‘Even as it hath befallen <i>thy</i> folk, +O Bride, a while ago.’</p> +<p>She reddened, and reached her hand to him, and he took it and held +it, and said: ‘Shall I see thee again as the days wear?’</p> +<p>Said she: ‘O chieftain of the Folk, thou shalt have much to +do in Burgdale, and the way is long. Yet would I have thee see +my children. Forget not the token on my hand which thou holdest. +But now get thee to thy folk with no more words; for after all, playmate, +the sundering is grievous to me, and I would not spin out the time thereof. +Farewell!’</p> +<p>He said no more, but stooped down and kissed her lips, and then turned +from her, and took his ways to the head of the Host, and fell to asking +and answering, and bidding and arraying; and in a little time was his +heart dancing with joy to think of the days that lay before him, wherein +now all seemed happy.</p> +<p>So was all arrayed for departure when it lacked three hours of noon. +As Folk-might had promised, there were certain light wains drawn by +bullocks abiding the departure of the Host, and of sumpter bullocks +and horses no few; and all these were laden with fair gifts of the Dale, +as silver, and raiment, and weapons. There were many things fair-wrought +in the time of the Sorrow, that henceforth should see but little sorrow. +Moreover, there was plenty of provision for the way, both meal and wine, +and sheep and neat; and all things as fair as might be, and well-arrayed.</p> +<p>It was the Shepherds who were to lead the way; and after them were +arrayed the men of the Vine and the Sickle; then they of the Steer, +the Bridge, and the Bull; and lastly the House of the Face, with old +Stone-face leading them. The Sun-beam was to journey along with +the House of the Steer, which had taken her in as a maiden of their +blood; and though she had so much liefer have fared with the House of +the Face, yet she went meekly as she was bidden, as one who has gotten +a great thing, and will make no stir about a small one.</p> +<p>Along with her were Wood-father and Wood-mother, and Wood-wise, now +whole of his hurt, and Wood-wont, and Bow-may. Save Bow-may, they +were not very joyous; for they were fain of Silver-dale, and it irked +them to leave it; moreover, they also had liefer have gone along with +the House of the War-leader.</p> +<p>Last of all went those people of the once thralls of the Dusky Men +who had cast in their lot with the Burgdalers, and they were exceeding +merry; and especially the women of them, they were chattering like the +stares in the autumn evening, when they gather from the fields in the +tall elm-trees before they go to roost.</p> +<p>Now all the men of the Dale, both of the kindreds and of the thrall-folk, +made way for the Host and its havings, that they might go their ways +down the Dale; albeit the Woodlanders clung close to the line of their +ancient friends, and with them, as men who were sorry for the sundering, +were Wolf-stone and God-swain and Spear-fist. But the chiefs, +they drew around Folk-might a little beside the way.</p> +<p>Now Red-coat of Waterless, who had been hurt, and was now whole again, +cast his arms about Folk-might and kissed him, and said:</p> +<p>‘All the way hence to Burgdale will I sow with good wishes +for thee and thine, and especially for my dear friend God-swain of the +Silver Arm; and I would wish and long that they might turn into spells +to draw thy feet to usward; for we love thee well.’</p> +<p>In like wise spake other of the Burgdalers; and Folk-might was kind +and blithe with them, and he said:</p> +<p>‘Friends, forget ye not that the way is no longer from you +to us than it is from us to you. One half of this matter it is +for you to deal with.’</p> +<p>‘True is that,’ said Red-beard of the Knolls, ‘but +look you, Folk-might, we be but simple husbandmen, and may not often +stir from our meadows and acres; even now I bethink me that May is amidst +us, and I am beginning to be drawn by the thought of the haysel. +Whereas thou - ’ (and therewith he reddened) ‘I doubt that +thou hast little to do save the work of chieftains, and we know that +such work is but little missed if it be undone.’</p> +<p>Thereat Folk-might laughed; and when the others saw that he laughed, +they laughed also, else had they foreborne for courtesy’s sake.</p> +<p>But Folk-might answered: ‘Nay, chief of the Sickle, I am not +altogether a chieftain, now we have gotten us peace; and somewhat of +a husbandman shall I be. Moreover, doubt ye not that I shall do +my utmost to behold the fair Dale again; for it is but mountains that +meet not.’</p> +<p>Now spake Face-of-god to Folk-might, smiling and somewhat softly, +and said: ‘Is all forgiven now, since the day when we first felt +each other’s arms?’</p> +<p>‘Yea, all,’ said Folk-might; ‘now hath befallen +what I foretold thee in Shadowy Vale, that thou mightest pay for all +that had come and gone, if thou wouldest but look to it. Indeed +thou wert angry with me for that saying on that eve of Shadowy Vale; +but see thou, in those days I was an older man than thou, and might +admonish thee somewhat; but now, though but few days have gone over +thine head, yet many deeds have abided in thine hand, and thou art much +aged. Anger hath left thee, and wisdom hath waxed in thee. +As for me, I may now say this word: May the Folk of Burgdale love the +Folk of Silver-dale as well as I love thee; then shall all be well.’</p> +<p>Then Face-of-god cast his arms about him and kissed him, and turned +away toward Stone-face and Hall-face his brother, where they stood at +the head of the array of the Face; and even therewith came up the Alderman +somewhat sad and sober of countenance, and he pushed by the War-leader +roughly and would not speak with him.</p> +<p>And now blew up the horns of the Shepherds, and they began to move +on amidst the shouting of the men of Silver-dale; yet were there amongst +the Woodlanders those who wept when they saw their friends verily departing +from them.</p> +<p>But when they of the foremost of the Host were gotten so far forward +that the men of the Face could begin to move, lo! there was Redesman +with his fiddle amongst the leaders; and he had done a man’s work +in the day of battle, and all looked kindly on him. About him +on this morn were some who had learned the craft of singing well together, +and knew his minstrelsy, and he turned to these and nodded as their +array moved on, and he drew his bow across the strings, and straightway +they fell a-singing, even as it might be thus:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Back again to the dear Dale where born was the kindred,<br /> Here +wend we all living, and liveth our mirth.<br />Here afoot fares our +joyance, whatever men hindred,<br /> Through all wrath +of the heavens, all storms of the earth.</p> +<p>O true, we have left here a part of our treasure,<br /> The +ashes of stout ones, the stems of the shield;<br />But the bold lives +they spended have sown us new pleasure,<br /> Fair +tales for the telling in fold and on field.</p> +<p>For as oft as we sing of their edges’ upheaving,<br /> When +the yellowing windows shine forth o’er the night,<br />Their names +unforgotten with song interweaving<br /> Shall draw +forth dear drops from the depths of delight.</p> +<p>Or when down by our feet the grey sickles are lying,<br /> And +behind us is curling the supper-tide smoke,<br />No whit shall they +grudge us the joyance undying,<br /> Remembrance of +men that put from us the yoke.</p> +<p>When the huddle of ewes from the fells we have driven,<br /> And +we see down the Dale the grey reach of the roof,<br />We shall tell +of the gift in the battle-joy given,<br /> All the +fierceness of friends that drave sorrow aloof.</p> +<p>Once then we lamented, and mourned them departed;<br /> Once +only, no oftener. Henceforth shall we fling<br />Their names up +aloft, when the merriest hearted<br /> To the Fathers +unseen of our life-days we sing.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Then was there silence in the ranks of men; and many murmured the +names of the fallen as they fared on their way from out the Market-place +of Silver-stead. Then once more Redesman and his mates took up +the song:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Come tell me, O friends, for whom bideth the maiden<br /> Wet-foot +from the river-ford down in the Dale?<br />For whom hath the goodwife +the ox-waggon laden<br /> With the babble of children, +brown-handed and hale?</p> +<p>Come tell me for what are the women abiding,<br /> Till +each on the other aweary they lean?<br />Is it loitering of evil that +thus they are chiding,<br /> The slow-footed bearers +of sorrow unseen?</p> +<p>Nay, yet were they toiling if sorrow had worn them,<br /> Or +hushed had they bided with lips parched and wan.<br />The birds of the +air other tidings have borne them -<br /> How glad +through the wood goeth man beside man.</p> +<p>Then fare forth, O valiant, and loiter no longer<br /> Than +the cry of the cuckoo when May is at hand;<br />Late waxeth the spring-tide, +and daylight grows longer,<br /> And nightly the star-street +hangs high o’er the land.</p> +<p>Many lives, many days for the Dale do ye carry;<br /> When +the Host breaketh out from the thicket unshorn,<br />It shall be as +the sun that refuseth to tarry<br /> On the crown of +all mornings, the Midsummer morn.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Again the song fell down till they were well on the western way down +Silver-dale; and then Redesman handled his fiddle once more, and again +the song rose up, and such-like were the words which were borne back +into the Market-place of Silver-stead:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>And yet what is this, and why fare ye so slowly,<br /> While +our echoing halls of our voices are dumb,<br />And abideth unlitten +the hearth-brand the holy,<br /> And the feet of the +kind fare afield till we come?</p> +<p>For not yet through the wood and its tangle ye wander;<br /> Now +skirt we no thicket, no path by the mere;<br />Far aloof for our feet +leads the Dale-road out yonder;<br /> Full fair is +the morning, its doings all clear.</p> +<p>There is nought now our feet on the highway delaying<br /> Save +the friend’s loving-kindness, the sundering of speech;<br />The +well-willer’s word that ends words with the saying,<br /> The +loth to depart while each looketh on each.</p> +<p>Fare on then, for nought are ye laden with sorrow;<br /> The +love of this land do ye bear with you still.<br />In two Dales of the +earth for to-day and to-morrow<br /> Is waxing the +oak-tree of peace and good-will.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>Thus then they departed from Silver-dale, even as men who were a +portion thereof, and had not utterly left it behind. And that +night they lay in the wild-wood not very far from the Dale’s end; +for they went softly, faring amongst so many friends.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER LVI. TALK UPON THE WILD-WOOD WAY</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>On the morrow morning when they were on their way again Face-of-god +left his own folk to go with the House of the Steer a while; and amongst +them he fell in with the Sun-beam going along with Bow-may. So +they greeted him kindly, and Face-of-god fell into talk with the Sun-beam +as they went side by side through a great oak-wood, where for a space +was plain green-sward bare of all underwood.</p> +<p>So in their talk he said to her: ‘What deemest thou, my speech-friend, +concerning our coming back to guest in Silver-dale one day?’</p> +<p>‘The way is long,’ she said.</p> +<p>‘That may hinder us but not stay us,’ said Face-of-god.</p> +<p>‘That is sooth,’ said the Sun-beam.</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘What things shall stay us? Or deemest +thou that we shall never see Silver-dale again?’</p> +<p>She smiled: ‘Even so I think thou deemest, Gold-mane. +But many things shall hinder us besides the long road.’</p> +<p>Said he: ‘Yea, and what things?’</p> +<p>‘Thinkest thou,’ said the Sun-beam, ‘that the winning +of Silver-stead is the last battle which thou shalt see?’</p> +<p>‘Nay,’ said he, ‘nay.’</p> +<p>‘Shall thy Dale - our Dale - be free from all trouble within +itself henceforward? Is there a wall built round it to keep out +for ever storm, pestilence, and famine, and the waywardness of its own +folk?’</p> +<p>‘So it is as thou sayest,’ quoth Face-of-god, ‘and +to meet such troubles and overcome them, or to die in strife with them, +this is a great part of a man’s life.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said, ‘and hast thou forgotten that +thou art now a great chieftain, and that the folk shall look to thee +to use thee many days in the year?’</p> +<p>He laughed and said: ‘So it is. How many days have gone +by since I wandered in the wood last autumn, that the world should have +changed so much!’</p> +<p>‘Many deeds shall now be in thy days,’ she said, ‘and +each deed as the corn of wheat from which cometh many corns; and a man’s +days on the earth are not over many.’</p> +<p>‘Then farewell, Silver-dale!’ said he, waving his hand +toward the north. ‘War and trouble may bring me back to +thee, but it maybe nought else shall. Farewell!’</p> +<p>She looked on him fondly but unsmiling, as he went beside her strong +and warrior-like. Three paces from him went Bow-may, barefoot, +in her white kirtle, but bearing her bow in her hand; a leash of arrows +was in her girdle, her quiver hung at her back, and she was girt with +a sword. On the other side went Wood-wont and Wood-wise, lightly +clad but weaponed. Wood-mother was riding in an ox-wain just behind +them, and Wood-father went beside her bearing an axe. Scattered +all about them were the men of the Steer, gaily clad, bearing weapons, +so that the oak-wood was bright with them, and the glades merry with +their talk and singing and laughter, and before them down the glades +went the banner of the Steer, and the White Beast led them the nearest +way to Burgdale.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER LVII. HOW THE HOST CAME HOME AGAIN</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>It was fourteen days before they came to Rose-dale; for they had +much baggage with them, and they had no mind to weary themselves, and +the wood was nothing loathsome to them, whereas the weather was fair +and bright for the more part. They fell in with no mishap by the +way. But a score and three of runaways joined themselves to the +Host, having watched their goings and wotting that they were not foemen. +Of these, some had heard of the overthrow of the Dusky Men in Silver-dale, +and others not. The Burgdalers received them all, for it seemed +to them no great matter for a score or so of new-comers to the Dale.</p> +<p>But when the Host was come to Rose-dale, they found it fair arid +lovely; and there they met with those of their folk who had gone with +Dallach. But Dallach welcomed the kindreds with great joy, and +bade them abide; for he said that they had the less need to hasten, +since he had sent messengers into Burgdale to tell men there of the +tidings. Albeit they were mostly loth to tarry; yet when he lay +hard on them not to depart as men on the morrow of a gild-feast, they +abode there three days, and were as well guested as might be, and on +their departure they were laden with gifts from the wealth of Rose-dale +by Dallach and his folk.</p> +<p>Before they went their ways Dallach spake with Face-of-god and the +chiefs of the Dalesmen, and said:</p> +<p>‘Ye have given me much from the time when ye found me in the +wood a naked wastrel; yet now I would ask you a gift to lay on the top +of all that ye have given me.’</p> +<p>Said Face-of-god: ‘Name the gift, and thou shalt have it; for +we deem thee our friend.’</p> +<p>‘I am no less,’ said Dallach, ‘as in time to come +I may perchance be able to show you. But now I am asking you to +suffer a score or two of your men to abide here with me this summer, +till I see how this folk new-born again is like to deal with me. +For pleasure and a fair life have become so strange to them, that they +scarce know what to do with them, or how to live; and unless all is +to go awry, I must needs command and forbid; and though belike they +love me, yet they fear me not; so that when my commandment pleaseth +them, they do as I bid, and when it pleaseth them not, they do contrary +to my bidding; for it hath got into their minds that I shall in no case +lift a hand against them, which indeed is the very sooth. But +your folk they fear as warriors of the world, who have slain the Dusky +Men in the Market-place of Silver-stead; and they are of alien blood +to them, men who will do as their friend biddeth (think our folk) against +them who are neither friends or foes. With such help I shall be +well holpen.’</p> +<p>In such wise spake Dallach; and Face-of-god and the chiefs said that +so it should be, if men could be found willing to abide in Rose-dale +for a while. And when the matter was put abroad, there was no +lack of such men amongst the younger warriors, who had noted that the +dale was fair amongst dales and its women fairer yet amongst women.</p> +<p>So two score and ten of the Burgdale men abode in Rose-dale, no one +of whom was of more than twenty and five winters. Forsooth divers +of them set up house in Rose-dale, and never came back to Burgdale, +save as guests. For a half score were wedded in Rose-dale before +the year’s ending; and seven more, who had also taken to them +wives of the goodliest of the Rose-dale women, betook them the next +spring to the Burg of the Runaways, and there built them a stead, and +drew a garth about it, and dug and sowed the banks of the river, which +they called Inglebourne. And as years passed, this same stead +throve exceedingly, and men resorted thither both from Rose-dale and +Burgdale; for it was a pleasant place; and the land, when it was cured, +was sweet and good, and the wood thereabout was full of deer of all +kinds. So their stead was called Inglebourne after the stream; +and in latter days it became a very goodly habitation of men.</p> +<p>Moreover, some of the once-enthralled folk of Rose-dale, when they +knew that men of their kindred from Silver-dale were going home with +the men of Burgdale to dwell in the Dale, prayed hard to go along with +them; for they looked on the Burgdalers as if they were new Gods of +the Earth. The Burgdale chiefs would not gainsay these men either, +but took with them three score and ten from Rose-dale, men and women, +and promised them dwelling and livelihood in Burgdale.</p> +<p>So now with good hearts the Host of Burgdale turned their faces toward +their well-beloved Dale; and they made good diligence, so that in three +days’ time they were come anigh the edge of the woodland wilderness. +Thither in the even-tide, as they were making ready for their last supper +and bed in the wood, came three men and two women of their folk, who +had been abiding their coming ever since they had had the tidings of +Silver-dale and the battles from Dallach. Great was the joy of +these messengers as they went from company to company of the warriors, +and saw the familiar faces of their friends, and heard their wonted +voices telling all the story of battle and slaughter. And for +their part the men of the Host feasted these stay-at-homes, and made +much of them. But one of them, a man of the House of the Face, +left the Host a little after nightfall, and bore back to Burgstead at +once the tidings of the coming home of the Host. Albeit since +Dallach’s tidings of victory had come to the Dale, the dwellers +in the steads of the country-side had left Burgstead and gone home to +their own houses; so that there was no great multitude abiding in the +Thorp.</p> +<p>So early on the morrow was the Host astir; but ere they came to Wildlake’s +Way, the Shepherd-folk turned aside westward to go home, after they +had bidden farewell to their friends and fellows of the Dale; for their +souls longed for the sheepcotes in the winding valleys under the long +grey downs; and the garths where the last year’s ricks shouldered +up against the old stone gables, and where the daws were busy in the +tall unfrequent ash-trees; and the green flowery meadows adown along +the bright streams, where the crowfoot and the paigles were blooming +now, and the harebells were in flower about the thorn-bushes at the +down’s foot, whence went the savour of their blossom over sheep-walk +and water-meadow.</p> +<p>So these went their ways with many kind words; and two hours afterwards +all the rest of the Host stood on the level ground of the Portway; but +presently were the ranks of war disordered and broken up by the joy +of the women and children, as they fell to drawing goodman or brother +or lover out of the throng to the way that led speediest to their homesteads +and halls. For the War-leader would not hold the Host together +any longer, but suffered each man to go to his home, deeming that the +men of Burgstead, and chiefly they of the Face and the Steer, would +suffice for a company if any need were, and they would be easily gathered +to meet any hap.</p> +<p>So now the men of the Middle and Lower Dale made for their houses +by the road and the lanes and the meadows, and the men of the Upper +Dale and Burgstead went their ways along the Portway toward their halls, +with the throng of women and children that had come out to meet them. +And now men came home when it was yet early, and the long day lay before +them; and it was, as it were, made giddy and cumbered with the exceeding +joy of return, and the thought of the day when the fear of death and +sundering had been ever in their hearts. For these new hours were +full of the kissing and embracing of lovers, and the sweetness of renewed +delight in beholding the fair bodies so sorely desired, and hearkening +the soft wheedling of longed-for voices. There were the cups of +friends beneath the chestnut trees, and the talk of the deeds of the +fighting-men, and of the heavy days of the home-abiders; many a tale +told oft and o’er again. There was the singing of old songs +and of new, and the beholding the well-loved nook of the pleasant places, +which death might well have made nought for them; and they were sweet +with the fear of that which was past, and in their pleasantness was +fresh promise for the days to come.</p> +<p>So amid their joyance came evening and nightfall; and though folk +were weary with the fulness of delight, yet now for many their weariness +led them to the chamber of love before the rest of deep night came to +them to make them strong for the happy life to be begun again on the +morrow.</p> +<p>House by house they feasted, and few were the lovers that sat not +together that even. But Face-of-god and the Sun-beam parted at +the door of the House of the Face; for needs must she go with her new +folk to the House of the Steer, and needs must Face-of-god be amongst +his own folk in that hour of high-tide, and sit beside his father beneath +the image of the God with the ray-begirt head.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER LVIII. HOW THE MAIDEN WARD WAS HELD IN BURGDALE</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Now May was well worn when the Host came home to Burgdale; and on +the very morrow of men’s home-coming they began to talk eagerly +of the Midsummer Weddings, and how the Maiden Ward would be the greatest +and fairest of all yet seen, whereas battle and the deliverance from +battle stir up the longing and love both of men and maidens; much also +men spake of the wedding of Face-of-god and the Sun-beam; and needs +must their wedding abide to the time of the Maiden Ward at Midsummer, +and needs also must the Sun-beam go on the Ward with the other Brides +of the Folk. So then must Face-of-god keep his soul in patience +till those few days were over, doing what work came to hand; and he +held his head high among the people, and was well looked to of every +man.</p> +<p>In all matters the Sun-beam helped him, both in doing and in forbearing; +and now so wonderful and rare was her beauty, that folk looked on her +with somewhat of fear, as though she came from the very folk of the +Gods.</p> +<p>Indeed she seemed somewhat changed from what she had been of late; +she was sober of demeanour during these last days of her maidenhood, +and sat amongst the kindred as one communing with herself: of few words +she was and little laughter; but her face clear, not overcast by any +gloom or shaken by passion: soft and kind was she in converse with others, +and sweet were the smiles that came into her face if others’ faces +seemed to crave for them. For it must be said that as some folk +eat out their hearts with fear of the coming evils, even so was she +feeding her soul with the joy of the days to be, whatever trouble might +fall upon them, whereof belike she foreboded some.</p> +<p>So wore the days toward Midsummer, when the wheat was getting past +the blossoming, and the grass in the mown fields was growing deep green +again after the shearing of the scythe; when the leaves were most and +biggest; when the roses were beginning to fall; when the apples were +reddening, and the skins of the grape-berries gathering bloom. +High aloft floated the light clouds over the Dale; deep blue showed +the distant fells below the ice-mountains; the waters dwindled; all +things sought the shadow by daytime, and the twilight of even and the +twilight of dawn were but sundered by three hours of half-dark night.</p> +<p>So in the bright forenoon were seventeen brides assembled in the +Gate of Burgstead (but of the rest of the Dale were twenty and three +looked for), and with these was the Sun-beam, her face as calm as the +mountain lake under a summer sunset, while of the others many were restless, +and babbling like April throstles; and not a few talked to her eagerly, +and in their restless love of her dragged her about hither and thither.</p> +<p>No men were to be seen that morning; for such was the custom, that +the carles either departed to the fields and the acres, or abode within +doors on the morn of the day of the Maiden Ward; but there was a throng +of women about the Gate and down the street of Burgstead, and it may +well be deemed that they kept not silence that hour.</p> +<p>So fared the Brides of Burgstead to the place of the Maiden Ward +on the causeway, whereto were come already the other brides from steads +up and down the Dale, or were even then close at hand on the way; and +among them were Long-coat and her two fellows, with whom Face-of-god +had held converse on that morning whereon he had followed his fate to +the Mountain.</p> +<p>There then were they gathered under the cliff-wall of the Portway; +and by the road-side had their grooms built them up bowers of green +boughs to shelter them from the sun’s burning, which were thatched +with bulrushes, and decked with garlands of the fairest flowers of the +meadows and the gardens.</p> +<p>Forsooth they were a lovely sight to look on, for no fairer women +might be seen in the world; and the eldest of them was scant of five +and twenty winters. Every maiden was clad in as goodly raiment +as she might compass; their sleeves and gown-hems and girdles, yea, +their very shoes and sandals were embroidered so fairly and closely, +that as they shifted in the sun they changed colour like the king-fisher +shooting from shadow to sunshine. According to due custom every +maiden bore some weapon. A few had bows in their hands and quivers +at their backs; some had nought but a sword girt to their sides; some +bore slender-shafted spears, so as not to overburden their shapely hands; +but to some it seemed a merry game to carry long and heavy thrust-spears, +or to bear great war-axes over their shoulders. Most had their +flowing hair coifed with bright helms; some had burdened their arms +with shields; some bore steel hauberks over their linen smocks: almost +all had some piece of war-gear on their bodies; and one, to wit, Steed-linden +of the Sickle, a tall and fair damsel, was so arrayed that no garment +could be seen on her but bright steel war-gear.</p> +<p>As for the Sun-beam, she was clad in a white kirtle embroidered from +throat to hem with work of green boughs and flowers of the goodliest +fashion, and a garland of roses on her head. Dale-warden himself +was girt to her side by a girdle fair-wrought of golden wire, and she +bore no other weapon or war-gear; and she let him lie quiet in his scabbard, +nor touched the hilts once; whereas some of the other damsels would +be ever drawing their swords out and thrusting them back. But +all noted that goodly weapon, the yoke-fellow of so many great deeds.</p> +<p>There then on the Portway, between the water and the rock-wall, rose +up plenteous and gleeful talk of clear voices shrill and soft; and whiles +the maidens sang, and whiles they told tales of old days, and whiles +they joined hands and danced together on the sweet summer dust of the +highway. Then they mostly grew aweary, and sat down on the banks +of the road or under their leafy bowers.</p> +<p>Noon came, and therewithal goodwives of the neighbouring Dale, who +brought them meat and drink, and fruit and fresh flowers from the teeming +gardens; and thereafter for a while they nursed their joy in their bosoms, +and spake but little and softly while the day was at its hottest in +the early afternoon.</p> +<p>Then came out of Burgstead men making semblance of chapmen with a +wain bearing wares, and they made as though they were wending down the +Portway westward to go out of the Dale. Then arose the weaponed +maidens and barred the way to them, and turned them back amidst fresh-springing +merriment.</p> +<p>Again in a while, when the sun was westering and the shadows growing +long, came herdsmen from down the Dale driving neat, and making as though +they would pass by into Burgstead, but to them also did the maidens +gainsay the road, so that needs must they turn back amidst laughter +and mockery, they themselves also laughing and mocking.</p> +<p>And so at last, when the maidens had been all alone a while, and +it was now hard on sunset, they drew together and stood in a ring, and +fell to singing; and one Gold-may of the House of the Bridge, a most +sweet singer, stood amidst their ring and led them. And this is +somewhat of the meaning of their words:</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>The sun will not tarry; now changeth the light,<br />Fail the colours +that marry the Day to the Night.</p> +<p>Amid the sun’s burning bright weapons we bore,<br />For this +eve of our earning comes once and no more.</p> +<p>For to-day hath no brother in yesterday’s tide,<br />And to-morrow +no other alike it doth hide.</p> +<p>This day is the token of oath and behest<br />That ne’er shall +be broken through ill days and best.</p> +<p>Here the troth hath been given, the oath hath been done,<br />To +the Folk that hath thriven well under the sun.</p> +<p>And the gifts of its giving our troth-day shall win<br />Are the +Dale for our living and dear days therein.</p> +<p>O Sun, now thou wanest! yet come back and see<br />Amidst all that +thou gainest how gainful are we.</p> +<p>O witness of sorrow wide over the earth,<br />Rise up on the morrow +to look on our mirth!</p> +<p>Thy blooms art thou bringing back ever for men,<br />And thy birds +are a-singing each summer again.</p> +<p>But to men little-hearted what winter is worse<br />Than thy summers +departed that bore them the curse?</p> +<p>And e’en such art thou knowing where thriveth the year,<br />And +good is all growing save thralldom and fear.</p> +<p>Nought such be our lovers’ hearts drawing anigh,<br />While +yet thy light hovers aloft in the sky.</p> +<p>Lo the seeker, the finder of Death in the Blade!<br />What lips shall +be kinder on lips of mine laid?</p> +<p>La he that hath driven back tribes of the South!<br />Sweet-breathed +is thine even, but sweeter his mouth.</p> +<p>Come back from the sea then, O sun! come aback,<br />Look adown, +look on me then, and ask what I lack!</p> +<p>Come many a morrow to gaze on the Dale,<br />And if e’er thou +seest sorrow remember its tale!</p> +<p>For ’twill be of a story to tell how men died<br />In the garnering +of glory that no man may hide.</p> +<p>O sun sinking under! O fragrance of earth!<br />O heart! +O the wonder whence longing has birth!</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines1"><br /></div> +<p>So they sang, and the sun sank indeed; and amidst their singing the +eve was still about them, though there came a happy murmur from the +face of the meadows and the houses of the Thorp aloof. But as +their song fell they heard the sound of footsteps a many on the road; +so they turned and stood with beating hearts in such order as when a +band of the valiant draw together to meet many foes coming on them from +all sides, and they stand back to back to face all comers. And +even therewith, their raiment gleaming amidst the gathering dusk, came +on them the young men of the Dale newly delivered from the grief of +war.</p> +<p>Then in very deed the fierce mouths of the raisers of the war-shout +were kind on the faces of tender maidens. Then went spear and +axe and helm and shield clattering to the earth, as the arms of the +new-comers went round about the bodies of the Brides, weary with the +long day of sunshine, and glee and loving speech, and the maidens suffered +the young men to lead them whither they would, and twilight began to +draw round about them as the Maiden Band was sundered.</p> +<p>Some, they were led away westward down the Portway to the homesteads +thereabout; and for divers of these the way was long to their halls, +and they would have to wend over long stretches of dewy meadows, and +hear the night-wind whisper in many a tree, and see the east begin to +lighten with the dawn before they came to the lighted feast that awaited +them. But some turned up the Portway straight towards Burgstead; +and short was their road to the halls where even now the lights were +being kindled for their greeting.</p> +<p>As for the Sun-beam, she had been very quiet the day long, speaking +as little as she might do, laughing not at all, and smiling for kindness’ +sake rather than for merriment; and when the grooms came seeking their +maidens, she withdrew herself from the band, and stood alone amidst +the road nigher to Burgstead than they; and her heart beat hard, and +her breath came short and quick, as though fear had caught her in its +grip; and indeed for one moment of time she feared that he was not coming +to her. For he had gone with the other grooms to that gathered +band, and had passed from one to the other, not finding her, till he +had got him through the whole company, and beheld her awaiting him. +Then indeed he bounded toward her, and caught her by the hands, and +then by the shoulders, and drew her to him, and she nothing loth; and +in that while he said to her:</p> +<p>‘Come then, my friend; lo thou! they go each their own way +toward the halls of their houses; and for thee have I chosen a way - +a way over the foot-bridge yonder, and over the dewy meadows on this +best even of the year.’</p> +<p>‘Nay, nay,’ she said, ‘it may not be. Surely +the Burgstead grooms look to thee to lead them to the gate; and surely +in the House of the Face they look to see thee before any other. +Nay, Gold-mane, my dear, we must needs go by the Portway.’</p> +<p>He said: ‘We shall be home but a very little while after the +first, for the way I tell of is as short as the Portway. But hearken, +my sweet! When we are in the meadows we shall sit down for a minute +on a bank under the chestnut trees, and thence watch the moon coming +up over the southern cliffs. And I shall behold thee in the summer +night, and deem that I see all thy beauty; which yet shall make me dumb +with wonder when I see it indeed in the house amongst the candles.’</p> +<p>‘O nay,’ she said, ‘by the Portway shall we go; +the torch-bearers shall be abiding thee at the gate.’</p> +<p>Spake Face-of-god: ‘Then shall we rise up and wend first through +a wide treeless meadow, wherein amidst the night we shall behold the +kine moving about like odorous shadows; and through the greyness of +the moonlight thou shalt deem that thou seest the pink colour of the +eglantine blossoms, so fragrant they are.’</p> +<p>‘O nay,’ she said, ‘but it is meet that we go by +the Portway.’</p> +<p>But he said: ‘Then from the wide meadow come we into a close +of corn, and then into an orchard-close beyond it. There in the +ancient walnut-tree the owl sitteth breathing hard in the night-time; +but thou shalt not hear him for the joy of the nightingales singing +from the apple-trees of the close. Then from out of the shadowed +orchard shall we come into the open town-meadow, and over its daisies +shall the moonlight be lying in a grey flood of brightness.</p> +<p>‘Short is the way across it to the brim of the Weltering Water, +and across the water lieth the fair garden of the Face; and I have dight +for thee there a little boat to waft us across the night-dark waters, +that shall be like wavering flames of white fire where the moon smites +them, and like the void of all things where the shadows hang over them. +There then shall we be in the garden, beholding how the hall-windows +are yellow, and hearkening the sound of the hall-glee borne across the +flowers and blending with the voice of the nightingales in the trees. +There then shall we go along the grass paths whereby the pinks and the +cloves and the lavender are sending forth their fragrance, to cheer +us, who faint at the scent of the over-worn roses, and the honey-sweetness +of the lilies.</p> +<p>‘All this is for thee, and for nought but for thee this even; +and many a blossom whereof thou knowest nought shall grieve if thy foot +tread not thereby to-night; if the path of thy wedding which I have +made, be void of thee, on the even of the Chamber of Love.</p> +<p>‘But lo! at last at the garden’s end is the yew-walk +arched over for thee, and thou canst not see whereby to enter it; but +I, I know it, and I lead thee into and along the dark tunnel through +the moonlight, and thine hand is not weary of mine as we go. But +at the end shall we come to a wicket, which shall bring us out by the +gable-end of the Hall of the Face. Turn we about its corner then, +and there are we blinking on the torches of the torch-bearers, and the +candles through the open door, and the hall ablaze with light and full +of joyous clamour, like the bale-fire in the dark night kindled on a +ness above the sea by fisher-folk remembering the Gods.’</p> +<p>‘O nay,’ she said, ‘but by the Portway must we +go; the straightest way to the Gate of Burgstead.’</p> +<p>In vain she spake, and knew not what she said; for even as he was +speaking he led her away, and her feet went as her will went, rather +than her words; and even as she said that last word she set her foot +on the first board of the foot-bridge; and she turned aback one moment, +and saw the long line of the rock-wall yet glowing with the last of +the sunset of midsummer, while as she turned again, lo! before her the +moon just beginning to lift himself above the edge of the southern cliffs, +and betwixt her and him all Burgdale, and Face-of-god moreover.</p> +<p>Thus then they crossed the bridge into the green meadows, and through +the closes and into the garden of the Face and unto the Hall-door; and +other brides and grooms were there before them (for six grooms had brought +home brides to the House of the Face); but none deemed it amiss in the +War-leader of the folk and the love that had led him. And old +Stone-face said: ‘Too many are the rows of bee-skeps in the gardens +of the Dale that we should begrudge wayward lovers an hour’s waste +of candle-light.’</p> +<p>So at last those twain went up the sun-bright Hall hand in hand in +all their loveliness, and up on to the daïs, and stood together +by the middle seat; and the tumult of the joy of the kindred was hushed +for a while as they saw that there was speech in the mouth of the War-leader.</p> +<p>Then he spread his hands abroad before them all and cried out: ‘How +then have I kept mine oath, whereas I swore on the Holy Boar to wed +the fairest woman of the world?’</p> +<p>A mighty shout went rattling about the timbers of the roof in answer +to his word; and they that looked up to the gable of the Hall said that +they saw the ray-ringed image of the God smile with joy over the gathered +folk.</p> +<p>But spake Iron-face unheard amidst the clamour of the Hall: ‘How +fares it now with my darling and my daughter, who dwelleth amongst strangers +in the land beyond the wild-wood?’</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<h2>CHAPTER LIX. THE BEHEST OF FACE-OF-GOD TO THE BRIDE ACCOMPLISHED: +A MOTE-STEAD APPOINTED FOR THE THREE FOLKS, TO WIT, THE MEN OF BURGDALE, +THE SHEPHERDS, AND THE CHILDREN OF THE WOLF</h2> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines2"><br /><br /></div> +<p>Three years and two months thereafter, three hours after noon in +the days of early autumn, came a wain tilted over with precious webs +of cloth, and drawn by eight white oxen, into the Market-place of Silver-stead: +two score and ten of spearmen of the tallest, clad in goodly war-gear, +went beside it, and much people of Silver-dale thronged about them. +The wain stayed at the foot of the stair that led up to the door of +the Mote-house, and there lighted down therefrom a woman goodly of fashion, +with wide grey eyes, and face and hands brown with the sun’s burning. +She had a helm on her head and a sword girt to her side, and in her +arms she bore a yearling child.</p> +<p>And there was come Bow-may with the second man-child born to Face-of-god.</p> +<p>She stayed not amidst the wondering folk, but hastened up the stair, +which she had once seen running with the blood of men: the door was +open, and she went in and walked straight-way, with the babe in her +arms, up the great Hall to the daïs.</p> +<p>There were men on the daïs: amidmost sat Folk-might, little +changed since the last day she had seen him, yet fairer, she deemed, +than of old time; and her heart went forth to meet the Chieftain of +her Folk, and the glad tears started in her eyes and ran down her cheeks +as she drew near to him.</p> +<p>By his side sat the Bride, and her also Bow-may deemed to have waxed +goodlier. Both she and Folk-might knew Bow-may ere she had gone +half the length of the hall; and the Bride rose up in her place and +cried out Bow-may’s name joyously.</p> +<p>With these were sitting the elders of the Wolf and the Woodlanders, +the more part of whom Bow-may knew well.</p> +<p>On the daïs also stood aside a score of men weaponed, and looking +as if they were awaiting the word which should send them forth on some +errand.</p> +<p>Now stood up Folk-might and said: ‘Fair greeting and love to +my friend and the daughter of my Folk! How farest thou, Bow-may, +best of all friendly women? How fareth my sister, and Face-of-god +my brother? and how is it with our friends and helpers in the goodly +Dale?’</p> +<p>Said Bow-may: ‘It is well both with all those and with me; +and my heart laughs to see thee, Folk-might, and to look on the elders +of the valiant, and our lovely sister the Bride. But I have a +message for thee from Face-of-god: wilt thou that I deliver it here?’</p> +<p>‘Yea surely,’ said Folk-might, and came forth. and took +her hand, and kissed her cheeks and her mouth. The Bride also +came forth and cast her arms about her, and kissed her; and they led +her between them to a seat on the daïs beside Folk-might.</p> +<p>But all men looked on the child in her arms and wondered what it +was. But Bow-may took the babe, which was both fair and great, +and set it on the knees of the Bride, and said:</p> +<p>‘Thus saith Face-of-god: “Friend and kinswoman, well-beloved +playmate, the gift which thou badest of me in sorrow do thou now take +in joy, and do all the good thou wouldest to the son of thy friend. +The ring which I gave thee once in the garden of the Face, give thou +to Bow-may, my trusty and well-beloved, in token of the fulfilment of +my behest.”’</p> +<p>Then the Bride kissed Bow-may again, and fell to fondling of the +child, which was loth to leave Bow-may.</p> +<p>But she spake again: ‘To thee also, Folk-might, I have a message +from Face-of-god, who saith: “Mighty warrior, friend and fellow, +all things thrive with us, and we are happy. Yet is there a hollow +place in our hearts which grieveth us, and only thou and thine may amend +it. Though whiles we hear tell of thee, yet we see thee not, and +fain were we, might we see thee, and wot if the said tales be true. +Wilt thou help us somewhat herein, or wilt thou leave us all the labour? +For sure we be that thou wilt not say that thou rememberest us no more, +and that thy love for us is departed.” This is his message, +Folk-might, and he would have an answer from thee.’</p> +<p>Then laughed Folk-might and said: ‘Sister Bow-may, seest thou +these weaponed men hereby?’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ she said.</p> +<p>Said he: ‘These men bear a message with them to Face-of-god +my brother. Crow the Shaft-speeder, stand forth and tell thy friend +Bow-may the message I have set in thy mouth, every word of it.’</p> +<p>Then Crow stood forth and greeted Bow-may friendly, and said: ‘Friend +Bow-may, this is the message of our Alderman: “Friend and helper, +in the Dale which thou hast given to us do all things thrive; neither +are we grown old in three years’ wearing, nor are our memories +worsened. We long sore to see you and give you guesting in Silver-dale, +and one day that shall befall. Meanwhile, know this: that we of +the Wolf and the Woodland, mindful of the earth that bore us, and the +pit whence we were digged, have a mind to go see Shadowy Vale once in +every three years, and there to hold high-tide in the ancient Hall of +the Wolf, and sit in the Doom-ring of our Fathers. But since ye +have joined yourselves to us in battle, and have given us this Dale, +our health and wealth, without price and without reward, we deem you +our very brethren, and small shall be our hall-glee, and barren shall +our Doom-ring seem to us, unless ye sit there beside us. Come +then, that we may rejoice each other by the sight of face and sound +of voice; that we may speak together of matters that concern our welfare; +so that we three Kindreds may become one Folk. And if this seem +good to you, know that we shall be in Shadowy Vale in a half-month’s +wearing. Grieve us not by forbearing to come.” Lo, +Bow-may, this is the message, and I have learned it well, for well it +pleaseth me to bear it.’</p> +<p>Then said Folk-might: ‘What say’st thou to the message, +Bow-may?’</p> +<p>‘It is good in all ways,’ said she, ‘but is it +timely? May our folk have the message and get to Shadowy Vale, +so as to meet you there?’</p> +<p>‘Yea surely,’ said Folk-might, ‘for our kinsmen +here shall take the road through Shadowy Vale, and in four days’ +time they shall be in Burgdale, and as thou wottest, it is scant a two +days’ journey thence to Shadowy Vale.’</p> +<p>Therewith he turned to those men again, and said: ‘Kinsman +Crow, depart now, and use all diligence with thy message.’</p> +<p>So the messengers began to stir; but Bow-may cried out: ‘Ho! +Folk-might, my friend, I perceive thou art little changed from the man +I knew in Shadowy Vale, who would have his dinner before the fowl were +plucked. For shall I not go back with these thy messengers, so +that I also may get all ready to wend to the Mote-house of Shadowy Vale?’</p> +<p>But the Bride looked kindly on her, and laughed and said: ‘Sister +Bow-may, his meaning is that thou shouldest abide here in Silver-dale +till we depart for the Folk-thing, and then go thither with us; and +this I also pray thee to do, that thou mayst rejoice the hearts of thine +old friends; and also that thou mayst teach me all that I should know +concerning this fair child of my brother and my sister.’</p> +<p>And she looked on her so kindly as she caressed the babe, that Bow-may’s +heart melted, and she cried out:</p> +<p>‘Would that I might never depart from the house wherein thou +dwellest, O Bride of my Kinsman! And this that thou biddest me +is easy and pleasant for me to do. But afterwards I must get me +back to Burgdale; for I seem to have left much there that calleth for +me.’</p> +<p>‘Yea,’ said Folk-might, ‘and art thou wedded, Bow-may? +Shalt thou never bend the yew in battle again?’</p> +<p>Said Bow-may soberly: ‘Who knoweth, chieftain? Yea, I +am wedded now these two years; and nought I looked for less when I followed +those twain through the wild-wood to Burgdale.’</p> +<p>She sighed therewith, and said: ‘In all the Dale there is no +better man of his hands than my man, nor any goodlier to look on, and +he is even that Hart of Highcliff whom thou knowest well, O Bride!’</p> +<p>Said the Bride: ‘Thou sayest sooth, there is no better man +in the Dale.’</p> +<p>Said Bow-may: ‘Sun-beam bade me wed him when he pressed hard +upon me.’ She stayed awhile, and then said: ‘Face-of-god +also deemed I should not naysay the man; and now my son by him is of +like age to this little one.’</p> +<p>‘Good is thy story,’ said Folk-might; ‘or deemest +thou, Bow-may, that such strong and goodly women as thou, and women +so kind and friendly, should forbear the wedding and the bringing forth +of children? Yea, and we who may even yet have to gather to another +field before we die, and fight for life and the goods of life.’</p> +<p>‘Thou sayest well,’ she said; ‘all that hath befallen +me is good since the day whereon I loosed shaft from the break of the +bent over yonder.’</p> +<p>Therewith she fell a-musing, and made as though she were hearkening +to the soft voice of the Bride caressing the new-come baby; but in sooth +neither heard nor saw what was going on about her, for her thoughts +were in bygone days. Howbeit presently she came to herself again, +and fell to asking many questions concerning Silver-dale and the kindred, +and those who had once been thralls of the Dusky Men; and they answered +all duly, and told her the whole story of the Dale since the Day of +the Victory.</p> +<p>So Bow-may and the carles who had come with her abode for that half-month +in Silver-dale, guested in all love by the folk thereof, both the kindreds +and the poor folk. And Bow-may deemed that the Bride loved Face-of-god’s +child little less than her own, whereof she had two, a man and a woman; +and thereat was she full of joy, since she knew that Face-of-god and +the Sun-beam would be fain thereof.</p> +<p>Thereafter, when the time was come, fared Folk-might and the Bride, +and many of the elders and warriors of the Wolf and the Woodland, to +Shadowy Vale; and Dallach and the best of Rose-dale went with them, +being so bidden; and Bow-may and her following, according to the word +of the Bride. And in Shadowy Vale they met Face-of-god and Alderman +Iron-face, and the chiefs of Burgdale and the Shepherds, and many others; +and great joy there was at the meeting. And the Sun-beam remembered +the word which she spoke to Face-of-god when first he came to Shadowy +Vale, that she would be wishful to see again the dwelling wherein she +had passed through so much joy and sorrow of her younger days. +But if anyone were fain of this meeting, the Alderman was glad above +all, when he took the Bride once more in his arms, and caressed her +whom he had deemed should be a very daughter of his House.</p> +<p>Now telleth the tale of all these kindreds, to wit, the Men of Burgdale +and the Sheepcotes; and the Children of the Wolf, and the Woodlanders, +and the Men of Rose-dale, that they were friends henceforth, and became +as one Folk, for better or worse, in peace and in war, in waning and +waxing; and that whatsoever befell them, they ever held Shadowy Vale +a holy place, and for long and long after they met there in mid-autumn, +and held converse and counsel together.</p> +<p>NO MORE AS NOW TELLETH THE TALE OF THESE KINDREDS AND FOLKS, BUT +MAKETH AN ENDING.</p> +<div class="GutenbergBlankLines3"><br /><br /><br /></div> +<p>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE ROOTS OF THE MOUNTAINS ***</p> +<pre> + +******This file should be named rtmt10h.htm or rtmt10h.zip****** +Corrected EDITIONS of our EBooks get a new NUMBER, rtmt11h.htm +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, rtmt10ah.htm + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 + +Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart hart@pobox.com + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* +</pre></body> +</html> |